Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week lecture, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching = 22 hours; 38 hours of continuous preparation for the lecture and preparation for the midterm test, including study of the literature; 60 hours of preparation for the final test, including study of the literature. A total of 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: explanation; demonstration of theoretical knowledge and concepts by practical examples; discussion of the topic; guided self-study; e-learning
Compulsory readings:
ONDRUŠ, Š. – SABOL, J. 1987. Úvod do štúdia jazykov. 3. vyd. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 344 s.
Recommended readings:
ČERNÝ, J. 1998. Úvod do studia jazyka. Olomouc: Rubico. 248 s. ISBN 80-85839-24-5. (selected chapters)
DOLNÍK, J. 1999. Základy lingvistiky. Bratislava: Filozofická fakulta UK. 228 s. ISBN80-85697-95-5. (selected chapters)
DZIVIAKOVÁ, M. 2016. Slovenský jazyk, jeho systém a charakteristika. In: Písmo a žiaci so stratou sluchu. Ed. D. Tarcsiová. Bratislava: Iris, s. 31 – 90. ISBN 978-80-89726-88-2.
KAČALA, J. 1994. Slovenčina – vec politická? Martin: Matica slovenská. 187 s. ISBN 80-7090-294-9.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated during the semester in the form of a midterm test after the 6th topic (50 points) and in the exam period in the form of a final test (50 points). The course is completed with an assessment resulting from the interim assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study and the final assessment of learning outcomes (50/50). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (mid-term test: less than 30 points; final test: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: the student has an excellent knowledge of the introduction to language study in the required range, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired linguistic knowledge in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellent developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of the introduction to language learning to the required extent, logically organises the facts presented, can apply and adapt the linguistic knowledge acquired very well in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed skills to learn;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of introductory language learning to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately, can reliably apply and adapt the linguistic knowledge acquired in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of the introduction to language learning within the required scope, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the linguistic knowledge acquired in practice, satisfactorily solves individual tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge from the introduction to the study of language in the required range and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can minimally apply the acquired linguistic knowledge in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills to learn;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the introduction to language learning to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the linguistic knowledge acquired in practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak, Czech
1. System and structure of language. Basic subsystems of language, basic linguistic units differentiated according to subsystems of language, basic linguistic disciplines. Systemic relations in language. Properties of the system.
2. Language feature. Unilateral and bilateral understanding and nature of the linguistic sign.
3. Linguistic functions. Communicative, cognitive, representational and aesthetic functions of language.
4. Language and society. National language and its formations. The basic developmental line of written Slovak. Basic Slovak codification manuals and linguistic works on the Slovak language. Slovak linguists.
5. Language and consciousness. Language and thinking. Language as an individual phenomenon.
6. Language as an object of research in linguistics. Linguistics, philology, grammar. Language and writing, spelling, principles of Slovak spelling. Linguistics in the system of sciences.
7. The sound level of language. Phoneme, vowel, allophone. Phonology and phonetics. Properties of phonemes. Phonological opposites. Vowels and consonants. Diphthongs. Neutralizations and alternations. Suprasegmental phenomena.
8. Lexical subsystem of language. Word, lexeme. Meaning of a word, sememe, seme. Lexicology and its sub-disciplines. Ways of vocabulary enrichment. Word-forming structure of a word. Paradigmatic relations in vocabulary. Vocabulary breakdown and classification. Lexicography, types of dictionaries in Slovak.
9. Morphological subystem of language. Grammatical form. Morpheme, morphemic structure of a word, types of morphemes. Word types, criteria for defining word types, classification of word types. Lexical, grammatical and lexico-grammatical categories. Characteristic features of Slovak morphology.
10. The syntactic subsystem of language. Construction, types of constructions. Syntagmatics. Sentence syntax, sentence articles. Semi-sentential syntax. Sentence syntax. Suprasentential and semantic syntax.
11. Genealogical, typological and areal classification of languages. The position of Slovak among the languages. Linguistics, its development and methods. History of linguistics.
The student will thoroughly acquire basic theoretical knowledge about language and linguistics, which will not only build on the knowledge acquired in general secondary education, but will also further enable the deepening and systematic development of his/her knowledge in the field into a comprehensive form, which he/she will be able to subsequently use in application. The student will become acquainted with basic linguistic terms and concepts, acquire basic knowledge of the individual levels of the language system and the laws of its functioning. At the level of the current state of knowledge, the student will acquire relevant knowledge about language and speech, linguistic sign, content and form in language and their interrelation, the functions of language, the relationship between language and society, the stratification of language, the notion of national language, written language and other existential forms of language, the relationship between language and consciousness, language and thought, linguistics as a science of language, the history of linguistics and the classification of languages. The student will also acquire a thorough knowledge of the basic knowledge of the individual levels of the language system, become familiar with the definition of basic concepts, characteristics and classifications of linguistic phenomena in the field of sound, lexical, morphological and syntactic subsystems of language. An important aspect of the course will also be the acquisition of the ability to appropriately concretise the theoretical concepts acquired through practical examples. The student will be able to actively acquire information in the field of language and linguistics, using digital technologies and resources, effectively use the acquired knowledge, adequately formulate and defend arguments, and on their basis solve professional problems in the field, using appropriate methods of the discipline. They will also develop their communicative competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of their work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, the ability to plan and to be actively responsible for their own learning. The student will be able to apply the acquired knowledge and skills in reliable orientation in linguistic literature, in prompt perception of interpretations about language in the following years of his/her studies, thus he/she will be ready to deepen and develop them in further bachelor's and then master's studies, as well as to use them and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment. Emphasis on raising the student's professional level and linguistic culture will be equally important in adequately conveying basic information about language in general and about phonological, lexical and grammatical linguistic phenomena to the general public, as well as in independently analysing a problem in a given area at the level of language and offering relevant conclusions, explanations and linguistic justifications to lay audiences.
The student has acquired a set of basic knowledge about language in general so that he/she can easily perceive the specialised explanations about language in the following years of study. At the level of the current state of scientific knowledge, the student has a thorough knowledge of basic linguistic terms and concepts and has acquired basic knowledge of the individual levels of the language system. The student is able to appropriately concretise the acquired theoretical knowledge and concepts, especially in the field of sound, lexical, morphological and syntactic subsystems of language, using practical examples of individual linguistic phenomena. He/she is also able to apply them appropriately to the solution of a problem in the field of language, being able to actively obtain and communicate the necessary information and facts and to formulate and defend relevant professional arguments appropriately. The student has developed analytical skills as well as the ability to think abstractly and critically, can think about linguistic phenomena in context and has developed the ability to expand his/her knowledge independently. He has acquired the basic theoretical knowledge of language and linguistics as well as the skills which enable him to navigate reliably through the linguistic literature and to perceive readily the interpretations of language which follow in the subsequent years of his studies. The acquired theoretical knowledge is not only prepared to deepen and develop it in further Bachelor's and subsequently Master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply it in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment. The student is also able to convey basic information about language and its individual subsystems to the general public and thus offer certain conclusions and linguistic justifications to lay audiences as well. The student has achieved a high professional level as well as a high level of linguistic culture, which is very necessary in terms of the student's future practice.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week lecture, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching = 22 hours; 10 hours of continuous class preparation; 38 hours of preparation for 2 midterm tests; 50 hours of literature study and preparation for the final written test on professional knowledge and analytical-interpretive skills. A total of 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, inductive-generative interview, discussion, demonstration and analysis of concrete examples, analytical and interpretative work with text, problem-based tasks, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
HARPÁŇ, M. 2009. Teória literatúry. Bratislava: ESA, 283 s. ISBN 978-80-85684-69-8. (selected chapters)
Recommended readings:
CULLER, J. D. 2002. Krátký úvod do literární teorie. Brno: Host. 168 s. ISBN 80-7294-070-8. (selected chapters)
HODROVÁ, D. a kol. 2001. ... na okraji chaosu... Poetika literárního díla 20. století. Praha: Torst. 865 s. ISBN 80-7215-140-1. (selected chapters)
PETRŮ, E. 2000. Úvod do studia literární vědy. Olomouc: Rubico. 187 s. ISBN 80-85839-44-X. (selected chapters)
ŠRANK, J. 2009. Autorské texty s folklórnou dimenziou. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského. 168 s. ISBN 978-80-223-2668-1. (selected sections)
Additional study texts will be made available to students electronically.
Course completion requirements:
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• two midterm written tests (the first mid-semester after Topic 6, the second at the end of the midterm, both 25 points);
• a final written test on professional knowledge and analytical-interpretive skills (50 points).
The course is completed with an assessment resulting from the interim control of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study and from the final control of learning outcomes (50/50).
To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained (at least 60 points). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who obtains less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (intermediate tests: less than 15 points each; final written test: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding): excellent performance: The student has an excellent knowledge of the introduction to the study of literature in the required scope, logically arranges the presented facts in a flawless manner, can apply and adapt the acquired literary knowledge at an excellent level in specific approaches to the literary text in the teaching of literature in school practice, has the ability to creatively solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively, also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her expression is excellent, has well-developed skills for independent further learning;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: The student has a very good knowledge of the introduction to the study of literature to the required extent, he/she arranges the facts presented logically, with only minor errors, he/she is able to apply and adapt the acquired literary knowledge very well in specific approaches to literary texts in the teaching of literature in school practice, has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and in wider literary, literary-historical and cultural contexts, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her expression is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of the introduction to the study of literature to the required extent, arranges the facts presented appropriately and makes errors only in places, can reliably apply and adapt the acquired literary knowledge in specific approaches to the literary text in the teaching of literature in school practice, reliably solves individual tasks and assignments independently, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of the introduction to the study of literature to the required extent, demonstrates some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired literary knowledge in specific approaches to the literary text in the teaching of literature in school practice, satisfactorily and predominantly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates minimal knowledge of introductory literature study to the required extent and significant gaps in the organization of facts, can minimally apply acquired literary knowledge in specific approaches to literary text, solves individual tasks and assignments with considerable assistance at a satisfactory level, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the introduction to the study of literature to the required extent, does not know the facts or their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired literary knowledge in specific approaches to the literary text, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak, Czech
1. Literary science and its disciplines. Methodology of literary science. Overview of world and domestic literary theory.
2. Possibilities of interpretation of literature. Basic methods, procedures and aspects in the analysis of a literary text. An overview of some of the major literary theoretical and interpretive movements and schools.
3. Semiotic-communicative and receptive-aesthetic essence of artistic literature and literary work.
4. Linguistic construction - stylistic level and expressive organization of a literary work. Stylistic (expressive) model of the text. Poetics of a poetic text. Tropes and figures.
5. Thematic construction of a literary work. The thematic model of a literary work and its basic categories (character, narrator/lyrical subject, chronotope, plot, sujet). Basics of narrative theory (narratology).
6. Compositional construction of a literary work. Compositional model of a literary work and its basic categories of external and internal composition.
7. Literary types and genres. Species and genre system of literature and its developmental dynamics. The genre nature of the literary work and the literary process.
8. Author, text, reader. The question of intentionality as a prerequisite for understanding a literary work. The meaning and sense of the text.
9. Fundamentals of versology (metre, prosodic systems, verse, rhyme, strophe).
10. Analysis and interpretation of selected poetic texts.
11. Analysis and interpretation of selected prose and dramatic texts.
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will acquire knowledge concerning the theoretical-methodological and terminological apparatus of literary science (its disciplines and methods within the framework of research of artistic literature), semiotic-communicative and literary-aesthetic principles and laws of the verbal work, means and procedures of linguistic, formal, thematic and compositional construction of the work, the stylistic level, means of expression, generic and genre system of literature, versology and issues of reception of the literary work. The student will be able to create simple definitions of literary terms, to give age-appropriate examples and to identify and correct the most frequent mistakes that occur when working with text in school practice. The acquired knowledge will be used appropriately when working with selected textual material. The student will be able to justify and apply various methodological procedures of literary analysis and interpretation, to evaluate the artistic contribution of a literary work, to use the experience with an artistic text in his/her own individual (reception and production) activity. Develop analytical skills with emphasis on independent and creative work. On the basis of the knowledge and skills acquired, he/she will be able to apply analytical-interpretive competencies to other literary texts, to point out the interrelationships between them, and to reflect on new possibilities of literary analysis and interpretation. The student will acquire a base of knowledge and skills that he/she will deepen and develop in further bachelor's and then master's studies, he/she will be able to use them and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a text proofreader. The student's acquired knowledge and skills will be a professional prerequisite for the analysis and selection of didactic materials from literature with regard to teaching objectives. The student will develop his/her analytical-interpretive skills with an emphasis on independent and creative work, critical thinking and reasoning in context, and will be able to justify and apply various methodological approaches to the interpretation of a literary work. The student will be guided to actively acquire information and effectively use cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, will consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, and will be able to communicate theoretical knowledge and practical skills to a wider and lay public. They will creatively use appropriate and appropriate methods of the discipline in solving problem-based assignments. He/she will have the aptitude and motivation to develop the skills necessary for further learning and will be prepared to encourage pupils to actively acquire literary (especially literary-theoretical) knowledge. The student will consolidate and develop communication and digital competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own learning, to develop
and foster a sense of social responsibility and pluralistic citizenship in the spirit of democracy.
The student has knowledge of the theoretical-methodological and terminological apparatus of literary science, of semiotic-communicative and literary-aesthetic principles and laws of the verbal work, of the means and methods of construction of the work, of genology, versology and the issues of reception of the literary work. The student has knowledge of the methodology of literary analysis, has developed his/her analytical skills with an emphasis on independent and creative work, has acquired analytical and interpretive skills applicable to the professional and school analysis and interpretation of specific literary texts, can identify different forms of literariness and can actively seek new possibilities in approaching a literary text. The student is able to interpret a literary text in relation to other art forms. Can also work with different possible interpretations of a text in school practice. As a result of the analytical and critical approach to the literary text, the student has developed transferable competences, because especially in the analytical-interpretive part, critical thinking, thinking in context, developing communicative and digital competences are emphasised, on the basis of which the student is able to solve specific tasks, as well as to construct his/her own interpretations of literary texts. The student is able to promptly perceive interpretations of literature in the following years of his/her studies. Based on problem-solving tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. They have also developed a number of transferable skills such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills. He is not only prepared to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge, skills and competences in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but also to use them and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader. The student is also able to convey information about literary-theoretical phenomena to the general public and to offer conclusions and literary-analytical justifications to lay audiences.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching - 22 hours; 10 hours include preparation for seminars and self-study of literature on individual topics; 6 hours of preparation for the oral presentation of the paper and 22 hours of preparation for the written elaboration of the presented paper. A total of 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: explanation, demonstration, work with text, colloquium, discussion, presentation, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
LICHNEROVÁ, L. 2016. Písanie a obhajoba záverečných prác. Bratislava: Stimul. 85 strán, 31 obrázkov, 1 príloha. ISBN 978-80-8127-155-7. Available on: https://fphil.uniba.sk/fileadmin/fif/studium/student/bakalar_magister/Pisanie_a_obhajoba_zaverecnych_prac.pdf.
MEŠKO, D. – KATUŠČÁK, D. – FINDRA, J. a kol. 2013.: Akademická príručka. Chcete byť úspešní na vysokej škole? 3. vydanie. Bratislava: Osveta, 2013. ISBN 978-80-8063-392-9.
Recommended readings:
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2014. O nevyhnutnosti komplexného a interdisciplinárneho slavistického výskumu slovenskej kultúry. In: Konštantínove listy, roč. 7, č. 1, s. 90 – 96.
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2014. O nevyhnutnosti a nezastupiteľnosti komplexných slavistických štúdií. In Dobríková, M. – Vojtech, M.: Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, s. 9 – 17. ISBN 978-80-223-3864-6.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will receive a grade based on an orally presented and word-processed paper in the form of a seminar paper according to the topic of the assignment and observing all citation rules and principles (presentation of the paper 25 points, written seminar paper 75 points). The course is completed with a grade resulting from the continuous assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study (100/0). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (e.g. presentation: less than 15 points, seminar paper: less than 45 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding): excellent performance: The student has excellent knowledge of creating, conceiving, working with information sources, critical study and correct use and citation of sources to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented, the acquired knowledge in the field focused on the creation of a professional text can be excellently applied and adapted to the working procedures in the creation of a professional text in school practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: The student is very good at creating, conceiving, working with information sources, critical study and correct use and citation of sources within the required range, logically organizes the facts presented, the acquired knowledge in the field focused on the creation of a professional text can be well applied, adapted and can design working procedures in the creation of a professional text in school practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his speech is very good, has very well developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of creating, conceiving, working with information sources, critically studying and correctly using and citing sources to the required extent, logically organises the facts presented, can reliably apply and adapt the knowledge acquired in the area of focusing on the production of a professional text and working practices in the production of a professional text in the school in the school practice, reliably solves individual tasks and assignments, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of creating, conceiving, working with information sources, critical study and correct use and citation of sources to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented, can satisfactorily apply the acquired knowledge and existing working practices aimed at the creation of a professional text in school practice, satisfactorily solves individual tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed skills to learn;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge in the area focused on the production of a professional text, has deficiencies in the organisation of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge and existing working procedures in the production of a professional text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge in the area of the production of a professional text to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the knowledge of the work and production of a professional text in practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient skills to continue learning.
Slovak
1. Background, assumptions and requirements for the preparation and writing of a professional text.
2. Formal and substantive aspects of the professional text.
3. Research on the topic of the professional text, compilation of bibliography.
4. Background, requirements and conditions for the application of methodological procedures.
5. Work with information sources and critical study.
6. The use of research results and excerpts in the development of the abstract and the project of a professional text.
7. The process of creating a professional text within the scope of a professional text project.
8. Creation of the professional text and preparation of relevant documentation.
9. Principles of proper citation of scientific sources, sources, scientific and professional literature.
10. Forms of referencing cited sources. Writing a micro-chapter for a draft professional text.
11. Linguistic and formal editing of a professional text, appraisal and proofreading of the text.
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field.
The thematic stratification of the course will provide a basic overview of the production of a professional text with an emphasis on the acquisition and development of skills in the production of a professional text, especially in terms of its content and form. The student will gain an overview of the rules that unify the academic practice of writing a professional text, particularly focusing on the seminar paper, the report and the undergraduate thesis. The student will acquire knowledge and skills in publishing ethics, copyright law and will acquire knowledge and skills related to the principles of proper citation and working with bibliographic information and sources.
The student will not only be prepared to deepen and develop the acquired theoretical knowledge and practical skills in further bachelor and subsequently master studies, but will be able to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a text proofreader.
The course will lead the student to active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her ability to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, modifying his/her knowledge in the process and creatively using the appropriate and appropriate methods of the discipline. In particular, the student will consolidate and develop communication competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of author's ethics, to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible action and pluralistic attitudes. Be competent in the use of digital technologies in the classroom.
The student has acquired basic knowledge in the field of production of professional or scientific text, has knowledge of working with information sources, the methodology of professional and scientific work, critical work with the source base and literature, excerpting sources and the main principles of citing them. The student has developed information and methodological literacy, methodological and expressive skills in the field of study.
The student has acquired the skills to correctly navigate in primary and secondary professional and scientific sources in the field of study, has acquired knowledge of the observance of the principles of authorial ethics, of the critical approach and evaluation of the professional dimension of print and online sources, of the application of the principles of writing a professional text, and of the observance of the main points in the structure and terminological construction of a professional text according to the current rules of the field and the principles of citation.
The student has acquired the skills to perceive, apply and develop the principles of professional text production, the critical use of sources and the correct citation of literature in the following years of his/her studies. He/she is prepared to deepen and develop this knowledge and skills in further Bachelor and subsequently Master studies, and is able to apply them creatively in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a text proofreader. The student is also able to convey the essential knowledge of professional text production, critical use of sources and legal citation of literature to the general public and lay readers. By solving problem-based tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures. The student has the skills to communicate facts and concepts and to formulate and defend his/her views in an argumentative manner. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and appreciate the broader context of issues in the production of a professional text. They have also developed a number of transferable skills, e.g. analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, metacognitive skills, etc.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 3 hours per week: lecture (2 hours) + seminar (1 hour), total 33 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 3 hours of direct instruction (2 hours lecture/1 hour seminar) = 33 hours; 26 hours of preparation for the midterm test, 17 hours of preparation for the orthoepy exercises, 27 hours of preparation for the final test and 17 hours of preparation for the phonetic transcription. A total of 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: interpretation, explanation, practical practice of theoretical knowledge and phenomena, solving tasks and assignments
Compulsory readings:
KRÁĽ, Á. – SABOL, J. 1989. Fonetika a fonológia. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 392 s. ISBN 80-0800-036-8. (selected chapters)
KRÁĽ, Á. 2016. Pravidlá slovenskej výslovnosti. Systematika a ortoepický slovník. 3. vyd. Martin: Matica slovenská. 424 s. ISBN 978-80-8128-159-4.
Recommended readings:
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2018. Vojvodinskí Rusnáci a slovenskí rusnáci: jazyková, konfesionálna a etnická identita v komparácii. In: Slavica Slovaca, roč. 53, č. 3 – 4, s. 75 – 85. Available on:
http://www.slavu.sav.sk/casopisy/slavica/2018_1/posekana%20slavika/%C5%BDe%C5%88uch.pdf
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2020. Zvuková rovina cirkevnej slovančiny u Slovákov [elektronický zdroj]. Bratislava: Ústav filologických štúdií Pedagogickej fakulty Univerzity Komenského v Bratislave. 57 s. ISBN 978-80-570-2716-4. Available on:
https://www.fedu.uniba.sk/fileadmin/pdf/Sucasti/Katedry/KSJL/rozne/ZENUCH_Peter_Zvukova_rovina_cirkevnej_slovanciny_u_Slovakov__1_.pdf
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated during the semester in the form of a midterm test (30 points) and in the form of orthoepic exercises (20 points) after the sixth topic. In the examination period, the student will be assessed by means of a final test (30 points) and a phonetic transcription (20 points).
The course is completed with an assessment resulting from the mid-term and final assessment of the learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study (50/50).
A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points out of the total number of points for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (intermediate test: less than 18 points; orthographic exercises: less than 12 points; final test: less than 18 points; and phonetic transcription: less than 12 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding): excellent performance: The student has excellent knowledge of phonetics, phonology and selected orthoepic phenomena to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired linguistic knowledge excellently in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments in phonetics, phonology and orthoepy also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: The student has a very good knowledge of phonetics, phonology and selected orthoepic phenomena to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired linguistic knowledge very well in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments in phonetics, phonology and orthoepy also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of phonetics, phonology and selected orthoepic phenomena to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately, can reliably apply and adapt the linguistic knowledge acquired in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of phonetics, phonology and selected orthoepic phenomena to the required extent, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the linguistic knowledge acquired in practice, satisfactorily solves individual tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of phonetics, phonology and selected orthoepic phenomena to the required extent and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can minimally apply the acquired linguistic knowledge in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of phonetics, phonology and selected orthographic phenomena to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the linguistic knowledge acquired in practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. The subject of phonetics and phonology in relation to other linguistic disciplines. Phoneme, vowel, allophone. Phonetic and phonological transcription.
2. Physiological phonetics I. Articulatory phonetics. Physiology of speech production.
3. Vowel system of Slovak. Classification of vowels. Characteristics of vowels.
4. Orthophony and orthoepy.
5. Phonetic transcription.
6. Acoustic phonetics. Physiological phonetics II. Perceptual phonetics. Acoustic properties of sound and physiology of speech perception.
7. Intermediate test and orthoepic exercises.
8. Suprasegmental phenomena. Prosodic properties of speech with a focus on school practice.
9. Basic phonological concepts. Phonological opposites. Inventory of phonemes of written Slovak.
10. Syntagmatic and paradigmatic relations of phonemes. Neutralizations and their use in school practice.
11. Alternations and their use in school practice.
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-sectional and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will learn to correctly use terms from the sound subsystem of language and the sound level of speech such as phoneme, vowel and allophone. The student will understand the difference between phonetics and phonology, and between phonetic and phonological transcription. Recognize the relationships between phoneme, grapheme and vowel. Acquire theoretical knowledge of the physiology of production, acoustics and the physiology of speech perception. The student will learn the division and characteristics of the organs of speech, the organogenetic components of speech, the theories of voice production and the physical properties of the voice. Understand concepts and terms such as articulation, secondary articulation and coarticulation. They will become aware of the connection between the articulatory characteristics of Slovak vowels and orthophonic rules. The student will be able to classify Slovak vowels and describe them against the background of individual aspects. He/she will be able to use basic acoustic concepts, understand the nature of formants and antiformants. The student will acquire theoretical knowledge in the field of prosody and phonology (especially in the field of neutralizations and alternations) with a focus on their use in school practice. The student will learn basic phonological concepts. Understand the nature of phonemes, their properties and ways of determining phonemes. Recognise that phonemic distinctive signs result from the articulatory and acoustic properties of the segments. Understand the relationship between contrastive and complementary distribution of vowels. Know the phonological system of Slovak, phonological contrasts and their neutralizations. Understand the difference between neutralisations and alternations. Based on the knowledge of orthographic rules, he/she will understand the implementation of certain types of neutralisations. The student will be able to provide stimulating feedback on orthographic norms and linguistic culture to colleagues and the wider public. He/she will be able to use the theoretical knowledge of orthographic norms in phonetic transcription and will be prepared not only to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge of orthoepy, phonetics and phonology in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply it in the school environment as a teaching assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment as a text proofreader. The student will strengthen and develop communication competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education.
The student understands the difference between phoneme, vowel and allophone and can apply the acquired theoretical knowledge in phonological and phonetic transcription. The student has acquired knowledge of the laws of the formation of sound speech, its physiology and acoustics, as well as knowledge of the phonological structure of the Slovak language. The student is aware of the relationship of phonetics and phonology to other linguistic disciplines (especially the relationship between phonology and morphology) and understands their interdisciplinary connections (the relationship between phonetics and the culture of spoken discourse, the relationship between phonetics and rhetoric). Knows the articulatory, acoustic and perceptual classification of Slovak vowels. The student is familiar with the system of sound means of continuous speech and knows the principles of their functioning. Knows the basic orthographic rules and can use them practically in the production of their own spoken utterances. He is prepared not only to deepen and develop his knowledge of phonetics, phonology and orthoepy in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply it in the school environment as a teaching assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment as a proofreader. By solving problem-based tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively acquire information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. They have also developed a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity, abstract and critical thinking skills, and reasoning in context. He or she can also communicate information about phonetic, phonological and orthoepic phenomena to the general public and can offer conclusions and justifications in the field of articulatory and acoustic phonetics, phonology and orthoepy to lay audiences. The student has the competence to expand his/her knowledge independently and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader contexts of professional issues.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week lecture, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching = 22 hours; 38 hours of continuous preparation for lectures and preparation for the midterm test, including the study of literature; 60 hours of preparation for the final test, including the study of literature. A total of 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, explanation, demonstration of practical examples, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
RIPKA, I. – IMRICHOVÁ, M. 2011. Kapitoly z lexikológie a lexikografie. Prešov: Prešovská univerzita v Prešove. 235 s. ISBN 978-80-5550-327-1.
Recommended readings:
FURDÍK, J. 2004. Slovenská slovotvorba (teória, opis, cvičenia). Prešov: Náuka. 200 s. ISBN 978-80-8903-828-2. (selected chapters)
FURDÍK, J. 2008. Teória motivácie v lexikálnej zásobe. Košice: LG. 95 s. ISBN978-80-9697-607-2. (selected chapters)
HORVÁTHOVÁ, Ľ. 2017. Jazyk Slniečka. In Časopisecký fenomén Slniečko v kontexte slovenskej detskej a národnej kultúry, Ondrej Sliacky a kol., s. 193 – 220. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave. ISBN 9878022344838.
OLOŠTIAK, M. – IVANOVÁ, M. 2013. Kapitoly z lexikológie (Lexikálna syntagmatika a viacslovné pomenovania). Prešov: Filozofická fakulta Prešovskej univerzity v Prešove. 251 s. ISBN 978-80-555-0938-9. (selected chapters)
Krátky slovník slovenského jazyka. 2020. Red. J. Kačala – M. Považaj – M. Pisárčiková. 5., doplnené a upravené vyd. Martin: Matica slovenská. 956 s. ISBN 978-80-8128-261-4.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated in the form of a midterm test after the 5th topic (50 points) and a final test (50 points) in the exam period. The course is completed with an assessment resulting from the interim assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study and from the final assessment of learning outcomes (50/50). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E out of the total points. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (mid-term test: less than 30 points; final test: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of lexicology in the required range, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of lexicology in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of lexicology to the required extent, logically organises the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of lexicology very well in practice, has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of lexicology to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately, can reliably apply and adapt the lexical knowledge acquired in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of lexicology to the required extent, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired knowledge of lexicology in practice, satisfactorily solves individual tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of lexicology in the required range and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge of lexicology in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills to learn;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of lexicology to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge of lexicology in practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. The lexical subsystem and its relation to other subsystems of language. Lexicology - its scope, division, subject and methods.
2. The word as the basic unit of the lexical subsystem of the language system. The word in terms of the lexical, sound, morphological and syntactic levels of language. Variants of the word.
3. Characteristics of word types in terms of their naming value. Sub-systems in the vocabulary. Lexical units in terms of paradigmatic, syntagmatic and pragmatic properties. Centre and periphery in the vocabulary.
4. Lexical semantics. The word as a linguistic sign. Meaning-forming factors. Motivation of lexemes. Component analysis, types of semantic disjunctive signs.
5. Semantic structure of a word. Manifestations of symmetrical dualism of a linguistic sign. Polysemy, homonymy and synonymy. Word connectivity and the factors that condition it. Changes in the meaning of a word.
6. Derivatology. Word-forming structure of a word, word-forming ways, means, procedures and types.
7. Manifestations of dynamics in vocabulary. Word formation (derivation, composition), universalization, multiverbalization, abreviation, appellativization, proprialization, formation of multi-word nominalizations, semiological-onomasiological derivation, acquisition from foreign languages, termination of words
8. Vocabulary differentiation from the semantic point of view, from the stylistic and expressive point of view, from the social and territorial point of view, from the temporal point of view, from the point of view of origin and frequency, from the point of view of spelling.
9. Phraseology. Characteristics of phrases, their semantic and structural classification.
10. Terminology. Properties and structure of terms, logization of terms, terminologization and determinologization.
11. Lexicography. Typology of dictionaries.
The curriculum of the course covers a complex of knowledge from lexicology and individual lexical disciplines, which builds on the general secondary education of students and systematically develops and deepens their knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form. The course will enable students to acquire a comprehensive picture of the system in the vocabulary, of the principles of its differentiation and organization, of the semantic and formal relations in the vocabulary, about the word as the central unit of the lexical system, about its meaning and word-formation structure and about its place in the vocabulary system. Students will acquire knowledge and basic concepts of lexical semantics (semasiology), onomasiology, derivatology, phraseology, terminology and lexicography, which they will be able to apply in the analysis of lexical devices used in a text and in the evaluation of the appropriateness, correctness and creativity of their use. They will reliably orient themselves in the vocabulary of our national language, learn to differentiate and evaluate words in terms of spelling, expressiveness, frequency, in terms of time and in terms of belonging to different styles and stylistic layers, identify and explain the diverse semantic relationships of words in a text, and sensitively perceive and critically evaluate the peculiarities of their use in diverse types of texts. They will be prepared to solve problem-solving tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic context, to independently search for necessary information in different types of dictionaries and in specialist literature, to critically evaluate them and to use them appropriately in communicating knowledge, conclusions and their justifications to both specialist and lay audiences. They will be prepared not only to deepen, develop and systematize the acquired knowledge in the course of their further studies, as well as in the cultivation of their linguistic expression, but also to apply it creatively in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, in the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader and, after the completion of the master's degree, also in the position of a teacher of Slovak language and literature in secondary education.
Students have a complex knowledge of lexicology and individual lexical disciplines, they know the content and division of lexicology, the subject and methods of its research. They perceive the connection of the lexical level with other levels of the language system, the multistructure of the vocabulary and the internal differentiation of our national language. They are able to explain and concretise the acquired theoretical knowledge of lexical resources on practical examples, they are able to independently search for necessary information in relevant sources, critically evaluate them and use them appropriately when communicating their knowledge, conclusions and justifying them to the lay and professional public. They are able to perceive and evaluate various lexical phenomena not only from the point of view of the current state of scientific knowledge, but also from the point of view of school practice. They have developed the ability to think in context, to argue and to think critically. They are prepared to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge in the course of further studies, to use it effectively in the cultivation of their linguistic expression and in their own text production, as well as in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, in the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader and, after the completion of the master's degree, in the position of a teacher of Slovak language and literature in secondary education.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching = 22 hours; 14 hours of preparation for the paper, 28 hours of preparation for the orthographic exercises and 26 hours of preparation for the language proofreading. Total 90 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: interpretation, explanation, guided self-study, practical practice and justification of theoretical orthographic knowledge and phenomena, problem-solving tasks and assignments
Compulsory readings:
Pravidlá slovenského pravopisu. 2013. 4., nezmenené vyd. Bratislava: Veda. 590 s. ISBN 978-80-224-1331-2.
Recommended readings:
RIPKA, I. – IMRICHOVÁ, M. – SKLADANÁ, J. 2005. Príručka slovenského pravopisu pre školy a prax. Bratislava: Ottovo nakladateľstvo. 672 s. ISBN 80-969159-1-6.
KRÁĽ, Á. 2016. Pravidlá slovenskej výslovnosti. Systematika a ortoepický slovník. 3. vyd. Martin: Matica slovenská. 424 s. ISBN 978-80-8128-159-4.
KAČALA, J. 2014. State o slovenskej kvantite a rytmickom zákone. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave. 135 s. ISBN 978-80-223-3833-2. (selected chapters)
TUROČEKOVÁ, M. 2022. Regulácia slovnej kvantity v slovenskom spisovnom jazyku z pohľadu Jána Kačalu a jej odraz v kodifikačných príručkách po roku 1989. In: Dziviaková, M. – Horváthová, Ľ. – Faithová, E. (eds.): Jazyk ako neprestajná inšpirácia. Zborník príspevkov k jubileu Jána Kačalu. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, s. 266 – 278. ISBN 978-80-223-5495-0.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated during the semester in the form of a paper (20 points), orthographic exercises after the second topic (20 points) and after the seventh topic (20 points), and in the form of a language proofreading (40 points).
The course culminates in a grade resulting from the continuous assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study (100/0).
A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points out of the total number of points for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (paper: less than 12 points, orthographic exercises: less than 12 points + 12 points and proofreading: less than 24 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of orthography in the required range, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of orthography in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of orthography to the required extent, logically organises the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of orthography very well in practice, has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of orthography within the required range, organises the facts presented appropriately, can apply and adapt the orthography knowledge acquired reliably in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has a satisfactory knowledge of orthography within the required range, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired knowledge of orthography in practice, satisfactorily solves individual tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of orthography in the required range and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge of orthography in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills to learn;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of orthography to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge of orthography in practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Writing, alphabet, orthography. Orthography principles.
2. Writing i/í and y/ý in home-origin words. Writing i/í and y/ý in words of foreign origin.
3. Orthographic exercises. Development of orthography in the context of founding and intermediate codification.
4. Writing the vowel ä. The relationship between orthography and orthoepy for the hard and soft consonants d, t, n, l and ď, ť, ň, ľ and for the consonant v.
5. Neutralizations (undertones, double consonants) and orthography.
6. Writing capital letters I.
7. Writing capital letters II.
8. Orthographic exercise. Writing words separately and skillfully. Word division.
9. Slovak orthography rules before and after 1989. Rhythmic law.
10. Punctuation. Comma and its functions.
11. Linguistic proofreading.
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The course will lead the student to active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge related to orthography and orthoepy, will consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her ability to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, modifying his/her knowledge in the process, and creatively using appropriate and adequate methods of the discipline. The student will acquire theoretical knowledge in the field of orthography, become familiar with the individual principles (phonemic, morphematic, grammatical and etymological) on which Slovak orthography is based, and understand their essence and significance for Slovak orthography. They will become aware of the relationships between grapheme, phoneme and vowel. Against the background of the founding and ongoing codification, they will deepen their knowledge of the Slovak graphic system (with a focus on the grapheme y, the soft consonants ď, ť, ň and, above all, the soft consonant ľ), the writing of capital letters, soft and hard consonants, their orthographic and orthoepic specificities, as well as the application of the rhythmic law in terms of the linguistic norm and linguistic practice. They will learn about the development (and peripetitions) of selected orthography phenomena captured in the Slovak Orthography Rules before 1989 and after 1989 up to the present. The student will have a thorough knowledge of capitalization and punctuation (especially commas) and will recognize problematic phenomena in this orthography area. The student will become aware of the relationship between orthography and orthoepy and the influence of certain phenomena of the sound subsystem of the language (neutralisations) on Slovak orthography. Understand the influence of the founding and ongoing codification on the current state of Slovak orthography. The student will be able to use digital technologies in the teaching of orthography principles, in particular in the use of the online version of current codification manuals and the dictionary portal. The student will learn to identify and correct orthographic errors in various types of written expression, and will be able to use and creatively apply knowledge of orthography in a school environment as a teaching assistant or, for the needs of the publishing environment, as a proofreader. He/she will be prepared to provide stimulating feedback on orthography standards to colleagues and the wider public. The student will consolidate and develop communicative competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, to plan and to be actively responsible for his/her own learning.
The student knows the orthographic standard of written Slovak. The theoretical knowledge of the principles and rules of Slovak orthography is ready not only to deepen and develop in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a text proofreader. Based on problem solving tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively acquire information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. Competence to independently extend their knowledge of the development of selected orthography phenomena from the time of the Bernolákov codification to the current codifications captured in current codification manuals, as well as the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of orthographic issues. As a result of assessing and justifying individual orthography phenomena, the student also develops a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity, abstract and critical thinking, and contextual reasoning. The student is also able to convey information about orthography principles and orthography phenomena to the general public, and is able to offer conclusions and orthography justifications to lay audiences.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching = 22 hours; 14 hours of preparation for the paper, 28 hours of preparation for the orthographic exercises and 26 hours of preparation for the language proofreading. Total 90 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: interpretation, explanation, guided self-study, practical practice and justification of theoretical orthographic knowledge and phenomena, problem-solving tasks and assignments
Compulsory readings:
Pravidlá slovenského pravopisu. 2013. 4., nezmenené vyd. Bratislava: Veda. 590 s. ISBN 978-80-224-1331-2.
Recommended readings:
RIPKA, I. – IMRICHOVÁ, M. – SKLADANÁ, J. 2005. Príručka slovenského pravopisu pre školy a prax. Bratislava: Ottovo nakladateľstvo. 672 s. ISBN 80-969159-1-6.
KRÁĽ, Á. 2016. Pravidlá slovenskej výslovnosti. Systematika a ortoepický slovník. 3. vyd. Martin: Matica slovenská. 424 s. ISBN 978-80-8128-159-4.
KAČALA, J. 2014. State o slovenskej kvantite a rytmickom zákone. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave. 135 s. ISBN 978-80-223-3833-2. (selected chapters)
TUROČEKOVÁ, M. 2022. Regulácia slovnej kvantity v slovenskom spisovnom jazyku z pohľadu Jána Kačalu a jej odraz v kodifikačných príručkách po roku 1989. In: Dziviaková, M. – Horváthová, Ľ. – Faithová, E. (eds.): Jazyk ako neprestajná inšpirácia. Zborník príspevkov k jubileu Jána Kačalu. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, s. 266 – 278. ISBN 978-80-223-5495-0.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated during the semester in the form of a paper (20 points), orthographic exercises after the second topic (20 points) and after the seventh topic (20 points), and in the form of a language proofreading (40 points).
The course culminates in a grade resulting from the continuous assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study (100/0).
A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points out of the total number of points for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (paper: less than 12 points, orthographic exercises: less than 12 points + 12 points and proofreading: less than 24 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of orthography in the required range, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of orthography in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of orthography to the required extent, logically organises the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of orthography very well in practice, has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of orthography within the required range, organises the facts presented appropriately, can apply and adapt the orthography knowledge acquired reliably in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has a satisfactory knowledge of orthography within the required range, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired knowledge of orthography in practice, satisfactorily solves individual tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of orthography in the required range and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge of orthography in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills to learn;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of orthography to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge of orthography in practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Writing, alphabet, orthography. Orthography principles.
2. Writing i/í and y/ý in home-origin words. Writing i/í and y/ý in words of foreign origin.
3. Orthographic exercises. Development of orthography in the context of founding and intermediate codification.
4. Writing the vowel ä. The relationship between orthography and orthoepy for the hard and soft consonants d, t, n, l and ď, ť, ň, ľ and for the consonant v.
5. Neutralizations (undertones, double consonants) and orthography.
6. Writing capital letters I.
7. Writing capital letters II.
8. Orthographic exercise. Writing words separately and skillfully. Word division.
9. Slovak orthography rules before and after 1989. Rhythmic law.
10. Punctuation. Comma and its functions.
11. Linguistic proofreading.
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The course will lead the student to active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge related to orthography and orthoepy, will consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her ability to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, modifying his/her knowledge in the process, and creatively using appropriate and adequate methods of the discipline. The student will acquire theoretical knowledge in the field of orthography, become familiar with the individual principles (phonemic, morphematic, grammatical and etymological) on which Slovak orthography is based, and understand their essence and significance for Slovak orthography. They will become aware of the relationships between grapheme, phoneme and vowel. Against the background of the founding and ongoing codification, they will deepen their knowledge of the Slovak graphic system (with a focus on the grapheme y, the soft consonants ď, ť, ň and, above all, the soft consonant ľ), the writing of capital letters, soft and hard consonants, their orthographic and orthoepic specificities, as well as the application of the rhythmic law in terms of the linguistic norm and linguistic practice. They will learn about the development (and peripetitions) of selected orthography phenomena captured in the Slovak Orthography Rules before 1989 and after 1989 up to the present. The student will have a thorough knowledge of capitalization and punctuation (especially commas) and will recognize problematic phenomena in this orthography area. The student will become aware of the relationship between orthography and orthoepy and the influence of certain phenomena of the sound subsystem of the language (neutralisations) on Slovak orthography. Understand the influence of the founding and ongoing codification on the current state of Slovak orthography. The student will be able to use digital technologies in the teaching of orthography principles, in particular in the use of the online version of current codification manuals and the dictionary portal. The student will learn to identify and correct orthographic errors in various types of written expression, and will be able to use and creatively apply knowledge of orthography in a school environment as a teaching assistant or, for the needs of the publishing environment, as a proofreader. He/she will be prepared to provide stimulating feedback on orthography standards to colleagues and the wider public. The student will consolidate and develop communicative competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, to plan and to be actively responsible for his/her own learning.
The student knows the orthographic standard of written Slovak. The theoretical knowledge of the principles and rules of Slovak orthography is ready not only to deepen and develop in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a text proofreader. Based on problem solving tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively acquire information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. Competence to independently extend their knowledge of the development of selected orthography phenomena from the time of the Bernolákov codification to the current codifications captured in current codification manuals, as well as the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of orthographic issues. As a result of assessing and justifying individual orthography phenomena, the student also develops a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity, abstract and critical thinking, and contextual reasoning. The student is also able to convey information about orthography principles and orthography phenomena to the general public, and is able to offer conclusions and orthography justifications to lay audiences.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week lecture + seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct instruction = 22 hours; 30 hours of continuous reading of fiction texts per class period; 18 hours of preparation for the presentation of the assigned assignment with emphasis on the application of acquired knowledge and reading-interpretation skills; 20 hours of preparation for written tests aimed at identifying excerpts from the literary works read. A total of 90 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecturing, interpretation of theoretical knowledge and its application to practical examples, demonstration, moderated conversation, analytical and interpretative work with literary text, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
BLOOM, H. 2000. O kánonu. In: Kánon západní literatury. Knihy, které prošly zkouškou věků. Praha: Prostor, s. 27 – 52. ISBN 80-7260-013-3.
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E. 2018. Jonáš Záborský a antická kultúra. In: Ideológia v premenách času v pamiatkach gréckej a latinskej tradície. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, s. 344 – 353. ISBN 978-80-223-4626-9.
CASANOVA, P. 2012. Světová republika literatury. Praha: Karolinum, s. 23 – 64. ISBN 80-7260-013-3.
Recommended readings:
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E. 2017. Doležalov pokus o veľkú epiku. In: Český a slovenský literární klasicismus. Brno: Host, s. 245 – 271. ISBN 978-80-7577-186-5.
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E. 2000. Stredoveká scholastická kázeň. K recepcii latinských sermones v kódexoch slovenskej proveniencie. Bratislava: Veda, vydavateľstvo Slovenskej akadémie vied. 200 s. ISBN 80-2240-634-1. (selected sections)
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2020. Byzantsko-slovanská tradícia v staršom období vývinu slovenskej kultúry. In: Konštantínove listy, roč. 13, č. 1, s. 112 – 125. Available on: http://www.constantinesletters.ukf.sk/images/issues/2020_v13_iss1/CL_v13_iss1_112to125.pdf
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2002. Medzi Východom a Západom. Byzantsko-slovanská tradícia, kultúra a jazyk na východnom Slovensku. Bratislava: Veda, vydavateľstvo SAV. 288 s. ISBN 80-224-0697-X. (selected sections)
Further study texts will be available electronically in MS Teams/Moodle.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated on the presentation of the assigned assignment with emphasis on the application of the acquired knowledge and reading-interpretation skills (40 points) and on two continuous written tests (the first is taken in the middle of the semester after the 6th topic, the second at the end of the continuous teaching, both tests are 30 points each). The course is completed with a grade resulting from an interim review of learning outcomes during the instructional portion of the semester of study (100/0).
A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points of the total points for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who scores less than 60 % on any component of the assessment (presentation of the assignment: less than 24 points, intermediate test: less than 18 points, final test: less than 18 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - outstanding): excellent performance: The student has an excellent knowledge of world literature in the required range, logically arranges the presented facts in an error-free manner, can apply the acquired literary-historical knowledge at an excellent level and adapt the procedures of working with literary text in school practice, has the ability to independently and imaginatively solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of world literature in the required range, he/she arranges the facts presented logically, with only minor errors, he/she can apply the acquired literary and historical knowledge very well and adapt the procedures of working with a literary text in school practice without any major errors, he/she has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently, also in a broader literary, literary and historical context. and cultural contexts, the linguistic and stylistic level of his speech is very good, he has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of world literature to the required extent, arranges the facts presented appropriately and makes only occasional errors, can reliably apply and adapt the procedures of working with a literary text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments independently and reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has a satisfactory knowledge of the curriculum to the required extent, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired literary-historical knowledge and existing procedures for working with literary text in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: student demonstrates minimal knowledge of the required range of material and significant gaps in the organisation of facts, can minimally apply acquired knowledge and existing practices of working with literary text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments with considerable help at a satisfactory level, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the curriculum to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge to work with a literary text in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak, Czech
1. What is world literature? Canon. Prototext, metatext. Adaptation. Palimpsest, pastiche, travesty.
2. Ancient literature. Origins of verbal art. Literature of the Orient.
3. Greek literature. Didactic epic. Drama. Entertainment literature.
4. Roman literature. Satire. Historical writing.
5. Medieval literature. Chivalric epic. Vagrant lyric. Religious drama.
6. Humanist and Renaissance literature. Love songs. From the novella to the novel. Renaissance theatre.
7. Baroque literature. Reflection of the world as labyrinth and theatre.
8. The Enlightened Century. Literature as the engine of the Enlightenment movement.
9. Classical literature. Specific peculiarities of French classicism and "pseudo-classicism".
10. Romantic literature. Nature poetry. Gothic and historical novel.
11. Realistic literature. Realism as an artistic method. Different forms of realism.
The course will broaden the student's knowledge of representative works of world literature, create a better understanding of Slovak literary communication in a broader international context, and contribute to the mastery of literary theory and methodology of literary research. The student will acquire the competences necessary for teaching world literature. The student will learn how to plan and implement individual lessons, practically apply various methods of making the material of the period accessible. The student will be able to use digital technologies in teaching the history of literature. He/she will acquire the prerequisites and motivation to develop the skills necessary for further learning and be prepared to encourage pupils to actively acquire literary-historical knowledge.
The course will lead the student to the active acquisition of information and the effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her skill to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, modifying his/her knowledge in the process, and creatively using the appropriate and appropriate methods of the discipline. The student will consolidate and develop communication competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to be responsible for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of author's ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate his/her sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has acquired knowledge about the phenomenon of world literature, its national variants, periodization, literary trends and representatives. The student is able to creatively and independently analyse and interpret literary texts, to characterise the poeological and value specifics of the work of individual authors and to identify different forms of literariness. The student has developed his/her communication skills and is able to practise competent participation in a professional discussion of the topic under discussion, to develop his/her interpretative inventiveness. He is able to perceive readily the interpretations on literature following in the following years of his studies. He is prepared not only to deepen and develop them in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader. The student is also able to convey information about the phenomena of world literature to the general public and to offer conclusions and morphological justifications to lay audiences. Through problem solving, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical problems in the field using appropriate and appropriate procedures, as well as the skills to communicate facts, concepts, and opinions, and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. They have also developed a number of transferable skills such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week lecture + seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct instruction = 22 hours; 30 hours of continuous reading of fiction texts per class period; 18 hours of preparation for the presentation of the assigned assignment with emphasis on the application of acquired knowledge and reading-interpretation skills; 20 hours of preparation for written tests aimed at identifying excerpts from the literary works read. A total of 90 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecturing, interpretation of theoretical knowledge and its application to practical examples, demonstration, moderated conversation, analytical and interpretative work with literary text, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
BLOOM, H. 2000. O kánonu. In: Kánon západní literatury. Knihy, které prošly zkouškou věků. Praha: Prostor, s. 27 – 52. ISBN 80-7260-013-3.
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E. 2018. Jonáš Záborský a antická kultúra. In: Ideológia v premenách času v pamiatkach gréckej a latinskej tradície. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, s. 344 – 353. ISBN 978-80-223-4626-9.
CASANOVA, P. 2012. Světová republika literatury. Praha: Karolinum, s. 23 – 64. ISBN 80-7260-013-3.
Recommended readings:
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E. 2017. Doležalov pokus o veľkú epiku. In: Český a slovenský literární klasicismus. Brno: Host, s. 245 – 271. ISBN 978-80-7577-186-5.
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E. 2000. Stredoveká scholastická kázeň. K recepcii latinských sermones v kódexoch slovenskej proveniencie. Bratislava: Veda, vydavateľstvo Slovenskej akadémie vied. 200 s. ISBN 80-2240-634-1. (selected sections)
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2020. Byzantsko-slovanská tradícia v staršom období vývinu slovenskej kultúry. In: Konštantínove listy, roč. 13, č. 1, s. 112 – 125. Available on: http://www.constantinesletters.ukf.sk/images/issues/2020_v13_iss1/CL_v13_iss1_112to125.pdf
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2002. Medzi Východom a Západom. Byzantsko-slovanská tradícia, kultúra a jazyk na východnom Slovensku. Bratislava: Veda, vydavateľstvo SAV. 288 s. ISBN 80-224-0697-X. (selected sections)
Further study texts will be available electronically in MS Teams/Moodle.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated on the presentation of the assigned assignment with emphasis on the application of the acquired knowledge and reading-interpretation skills (40 points) and on two continuous written tests (the first is taken in the middle of the semester after the 6th topic, the second at the end of the continuous teaching, both tests are 30 points each). The course is completed with a grade resulting from an interim review of learning outcomes during the instructional portion of the semester of study (100/0).
A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points of the total points for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who scores less than 60 % on any component of the assessment (presentation of the assignment: less than 24 points, intermediate test: less than 18 points, final test: less than 18 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - outstanding): excellent performance: The student has an excellent knowledge of world literature in the required range, logically arranges the presented facts in an error-free manner, can apply the acquired literary-historical knowledge at an excellent level and adapt the procedures of working with literary text in school practice, has the ability to independently and imaginatively solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of world literature in the required range, he/she arranges the facts presented logically, with only minor errors, he/she can apply the acquired literary and historical knowledge very well and adapt the procedures of working with a literary text in school practice without any major errors, he/she has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently, also in a broader literary, literary and historical context. and cultural contexts, the linguistic and stylistic level of his speech is very good, he has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of world literature to the required extent, arranges the facts presented appropriately and makes only occasional errors, can reliably apply and adapt the procedures of working with a literary text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments independently and reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has a satisfactory knowledge of the curriculum to the required extent, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired literary-historical knowledge and existing procedures for working with literary text in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: student demonstrates minimal knowledge of the required range of material and significant gaps in the organisation of facts, can minimally apply acquired knowledge and existing practices of working with literary text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments with considerable help at a satisfactory level, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the curriculum to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge to work with a literary text in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak, Czech
1. What is world literature? Canon. Prototext, metatext. Adaptation. Palimpsest, pastiche, travesty.
2. Ancient literature. Origins of verbal art. Literature of the Orient.
3. Greek literature. Didactic epic. Drama. Entertainment literature.
4. Roman literature. Satire. Historical writing.
5. Medieval literature. Chivalric epic. Vagrant lyric. Religious drama.
6. Humanist and Renaissance literature. Love songs. From the novella to the novel. Renaissance theatre.
7. Baroque literature. Reflection of the world as labyrinth and theatre.
8. The Enlightened Century. Literature as the engine of the Enlightenment movement.
9. Classical literature. Specific peculiarities of French classicism and "pseudo-classicism".
10. Romantic literature. Nature poetry. Gothic and historical novel.
11. Realistic literature. Realism as an artistic method. Different forms of realism.
The course will broaden the student's knowledge of representative works of world literature, create a better understanding of Slovak literary communication in a broader international context, and contribute to the mastery of literary theory and methodology of literary research. The student will acquire the competences necessary for teaching world literature. The student will learn how to plan and implement individual lessons, practically apply various methods of making the material of the period accessible. The student will be able to use digital technologies in teaching the history of literature. He/she will acquire the prerequisites and motivation to develop the skills necessary for further learning and be prepared to encourage pupils to actively acquire literary-historical knowledge.
The course will lead the student to the active acquisition of information and the effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her skill to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, modifying his/her knowledge in the process, and creatively using the appropriate and appropriate methods of the discipline. The student will consolidate and develop communication competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to be responsible for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of author's ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate his/her sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has acquired knowledge about the phenomenon of world literature, its national variants, periodization, literary trends and representatives. The student is able to creatively and independently analyse and interpret literary texts, to characterise the poeological and value specifics of the work of individual authors and to identify different forms of literariness. The student has developed his/her communication skills and is able to practise competent participation in a professional discussion of the topic under discussion, to develop his/her interpretative inventiveness. He is able to perceive readily the interpretations on literature following in the following years of his studies. He is prepared not only to deepen and develop them in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader. The student is also able to convey information about the phenomena of world literature to the general public and to offer conclusions and morphological justifications to lay audiences. Through problem solving, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical problems in the field using appropriate and appropriate procedures, as well as the skills to communicate facts, concepts, and opinions, and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. They have also developed a number of transferable skills such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week lecture, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching = 22 hours; 38 hours of continuous preparation for the lecture and preparation for the midterm test, including study of the literature; 60 hours of preparation for the final test, including study of the literature. A total of 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: explanationl; demonstration of theoretical knowledge and concepts by practical examples; discussion of the topic; guided self-study; e-learning
Compulsory readings:
KAČALA, J. 2014. Jazykové kategórie v slovenčine. 2., doplnené a prepracované vyd. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského. 180 s. ISBN 978-80-223-3486-0.
ORAVEC, J. – BAJZÍKOVÁ, E. – FURDÍK, J. 1984. Súčasný slovenský spisovný jazyk. Morfológia. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 232 s.
Recommended readings:
DZIVIAKOVÁ, M. 2014. Chápanie a spracovanie slovesa v súčasnej slovenskej jazykovede. In: Hľadanie metódy v kontrastívnej lingvistike [elektronický zdroj]. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, s. 99 – 147 [CD-ROM]. ISBN 978-80-223-3772-4.
Morfológia slovenského jazyka. 1966. Red. J. Ružička. Bratislava: Vydavateľstvo SAV. 896 s. (selected chapters)
SOKOLOVÁ, M. 1995. Kapitolky zo slovenskej morfológie. Prešov: Slovacontact. 180 s. ISBN 80-901417-7-3.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated during the semester in the form of a midterm test after the 4th topic (50 points) and in the exam period in the form of a final test (50 points). The course is completed with an assessment resulting from the interim assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study and from the final assessment of learning outcomes (50/50). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60% of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who obtains less than 60% of the points in any component of the assessment (mid-term test: less than 30 points; final test: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of morphology in the required range, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of morphology in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual morphological tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his speech is excellent, has excellent developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of morphology to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of morphology very well in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual morphological tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of morphology to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately, can reliably apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of morphology in practice, solves individual morphological tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of morphology in the required range, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired knowledge of morphology in practice, satisfactorily solves individual morphological tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria): sufficient performance: student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of morphology in the required range and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge of morphology in practice, solves individual morphological tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills to learn;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of morphology to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge of morphology in practice, cannot solve individual morphological tasks and assignments, has insufficient skills to learn.
Slovak
1. Morphology and its place in the language system. The essence and subject of morphology, basic concepts, methodology. The central unit of morphology: grammatical form. Relationship of morphology to other linguistic levels. Grammatical form and its structure.
2. Morphological or grammatical categories (nominal, verbal), lexico-semantic and lexico-grammatical categories. Verbal species. Criteria for defining word species. Classification of word species in lexico-semantic, morphological and syntactic terms.
3. Morpheme as the smallest unit of morphology. Morphematic structure of word and form. Types of morphemes and submorphemes.
4. Typological classification of languages. Morphological type of Slovak.
5. Lexical-semantic nature and classification of nouns. Grammatical categories and inflection of nouns.
6. Lexical-semantic nature and classification of adjectives. Inflection and gradation of adjectives. Adjectivals.
7. Lexico-semantic nature and classification of pronouns. Pronouns.
8. Lexical-semantic nature and classification of numerals. Lexicalisation of numerals.
9. Lexical-semantic nature and division of verbs and verb forms. Verbal grammatical and lexico-grammatical categories and verb tenses.
10. Lexical-semantic nature, division, formation and gradation of adverbs.
11. Lexico-semantic characteristics and classification of prepositions, conjunctions, particles and quotation marks.
The student will thoroughly acquire theoretical knowledge about the morphological level of the language as a part of the grammatical system of written Slovak, which will not only build on his knowledge acquired in the field within the general secondary education, but will also further enable the deepening and systematic development of his knowledge in the field of Slovak morphology into a comprehensive form, which he will be able to subsequently use in application. At the level of the current state of knowledge, the student will acquire relevant knowledge about the grammatical form as the central morphological unit and its structure, as well as about the morpheme as the smallest unit of morphology and the individual types of morphemes and submorphemes, and will master the issues of grammatical, lexical-semantic and lexical-grammatical categories, get acquainted with the characteristic features of Slovak morphology in terms of morphological typology of languages, gain relevant knowledge about the lexical-semantic essence, morphological and syntactic characteristics of individual word types as basic word groups and deepen theoretical knowledge about selected sub-issues of Slovak morphology. An important aspect of the course will also be to look at morphological theory with regard to school practice, as well as to acquire the ability to appropriately concretize the acquired theoretical morphological concepts on concrete practical examples. The student will be guided to actively acquire information in the field of Slovak morphology, to use digital technologies and resources, to use the acquired knowledge effectively, to formulate and defend arguments appropriately and on their basis to solve professional problems in the field, using appropriate methods of the discipline. They will also develop their communicative competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of their work, to follow the principles of authorial ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for their own learning. The acquired knowledge and skills will be applied and developed in the student's further Bachelor's and Master's studies, because they will enable him to perceive morphological phenomena in a broader linguistic (especially syntactic) context, and he will be able to use them creatively in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment and proofreading practice. Emphasis on raising the student's professional level and linguistic culture will prove to be equally important in adequately conveying information about morphological phenomena to the general public, as well as in independently analysing a problem in a given area at the language level and offering relevant conclusions, explanations and morphological justifications to lay audiences as well.
By familiarizing himself with the morphology of written Slovak, the student has acquired comprehensive theoretical knowledge and knowledge of the morphological system as a part of the grammatical system of written Slovak. The student has thoroughly acquired knowledge of grammatical form, morphemes, linguistic categories and individual word types, and has acquired theoretical knowledge of selected sub-issues of Slovak morphology, while being able to view the phenomena from the perspective of the current state of scientific knowledge as well as from the perspective of school practice. The student is able to concretise the acquired theoretical knowledge of morphology on practical examples of individual morphological phenomena. He/she is also able to use them appropriately to solve a problem in the field of morphology, while being able to actively obtain and communicate the necessary information and facts and to formulate and defend relevant professional arguments appropriately. The above leads to the fact that he/she has developed analytical skills as well as the ability to think abstractly and critically, he/she is forced to think in contexts and has also developed the ability to expand his/her knowledge independently. The thoroughly acquired theoretical knowledge of morphology and the acquired skills are important for the student's further studies and are a prerequisite for judging and evaluating morphological phenomena also in broader grammatical correlations. The acquired theoretical knowledge of the morphology of written Slovak is not only prepared to deepen and develop in further Bachelor's and then Master's studies, but can also be used and creatively applied in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a text proofreader. The student can also communicate information about morphological phenomena to the general public and offer conclusions and morphological justifications to lay audiences. The student has achieved a high professional level as well as a high level of linguistic culture, which is very necessary in terms of the student's future practice.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 3 hours per week lecture + seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 3 hours of direct teaching = 33 hours; 25 hours of continuous preparation for individual lessons with application of specific assignments, including reading of literary texts for individual lessons; 12 hours of seminar work; 50 hours of study of literature and preparation for the oral examination on professional knowledge and analytical-interpretive skills. A total of 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, inductive-generalizing interview, discussion, demonstration and analysis of concrete examples, analytical and interpretative work with text, group work, problem-based tasks, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
SLIACKY, O. 2013. Dejiny slovenskej literatúry pre deti a mládež do roku 1960. Bratislava: LIC. 295 s. ISBN 978-80-8119-073-5. (selected chapters)
STANISLAVOVÁ, Z. a kol. 2010. Dejiny slovenskej literatúry pre deti a mládež po roku 1960. Bratislava: LIC. 320 s. ISBN 978-80-8119-026-1. (selected chapters)
Recommended readings:
DRZEWIECKA, I. 2013. Grafopoetika. K estetickým a poetologickým aspektom grafickej vizualizácie básnického textu. Prešov: Prešovská univerzita v Prešove, Pedagogická fakulta. 184 s. ISBN 978-80-555-0782-8. (selected chapters)
FAITHOVÁ, E. 2018. Fakt ako umenie. Seriály literatúry faktu v Slniečku 1927 – 1990. In: Bibiana, roč. 25, č. 3, s. 33 – 43.
MITROVÁ, A. 2018. Pôvodná rozhlasová dramatická tvorba pre deti a mládež na Slovensku (kontext 30. – 50. rokov 20. storočia). Prešov: Vydavateľstvo Prešovskej univerzity. 173 s. ISBN 978-80-555-2157-2. (selected sections)
ŠRANK, J. 2019. Milan Adamčiak (1946 – 2017). Archív II (KOPO) – konkrétna poézia 1964 – 1972. In: TOP 5. Slovenská literárna scéna 2015 v odbornej reflexii. Fintice: FACE – Fórum alternatívnej kultúry a vzdelávania, s. 10 – 30. ISBN 978-80-89763-40-5.
BIBIANA, revue o umení pre deti a mládež. Available on: www.bibiana.sk/sk/archiv/digitalna-bibiana/revue-bibiana
O DIEŤATI, JAZYKU, LITERATÚRE. Časopis pre otázky rozvíjania komunikačnej a literárnej kompetencie.
Further study text on individual topics will be made available to students in electronic form.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• continuous reading of literary texts and completion of assignments in seminars on the theoretical knowledge and practical skills required in working with literary texts (30 points);
• the production of a seminar paper which examines the work of the author studied with an emphasis on the application of the knowledge acquired about the particularities of the author's poetics, on analytical-interpretive skills and on the defence of one's arguments (20 points);
• an oral examination on professional knowledge and analytical-interpretive skills (50 points).
The course is completed with an assessment resulting from the interim control of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study and from the final control of learning outcomes (50/50). To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained (at least 60 points). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who obtains less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (assignments: less than 18 points; final analysis: less than 12 points; oral examination: less than 30 points).
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: The student has an excellent knowledge of Slovak literature for children and youth, its developmental phases, genre invariants, the most important representatives and their representative works in the required scope, logically arranges the presented literary-historical facts flawlessly, the acquired literary-scientific knowledge can be applied and adapted at an excellent level in specific approaches to the literary text usable in the teaching of literature in school practice, has the ability to creatively solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively, also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her expression is excellent, has well-developed skills for independent further learning;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of Slovak literature for children and young people, its developmental phases, genre invariants, major figures and their representative works to the required extent, logically, with only minor errors, he arranges the presented literary-historical facts, he is able to apply and adapt the acquired literary-scientific knowledge very well in specific approaches to the literary text usable in the teaching of literature in school practice, he has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in the broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his speech is very good, he has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: The student has a good knowledge of Slovak literature for children and young people, its developmental stages, genre invariants, the most important representatives and their representative works to the required extent, arranges the presented literary-historical facts appropriately and makes errors only in places, can reliably apply and adapt the acquired literary-historical knowledge in specific approaches to literary texts applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, reliably solves individual tasks and assignments independently, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: Student has satisfactory knowledge of Slovak literature for children and youth, its developmental phases, genre invariants, the most important representatives and their representative works in the required range, demonstrates some deficiencies in the arrangement of literary-historical facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired literary-historical knowledge in specific approaches to the literary text usable in the teaching of literature in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimal amount of knowledge about Slovak literature for children and youth, its developmental phases, genre invariants, the most important representatives and their representative works in the required range, as well as significant deficiencies in the arrangement of literary-historical facts, the acquired literary-scientific knowledge can be minimally applied in specific approaches to the literary text usable in the teaching of literature in school practice, with significant help at a sufficient level, solves individual tasks and assignments, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of Slovak literature for children and youth, its developmental phases, genre invariants, the most important representatives and their representative works to the required extent, does not know literary-historical facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired literary-scientific knowledge in specific approaches to literary text usable in teaching literature in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient skills to learn.
Slovak
1. Children's recipient, age periods and genre composition of literature for children and youth. Periodization process and developmental phases of Slovak literature for children and youth. Education for literature and education through literature. Institutional and journal base of literature for children and youth. Projects promoting reading for children and young people.
2. Folktale, poetics and typology. Collectors and their concepts. Basic manuscript and printed collections. The work of S. Reuss, J. Francisci, A. H. Škultéty and P. Dobšinský. Incorporation of the fairy tale into the children's reading fund. Literary folklorism for children and youth in the 20th century. Interpretation of selected folk tales by P. Dobšinský and the work of M. Rúfus The Book of Fairy Tales.
3. Folk tale, typology, collectors. The folktale work of A. Mednyanský, J. C. Hronský, J. Horák, M. Ďuríčková, literary project Tale Map of Slovakia. Interpretation of J. C. Hronský's The Buried Sword and M. Ďuríčková's The Queen of the Danube.
4. Constituting Slovak artistic literature for children and youth in the 1930s (works for children and youth by Ľ. Podjavorinská, Ľ. Ondrejov, J. C. Hronský, M. Rázusová-Martáková, M. Hranko, M. Rázus, J. Bodenek. Interpretation of the works of J. C. Hronský's The Bold Hare and Ľ. Ondrejov's The Robber's Youth.
5. Author's fairy tale, poetics and typology. The most important Slovak creators of modern fairy tales (Ľ. Feldek, M. Ďuríčková, J. Blažková, K. Bendová and others). Interpretation of M. Ďuríčková's fairy tale Jasietka and selected fairy tales from the works of K. Bendová's Osmijanka's Fairy Tales and Ľ. Feldek's Green Deer.
6. The most important Slovak creators of modern fairy tales (D. Hevier, J. Uličiansky, E. J. Groch, J. Milčák, D. Pastirčák, D. Taragel and others). Interpretation of the author's fairy tale by D. Hevier Land of Agord, J. Uličiansky's The Little Princess, E. J. Groch's The Tramp and Clara, D. Taragel's Fairy Tales for naughty children and their caring parents.
7. Modern Slovak poetry for children. Poetic works of K. Bendová, M. Válek, Ľ. Feldek, T. Janovic, D. Hevier, Š. Moravčík, M. Rúfus and others. Janovic's Wooden Dad and his Fairy Tales.
8. Intermedia poetry for children. Poetic works of Š. Moravčík, D. Hevier and F. Rojček. Interpretation of selected poems from Moravčík's collections The Rocket with the Golden Tail and Hadakum kvadakum or the Little Book for All the Change, from Hevier's collection Don't Crawl Your Tongue on a Lion and from Rojček's collection Torka z piesku.
9. Modern social prose for children and youth (social prose K. Jarunková, J. Blažková, M. Ďuríčková, V. Šikula, D. Dušek, P. Holka, J. Šebesta, etc.). Jarunková's Tulák, M. Ďuríčková's Majka Tárajka, J. Blažková's My Great Brother Robinzon and J. Šebesta's Venussha.
10. Modern theatre, radio and television works for children. The work of Ľ. Feldek, E. Čepčeková, J. Pavlovič, M. Čeretková-Gállová, J. Mokoš, J. Milčák, J. Uličiansky, M. Grznárová, D. Dušek, J. Bodnárová, V. Klimáček. Interpretation of Feldek's play Botafogo, Milčák's play Celestínka, ryba a pán Baltazár and Uličiansky's play Peter Kľúčik.
11. Development and forms of Slovak non-fiction for children and youth. Creation of V. Zamarovský, Ľ. Zúbek and V. Ferko. Non-fiction series in the magazine Slniečko. Experiential informativeness in modern non-fiction. Interpretation of the works of V. Zamarovský's The Discovery of Troy, Ľ. Zúbek's The Empire of Svätopluk and O. Sliacky's The Wonders of Slovakia.
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-sectional and specialized knowledge, which also builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will acquire knowledge concerning the history of Slovak literature for children and youth, its developmental phases, individual tendencies and individual ideological and aesthetic initiatives and poetics, as well as theoretical background to the characterization of invariant features of individual genres of literature for children and youth. In presenting the poetological peculiarities of the work of the most prominent figures of Slovak literature for children and youth, the specificities of the child recipient, the need for intense aesthetic stimuli from age-appropriate literature in a varied genre composition in the development of the process of text reception, as well as the potential of literature for children and youth to shape and cultivate the reader will be taken into account. The student will be able to create simple definitions of literary terms, give age-appropriate examples of these terms, and identify and correct the most common errors that occur when working with text from children's and young adult literature in school practice. The acquired knowledge will be used appropriately when working with selected textual material. The student will be able to assess the value and artistic contribution of a literary work in a literary-historical context and be able to point out the importance of knowledge of the wider literary, cultural and social context. The student will be able to justify and apply various methodological approaches to literary analysis and interpretation, and will be able to use the experience of an artistic text in his/her own individual (reception and production) activity. He/she will develop his/her analytical skills with emphasis on independent and creative work. On the basis of the knowledge and skills acquired, he/she will be able to apply analytical-interpretive competencies to other literary texts, to point out the interrelationships between them, and to reflect on new possibilities of literary analysis and interpretation. The student will also become familiar with the related practical and methodological knowledge that will be a prerequisite for his/her proper understanding of the past in the courses of the continuing Master's degree. The student will acquire a base of knowledge and skills which he/she will deepen and develop in further bachelor's and subsequently master's studies, he/she will be able to use them and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, later on for the analysis and selection of didactic materials from literature for children and young people with regard to teaching objectives, and possibly also for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a textual proofreader. The student will be guided to actively acquire information and effectively use cross-cutting and specialized knowledge, will consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, and will be able to communicate theoretical knowledge and practical skills to a wider and lay public. An analytical and critical approach to the literary text will stimulate critical thinking, creativity and contextual reasoning, which the student will demonstrate in solving specific assignments as well as in the composition of the term paper. The student will creatively use appropriate and appropriate methods of the discipline in solving problem-based assignments. The student will acquire the prerequisites and motivation to develop the skills necessary for further learning and will be able to encourage students to actively acquire literary-historical and literary-theoretical knowledge. The student will consolidate and develop communication and digital competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own learning, to develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible action and pluralistic civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has knowledge of Slovak literature for children and youth, its developmental phases, genre invariants, the most important representatives and their representative works. The student is able to creatively and independently analyse and interpret literary texts, to characterise the poeological and value specifics of the work of individual authors and to identify different forms of literariness. Has acquired analytical and interpretive skills applicable to professional and school analysis and interpretation of specific literary texts, understands the specificity and artistic value of selected literary texts, and can actively seek new possibilities in approaching a literary text. The student is able to interpret a literary text in relation to other types of art. The student can also work with different possible interpretations of the text in school practice. As a result of the analytical and critical approach to the literary text, the student develops transferable competences, because especially in the analytical-interpretive part, critical thinking, thinking in context, developing communicative and digital competences are emphasised, on the basis of which the student is able to solve specific tasks, as well as to construct his/her own interpretations of literary texts. The student is able to promptly perceive interpretations of literature in the following years of his/her studies. Based on problem-solving tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. The student has also developed a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to abstract and critical thinking, reasoning in context, metacognitive skills. The student is prepared not only to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge, skills and competences in further bachelor's and subsequently master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader. The student is also able to convey information about literary-theoretical phenomena to the general public and to offer conclusions and literary-analytical justifications to lay audiences.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 3 hours per week lecture + seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 3 hours of direct teaching = 33 hours; 25 hours of continuous preparation for individual lessons with application of specific assignments, including reading of literary texts for individual lessons; 12 hours of seminar work; 50 hours of study of literature and preparation for the oral examination on professional knowledge and analytical-interpretive skills. A total of 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, inductive-generalizing interview, discussion, demonstration and analysis of concrete examples, analytical and interpretative work with text, group work, problem-based tasks, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
SLIACKY, O. 2013. Dejiny slovenskej literatúry pre deti a mládež do roku 1960. Bratislava: LIC. 295 s. ISBN 978-80-8119-073-5. (selected chapters)
STANISLAVOVÁ, Z. a kol. 2010. Dejiny slovenskej literatúry pre deti a mládež po roku 1960. Bratislava: LIC. 320 s. ISBN 978-80-8119-026-1. (selected chapters)
Recommended readings:
DRZEWIECKA, I. 2013. Grafopoetika. K estetickým a poetologickým aspektom grafickej vizualizácie básnického textu. Prešov: Prešovská univerzita v Prešove, Pedagogická fakulta. 184 s. ISBN 978-80-555-0782-8. (selected chapters)
FAITHOVÁ, E. 2018. Fakt ako umenie. Seriály literatúry faktu v Slniečku 1927 – 1990. In: Bibiana, roč. 25, č. 3, s. 33 – 43.
MITROVÁ, A. 2018. Pôvodná rozhlasová dramatická tvorba pre deti a mládež na Slovensku (kontext 30. – 50. rokov 20. storočia). Prešov: Vydavateľstvo Prešovskej univerzity. 173 s. ISBN 978-80-555-2157-2. (selected sections)
ŠRANK, J. 2019. Milan Adamčiak (1946 – 2017). Archív II (KOPO) – konkrétna poézia 1964 – 1972. In: TOP 5. Slovenská literárna scéna 2015 v odbornej reflexii. Fintice: FACE – Fórum alternatívnej kultúry a vzdelávania, s. 10 – 30. ISBN 978-80-89763-40-5.
BIBIANA, revue o umení pre deti a mládež. Available on: www.bibiana.sk/sk/archiv/digitalna-bibiana/revue-bibiana
O DIEŤATI, JAZYKU, LITERATÚRE. Časopis pre otázky rozvíjania komunikačnej a literárnej kompetencie.
Further study text on individual topics will be made available to students in electronic form.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• continuous reading of literary texts and completion of assignments in seminars on the theoretical knowledge and practical skills required in working with literary texts (30 points);
• the production of a seminar paper which examines the work of the author studied with an emphasis on the application of the knowledge acquired about the particularities of the author's poetics, on analytical-interpretive skills and on the defence of one's arguments (20 points);
• an oral examination on professional knowledge and analytical-interpretive skills (50 points).
The course is completed with an assessment resulting from the interim control of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study and from the final control of learning outcomes (50/50). To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained (at least 60 points). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who obtains less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (assignments: less than 18 points; final analysis: less than 12 points; oral examination: less than 30 points).
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: The student has an excellent knowledge of Slovak literature for children and youth, its developmental phases, genre invariants, the most important representatives and their representative works in the required scope, logically arranges the presented literary-historical facts flawlessly, the acquired literary-scientific knowledge can be applied and adapted at an excellent level in specific approaches to the literary text usable in the teaching of literature in school practice, has the ability to creatively solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively, also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her expression is excellent, has well-developed skills for independent further learning;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of Slovak literature for children and young people, its developmental phases, genre invariants, major figures and their representative works to the required extent, logically, with only minor errors, he arranges the presented literary-historical facts, he is able to apply and adapt the acquired literary-scientific knowledge very well in specific approaches to the literary text usable in the teaching of literature in school practice, he has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in the broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his speech is very good, he has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: The student has a good knowledge of Slovak literature for children and young people, its developmental stages, genre invariants, the most important representatives and their representative works to the required extent, arranges the presented literary-historical facts appropriately and makes errors only in places, can reliably apply and adapt the acquired literary-historical knowledge in specific approaches to literary texts applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, reliably solves individual tasks and assignments independently, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: Student has satisfactory knowledge of Slovak literature for children and youth, its developmental phases, genre invariants, the most important representatives and their representative works in the required range, demonstrates some deficiencies in the arrangement of literary-historical facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired literary-historical knowledge in specific approaches to the literary text usable in the teaching of literature in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimal amount of knowledge about Slovak literature for children and youth, its developmental phases, genre invariants, the most important representatives and their representative works in the required range, as well as significant deficiencies in the arrangement of literary-historical facts, the acquired literary-scientific knowledge can be minimally applied in specific approaches to the literary text usable in the teaching of literature in school practice, with significant help at a sufficient level, solves individual tasks and assignments, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of Slovak literature for children and youth, its developmental phases, genre invariants, the most important representatives and their representative works to the required extent, does not know literary-historical facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired literary-scientific knowledge in specific approaches to literary text usable in teaching literature in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient skills to learn.
Slovak
1. Children's recipient, age periods and genre composition of literature for children and youth. Periodization process and developmental phases of Slovak literature for children and youth. Education for literature and education through literature. Institutional and journal base of literature for children and youth. Projects promoting reading for children and young people.
2. Folktale, poetics and typology. Collectors and their concepts. Basic manuscript and printed collections. The work of S. Reuss, J. Francisci, A. H. Škultéty and P. Dobšinský. Incorporation of the fairy tale into the children's reading fund. Literary folklorism for children and youth in the 20th century. Interpretation of selected folk tales by P. Dobšinský and the work of M. Rúfus The Book of Fairy Tales.
3. Folk tale, typology, collectors. The folktale work of A. Mednyanský, J. C. Hronský, J. Horák, M. Ďuríčková, literary project Tale Map of Slovakia. Interpretation of J. C. Hronský's The Buried Sword and M. Ďuríčková's The Queen of the Danube.
4. Constituting Slovak artistic literature for children and youth in the 1930s (works for children and youth by Ľ. Podjavorinská, Ľ. Ondrejov, J. C. Hronský, M. Rázusová-Martáková, M. Hranko, M. Rázus, J. Bodenek. Interpretation of the works of J. C. Hronský's The Bold Hare and Ľ. Ondrejov's The Robber's Youth.
5. Author's fairy tale, poetics and typology. The most important Slovak creators of modern fairy tales (Ľ. Feldek, M. Ďuríčková, J. Blažková, K. Bendová and others). Interpretation of M. Ďuríčková's fairy tale Jasietka and selected fairy tales from the works of K. Bendová's Osmijanka's Fairy Tales and Ľ. Feldek's Green Deer.
6. The most important Slovak creators of modern fairy tales (D. Hevier, J. Uličiansky, E. J. Groch, J. Milčák, D. Pastirčák, D. Taragel and others). Interpretation of the author's fairy tale by D. Hevier Land of Agord, J. Uličiansky's The Little Princess, E. J. Groch's The Tramp and Clara, D. Taragel's Fairy Tales for naughty children and their caring parents.
7. Modern Slovak poetry for children. Poetic works of K. Bendová, M. Válek, Ľ. Feldek, T. Janovic, D. Hevier, Š. Moravčík, M. Rúfus and others. Janovic's Wooden Dad and his Fairy Tales.
8. Intermedia poetry for children. Poetic works of Š. Moravčík, D. Hevier and F. Rojček. Interpretation of selected poems from Moravčík's collections The Rocket with the Golden Tail and Hadakum kvadakum or the Little Book for All the Change, from Hevier's collection Don't Crawl Your Tongue on a Lion and from Rojček's collection Torka z piesku.
9. Modern social prose for children and youth (social prose K. Jarunková, J. Blažková, M. Ďuríčková, V. Šikula, D. Dušek, P. Holka, J. Šebesta, etc.). Jarunková's Tulák, M. Ďuríčková's Majka Tárajka, J. Blažková's My Great Brother Robinzon and J. Šebesta's Venussha.
10. Modern theatre, radio and television works for children. The work of Ľ. Feldek, E. Čepčeková, J. Pavlovič, M. Čeretková-Gállová, J. Mokoš, J. Milčák, J. Uličiansky, M. Grznárová, D. Dušek, J. Bodnárová, V. Klimáček. Interpretation of Feldek's play Botafogo, Milčák's play Celestínka, ryba a pán Baltazár and Uličiansky's play Peter Kľúčik.
11. Development and forms of Slovak non-fiction for children and youth. Creation of V. Zamarovský, Ľ. Zúbek and V. Ferko. Non-fiction series in the magazine Slniečko. Experiential informativeness in modern non-fiction. Interpretation of the works of V. Zamarovský's The Discovery of Troy, Ľ. Zúbek's The Empire of Svätopluk and O. Sliacky's The Wonders of Slovakia.
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-sectional and specialized knowledge, which also builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will acquire knowledge concerning the history of Slovak literature for children and youth, its developmental phases, individual tendencies and individual ideological and aesthetic initiatives and poetics, as well as theoretical background to the characterization of invariant features of individual genres of literature for children and youth. In presenting the poetological peculiarities of the work of the most prominent figures of Slovak literature for children and youth, the specificities of the child recipient, the need for intense aesthetic stimuli from age-appropriate literature in a varied genre composition in the development of the process of text reception, as well as the potential of literature for children and youth to shape and cultivate the reader will be taken into account. The student will be able to create simple definitions of literary terms, give age-appropriate examples of these terms, and identify and correct the most common errors that occur when working with text from children's and young adult literature in school practice. The acquired knowledge will be used appropriately when working with selected textual material. The student will be able to assess the value and artistic contribution of a literary work in a literary-historical context and be able to point out the importance of knowledge of the wider literary, cultural and social context. The student will be able to justify and apply various methodological approaches to literary analysis and interpretation, and will be able to use the experience of an artistic text in his/her own individual (reception and production) activity. He/she will develop his/her analytical skills with emphasis on independent and creative work. On the basis of the knowledge and skills acquired, he/she will be able to apply analytical-interpretive competencies to other literary texts, to point out the interrelationships between them, and to reflect on new possibilities of literary analysis and interpretation. The student will also become familiar with the related practical and methodological knowledge that will be a prerequisite for his/her proper understanding of the past in the courses of the continuing Master's degree. The student will acquire a base of knowledge and skills which he/she will deepen and develop in further bachelor's and subsequently master's studies, he/she will be able to use them and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, later on for the analysis and selection of didactic materials from literature for children and young people with regard to teaching objectives, and possibly also for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a textual proofreader. The student will be guided to actively acquire information and effectively use cross-cutting and specialized knowledge, will consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, and will be able to communicate theoretical knowledge and practical skills to a wider and lay public. An analytical and critical approach to the literary text will stimulate critical thinking, creativity and contextual reasoning, which the student will demonstrate in solving specific assignments as well as in the composition of the term paper. The student will creatively use appropriate and appropriate methods of the discipline in solving problem-based assignments. The student will acquire the prerequisites and motivation to develop the skills necessary for further learning and will be able to encourage students to actively acquire literary-historical and literary-theoretical knowledge. The student will consolidate and develop communication and digital competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own learning, to develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible action and pluralistic civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has knowledge of Slovak literature for children and youth, its developmental phases, genre invariants, the most important representatives and their representative works. The student is able to creatively and independently analyse and interpret literary texts, to characterise the poeological and value specifics of the work of individual authors and to identify different forms of literariness. Has acquired analytical and interpretive skills applicable to professional and school analysis and interpretation of specific literary texts, understands the specificity and artistic value of selected literary texts, and can actively seek new possibilities in approaching a literary text. The student is able to interpret a literary text in relation to other types of art. The student can also work with different possible interpretations of the text in school practice. As a result of the analytical and critical approach to the literary text, the student develops transferable competences, because especially in the analytical-interpretive part, critical thinking, thinking in context, developing communicative and digital competences are emphasised, on the basis of which the student is able to solve specific tasks, as well as to construct his/her own interpretations of literary texts. The student is able to promptly perceive interpretations of literature in the following years of his/her studies. Based on problem-solving tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. The student has also developed a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to abstract and critical thinking, reasoning in context, metacognitive skills. The student is prepared not only to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge, skills and competences in further bachelor's and subsequently master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader. The student is also able to convey information about literary-theoretical phenomena to the general public and to offer conclusions and literary-analytical justifications to lay audiences.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week lecture, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching - 22 hours; 16 hours of seminar paper preparation; 25 hours of mid-term test preparation; 57 hours of final test preparation, including literature study. Total 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: interpretation and explanation, discussion of the material covered, demonstration, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
ORAVEC, J. – BAJZÍKOVÁ, E. 1986. Súčasný slovenský spisovný jazyk. Syntax. 2. vyd. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 261 s.
KAČALA, J. 2025. Skladba slovenského jazyka. Martin: Matica slovenská. 875 s. ISBN 978-80-8128-351-2 (vybrané kapitoly)
KAČALA, J. 2015. Teória vetného člena. Martin: Vydavateľstvo Matice slovenskej. 172 s. ISBN 978-80-8115-212-2.
Recommended readings:
IVANOVÁ, M. 2016. Syntax slovenského jazyka. 2. vydanie. Prešov: Vydavateľstvo Prešovskej univerzity v Prešove. 284 s. ISBN 978-80-555-1753-7.
KAČALA, J. 1998. Syntaktický systém jazyka. Pezinok: Formát. 144 s. ISBN 80-967911-1-7.
DZIVIAKOVÁ, M. 2018. K valencii slovesa v slovenčine s ohľadom na jej odraz v slovesných valenčných štruktúrach. In: Sloveso v kontraste (románske jazyky a slovenčina). Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, s. 32 – 46. ISBN 978-80-223-4526-2.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated continuously with 20 points for the seminar paper and 30 points for the continuous written test. The course is concluded with a final written test of the knowledge of the whole semester (50 points).
A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points out of the total points for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (seminar paper: less than 12 points; mid-term test: less than 18 points; final test: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of syntax to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of syntax in practice, has the ability to solve individual syntactic tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of syntax to the required extent, logically organises the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of syntax very well in practice, has the ability to solve individual syntactic tasks and assignments independently very well, also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, he/she has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of syntax to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately, can apply and adapt the syntax knowledge reliably in practice, solves individual syntactic tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory results in syntax in the required range, demonstrates some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, the acquired can satisfactorily apply knowledge of syntax in practice, satisfactorily solves individual syntactic tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of syntax in the required range and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge of syntax in practice, solves individual syntactic tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills to learn;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of syntax to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge of syntax in practice, cannot solve individual syntactic tasks and assignments, has insufficient skills to learn.
Slovak
1. Syntax as a linguistic discipline, its subject and the relationship of syntax to other levels of language.
2. The essence of the sentence. Actualization and predication. Grammatical and semantic core and its articulation. Construction as a basic syntactic unit. Content and form of constructions. Syntactic relation, ways and means of its realization.
3. The branch article as a basic element of the grammatical structure of a sentence. Types of sentence articles. Simple and compound sentence articles. Sentence type as a configuration of grammatical and semantic elements of a sentence. Sentence and utterance.
4. Simple and compound sentence. Sentence. Main and subordinate clauses. Types of subordinate clauses according to the sentence-final principle.
5. Subject and adverb as the basic clause members of a two-part sentence.
6. The sentence stem as a basic member of a one-part sentence. Impersonal verbs and impersonal verb forms.
7. Semi-predicative constructions. The complement and the preposition as separate sentence members.
8. Developing sentence articles. Subject, adverbial determination and adjective.
9. Content sentence structure and actual sentence structure. Verb sequence and its factors.
10. Modal sentence structure and the expressive aspect of the sentence. Positive and negative in a sentence. Sentential and article negation.
11. Syntax of the text. Units of text syntax. Means of text binding.
The content of the course will contribute directly and directly to the formation of the graduate's profile, to the development of his/her linguistic awareness, as well as to the learning outcomes and objectives through the selection of topics, their their arrangement and their internal interrelationship, as well as the way the teacher presents the issue to the students, and the way the students understand and assimilate it.
The curriculum of the course includes a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge that builds on the student's general education and systematically develops his/her knowledge of syntactic issues into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest proven knowledge in the field.
The course will lead the student to both active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge of syntax, will consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate arguments and defend professional positions, stimulate his/her skill to propose and implement solutions to professional syntactic problems on their basis, modifying his/her knowledge in the process, and creatively employing appropriate and adequate methods throughout the discipline. In the course, the student will consolidate and develop communicative competences, the ability to interpret syntactic facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate his/her sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democratic principles.
By completing the course, the student has acquired professional competence in the theoretical and practical justification of the sentence structure in the Slovak language as a system-communicative unit of the language and the use of its differentiated types in the multifaceted expressive practice. He is prepared to pass on the acquired knowledge later as a teacher of Slovak language, to evaluate the syntactic level of texts and, if necessary, to modify texts in order to meet the holistic requirements of sentence and clause structure and the broader text in Slovak.
The student masters the laws of language construction and is able to use language to develop thinking, to further acquire new knowledge and to improve interpersonal communication and to formulate his/her ideas more thoroughly and precisely and to better understand each other.
The course contributes directly to the student's ability to perceive readily the interpretations of language that follow in the subsequent years of his studies. The student is prepared not only to deepen and develop the knowledge acquired in further Bachelor's and then Master's studies, but also to be able to use and creatively apply it in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader.
The student can also communicate information about syntactic phenomena to the general public and offer conclusions and syntactic justifications to lay audiences.
Through problem solving, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical problems in the field using appropriate and appropriate procedures, as well as the skills to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments and professional positions. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. They have also developed a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week lecture, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching - 22 hours; 16 hours of seminar paper preparation; 25 hours of mid-term test preparation; 57 hours of final test preparation, including literature study. Total 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: interpretation and explanation, discussion of the material covered, demonstration, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
ORAVEC, J. – BAJZÍKOVÁ, E. 1986. Súčasný slovenský spisovný jazyk. Syntax. 2. vyd. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 261 s.
KAČALA, J. 2025. Skladba slovenského jazyka. Martin: Matica slovenská. 875 s. ISBN 978-80-8128-351-2 (vybrané kapitoly)
KAČALA, J. 2015. Teória vetného člena. Martin: Vydavateľstvo Matice slovenskej. 172 s. ISBN 978-80-8115-212-2.
Recommended readings:
IVANOVÁ, M. 2016. Syntax slovenského jazyka. 2. vydanie. Prešov: Vydavateľstvo Prešovskej univerzity v Prešove. 284 s. ISBN 978-80-555-1753-7.
KAČALA, J. 1998. Syntaktický systém jazyka. Pezinok: Formát. 144 s. ISBN 80-967911-1-7.
DZIVIAKOVÁ, M. 2018. K valencii slovesa v slovenčine s ohľadom na jej odraz v slovesných valenčných štruktúrach. In: Sloveso v kontraste (románske jazyky a slovenčina). Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, s. 32 – 46. ISBN 978-80-223-4526-2.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated continuously with 20 points for the seminar paper and 30 points for the continuous written test. The course is concluded with a final written test of the knowledge of the whole semester (50 points).
A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points out of the total points for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (seminar paper: less than 12 points; mid-term test: less than 18 points; final test: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of syntax to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of syntax in practice, has the ability to solve individual syntactic tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of syntax to the required extent, logically organises the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of syntax very well in practice, has the ability to solve individual syntactic tasks and assignments independently very well, also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, he/she has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of syntax to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately, can apply and adapt the syntax knowledge reliably in practice, solves individual syntactic tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory results in syntax in the required range, demonstrates some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, the acquired can satisfactorily apply knowledge of syntax in practice, satisfactorily solves individual syntactic tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of syntax in the required range and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge of syntax in practice, solves individual syntactic tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills to learn;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of syntax to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge of syntax in practice, cannot solve individual syntactic tasks and assignments, has insufficient skills to learn.
Slovak
1. Syntax as a linguistic discipline, its subject and the relationship of syntax to other levels of language.
2. The essence of the sentence. Actualization and predication. Grammatical and semantic core and its articulation. Construction as a basic syntactic unit. Content and form of constructions. Syntactic relation, ways and means of its realization.
3. The branch article as a basic element of the grammatical structure of a sentence. Types of sentence articles. Simple and compound sentence articles. Sentence type as a configuration of grammatical and semantic elements of a sentence. Sentence and utterance.
4. Simple and compound sentence. Sentence. Main and subordinate clauses. Types of subordinate clauses according to the sentence-final principle.
5. Subject and adverb as the basic clause members of a two-part sentence.
6. The sentence stem as a basic member of a one-part sentence. Impersonal verbs and impersonal verb forms.
7. Semi-predicative constructions. The complement and the preposition as separate sentence members.
8. Developing sentence articles. Subject, adverbial determination and adjective.
9. Content sentence structure and actual sentence structure. Verb sequence and its factors.
10. Modal sentence structure and the expressive aspect of the sentence. Positive and negative in a sentence. Sentential and article negation.
11. Syntax of the text. Units of text syntax. Means of text binding.
The content of the course will contribute directly and directly to the formation of the graduate's profile, to the development of his/her linguistic awareness, as well as to the learning outcomes and objectives through the selection of topics, their their arrangement and their internal interrelationship, as well as the way the teacher presents the issue to the students, and the way the students understand and assimilate it.
The curriculum of the course includes a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge that builds on the student's general education and systematically develops his/her knowledge of syntactic issues into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest proven knowledge in the field.
The course will lead the student to both active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge of syntax, will consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate arguments and defend professional positions, stimulate his/her skill to propose and implement solutions to professional syntactic problems on their basis, modifying his/her knowledge in the process, and creatively employing appropriate and adequate methods throughout the discipline. In the course, the student will consolidate and develop communicative competences, the ability to interpret syntactic facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate his/her sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democratic principles.
By completing the course, the student has acquired professional competence in the theoretical and practical justification of the sentence structure in the Slovak language as a system-communicative unit of the language and the use of its differentiated types in the multifaceted expressive practice. He is prepared to pass on the acquired knowledge later as a teacher of Slovak language, to evaluate the syntactic level of texts and, if necessary, to modify texts in order to meet the holistic requirements of sentence and clause structure and the broader text in Slovak.
The student masters the laws of language construction and is able to use language to develop thinking, to further acquire new knowledge and to improve interpersonal communication and to formulate his/her ideas more thoroughly and precisely and to better understand each other.
The course contributes directly to the student's ability to perceive readily the interpretations of language that follow in the subsequent years of his studies. The student is prepared not only to deepen and develop the knowledge acquired in further Bachelor's and then Master's studies, but also to be able to use and creatively apply it in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader.
The student can also communicate information about syntactic phenomena to the general public and offer conclusions and syntactic justifications to lay audiences.
Through problem solving, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical problems in the field using appropriate and appropriate procedures, as well as the skills to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments and professional positions. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. They have also developed a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 4 hours per week: lecture (2 hours) + seminar (2 hours), total 44 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 4 hours of direct teaching = 44 hours (22 hours of lectures + 22 hours of seminars); 8 hours of preparation for the midterm test; 8 hours of preparation of the seminar paper; 60 hours of literature study and preparation for the oral examination. Total 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, demonstration, dialogue with students, dialogue in a group of students, group work, problem-based tasks, application of theoretical knowledge to practical examples, analytical and interpretative work with literary text, e-learning, guided self-study
Compulsory readings:
ČÚZY, L. a kol. 2005. Panoráma slovenskej literatúry II. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 176 s. ISBN 80-10-00846-X. (selected sections)
ŠMATLÁK, S. 2001. Dejiny slovenskej literatúry II. Bratislava: Literárne informačné centrum. 559 s. ISBN 978-80-89222-29-2. (selected sections)
Recommended readings:
CHMEL, R. a kol. 2006. Slovník diel slovenskej literatúry 20. storočia. Bratislava: Kalligram, Ústav slovenskej literatúry SAV. 528 s. ISBN 80-7149-918-8. (selected dictionary entries)
ŠRANK, J. 2019. Reč električiek v slovenskej poézii. In: Vlna, roč. 21, č. 81, s. 16 – 21.
Course completion requirements:
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• continuous completion of micro-assignments in seminars (10 points);
• a continuous written test on literary history (during the semester, covering the first 5 topics, 10 points);
• the preparation of a seminar paper (30 points), which analytically and interpretively examines a selected problem of one work from the list of required fiction;
• an oral examination on specialist knowledge and analytical-interpretive skills (50 points).
The course culminates in an assessment resulting from an interim review of learning outcomes during the instructional portion of the semester of study and a final review of learning outcomes (50/50).
To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. A final grade of A requires at least 93 points, a grade of B requires at least 85 points, a grade of C requires at least 77 points, a grade of D requires at least 69 points and a grade of E requires at least 60 points of the total points. Credit will not be awarded to a student who obtains less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (micro-assessments: less than 6 points; mid-term test: less than 6 points; seminar paper: less than 18 points; oral examination: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - excellent results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of the1st half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has excellent knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required scope, logically arranges the presented literary-historical facts flawlessly, he/she can apply and adapt the acquired literary-scientific knowledge excellently when working with a literary text in school practice, he/she has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, he/she has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of the 1st half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has a very good knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century to the required extent, he/she arranges the presented literary-historical facts logically, with only minor errors, he/she can apply and adapt the acquired literary knowledge very well when working with a literary text in school practice, he/she has a very good the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context; the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her expression is very good; he/she has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of the 1st half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has a good knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required range, appropriately arranges the presented literary-historical facts and makes only occasional mistakes, can reliably apply and adapt the acquired literary-historical knowledge when working with a literary text in school practice, independently and reliably solves individual tasks and assignments, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has a satisfactory knowledge of the 1st half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has satisfactory knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required range, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of literary-historical facts, satisfactorily applies the acquired literary-scientific knowledge and existing procedures for working with literary text in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of the 1st half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student demonstrates a satisfactory level of knowledge of 20th century Slovak literature to the required extent and significant deficiencies in the organisation of literary-historical facts, is minimally able to apply acquired literary knowledge and existing procedures for working with literary text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments with significant help at a sufficient level, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the1st half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has insufficient knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required extent, does not know literary-historical facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired literary knowledge when working with a literary text in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Slovak literature after 1918 in the context of contemporary political, social, cultural-civilisational and other transformations.
2. Periodization models of literary development in 1918-1948, generational, functional, ideological-aesthetic and other differentiation of literature.
3. Literary development in the modernist stage (1918-1935): modern and avant-garde tendencies and individual concretizations (realism, naturalism, second modernism, symbolism, expressionism).
4. Panorama of opinion, stylistic and thematic differentiation in the poetry of the 1920s and 1930s (J. Smrek, E. B. Lukáč, L. Novomeský and others).
5. Panorama of opinion, stylistic and thematic differentiation in the prose of the 1920s and 1930s (J. Hrušovský, J. C. Hronský, M. Urban and others).
6. Social, intra-literary and individual motivations of the formation of the avant-garde literary model (1935-1948).
7. Avant-garde literary directions in poetry: surrealism, Catholic modernism.
8. Avant-garde literary directions in prose: socialist realism, naturism.
9. Literary situation in the years of the authoritarian nation-state 1939 -1945.
10. Literary situation in the conditions of limited democracy in the years 1945 - 1948.
11. Developmental tendencies in Slovak literature in the 1930s and 1940s (social novel, historical novel, chamber psychological prose, poets of the sujet, poetry of the native nest, apocalyptic-utopian poetry, ódico-elegic lyric).
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will deepen and develop his/her knowledge of the conditions in which Slovak literature existed between 1918 and 1948, its literary-historical concepts and literary-critical reflection. Particular emphasis will be placed on distinguishing the conditions for the existence of literature in the democratic pre-war, authoritarian wartime and limited democratic post-war social context. The student will deepen and develop knowledge of internal periodization, generational, functional, and ideological-aesthetic differentiation, and genre-thematic forms, and of representative supra-individual developmental formations (realism, Symbolism, Naturalism, Second Modernism, Expressionism, Proletarian Poetry, Vitalism, Poeticism, Surrealism, Catholic Modernism, Socialist Realism, Naturism) and the individual creative efforts of representative authors. Aesthetically extraordinary works will be the focus of attention. A sound orientation of the student in the problems of literature of the first half of the 20th century and the related practical and methodological knowledge will be a prerequisite for his/her proper understanding of the past in the courses of the continuing degree and an important part of preparation for the teaching profession corresponding to the current needs of school practice. The student will be prepared to deepen and develop the acquired theoretical knowledge and practical skills in further bachelor and master studies and to use them purposefully and creatively in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, possibly also for the needs of the publishing environment. The student will acquire a base of knowledge and skills that will be a professional prerequisite for the analysis and selection of didactic materials from Slovak literature with regard to teaching objectives, a prerequisite for the analysis and evaluation of educational activities and for solving common problems in the teaching of Slovak language and literature. The course will lead the student to active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her ability to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, to modify his/her knowledge in doing so, and to creatively use the appropriate and adequate methods of the discipline. The theoretical knowledge and practical skills acquired by the student will be able to be communicated to a wider and lay public. An analytical and critical approach to the literary text will stimulate critical thinking, creativity and contextual reasoning, which the student will demonstrate by solving specific assignments as well as by compiling his/her own analytical-interpretive term paper. The student will consolidate and develop communication and digital competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has a synthetic knowledge of Slovak literature of 1918 - 1948. The student has acquired knowledge of the existing literary-historical models of this period and of the fundamental literary-theoretical reflections of its key authors and literary works. It has acquired knowledge of the literary culture of the period in the context of contemporary political, social, cultural and civilizational processes, of periodization models and internal differentiation of original Slovak works of this era. In a representative spectrum, it is familiar with individual modern and avant-garde tendencies and directions, group and individual ideological and aesthetic initiatives and poetics. He is aware of the value of the linguistic-cultural originality of Slovak literature and has cultivated a sense of its organic links to universal humanistic value bases. As a result of the seminar part of the course, the student develops analytical and interpretive skills applicable to professional and school analysis and interpretation of specific literary texts. Based on problem-solving assignments, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical problems in the field using appropriate and appropriate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts, and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. He/she is prepared to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge and skills in further bachelor and master studies and is also able to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant or for the needs of the publishing environment. He is also able to convey basic information about Slovak literature of 1918 -1948 to the general public, and thus offer certain conclusions and justifications to lay readers as well. He has also developed a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 4 hours per week: lecture (2 hours) + seminar (2 hours), total 44 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 4 hours of direct teaching = 44 hours (22 hours of lectures + 22 hours of seminars); 8 hours of preparation for the midterm test; 8 hours of preparation of the seminar paper; 60 hours of literature study and preparation for the oral examination. Total 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, demonstration, dialogue with students, dialogue in a group of students, group work, problem-based tasks, application of theoretical knowledge to practical examples, analytical and interpretative work with literary text, e-learning, guided self-study
Compulsory readings:
ČÚZY, L. a kol. 2005. Panoráma slovenskej literatúry II. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 176 s. ISBN 80-10-00846-X. (selected sections)
ŠMATLÁK, S. 2001. Dejiny slovenskej literatúry II. Bratislava: Literárne informačné centrum. 559 s. ISBN 978-80-89222-29-2. (selected sections)
Recommended readings:
CHMEL, R. a kol. 2006. Slovník diel slovenskej literatúry 20. storočia. Bratislava: Kalligram, Ústav slovenskej literatúry SAV. 528 s. ISBN 80-7149-918-8. (selected dictionary entries)
ŠRANK, J. 2019. Reč električiek v slovenskej poézii. In: Vlna, roč. 21, č. 81, s. 16 – 21.
Course completion requirements:
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• continuous completion of micro-assignments in seminars (10 points);
• a continuous written test on literary history (during the semester, covering the first 5 topics, 10 points);
• the preparation of a seminar paper (30 points), which analytically and interpretively examines a selected problem of one work from the list of required fiction;
• an oral examination on specialist knowledge and analytical-interpretive skills (50 points).
The course culminates in an assessment resulting from an interim review of learning outcomes during the instructional portion of the semester of study and a final review of learning outcomes (50/50).
To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. A final grade of A requires at least 93 points, a grade of B requires at least 85 points, a grade of C requires at least 77 points, a grade of D requires at least 69 points and a grade of E requires at least 60 points of the total points. Credit will not be awarded to a student who obtains less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (micro-assessments: less than 6 points; mid-term test: less than 6 points; seminar paper: less than 18 points; oral examination: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - excellent results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of the1st half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has excellent knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required scope, logically arranges the presented literary-historical facts flawlessly, he/she can apply and adapt the acquired literary-scientific knowledge excellently when working with a literary text in school practice, he/she has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, he/she has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of the 1st half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has a very good knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century to the required extent, he/she arranges the presented literary-historical facts logically, with only minor errors, he/she can apply and adapt the acquired literary knowledge very well when working with a literary text in school practice, he/she has a very good the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context; the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her expression is very good; he/she has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of the 1st half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has a good knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required range, appropriately arranges the presented literary-historical facts and makes only occasional mistakes, can reliably apply and adapt the acquired literary-historical knowledge when working with a literary text in school practice, independently and reliably solves individual tasks and assignments, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has a satisfactory knowledge of the 1st half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has satisfactory knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required range, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of literary-historical facts, satisfactorily applies the acquired literary-scientific knowledge and existing procedures for working with literary text in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of the 1st half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student demonstrates a satisfactory level of knowledge of 20th century Slovak literature to the required extent and significant deficiencies in the organisation of literary-historical facts, is minimally able to apply acquired literary knowledge and existing procedures for working with literary text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments with significant help at a sufficient level, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the1st half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has insufficient knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required extent, does not know literary-historical facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired literary knowledge when working with a literary text in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Slovak literature after 1918 in the context of contemporary political, social, cultural-civilisational and other transformations.
2. Periodization models of literary development in 1918-1948, generational, functional, ideological-aesthetic and other differentiation of literature.
3. Literary development in the modernist stage (1918-1935): modern and avant-garde tendencies and individual concretizations (realism, naturalism, second modernism, symbolism, expressionism).
4. Panorama of opinion, stylistic and thematic differentiation in the poetry of the 1920s and 1930s (J. Smrek, E. B. Lukáč, L. Novomeský and others).
5. Panorama of opinion, stylistic and thematic differentiation in the prose of the 1920s and 1930s (J. Hrušovský, J. C. Hronský, M. Urban and others).
6. Social, intra-literary and individual motivations of the formation of the avant-garde literary model (1935-1948).
7. Avant-garde literary directions in poetry: surrealism, Catholic modernism.
8. Avant-garde literary directions in prose: socialist realism, naturism.
9. Literary situation in the years of the authoritarian nation-state 1939 -1945.
10. Literary situation in the conditions of limited democracy in the years 1945 - 1948.
11. Developmental tendencies in Slovak literature in the 1930s and 1940s (social novel, historical novel, chamber psychological prose, poets of the sujet, poetry of the native nest, apocalyptic-utopian poetry, ódico-elegic lyric).
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will deepen and develop his/her knowledge of the conditions in which Slovak literature existed between 1918 and 1948, its literary-historical concepts and literary-critical reflection. Particular emphasis will be placed on distinguishing the conditions for the existence of literature in the democratic pre-war, authoritarian wartime and limited democratic post-war social context. The student will deepen and develop knowledge of internal periodization, generational, functional, and ideological-aesthetic differentiation, and genre-thematic forms, and of representative supra-individual developmental formations (realism, Symbolism, Naturalism, Second Modernism, Expressionism, Proletarian Poetry, Vitalism, Poeticism, Surrealism, Catholic Modernism, Socialist Realism, Naturism) and the individual creative efforts of representative authors. Aesthetically extraordinary works will be the focus of attention. A sound orientation of the student in the problems of literature of the first half of the 20th century and the related practical and methodological knowledge will be a prerequisite for his/her proper understanding of the past in the courses of the continuing degree and an important part of preparation for the teaching profession corresponding to the current needs of school practice. The student will be prepared to deepen and develop the acquired theoretical knowledge and practical skills in further bachelor and master studies and to use them purposefully and creatively in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, possibly also for the needs of the publishing environment. The student will acquire a base of knowledge and skills that will be a professional prerequisite for the analysis and selection of didactic materials from Slovak literature with regard to teaching objectives, a prerequisite for the analysis and evaluation of educational activities and for solving common problems in the teaching of Slovak language and literature. The course will lead the student to active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her ability to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, to modify his/her knowledge in doing so, and to creatively use the appropriate and adequate methods of the discipline. The theoretical knowledge and practical skills acquired by the student will be able to be communicated to a wider and lay public. An analytical and critical approach to the literary text will stimulate critical thinking, creativity and contextual reasoning, which the student will demonstrate by solving specific assignments as well as by compiling his/her own analytical-interpretive term paper. The student will consolidate and develop communication and digital competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has a synthetic knowledge of Slovak literature of 1918 - 1948. The student has acquired knowledge of the existing literary-historical models of this period and of the fundamental literary-theoretical reflections of its key authors and literary works. It has acquired knowledge of the literary culture of the period in the context of contemporary political, social, cultural and civilizational processes, of periodization models and internal differentiation of original Slovak works of this era. In a representative spectrum, it is familiar with individual modern and avant-garde tendencies and directions, group and individual ideological and aesthetic initiatives and poetics. He is aware of the value of the linguistic-cultural originality of Slovak literature and has cultivated a sense of its organic links to universal humanistic value bases. As a result of the seminar part of the course, the student develops analytical and interpretive skills applicable to professional and school analysis and interpretation of specific literary texts. Based on problem-solving assignments, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical problems in the field using appropriate and appropriate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts, and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. He/she is prepared to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge and skills in further bachelor and master studies and is also able to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant or for the needs of the publishing environment. He is also able to convey basic information about Slovak literature of 1918 -1948 to the general public, and thus offer certain conclusions and justifications to lay readers as well. He has also developed a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 3 hours per week lecture and seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 3 hours of direct teaching = 33 hours; 20 hours of continuous preparation for individual topics and for the mid-term test; 10 hours of preparation for practical stylistic analysis of the text, 57 hours of preparation for the final test, including analysis of the literature. In total 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: explanation, demonstration of practical examples, practical exercises, problem solving, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
FINDRA, J. 2013. Štylistika súčasnej slovenčiny. Martin: Vydavateľstvo Osveta. 320 s. ISBN 9788080634049.
Recommended readings:
HORVÁTHOVÁ, Ľ. 2017. Jazyk Slniečka. In Časopisecký fenomén Slniečko v kontexte slovenskej detskej a národnej kultúry, Ondrej Sliacky a kol., s. 193 – 220. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave. ISBN 9878022344838.
HORVÁTHOVÁ, Ľ. 2020. Odraz jazyka a sveta detského čitateľa v jazyku a svete detského časopisu. Matičné Slniečko (1927 – 1950). In Philologia, roč. XXX, č. 1, s. 15 – 32. ISSN 1339-2026.
KAČALA, J. 2014. Jazyk majstrov. Bratislava: Spolok slovenských spisovateľov. 172 s. ISBN 978-80-89727-12-4. (selected chapters)
MISTRÍK, J. 1997. Štylistika. 3., upr. vyd. Bratislava: SPN. 598 s. (selected chapters)
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated in the form of a midterm test after topic 5 (30 points), a practical stylistic analysis of the text at the end of the midterm, which will focus on the application of the acquired knowledge and the identification of different types of styles (20 points), and in the exam period in the form of a final test (50 points).
The course is completed with an assessment resulting from the continuous assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study and from the final assessment of learning outcomes (50/50).
A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (intermediate test: less than 18 points, practical stylistic analysis of the text: less than 12 points, final test: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - excellent results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of stylistics in the required range, logically arranges the presented facts, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of stylistics in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellent developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of stylistics to the required extent, logically organises the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of stylistics very well in practice, has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of stylistics to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately, can reliably apply and adapt the stylistic knowledge acquired in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of stylistics in the required range, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, the acquired can satisfactorily apply knowledge of stylistics in practice, satisfactorily solves individual tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of stylistics in the required range and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge of stylistics in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills to learn;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of stylistics to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge of stylistics in practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. The subject of stylistics, methods of stylistic research, classification and characteristics of styles.
2. Lexical stylistic devices, their stylistic classification and functional characteristics.
3. Phonological stylistic devices. Stylistic value of vowels and intonation devices, pronunciation styles.
4. Morphological stylistic devices and their functional characteristics.
5. Syntactic stylistic devices and their functional characteristics.
6. Compositional stylistic devices - supra-sentential contextual units for text segmentation and gradation, text binding devices.
7. Extra-linguistic (non-verbal) stylistic devices. Kinetic means.
8. Model structures of text organization. Text as a basic stylistic concept, potential text, actual text.
9. Content model structures. Stylistic progression and stylistic structure.
10. Formal model structures. Style, style-forming factors, style layer and style norm.
11. Genre model structures.
The curriculum of the course covers a complex of knowledge in stylistics, which builds on students' general secondary education and systematically develops and deepens their knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form. The course will enable students to acquire knowledge of stylistics as a linguistic discipline, its subject matter and research methods. Students will acquire basic stylistic concepts and categories, knowledge of the stylistic value of linguistic devices, stylistic norms and content, formal and genre model structures of the text. They will be able to apply the acquired knowledge of style differentiation, classification of styles and functional characteristics of linguistic, compositional and extra-linguistic devices in the analysis and evaluation of diverse types of linguistic expressions in terms of functional and creative use of lexical, phonic, morphological and syntactic linguistic styles, compositional and extra-linguistic styles, being able to perceive and respect the specificities of individual model structures, not only in analytical activities, but also in the transformation of the text on the basis of changes in some components of the communicative situation, as well as in the actual creation of diverse linguistic expressions.
Students master the basic stylistic concepts and categories, have acquired knowledge of the stylistic value of linguistic devices, stylistic norms and model text structures. They are able to use the acquired knowledge practically not only in the analysis and critical evaluation of written and oral speeches, but also in their transformation and in the creation of their own linguistic expressions. They are able to explain and concretise theoretical knowledge of stylistic phenomena using practical examples and are able to perceive and evaluate them not only in terms of the current state of scientific knowledge, but also in terms of school practice. They are prepared to creatively and independently solve problem tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, to independently search for necessary information in relevant sources, to critically evaluate them and to use them appropriately in communicating knowledge, conclusions and in justifying them to the lay and professional public. They have developed their analytical skills, communication skills and critical thinking skills. They are prepared not only to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge in the course of further studies, but also in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, in the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader and, after the completion of the master's degree, in the position of a teacher of Slovak language and literature in secondary education.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 3 hours per week lecture and seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 3 hours of direct teaching = 33 hours; 20 hours of continuous preparation for individual topics and for the mid-term test; 10 hours of preparation for practical stylistic analysis of the text, 57 hours of preparation for the final test, including analysis of the literature. In total 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: explanation, demonstration of practical examples, practical exercises, problem solving, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
FINDRA, J. 2013. Štylistika súčasnej slovenčiny. Martin: Vydavateľstvo Osveta. 320 s. ISBN 9788080634049.
Recommended readings:
HORVÁTHOVÁ, Ľ. 2017. Jazyk Slniečka. In Časopisecký fenomén Slniečko v kontexte slovenskej detskej a národnej kultúry, Ondrej Sliacky a kol., s. 193 – 220. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave. ISBN 9878022344838.
HORVÁTHOVÁ, Ľ. 2020. Odraz jazyka a sveta detského čitateľa v jazyku a svete detského časopisu. Matičné Slniečko (1927 – 1950). In Philologia, roč. XXX, č. 1, s. 15 – 32. ISSN 1339-2026.
KAČALA, J. 2014. Jazyk majstrov. Bratislava: Spolok slovenských spisovateľov. 172 s. ISBN 978-80-89727-12-4. (selected chapters)
MISTRÍK, J. 1997. Štylistika. 3., upr. vyd. Bratislava: SPN. 598 s. (selected chapters)
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated in the form of a midterm test after topic 5 (30 points), a practical stylistic analysis of the text at the end of the midterm, which will focus on the application of the acquired knowledge and the identification of different types of styles (20 points), and in the exam period in the form of a final test (50 points).
The course is completed with an assessment resulting from the continuous assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study and from the final assessment of learning outcomes (50/50).
A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (intermediate test: less than 18 points, practical stylistic analysis of the text: less than 12 points, final test: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - excellent results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of stylistics in the required range, logically arranges the presented facts, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of stylistics in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellent developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of stylistics to the required extent, logically organises the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of stylistics very well in practice, has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of stylistics to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately, can reliably apply and adapt the stylistic knowledge acquired in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of stylistics in the required range, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, the acquired can satisfactorily apply knowledge of stylistics in practice, satisfactorily solves individual tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of stylistics in the required range and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge of stylistics in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills to learn;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of stylistics to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge of stylistics in practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. The subject of stylistics, methods of stylistic research, classification and characteristics of styles.
2. Lexical stylistic devices, their stylistic classification and functional characteristics.
3. Phonological stylistic devices. Stylistic value of vowels and intonation devices, pronunciation styles.
4. Morphological stylistic devices and their functional characteristics.
5. Syntactic stylistic devices and their functional characteristics.
6. Compositional stylistic devices - supra-sentential contextual units for text segmentation and gradation, text binding devices.
7. Extra-linguistic (non-verbal) stylistic devices. Kinetic means.
8. Model structures of text organization. Text as a basic stylistic concept, potential text, actual text.
9. Content model structures. Stylistic progression and stylistic structure.
10. Formal model structures. Style, style-forming factors, style layer and style norm.
11. Genre model structures.
The curriculum of the course covers a complex of knowledge in stylistics, which builds on students' general secondary education and systematically develops and deepens their knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form. The course will enable students to acquire knowledge of stylistics as a linguistic discipline, its subject matter and research methods. Students will acquire basic stylistic concepts and categories, knowledge of the stylistic value of linguistic devices, stylistic norms and content, formal and genre model structures of the text. They will be able to apply the acquired knowledge of style differentiation, classification of styles and functional characteristics of linguistic, compositional and extra-linguistic devices in the analysis and evaluation of diverse types of linguistic expressions in terms of functional and creative use of lexical, phonic, morphological and syntactic linguistic styles, compositional and extra-linguistic styles, being able to perceive and respect the specificities of individual model structures, not only in analytical activities, but also in the transformation of the text on the basis of changes in some components of the communicative situation, as well as in the actual creation of diverse linguistic expressions.
Students master the basic stylistic concepts and categories, have acquired knowledge of the stylistic value of linguistic devices, stylistic norms and model text structures. They are able to use the acquired knowledge practically not only in the analysis and critical evaluation of written and oral speeches, but also in their transformation and in the creation of their own linguistic expressions. They are able to explain and concretise theoretical knowledge of stylistic phenomena using practical examples and are able to perceive and evaluate them not only in terms of the current state of scientific knowledge, but also in terms of school practice. They are prepared to creatively and independently solve problem tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, to independently search for necessary information in relevant sources, to critically evaluate them and to use them appropriately in communicating knowledge, conclusions and in justifying them to the lay and professional public. They have developed their analytical skills, communication skills and critical thinking skills. They are prepared not only to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge in the course of further studies, but also in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, in the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader and, after the completion of the master's degree, in the position of a teacher of Slovak language and literature in secondary education.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 4 hours per week: lecture (2 hours) + seminar (2 hours), total 44 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 4 hours of direct teaching = 44 hours (22 hours of lectures + 22 hours of seminars); 8 hours of preparation for the midterm test; 8 hours of preparation of the seminar paper; 60 hours of literature study and preparation for the oral examination. Total 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, demonstration, dialogue with students, dialogue in a group of students, group work, problem-based tasks, application of theoretical knowledge to practical examples, analytical and interpretative work with literary text, e-learning, guided self-study
Compulsory readings:
ČÚZY, L. a kol. 2006. Panoráma slovenskej literatúry III. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 171 s. ISBN 80-10-00846-X. (selected sections)
MARČOK, V. 2006. Dejiny slovenskej literatúry II. 2. dopln. a rozšír. vyd. Bratislava: Literárne informačné centrum. 472 s. ISBN 978-80-89222-08-0. (selected sections)
Recommended readings:
CHMEL, R. a kol. 2006. Slovník diel slovenskej literatúry 20. storočia. Bratislava: Kalligram, Ústav slovenskej literatúry SAV. 528 s. ISBN 80-7149-918-8. (selected dictionary entries)
ŠRANK, J. 2013. Individualizovaná literatúra. Bratislava: Cathedra. 470 s. ISBN 978-80-89495-12-2. (selected sections)
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• continuous completion of micro-assignments in seminars (10 points);
• a mid-term written test on literary history (mid-term after the 5th topic, 10 points);
• a seminar paper (30 points) that analytically and interpretively examines a selected problem of one work from the list of required fiction;
• an oral examination on professional knowledge and analytical-interpretive skills (50 points).
The course is completed with an assessment resulting from the interim control of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study and from the final control of learning outcomes (50/50).
To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E out of the total number of points. Credit will not be awarded to a student who obtains less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (micro-assessments: less than 6 points; mid-term test: less than 6 points; seminar paper: less than 18 points; oral examination: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - excellent results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of the 2nd half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has excellent knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required scope, logically arranges the presented literary-historical facts flawlessly, he/she can apply and adapt the acquired literary-scientific knowledge excellently when working with a literary text in school practice, he/she has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, he/she has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of the 2nd half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has a very good knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century to the required extent, he/she arranges the presented literary-historical facts logically, with only minor errors, he/she can apply and adapt the acquired literary knowledge very well when working with a literary text in school practice, he/she has a very good the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context; the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her expression is very good; he/she has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of the 2nd half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has a good knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required range, appropriately arranges the presented literary-historical facts and makes only occasional mistakes, can reliably apply and adapt the acquired literary-historical knowledge when working with a literary text in school practice, independently and reliably solves individual tasks and assignments, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has a satisfactory knowledge of the 2nd half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has satisfactory knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required range, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of literary-historical facts, satisfactorily applies the acquired literary-scientific knowledge and existing procedures for working with literary text in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of the 2nd half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student demonstrates a satisfactory level of knowledge of 20th century Slovak literature to the required extent and significant deficiencies in the organisation of literary-historical facts, is minimally able to apply acquired literary knowledge and existing procedures for working with literary text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments with significant help at a sufficient level, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the 2nd half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has insufficient knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required extent, does not know literary-historical facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired literary knowledge when working with a literary text in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Periodization models of literary development in the years 1948 - 1989.
2. Power establishment of the monolithic model of literature after 1948.
3. Socialist realism.
4. Modernisation and subjectivisation of Slovak prose by the initiatives of members of the middle generation in the 1950s and 1960s (A. Bednár, L. Mňačko and others).
5. Modernisation and subjectivisation of Slovak poetry by the initiatives of members of the middle generation in the 1950s and 1960s (M. Rúfus, M. Válek and others).
6. Modernisation and depoliticisation of Slovak prose by the initiatives of members of the young generation in the 1950s and 1960s (J. Blažková, J. Johanides and others).
7. Modernisation and depoliticisation of Slovak poetry by the initiatives of members of the young generation in the 1950s and 1960s (Concretists, Lonely Runners).
8. Normalization of society and literature after 1968, three parallel communication circuits (official, non-public, emigrant), literature in conditions of non-public culture.
9. Differentiation of the prose of the official circle in 1976-1989 with emphasis on anthropocentrically oriented initiatives (V. Šikula, L. Ballek, R. Sloboda, etc.).
10. Differentiation of the poetry of the official circle in 1976-1989 with emphasis on anthropocentrically oriented initiatives (Š. Strážay, Š. Moravčík, D. Hevier and others).
11. Postmodern tendencies in Slovak literature, 2nd half of the 20th century. 20th century (D. Mitana, P. Vilikovský and others).
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will deepen and develop his/her knowledge of the conditions in which Slovak literature existed between 1948 and 1989, its literary-historical concepts and literary-critical reflection. Particular emphasis will be placed on distinguishing the conditions for the existence of literature in the different stages of the development of the communist totalitarian regime (the founding period of the dictatorship of the proletariat, the post-Stalinist period, the normalisation period, the pre-reconstruction period). Delayed Debutantes, Everyday Prose, Existentialism, Concretism, The Lonely Runners, the historicist-regionalist novel, the problematic epic of the present, compensatory-asyllabic poetry, analytic poetry, nonconformist individualists, postmodern tendencies) and the individual creative efforts of representative authors. Aesthetically extraordinary works will take center stage. A reliable orientation of the student in the problems of literature of the second half of the 20th century and related practical and methodological knowledge will be a prerequisite for his/her proper understanding of the past in the courses of the continuing degree and an important part of preparation for the teaching profession corresponding to the current needs of school practice. The student will be prepared to deepen and develop the acquired theoretical knowledge and practical skills in further bachelor and master studies and to use them purposefully and creatively in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, possibly also for the needs of the publishing environment. The student will acquire a base of knowledge and skills that will be a professional prerequisite for the analysis and selection of didactic materials from Slovak literature with regard to teaching objectives, a prerequisite for the analysis and evaluation of educational activities and for solving common problems in the teaching of Slovak language and literature. The course will lead the student to active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her ability to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, to modify his/her knowledge in doing so, and to creatively use the appropriate and adequate methods of the discipline. The student will be able to communicate the theoretical knowledge and practical skills acquired to the wider and lay public. An analytical and critical approach to the literary text will stimulate critical thinking, creativity and contextual reasoning, which the student will demonstrate by solving specific assignments as well as by compiling his/her own analytical-interpretive term paper. The student will consolidate and develop communication and digital competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has a synthetic knowledge of Slovak literature of 1948 - 1989. The student has acquired knowledge of the existing literary-historical models of this period and of the fundamental literary-theoretical reflections of its key authors and literary works. It has acquired knowledge of the literary culture of the period in the context of contemporary political, social, cultural and civilizational processes, of periodization models and internal differentiation of original Slovak works of this era. In a representative spectrum, it is familiar with individual tendencies, group and individual ideological and aesthetic initiatives and poetics. He is aware of the value of the linguistic-cultural originality of Slovak literature and has cultivated a sense of its organic links to universal humanistic value bases. As a result of the seminar part of the course, the student develops analytical and interpretive skills applicable to professional and school analysis and interpretation of specific literary texts. Through problem solving, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical problems in the field using appropriate and appropriate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts, and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments The student has the competence to independently expand his or her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader contexts of professional issues. He/she is prepared to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge and skills in further bachelor and master studies and is also able to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant or for the needs of the publishing environment. He is also able to convey basic information about Slovak literature of the years 1948 - 1989 to the general public and thus to offer certain conclusions and justifications to the lay public as well. He has also developed a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 4 hours per week: lecture (2 hours) + seminar (2 hours), total 44 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 4 hours of direct teaching = 44 hours (22 hours of lectures + 22 hours of seminars); 8 hours of preparation for the midterm test; 8 hours of preparation of the seminar paper; 60 hours of literature study and preparation for the oral examination. Total 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, demonstration, dialogue with students, dialogue in a group of students, group work, problem-based tasks, application of theoretical knowledge to practical examples, analytical and interpretative work with literary text, e-learning, guided self-study
Compulsory readings:
ČÚZY, L. a kol. 2006. Panoráma slovenskej literatúry III. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 171 s. ISBN 80-10-00846-X. (selected sections)
MARČOK, V. 2006. Dejiny slovenskej literatúry II. 2. dopln. a rozšír. vyd. Bratislava: Literárne informačné centrum. 472 s. ISBN 978-80-89222-08-0. (selected sections)
Recommended readings:
CHMEL, R. a kol. 2006. Slovník diel slovenskej literatúry 20. storočia. Bratislava: Kalligram, Ústav slovenskej literatúry SAV. 528 s. ISBN 80-7149-918-8. (selected dictionary entries)
ŠRANK, J. 2013. Individualizovaná literatúra. Bratislava: Cathedra. 470 s. ISBN 978-80-89495-12-2. (selected sections)
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• continuous completion of micro-assignments in seminars (10 points);
• a mid-term written test on literary history (mid-term after the 5th topic, 10 points);
• a seminar paper (30 points) that analytically and interpretively examines a selected problem of one work from the list of required fiction;
• an oral examination on professional knowledge and analytical-interpretive skills (50 points).
The course is completed with an assessment resulting from the interim control of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study and from the final control of learning outcomes (50/50).
To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E out of the total number of points. Credit will not be awarded to a student who obtains less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (micro-assessments: less than 6 points; mid-term test: less than 6 points; seminar paper: less than 18 points; oral examination: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - excellent results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of the 2nd half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has excellent knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required scope, logically arranges the presented literary-historical facts flawlessly, he/she can apply and adapt the acquired literary-scientific knowledge excellently when working with a literary text in school practice, he/she has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, he/she has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of the 2nd half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has a very good knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century to the required extent, he/she arranges the presented literary-historical facts logically, with only minor errors, he/she can apply and adapt the acquired literary knowledge very well when working with a literary text in school practice, he/she has a very good the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context; the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her expression is very good; he/she has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of the 2nd half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has a good knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required range, appropriately arranges the presented literary-historical facts and makes only occasional mistakes, can reliably apply and adapt the acquired literary-historical knowledge when working with a literary text in school practice, independently and reliably solves individual tasks and assignments, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has a satisfactory knowledge of the 2nd half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has satisfactory knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required range, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of literary-historical facts, satisfactorily applies the acquired literary-scientific knowledge and existing procedures for working with literary text in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of the 2nd half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student demonstrates a satisfactory level of knowledge of 20th century Slovak literature to the required extent and significant deficiencies in the organisation of literary-historical facts, is minimally able to apply acquired literary knowledge and existing procedures for working with literary text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments with significant help at a sufficient level, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the 2nd half of the 20th century Slovak literature. The student has insufficient knowledge of Slovak literature of the 20th century in the required extent, does not know literary-historical facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired literary knowledge when working with a literary text in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Periodization models of literary development in the years 1948 - 1989.
2. Power establishment of the monolithic model of literature after 1948.
3. Socialist realism.
4. Modernisation and subjectivisation of Slovak prose by the initiatives of members of the middle generation in the 1950s and 1960s (A. Bednár, L. Mňačko and others).
5. Modernisation and subjectivisation of Slovak poetry by the initiatives of members of the middle generation in the 1950s and 1960s (M. Rúfus, M. Válek and others).
6. Modernisation and depoliticisation of Slovak prose by the initiatives of members of the young generation in the 1950s and 1960s (J. Blažková, J. Johanides and others).
7. Modernisation and depoliticisation of Slovak poetry by the initiatives of members of the young generation in the 1950s and 1960s (Concretists, Lonely Runners).
8. Normalization of society and literature after 1968, three parallel communication circuits (official, non-public, emigrant), literature in conditions of non-public culture.
9. Differentiation of the prose of the official circle in 1976-1989 with emphasis on anthropocentrically oriented initiatives (V. Šikula, L. Ballek, R. Sloboda, etc.).
10. Differentiation of the poetry of the official circle in 1976-1989 with emphasis on anthropocentrically oriented initiatives (Š. Strážay, Š. Moravčík, D. Hevier and others).
11. Postmodern tendencies in Slovak literature, 2nd half of the 20th century. 20th century (D. Mitana, P. Vilikovský and others).
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will deepen and develop his/her knowledge of the conditions in which Slovak literature existed between 1948 and 1989, its literary-historical concepts and literary-critical reflection. Particular emphasis will be placed on distinguishing the conditions for the existence of literature in the different stages of the development of the communist totalitarian regime (the founding period of the dictatorship of the proletariat, the post-Stalinist period, the normalisation period, the pre-reconstruction period). Delayed Debutantes, Everyday Prose, Existentialism, Concretism, The Lonely Runners, the historicist-regionalist novel, the problematic epic of the present, compensatory-asyllabic poetry, analytic poetry, nonconformist individualists, postmodern tendencies) and the individual creative efforts of representative authors. Aesthetically extraordinary works will take center stage. A reliable orientation of the student in the problems of literature of the second half of the 20th century and related practical and methodological knowledge will be a prerequisite for his/her proper understanding of the past in the courses of the continuing degree and an important part of preparation for the teaching profession corresponding to the current needs of school practice. The student will be prepared to deepen and develop the acquired theoretical knowledge and practical skills in further bachelor and master studies and to use them purposefully and creatively in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, possibly also for the needs of the publishing environment. The student will acquire a base of knowledge and skills that will be a professional prerequisite for the analysis and selection of didactic materials from Slovak literature with regard to teaching objectives, a prerequisite for the analysis and evaluation of educational activities and for solving common problems in the teaching of Slovak language and literature. The course will lead the student to active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her ability to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, to modify his/her knowledge in doing so, and to creatively use the appropriate and adequate methods of the discipline. The student will be able to communicate the theoretical knowledge and practical skills acquired to the wider and lay public. An analytical and critical approach to the literary text will stimulate critical thinking, creativity and contextual reasoning, which the student will demonstrate by solving specific assignments as well as by compiling his/her own analytical-interpretive term paper. The student will consolidate and develop communication and digital competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has a synthetic knowledge of Slovak literature of 1948 - 1989. The student has acquired knowledge of the existing literary-historical models of this period and of the fundamental literary-theoretical reflections of its key authors and literary works. It has acquired knowledge of the literary culture of the period in the context of contemporary political, social, cultural and civilizational processes, of periodization models and internal differentiation of original Slovak works of this era. In a representative spectrum, it is familiar with individual tendencies, group and individual ideological and aesthetic initiatives and poetics. He is aware of the value of the linguistic-cultural originality of Slovak literature and has cultivated a sense of its organic links to universal humanistic value bases. As a result of the seminar part of the course, the student develops analytical and interpretive skills applicable to professional and school analysis and interpretation of specific literary texts. Through problem solving, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical problems in the field using appropriate and appropriate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts, and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments The student has the competence to independently expand his or her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader contexts of professional issues. He/she is prepared to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge and skills in further bachelor and master studies and is also able to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant or for the needs of the publishing environment. He is also able to convey basic information about Slovak literature of the years 1948 - 1989 to the general public and thus to offer certain conclusions and justifications to the lay public as well. He has also developed a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct instruction = 22 hours; 11 hours of continuous class preparation; 16 hours of preparation for interpretation of a literary text; 11 hours of preparation for a midterm test with emphasis on acquired interpretive skills. Total of 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: Problem-based interpretation of the material, demonstration, discussion of the topic, problem solving, practical problem solving, analytical and interpretative work with a literary text, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
BÍLEK, P. A. 2003. Hledání jazyka interpretace. Brno: Host. 360 s. ISBN 80-7294-080-5. (selected sections)
ŠTRAUS, F. 2007. Poézia a verš: (verzologické praktikum). Bratislava: Vydavateľstvo Spolku slovenských spisovateľov. 334 s. ISBN 978-80-8061-287-0. (selected sections)
Recommended readings:
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E. 2012. Na margo staršej literatúry. Zo žánrovej problematiky 11. – 18. storočia. Bratislava: Ústav slovenskej literatúry SAV – Kalligram. 294 s. ISBN 978-80-8101-678-3. (selected chapters)
HARPÁŇ, M. 2009. Teória literatúry. Bratislava: ESA. 283 s. ISBN 978-80-85684-69-8. (selected chapters)
ŠRANK, J. 2017. Kontexty konceptualizmu (paragrafománia). In: Vlna, roč. 19, č. 70, s. 54 – 59.
ŠRANK, J. 2000. Poéme fatal (text generation – zvodcovia zmyslu). Príspevok k skúmaniu slovenskej poézie deväťdesiatych rokov. In: Romboid, roč. 35, č. 6, s. 19 – 30.
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2015. K dejinám cyrilskej písomnej kultúry na Slovensku. Nitra: Univerzita Konštantína Filozofa. 175 s. ISBN 978-80-558-0740-9 . (selected sections)
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated continuously by reviewing the acquired knowledge and its application in the form of interpretation of poetic and prose texts (60 points) and by a continuous written test with emphasis on the acquired interpretive skills at the end of the continuous teaching (40 points). The course culminates in a grade resulting from an interim review of learning outcomes during the teaching portion of the semester of study (100/0).
A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (Interpretation: less than 36 points, Intermediate test: less than 24 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding): excellent performance: The student has an excellent knowledge of literary text analysis in the required scope, logically arranges the presented facts in a flawless manner, can apply the acquired literary knowledge at an excellent level and adapt the procedures of literary text analysis work in school practice, has the ability to independently and imaginatively solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: The student has very good knowledge of literary text analysis to the required extent, arranges the facts presented logically, with only minor errors, can apply the acquired literary knowledge very well and adapt the procedures of literary text analysis work in school practice without major errors, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of literary text analysis to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately and makes errors only in places, can reliably apply and adapt the procedures of literary text analysis work text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments reliably independently, and has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of the analysis of a literary text to the required extent, demonstrates some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired knowledge and existing working methods of the analysis of a literary text in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimal amount of knowledge of literary text analysis to the required extent and significant deficiencies in the organisation of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge and existing working practices of literary text analysis in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a satisfactory level with considerable help, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of literary text analysis to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge to the work of literary text analysis in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak, Czech
1. Possibilities of interpretation of literature. Basic methods, procedures and aspects in the analysis of a literary text. Author, text, reader. Theory of interpretation and its application in practice.
2. Principles of internal construction of a literary work. Transformations of genres.
3. Character system of a literary work (language, style, tropes, figures).
4. Components of the thematic construction of an artistic text. Composition of a literary work of fiction.
5. Structure of a prose text. Epic prose as a plot type of functional verbal expression. Epic narration. Literary character.
6. Structure of a dramatic text. Speech in drama, plot and characterization function of protagonists.
7. Verse systems in poetry. Prosodic features and verse. Rhythm and rhythmic structure of verse.
8. The temporal versification system and its realization in Latin humanism and in the Bernese language.
9. The syllabic versification system and its verse modifications, syllabic verse in older Slovak poetry and in Romantic poetry.
10. Syllabotonic versification verse system and its modifications, syllabotonic verse of the Star-Slavic period.
11. Decanonization of verse in the poetry of the 20th and 21st centuries.
The course curriculum covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized literary knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge of literary text analysis. The stratification of topics will provide the student with the necessary body of knowledge to support the formation of creative and synthesizing skills about the literary and literary-analytic context. The student will have analytical-interpretive experience with specific literary texts and will be able to translate theoretical information about a work into interpretive skills. In this course, the student will deepen and develop knowledge of the possibilities of interpreting literature, will be able to orient himself/herself in basic literary-analytical methods, and will be able to implement various procedures and aspects in the analysis of a literary text. The student will be able to explain the process of literary communication, to perceive the text as a communicative message and to understand the position of the author as the creator of the literary text and the reader as the recipient of the literary work. They will be able to describe the steps leading, through analysis and interpretation, to the recognition of a literary text. The student will be able to clarify the internal form of a literary work. The student will be familiar with the different literary genres and will be able to identify their development and transformation in the context of the history of literature. The student will be able to clarify the language and style of a literary work and identify the means of expression of fiction. The student will be able to name the components of the thematic construction of a fiction text. The student will be able to analyze a prose text, clarify the issues of plot and storyline, describe the setting of an epic work, explain the category of narrator, and define a literary character. The student will learn about the structure of a dramatic text, the compositional aspects and structure of drama, and the language in a dramatic work. The student will recognize verse systems in poetry and will be able to demonstrate, through specific examples, the rhyming, syllabic, and syllabotonic versification systems and their implementation in various historical periods of literary development. The student will understand the transformations of verse in 20th and 21st century poetry and will be able to subject them to literary analysis. The student will deepen and develop knowledge of literary concepts along with practical examples, which they will then be able to apply to their own literary analysis of the text. The student will be able to assess the value of a literary work in a literary-historical context in the analysis and will be able to point out the importance of knowing the wider context, time, social situation, etc. He/she will learn to justify and apply various methodological approaches to literary analysis, acquire analytical and interpretive skills in working with a fiction text and be able to evaluate its artistic contribution. The student will be able to develop his/her analytical skills with an emphasis on independent and creative work. They will acquire appropriate techniques for analysing a literary text and develop their interpretative skills and critical thinking. On the basis of the acquired knowledge and skills, he/she will be able to express his/her attitude and interpret knowledge, apply analytical-interpretive competences to other literary texts, point out the interrelationships between them and reflect on new possibilities of literary analysis. The student will not only be prepared to deepen and develop them in further Bachelor's and then Master's studies, but will also be able to use them and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a text proofreader. The course will lead the student to active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her ability to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, modifying his/her knowledge in the process and creatively using the appropriate and appropriate methods of the discipline. The student will consolidate and develop communication competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to be responsible for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of author's ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate his/her sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy. The student will be competent in the use of digital technologies in the teaching of literature.
The student has knowledge of selected literary-analytical phenomena, which can be identified and critically evaluated in literary texts. The student has acquired the basics of professional reading of a fiction text with emphasis on its structure, structure and artistic value, understands its specifics, actively seeks new possibilities in approaching it. Knows and is able to interpret a literary text in a synchronic and diachronic process and in relation to other types of art. Can also work with different possible interpretations of the text in school practice. Based on the analytical and critical approach to the literary text in the analytical-interpretation section, the student has developed transferable competencies with a focus on critical thinking and reasoning in context. As a result of solving specific assignments and constructing their own interpretations of literary texts, the student's communicative and digital competences are developed. The student is able to readily perceive the interpretations of literature that follow in the subsequent years of his/her studies. Based on problem-solving tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. A number of transferable skills are also consolidated and developed, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills. He is not only prepared to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge, skills and competences in further Bachelor's and then Master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader. The student is also able to convey information about literary-theoretical phenomena to the general public and to offer conclusions and literary-analytical justifications to lay audiences.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct instruction = 22 hours; 11 hours of continuous class preparation; 16 hours of preparation for interpretation of a literary text; 11 hours of preparation for a midterm test with emphasis on acquired interpretive skills. Total of 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: Problem-based interpretation of the material, demonstration, discussion of the topic, problem solving, practical problem solving, analytical and interpretative work with a literary text, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
BÍLEK, P. A. 2003. Hledání jazyka interpretace. Brno: Host. 360 s. ISBN 80-7294-080-5. (selected sections)
ŠTRAUS, F. 2007. Poézia a verš: (verzologické praktikum). Bratislava: Vydavateľstvo Spolku slovenských spisovateľov. 334 s. ISBN 978-80-8061-287-0. (selected sections)
Recommended readings:
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E. 2012. Na margo staršej literatúry. Zo žánrovej problematiky 11. – 18. storočia. Bratislava: Ústav slovenskej literatúry SAV – Kalligram. 294 s. ISBN 978-80-8101-678-3. (selected chapters)
HARPÁŇ, M. 2009. Teória literatúry. Bratislava: ESA. 283 s. ISBN 978-80-85684-69-8. (selected chapters)
ŠRANK, J. 2017. Kontexty konceptualizmu (paragrafománia). In: Vlna, roč. 19, č. 70, s. 54 – 59.
ŠRANK, J. 2000. Poéme fatal (text generation – zvodcovia zmyslu). Príspevok k skúmaniu slovenskej poézie deväťdesiatych rokov. In: Romboid, roč. 35, č. 6, s. 19 – 30.
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2015. K dejinám cyrilskej písomnej kultúry na Slovensku. Nitra: Univerzita Konštantína Filozofa. 175 s. ISBN 978-80-558-0740-9 . (selected sections)
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated continuously by reviewing the acquired knowledge and its application in the form of interpretation of poetic and prose texts (60 points) and by a continuous written test with emphasis on the acquired interpretive skills at the end of the continuous teaching (40 points). The course culminates in a grade resulting from an interim review of learning outcomes during the teaching portion of the semester of study (100/0).
A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (Interpretation: less than 36 points, Intermediate test: less than 24 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding): excellent performance: The student has an excellent knowledge of literary text analysis in the required scope, logically arranges the presented facts in a flawless manner, can apply the acquired literary knowledge at an excellent level and adapt the procedures of literary text analysis work in school practice, has the ability to independently and imaginatively solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: The student has very good knowledge of literary text analysis to the required extent, arranges the facts presented logically, with only minor errors, can apply the acquired literary knowledge very well and adapt the procedures of literary text analysis work in school practice without major errors, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of literary text analysis to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately and makes errors only in places, can reliably apply and adapt the procedures of literary text analysis work text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments reliably independently, and has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of the analysis of a literary text to the required extent, demonstrates some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired knowledge and existing working methods of the analysis of a literary text in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimal amount of knowledge of literary text analysis to the required extent and significant deficiencies in the organisation of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge and existing working practices of literary text analysis in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a satisfactory level with considerable help, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of literary text analysis to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge to the work of literary text analysis in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak, Czech
1. Possibilities of interpretation of literature. Basic methods, procedures and aspects in the analysis of a literary text. Author, text, reader. Theory of interpretation and its application in practice.
2. Principles of internal construction of a literary work. Transformations of genres.
3. Character system of a literary work (language, style, tropes, figures).
4. Components of the thematic construction of an artistic text. Composition of a literary work of fiction.
5. Structure of a prose text. Epic prose as a plot type of functional verbal expression. Epic narration. Literary character.
6. Structure of a dramatic text. Speech in drama, plot and characterization function of protagonists.
7. Verse systems in poetry. Prosodic features and verse. Rhythm and rhythmic structure of verse.
8. The temporal versification system and its realization in Latin humanism and in the Bernese language.
9. The syllabic versification system and its verse modifications, syllabic verse in older Slovak poetry and in Romantic poetry.
10. Syllabotonic versification verse system and its modifications, syllabotonic verse of the Star-Slavic period.
11. Decanonization of verse in the poetry of the 20th and 21st centuries.
The course curriculum covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized literary knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge of literary text analysis. The stratification of topics will provide the student with the necessary body of knowledge to support the formation of creative and synthesizing skills about the literary and literary-analytic context. The student will have analytical-interpretive experience with specific literary texts and will be able to translate theoretical information about a work into interpretive skills. In this course, the student will deepen and develop knowledge of the possibilities of interpreting literature, will be able to orient himself/herself in basic literary-analytical methods, and will be able to implement various procedures and aspects in the analysis of a literary text. The student will be able to explain the process of literary communication, to perceive the text as a communicative message and to understand the position of the author as the creator of the literary text and the reader as the recipient of the literary work. They will be able to describe the steps leading, through analysis and interpretation, to the recognition of a literary text. The student will be able to clarify the internal form of a literary work. The student will be familiar with the different literary genres and will be able to identify their development and transformation in the context of the history of literature. The student will be able to clarify the language and style of a literary work and identify the means of expression of fiction. The student will be able to name the components of the thematic construction of a fiction text. The student will be able to analyze a prose text, clarify the issues of plot and storyline, describe the setting of an epic work, explain the category of narrator, and define a literary character. The student will learn about the structure of a dramatic text, the compositional aspects and structure of drama, and the language in a dramatic work. The student will recognize verse systems in poetry and will be able to demonstrate, through specific examples, the rhyming, syllabic, and syllabotonic versification systems and their implementation in various historical periods of literary development. The student will understand the transformations of verse in 20th and 21st century poetry and will be able to subject them to literary analysis. The student will deepen and develop knowledge of literary concepts along with practical examples, which they will then be able to apply to their own literary analysis of the text. The student will be able to assess the value of a literary work in a literary-historical context in the analysis and will be able to point out the importance of knowing the wider context, time, social situation, etc. He/she will learn to justify and apply various methodological approaches to literary analysis, acquire analytical and interpretive skills in working with a fiction text and be able to evaluate its artistic contribution. The student will be able to develop his/her analytical skills with an emphasis on independent and creative work. They will acquire appropriate techniques for analysing a literary text and develop their interpretative skills and critical thinking. On the basis of the acquired knowledge and skills, he/she will be able to express his/her attitude and interpret knowledge, apply analytical-interpretive competences to other literary texts, point out the interrelationships between them and reflect on new possibilities of literary analysis. The student will not only be prepared to deepen and develop them in further Bachelor's and then Master's studies, but will also be able to use them and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a text proofreader. The course will lead the student to active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her ability to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, modifying his/her knowledge in the process and creatively using the appropriate and appropriate methods of the discipline. The student will consolidate and develop communication competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to be responsible for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of author's ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate his/her sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy. The student will be competent in the use of digital technologies in the teaching of literature.
The student has knowledge of selected literary-analytical phenomena, which can be identified and critically evaluated in literary texts. The student has acquired the basics of professional reading of a fiction text with emphasis on its structure, structure and artistic value, understands its specifics, actively seeks new possibilities in approaching it. Knows and is able to interpret a literary text in a synchronic and diachronic process and in relation to other types of art. Can also work with different possible interpretations of the text in school practice. Based on the analytical and critical approach to the literary text in the analytical-interpretation section, the student has developed transferable competencies with a focus on critical thinking and reasoning in context. As a result of solving specific assignments and constructing their own interpretations of literary texts, the student's communicative and digital competences are developed. The student is able to readily perceive the interpretations of literature that follow in the subsequent years of his/her studies. Based on problem-solving tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. A number of transferable skills are also consolidated and developed, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills. He is not only prepared to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge, skills and competences in further Bachelor's and then Master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader. The student is also able to convey information about literary-theoretical phenomena to the general public and to offer conclusions and literary-analytical justifications to lay audiences.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching = 22 hours; 10 hours of continuous preparation for individual seminars; 2 x 14 hours of preparation for two practical lexical text analyses = 28 hours. A total of 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, explanation, demonstration of practical examples, exercises, analysis and problem solving, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
RIPKA, I. – IMRICHOVÁ, M. 2011. Kapitoly z lexikológie a lexikografie. Prešov: Filozofická fakulta Prešovskej univerzity v Prešove. 236 s. ISBN 978-80-555-0327-1. (selected chapters)
Recommended readings:
FURDÍK, J. 2004. Slovenská slovotvorba (teória, opis, cvičenia). Prešov: Náuka. 200 s. ISBN 978-80-8903-828-2. (selected chapters)
HORVÁTHOVÁ, Ľ. 2017. Jazyk Slniečka. In Časopisecký fenomén Slniečko v kontexte slovenskej detskej a národnej kultúry, Ondrej Sliacky a kol., s. 193 – 220. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave. ISBN 9878022344838.
Krátky slovník slovenského jazyka. 2020. Red. J. Kačala – M. Považaj – M. Pisárčiková. 5., doplnené a upravené vyd. Martin: Matica slovenská. 956 s. ISBN 978-80-8128-261-4.
Synonymický slovník slovenčiny. 1995. Red. M. Pisárčiková. Bratislava: Veda. 998 s. ISBN 80-224-0427-6.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated continuously in the form of 2 practical lexical analyses of the text after the 5th and 11th topics, which will be focused on the application of the acquired knowledge and the identification of lexical phenomena (2 x 50 points = 100 points). To pass the course, a minimum score of 60 % is required. A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points out of the total number of points for a grade of E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (1. practical analysis: less than 30 points; 2. practical analysis: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of lexicology in the required range, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of lexicology in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of lexicology to the required extent, logically organises the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of lexicology very well in practice, has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of lexicology to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately, can reliably apply and adapt the lexical knowledge acquired in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of lexicology to the required extent, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired knowledge of lexicology in practice, satisfactorily solves individual tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of lexicology in the required range and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge from lexicology in practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills to learn;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of lexicology to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge of lexicology in practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Principles of processing of the Short Dictionary of the Slovak Language, the Dictionary of the Contemporary Slovak Language and the Synonymic Dictionary of the Slovak Language. Variations in the spelling, form, word-formation and spelling of words.
2. Arbitrariness of a linguistic sign. Motivation of words, types of lexical motivation.
3. Characteristics of vocabulary. Semasiological and onomasiological approach to lexis. Sub-systems in vocabulary. Centre and periphery in vocabulary.
4. Meaning structure of a word. Determining the lexical meaning of a word. Meaning nuance. Component analysis, semantic disjunctive signs (semes).
5. Paradigmatic relations of lexemes. Homonymy, synonymy, antonymy, hyperonymy, hyponymy, cohyponymy.
6. Syntagmatic relations of lexemes. Factors determining the connectivity of words. Changes in word connectivity as signals of extensional-intensional and transpositional meaning changes of word meaning.
7. Manifestations of dynamics in vocabulary. Vocabulary enrichment (word formation, formation of multi-word nominalizations, universalization, abreviation, multiverbalization, semi-nomasiological-onomasiological derivation, adoption of foreign lexemes, conversion). The disappearance of words.
8. Word-motivated words, their word-formation structure. Word-formation means, procedures, formations.
9. Vocabulary differentiation in terms of spelling, stylistic symptomatology and expressiveness, in terms of social and territoriality, in terms of time, in terms of origin and frequency.
10. Phrasemes. Variants of phrases, the actualization of phrases in speech.
11. Terms, their structure and formation. Logicization of terms, terminologization and determinologization.
The curriculum of the course covers a complex of knowledge from lexicology and individual lexical disciplines, which builds on the general secondary education of students and systematically develops their knowledge into a complex form with an emphasis on strengthening the ability to practically apply the acquired theoretical knowledge in lexical-semantic and word-formation analysis of words, as well as in the characterization of lexical means and their interrelationships used in a specific text. Students will be able to work correctly and effectively with different types of dictionaries, understand the basic principles of their processing, learn to search for the necessary information and use it in analysing the lexical means used in the text, in evaluating and justifying the appropriateness and correctness of their use, as well as in their own text production and in cultivating their linguistic expression. They will be able to orient themselves reliably in the vocabulary of our national language and evaluate words in terms of spelling, expressiveness, frequency, in terms of time and in terms of belonging to different styles and stylistic layers. They will be able to identify and explain the diverse semantic relationships of words in a text, as well as to perceive and critically evaluate the particularities of their use in diverse types of texts, including their creative use in non-fiction texts. The course will lead students to actively acquire information and use knowledge effectively, consolidate and develop their ability to interpret facts, formulate arguments, propose solutions to professional problems and communicate them to the public. Students will also consolidate and develop their communication and digital skills. They will be prepared not only to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge and skills in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply them in the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader, in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant and, after completing their master's studies, in the position of a teacher of Slovak language and literature in secondary education.
Students are able to apply the acquired theoretical knowledge from lexicology and its disciplines in the analysis and characterization of lexical resources and their interrelationships used in a specific text. They are reliably oriented in the vocabulary of our national language and are prepared to evaluate and justify the appropriateness, correctness and creativity of the use of lexical means in diverse types of texts. They can creatively, independently and with the use of appropriate procedures and relevant resources solve problem-solving tasks and assignments in a broader linguistic context, not only in terms of the current state of scientific knowledge but also in terms of school practice. They can actively acquire information about lexical resources and their use, communicate it to the public and use it in their own text production and in the cultivation of their linguistic expression. They have developed the ability to think analytically and critically. They are prepared not only to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge and skills in further bachelor's and subsequently master's studies, but also to effectively use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, in the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader and, after the completion of the master's degree, also in the position of a teacher of Slovak language and literature in secondary education.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organisational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching = 22 hours; 10 hours of continuous preparation for individual seminars; 2 x 14 hours of continuous preparation for 2 practical morphological text analyses = 28 hours. Total 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: Explanation and explanation of the material, application of theoretical knowledge in practical analyses of grammatical forms, morphemes and word types; analysis and solving of problem problems; guided self-study; e-learning
Compulsory readings:
ORAVEC, J. – BAJZÍKOVÁ, E. – FURDÍK, J. 1984. Súčasný slovenský spisovný jazyk. Morfológia. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 232 s.
Recommended readings:
DAROVEC, M. 2007. Morfologická analýza textu. 2. vyd. Trnava: Univerzita sv. Cyrila a Metoda. 97 s. ISBN 978-80-89220-96-0.
DZIVIAKOVÁ, M. 2014. Chápanie a spracovanie slovesa v súčasnej slovenskej jazykovede. In: Hľadanie metódy v kontrastívnej lingvistike [elektronický zdroj]. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, s. 99 – 147 [CD-ROM]. ISBN 978-80-223-3772-4.
DZIVIAKOVÁ, M. 2018. K valencii slovesa v slovenčine s ohľadom na jej odraz v slovesných valenčných štruktúrach. In: Sloveso v kontraste (románske jazyky a slovenčina). Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, s. 32 – 46. ISBN 978-80-223-4526-2.
SOKOLOVÁ, M. 1995. Kapitolky zo slovenskej morfológie. Prešov: Slovacontact. 180 s. ISBN 80-901417-7-3.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated during the semester in the form of 2 practical morphological analyses of the text after the 5th and 11th topics, which will be focused on the application of the acquired knowledge and the identification of morphological phenomena (2 x 50 points = 100 points). The course is completed with a grade resulting from the continuous assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study (100/0). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E out of the total number of points. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (1. practical analysis: as less than 30 points; 2. practical analysis: as less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - excellent results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of morphological analysis in the required range, logically arranges the presented facts, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of morphological analysis in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual morphological tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of morphological analysis to the required extent, logically organises the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of morphological analysis very well in practice, has the ability to solve individual morphological tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of the student's speech is very good, and the student has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of morphological analysis to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately, can reliably apply and adapt the knowledge gained from morphological analysis in practice, solves individual morphological tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of morphological analysis in the required range, demonstrates some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired knowledge of morphological analysis in practice, satisfactorily solves individual morphological tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of morphological analysis in the required range and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, the acquired knowledge of morphological analysis can be minimally applied in practice, solves individual morphological tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills to learn;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of morphological analysis to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge of morphological analysis in practice, cannot solve individual morphological tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Morphology and its place in the language system. The essence and subject of morphology. Relationship of the morphological subsystem to other subsystems of language. Identification and analysis of grammatical forms as central units of the morphological subsystem, especially in relation to the word and syntactic construction. Issues of word-species transitions.
2. Grammatical form and its structure. Determining the morphological structure of a grammatical shape, i.e. the formative base and the formative formant in specific grammatical shapes.
3. Analysis of the concepts and terms lexico-semantic category, grammatical category, lexico-grammatical category. Word types, criteria for defining word types and their classification from the lexico-semantic, morphological and syntactic point of view. Determination of word species.
4. Morpheme, morphemic structure of word and form (in relation to word-formation and morphological structure of word and form). Determination of individual types of morphemes and submorphemes.
5. Typological classification of languages and morphological type of Slovak. Application of theoretical knowledge to the material of Slovak.
6. Paradigmatics, determining and practising nouns. Determination of nominal grammatical categories and inflection of nouns. Inflectional patterns of nouns.
7. Paradigmatics, determining and practising other nominal word types - adjectives, pronouns and numerals. Determination of nominal grammatical categories, inflection and inflection patterns of nominal word types, gradation of adjectives.
8. Paradigmatics, determining and practising verbs. Analyzing and practicing auxiliary verbs, personal and impersonal verbs, subject and non-subject verbs, definite and indefinite verb forms, simple and compound descriptive and reflexive verb forms. Distinguish between the concepts of the reflexive verb, the reflexive form of an irreversible verb and the reflexive form of an irreversible verb and identify them.
9. Determining verb grammatical and lexico-grammatical categories. Verb timing, especially in terms of the application of the standard of written Slovak, determination of verb timing patterns.
10. Formation and gradation of adverbs. Practicing the problem of adverbs.
11. Identifying and practising prepositions, conjunctions and linking expressions, particles and quotation marks.
On the basis of the use of the acquired theoretical knowledge of Slovak morphology, which will not only build on the knowledge acquired in the field within the general secondary education, but will also further enable the deepening and systematic development of his/her knowledge into a complex form, the student will acquire practical skills, which he/she will be able to apply in the assessment and analysis of morphological phenomena of the language. The student will be able to use the acquired theoretical knowledge about the morphological level of the language as a part of the grammatical system of written Slovak, about the grammatical shape as the central morphological unit, about grammatical, lexical-semantic and lexical-grammatical categories, about the morpheme as the smallest unit of morphology, about the characteristic features of Slovak morphology from the point of view of the morphological typology of languages, as well as about individual word types as basic word groups in their concretization on practical examples on individual morphological phenomena, as well as in practical morphological analyses of grammatical forms and word types, in complex analysis of morphological phenomena, in independent solving of morphological problems and possible synthesis of their new and creative solutions. The student will be guided to actively acquire information from the field of Slovak morphology, to use digital technologies and resources, to use the acquired knowledge effectively, to formulate and defend arguments appropriately and on their basis to solve professional problems in the field, using appropriate methods of the discipline. He/she will also develop his/her communication competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to be responsible for the quality of his/her work, to follow the principles of authorial ethics, to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own learning. He will also learn to look at the acquired knowledge base from the perspective of school practice. The acquired knowledge and skills will also be necessary for the student in his/her further studies, where he/she will be able to apply them convincingly when looking at morphological linguistic phenomena from a broader linguistic (especially syntactic) aspect and further deepen and develop them. He will also be able to apply the acquired knowledge in assessing, analysing and evaluating the morphological aspect of linguistic expressions and subsequent independent analysis of the problem in the given area at the level of language in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or also for the needs of the publishing environment when correcting linguistic expressions. Emphasis on raising the student's professional level and linguistic culture will be equally important in adequately conveying information about morphological phenomena to the general public, as well as in offering relevant conclusions and morphological justifications to lay audiences.
The student is introduced to the morphological system as part of the grammatical system of the language, as well as to selected sub-issues of Slovak morphology, also with regard to school practice. He/she has acquired practical skills which he/she can apply in assessing and analysing morphological phenomena of the language. The student is able to use the acquired theoretical knowledge in its concretization on practical examples, both in solving individual morphological phenomena, as well as in practical morphological analyses of grammatical forms and word types, in complex analysis of morphological phenomena, in independent solving of morphological problems and in possible synthesis of new and creative solutions, while the student is able to actively acquire and communicate the necessary information and facts, and to adequately formulate and defend the relevant professional arguments. He/she has developed his/her analytical skills as well as abstract and critical thinking skills, is able to think in context and has developed the ability to expand his/her knowledge independently. The student is able to creatively apply the acquired knowledge and skills in his/her further studies. He is able to look at morphological phenomena in a broader linguistic (especially syntactic) context, but he is also able to use them in assessing, analysing and evaluating the morphological aspects of linguistic expressions in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment when proofreading linguistic expressions. The listener is also able to convey information about morphological phenomena to the general public and to offer conclusions and morphological justifications to lay audiences. The student has achieved a high professional level as well as a high level of linguistic culture, which is very necessary in terms of the listener's future practice.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct instruction = 22 hours; 26 hours of ongoing preparation for individual classes with application of specific assignments, including reading of literary texts for individual classes; 12 hours of preparation for presentation of a written final interpretation based on selected textual segments from the work of the author studied, with emphasis on the application of acquired knowledge of literary direction, the particularities of the author's poetics, analytical-interpretive skills, and the defense of one's arguments. A total of 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, inductive-generalizing conversation, discussion, demonstration and analysis of concrete examples, analytical and interpretative work with the text, problem-based tasks, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
MILIČKA, K. 2002. Světová literatura 3. Od realismu po modernu. Praha: Baronet. 344 s. ISBN: 80-7214-515-0. (selected sections)
MURPHY, R. 2010. Teoretizace avantgardy. Modernismus, expresionismus a problém po-stmoderny. Brno: Host. 272 s. ISBN 9788072942695 (selected sections)
PAVELKA, J. – POSPÍŠIL, I. 1993. Slovník epoch, směrů, skupin a manifestů. Brno: Georgetown. 294 s. ISBN 80-901604-0-9. (selected sections)
VLAŠÍN, Š. a kol. 1983. Slovník literárních směrů a skupin. 2., dopl. vydanie. Praha: Panorama. 367 s. (selected dictionary entries)
Recommended readings:
GARAY KROČANOVÁ, D. 2021. Prolegomena k dejinám slovenskej literatúry prvej polovice 20. storočia. I. próza. 2021. Bratislava: Stimul. 85 s. ISBN 978-80-8127-336-0. Available on: https://dspace.uniba.sk/xmlui/bitstream/handle/123456789/36/Krocanova_9788081273360.pdf?sequence=1 (selected sections)
Further study text on individual topics will be made available to students in electronic form.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• continuous reading of literary texts and completion of assignments in seminars on the theoretical knowledge and practical skills needed when working with literary texts in the educational process (60 points);
• presentation of a written final interpretation based on selected textual segments from the work of the read author, with emphasis on the application of the acquired knowledge of literary direction, the particularities of the author's poetics, analytical-interpretive skills and on the defence of their arguments (40 points).
The course is completed with a grade resulting from the continuous monitoring of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study (100/0).
To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained (at least 60 points). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who scores less than 60 % on any component of the assessment (assignments: less than 36 points; final interpretation: less than 24 points).
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: the student has an excellent knowledge of selected literary movements and currents from the second half of the 19th century and from the 20th century. The student is able to apply and adapt the acquired literary knowledge at an excellent level in specific approaches to the literary text applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, has the ability to creatively solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively, also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her expression is excellent, has well-developed skills for independent further learning;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of selected literary movements and movements from the second half of the 19th century and from the 20th century and of their specific representatives within the required range, logically, with only minor errors organizes the presented literary-historical facts, can apply and adapt the acquired literary-scientific knowledge very well in specific approaches to the literary text usable in the teaching of literature in school practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in the broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of selected literary movements and movements from the second half of the 19th century and from the 20th century. He/she arranges the presented literary-historical facts appropriately and makes mistakes only in places, he/she can reliably apply and adapt the acquired literary-scientific knowledge in specific approaches to the literary text useful in the teaching of literature in school practice, he/she solves individual tasks and assignments reliably independently, he/she has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has a satisfactory knowledge of selected literary movements and currents from the second half of the 19th century and from the 20th century. The student is able to satisfactorily apply the acquired literary knowledge in specific approaches to literary texts applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria): sufficient performance: student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of selected literary movements and movements from the second half of the 19th century and from the 20th century. The student is able to apply the acquired literary knowledge minimally in specific approaches to literary texts useful in the teaching of literature in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments with considerable help at a sufficient level, and has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of selected literary movements and movements from the second half of the 19th century and from the 20th century. The student does not know the literary historical facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired literary knowledge in specific approaches to literary texts useful in the teaching of literature in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, and has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak, Czech
1. Literary modernism. Poetic modernism. Symbolism, impressionism, decadence. Subjectivisation, psychologisation, decomposition of normative poetics.
2. Modernist prose. Studies of the inner life. Suppression of the plot. The isolation and loneliness of man. The stream-of-consciousness technique.
3. Modernist drama. Parody and the verbal grotesque. Symbolism, decadence, failure of communication.
4. Naturalism. The biological and social determinism of man. Taboo themes. Synesthetic descriptions.
5. Poeticism. Joyful and creative art and life. (Visual) associativity. Unusual characters and settings. Eroticism. Poetic imagery.
6. Surrealism. Psychic automatism. Polythematicism, surprising intermingling of images, banding, disregard for normative poetics.
7. Expressionism. Subjectivised artistic reality. Tendency to be more profound. Contrast. Deformation as the basis of expressionist expression, the tendency to get "beyond" language - from exclamation to pathos.
8. Existential literature. Minimization of plot, borderline situations. Man is condemned to be free.
9. Absurd drama. Change in the traditional structure of drama. Tragicomic. Absurdity. A man unable to communicate.
10. Magical realism. The miraculous in the everyday and as part of the real world. Metamorphosis. Supernaturalism of characters and objects. Mixing the harsh with the poetic. Cyclic time.
11. Postmodern literature. Manifestation of pluralism. Intertextuality and intratextuality, fragmentation, decanonization, hybridization, participation, eclecticism and palimpsest. The plural identity of man.
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will acquire knowledge concerning representative individual realizations of world literature of the second half of the 19th and 20th centuries in its diversity of type, genre and direction. Special emphasis will be placed on literary modernism and other literary movements and currents corresponding to the content of secondary school education (Naturism, Poetism, Surrealism, Expressionism, Existentialism, Absurdist Literature, Magical Realism, and Postmodernism). The student will be able to create simple definitions of literary terms, giving age-appropriate examples. The student will use the acquired knowledge appropriately when working with selected textual material. The student will be able to assess the value and artistic contribution of a literary work in a literary-historical context and will be able to point out the importance of knowledge of the wider literary, cultural and social context. The student will be able to justify and apply various methodological approaches to literary analysis and interpretation, and will be able to use the experience of an artistic text in his/her own individual (reception and production) activity. He/she will develop his/her analytical skills with an emphasis on independent and creative work. On the basis of the acquired knowledge and skills, he/she will be able to apply analytical-interpretive competences to other literary texts, to point out the interrelationships between them and to reflect on new possibilities of literary analysis and Interpretation. The student will also be oriented in related practical and methodological knowledge, which will be a prerequisite for his/her proper understanding of literary communication in the broader international context and the past in the courses of the continuing master's degree. The student will acquire a base of knowledge and skills that will be deepened and developed in further bachelor's and then master's studies, and will be able to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, later for the analysis and selection of didactic materials from the world literature of the second half of the 19th century and the 20th century with regard to teaching objectives, and possibly also for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a textual proofreader. The student will be guided to actively acquire information and to make effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, will consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, and will be able to communicate theoretical knowledge and practical skills to a wider and lay public. An analytical and critical approach to a literary text will stimulate critical thinking, creativity and contextual reasoning, which the student will demonstrate in solving specific assignments as well as in constructing his/her own final interpretation. The student will creatively use appropriate and discipline-appropriate methods in solving problem-based assignments. The student will acquire the aptitude and motivation to develop the skills necessary for further learning and will be prepared to encourage students to actively acquire literary and historical knowledge. The student will consolidate and develop communication and digital competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own learning, to develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible action and pluralistic civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has knowledge of selected literary trends and currents of world literature of the second half of the 19th and 20th centuries and of its representative individual realisations, is familiar with group and individual ideological and aesthetic initiatives and poetics, and is aware of their significance for the understanding of Slovak literature of the 20th century. Can creatively and independently analyse and interpret literary texts, characterise the poeological and value specifics of the work of individual authors and identify different forms of literariness. Has acquired analytical and interpretive skills applicable to professional and school analysis and interpretation of specific literary texts, understands the specificity and artistic value of selected literary texts, and can actively seek new possibilities in approaching a literary text. The student is able to interpret a literary text in relation to other art forms. Can also work with different possible interpretations of a text in school practice. As a result of the analytical and critical approach to the literary text, the student has developed transferable competences, because especially in the analytical-interpretive part, critical thinking, thinking in context, developing communicative and digital competences are emphasised, on the basis of which the student is able to solve specific tasks, as well as to construct his/her own interpretations of literary texts. The student is able to promptly perceive interpretations of literature in the following years of his/her studies. Based on problem-solving tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. The student has also developed a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to abstract and critical thinking, reasoning in context, metacognitive skills. The student is prepared not only to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge, skills and competences in further bachelor's and subsequently master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader. The student is also able to convey information about literary-theoretical phenomena to the general public and to offer conclusions and literary-analytical justifications to lay audiences.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct instruction = 22 hours; 26 hours of ongoing preparation for individual classes with application of specific assignments, including reading of literary texts for individual classes; 12 hours of preparation for presentation of a written final interpretation based on selected textual segments from the work of the author studied, with emphasis on the application of acquired knowledge of literary direction, the particularities of the author's poetics, analytical-interpretive skills, and the defense of one's arguments. A total of 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, inductive-generalizing conversation, discussion, demonstration and analysis of concrete examples, analytical and interpretative work with the text, problem-based tasks, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
MILIČKA, K. 2002. Světová literatura 3. Od realismu po modernu. Praha: Baronet. 344 s. ISBN: 80-7214-515-0. (selected sections)
MURPHY, R. 2010. Teoretizace avantgardy. Modernismus, expresionismus a problém po-stmoderny. Brno: Host. 272 s. ISBN 9788072942695 (selected sections)
PAVELKA, J. – POSPÍŠIL, I. 1993. Slovník epoch, směrů, skupin a manifestů. Brno: Georgetown. 294 s. ISBN 80-901604-0-9. (selected sections)
VLAŠÍN, Š. a kol. 1983. Slovník literárních směrů a skupin. 2., dopl. vydanie. Praha: Panorama. 367 s. (selected dictionary entries)
Recommended readings:
GARAY KROČANOVÁ, D. 2021. Prolegomena k dejinám slovenskej literatúry prvej polovice 20. storočia. I. próza. 2021. Bratislava: Stimul. 85 s. ISBN 978-80-8127-336-0. Available on: https://dspace.uniba.sk/xmlui/bitstream/handle/123456789/36/Krocanova_9788081273360.pdf?sequence=1 (selected sections)
Further study text on individual topics will be made available to students in electronic form.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• continuous reading of literary texts and completion of assignments in seminars on the theoretical knowledge and practical skills needed when working with literary texts in the educational process (60 points);
• presentation of a written final interpretation based on selected textual segments from the work of the read author, with emphasis on the application of the acquired knowledge of literary direction, the particularities of the author's poetics, analytical-interpretive skills and on the defence of their arguments (40 points).
The course is completed with a grade resulting from the continuous monitoring of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study (100/0).
To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained (at least 60 points). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who scores less than 60 % on any component of the assessment (assignments: less than 36 points; final interpretation: less than 24 points).
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: the student has an excellent knowledge of selected literary movements and currents from the second half of the 19th century and from the 20th century. The student is able to apply and adapt the acquired literary knowledge at an excellent level in specific approaches to the literary text applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, has the ability to creatively solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively, also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her expression is excellent, has well-developed skills for independent further learning;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of selected literary movements and movements from the second half of the 19th century and from the 20th century and of their specific representatives within the required range, logically, with only minor errors organizes the presented literary-historical facts, can apply and adapt the acquired literary-scientific knowledge very well in specific approaches to the literary text usable in the teaching of literature in school practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in the broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of selected literary movements and movements from the second half of the 19th century and from the 20th century. He/she arranges the presented literary-historical facts appropriately and makes mistakes only in places, he/she can reliably apply and adapt the acquired literary-scientific knowledge in specific approaches to the literary text useful in the teaching of literature in school practice, he/she solves individual tasks and assignments reliably independently, he/she has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has a satisfactory knowledge of selected literary movements and currents from the second half of the 19th century and from the 20th century. The student is able to satisfactorily apply the acquired literary knowledge in specific approaches to literary texts applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria): sufficient performance: student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of selected literary movements and movements from the second half of the 19th century and from the 20th century. The student is able to apply the acquired literary knowledge minimally in specific approaches to literary texts useful in the teaching of literature in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments with considerable help at a sufficient level, and has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of selected literary movements and movements from the second half of the 19th century and from the 20th century. The student does not know the literary historical facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired literary knowledge in specific approaches to literary texts useful in the teaching of literature in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, and has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak, Czech
1. Literary modernism. Poetic modernism. Symbolism, impressionism, decadence. Subjectivisation, psychologisation, decomposition of normative poetics.
2. Modernist prose. Studies of the inner life. Suppression of the plot. The isolation and loneliness of man. The stream-of-consciousness technique.
3. Modernist drama. Parody and the verbal grotesque. Symbolism, decadence, failure of communication.
4. Naturalism. The biological and social determinism of man. Taboo themes. Synesthetic descriptions.
5. Poeticism. Joyful and creative art and life. (Visual) associativity. Unusual characters and settings. Eroticism. Poetic imagery.
6. Surrealism. Psychic automatism. Polythematicism, surprising intermingling of images, banding, disregard for normative poetics.
7. Expressionism. Subjectivised artistic reality. Tendency to be more profound. Contrast. Deformation as the basis of expressionist expression, the tendency to get "beyond" language - from exclamation to pathos.
8. Existential literature. Minimization of plot, borderline situations. Man is condemned to be free.
9. Absurd drama. Change in the traditional structure of drama. Tragicomic. Absurdity. A man unable to communicate.
10. Magical realism. The miraculous in the everyday and as part of the real world. Metamorphosis. Supernaturalism of characters and objects. Mixing the harsh with the poetic. Cyclic time.
11. Postmodern literature. Manifestation of pluralism. Intertextuality and intratextuality, fragmentation, decanonization, hybridization, participation, eclecticism and palimpsest. The plural identity of man.
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will acquire knowledge concerning representative individual realizations of world literature of the second half of the 19th and 20th centuries in its diversity of type, genre and direction. Special emphasis will be placed on literary modernism and other literary movements and currents corresponding to the content of secondary school education (Naturism, Poetism, Surrealism, Expressionism, Existentialism, Absurdist Literature, Magical Realism, and Postmodernism). The student will be able to create simple definitions of literary terms, giving age-appropriate examples. The student will use the acquired knowledge appropriately when working with selected textual material. The student will be able to assess the value and artistic contribution of a literary work in a literary-historical context and will be able to point out the importance of knowledge of the wider literary, cultural and social context. The student will be able to justify and apply various methodological approaches to literary analysis and interpretation, and will be able to use the experience of an artistic text in his/her own individual (reception and production) activity. He/she will develop his/her analytical skills with an emphasis on independent and creative work. On the basis of the acquired knowledge and skills, he/she will be able to apply analytical-interpretive competences to other literary texts, to point out the interrelationships between them and to reflect on new possibilities of literary analysis and Interpretation. The student will also be oriented in related practical and methodological knowledge, which will be a prerequisite for his/her proper understanding of literary communication in the broader international context and the past in the courses of the continuing master's degree. The student will acquire a base of knowledge and skills that will be deepened and developed in further bachelor's and then master's studies, and will be able to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, later for the analysis and selection of didactic materials from the world literature of the second half of the 19th century and the 20th century with regard to teaching objectives, and possibly also for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a textual proofreader. The student will be guided to actively acquire information and to make effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, will consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, and will be able to communicate theoretical knowledge and practical skills to a wider and lay public. An analytical and critical approach to a literary text will stimulate critical thinking, creativity and contextual reasoning, which the student will demonstrate in solving specific assignments as well as in constructing his/her own final interpretation. The student will creatively use appropriate and discipline-appropriate methods in solving problem-based assignments. The student will acquire the aptitude and motivation to develop the skills necessary for further learning and will be prepared to encourage students to actively acquire literary and historical knowledge. The student will consolidate and develop communication and digital competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own learning, to develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible action and pluralistic civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has knowledge of selected literary trends and currents of world literature of the second half of the 19th and 20th centuries and of its representative individual realisations, is familiar with group and individual ideological and aesthetic initiatives and poetics, and is aware of their significance for the understanding of Slovak literature of the 20th century. Can creatively and independently analyse and interpret literary texts, characterise the poeological and value specifics of the work of individual authors and identify different forms of literariness. Has acquired analytical and interpretive skills applicable to professional and school analysis and interpretation of specific literary texts, understands the specificity and artistic value of selected literary texts, and can actively seek new possibilities in approaching a literary text. The student is able to interpret a literary text in relation to other art forms. Can also work with different possible interpretations of a text in school practice. As a result of the analytical and critical approach to the literary text, the student has developed transferable competences, because especially in the analytical-interpretive part, critical thinking, thinking in context, developing communicative and digital competences are emphasised, on the basis of which the student is able to solve specific tasks, as well as to construct his/her own interpretations of literary texts. The student is able to promptly perceive interpretations of literature in the following years of his/her studies. Based on problem-solving tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. The student has also developed a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to abstract and critical thinking, reasoning in context, metacognitive skills. The student is prepared not only to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge, skills and competences in further bachelor's and subsequently master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader. The student is also able to convey information about literary-theoretical phenomena to the general public and to offer conclusions and literary-analytical justifications to lay audiences.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organisational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching = 22 hours; 10 hours of continuous preparation for individual seminars; 2 x 14 hours of continuous preparation for 2 practical syntactic analyses of text = 28 hours. Total 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: explanation, application of theoretical knowledge in practical analyses of individual types of constructions and sentence articles; analysis and solution of problem solving tasks; guided self-study; e-learning
Compulsory readings:
ORAVEC, J. – BAJZÍKOVÁ, E. 1986. Súčasný slovenský spisovný jazyk. Syntax. 2. vyd. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 261 s.
Recommended readings:
IVANOVÁ, M. 2016. Syntax slovenského jazyka. 2., upravené a doplnené vyd. Prešov: Vydavateľstvo Prešovskej univerzity. 284 s. ISBN 978-80-555-1753-7. (selected chapters)
KAČALA, J.. 2015. Teória vetného člena. Martin: Vydavateľstvo Matice slovenskej. 172 s. ISBN 978-80-8115-212-2.
DZIVIAKOVÁ, M. 2011. Slovesné jednočlenné vety s neosobným slovesom vo fundamente. In: Philologia 21. Zborník Pedagogickej fakulty Univerzity Komenského. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, s. 135 – 150. ISBN 978-80-223-3011-4.
MOŠKO, G. 2006. Príručka vetného rozboru. 2., doplnené a upravené vyd. Prešov: Náuka. 222 s. ISBN 80-89038-39-5. (selected chapters)
NIŽNÍKOVÁ, J. 1994. Praktická príručka slovenskej syntaxe. Prešov: Slovacontact. 79 s. ISBN 80-901417-5-7.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated during the semester in the form of 2 practical syntactic analyses of the text after the 5th and 11th topics, which will be focused on the application of the acquired knowledge and the identification of syntactic phenomena (2 x 50 points = 100 points). The course is completed with an assessment resulting from the continuous assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study (100/0). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points of the total points for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60% of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60% of the points in any component of the assessment (1. practical analysis: less than 30 points; 2. practical analysis: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - excellent results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of syntactic analysis to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of syntactic analysis excellently in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual syntactic tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of syntactic analysis to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of syntactic analysis very well in practice, has the ability to solve individual syntactic tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of the student's speech is very good, has very well developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of syntactic analysis to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately, can reliably apply and adapt the knowledge gained from syntactic analysis in practice, solves individual syntactic tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of syntactic analysis to the required extent, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired knowledge of syntactic analysis in practice, satisfactorily solves individual syntactic tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge from syntactic analysis in the required range and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, the acquired knowledge from syntactic analysis can be minimally applied in practice, solves individual syntactic tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills to learn;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of syntactic analysis to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge of syntactic analysis in practice, cannot solve individual syntactic tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Syntax as a linguistic discipline. Construction as a basic syntactic unit, types of constructions. Characteristic features of Slovak syntax.
2. Syntagmatics. Practical practice and analysis of the content and formal aspects of syntagms. Determination of syntactic relations and types of syntagms, as well as means and ways of expressing syntactic relations.
3. The sentence and its essence. Intention of verbal action and its influence on the grammatical and semantic structure of the sentence, verb intention types and their relation to sentence types. Distinguishing and analysing binary and monosyllabic sentences. Identification of sentences according to modality.
4. Basic sentence articles. Practical practise of the subject, adjunct and sentence stem. Distinguishing between the clause stem of a one-part sentence and the adjunct of a two-part sentence. Distinguishing between personal and impersonal verbs.
5. Developing sentence articles. Determining and analysing the types of adjective, subject and adverbial determiner. Determining the boundary between subject and adverbial determiner.
6. Semi-predicative constructions. Practicing and determining the complement, delimiting the complement from the adjective, the adverb, the subject and the adverbial determiner.
7. Analysing and practising adjunct, adjectival and adverbial semi-predicative constructions.
8. Súvetie. Jednoduché priraďovacie súvetie a jeho typy. Praktické určovanie a analýza pravých a nepravých parataktických súvetí.
9. Jednoduché podraďovacie súvetie a jeho typy. Praktické určovanie a analýza pravých a nepravých hypotaktických súvetí, hľadanie spoločných a rozdielnych znakov jednotlivých typov vedľajších viet.
10. Zložené súvetie a jeho typy. Praktické určovanie a analýza priraďovacích, podraďovacích a priraďovaco-podraďovacích zložených súvetí.
11. Syntax textu, jednotky textovej syntaxe a prostriedky viazanosti textu. Aktuálne vetné členenie, významová stavba vety. Slovosled, slovosledové činitele. Precvičovanie danej problematiky, určovanie správneho slovosledu istých prvkov syntagmy a vety podľa významového, gramatického a rytmického princípu.
On the basis of the use of the acquired theoretical knowledge of Slovak syntax, which will not only build on the knowledge acquired in the field within the general secondary education, but will also further enable the deepening and systematic development of his/her knowledge into a complex form, the student will acquire practical skills, which he/she will be able to apply in the assessment and analysis of syntactic phenomena of the language. The student will be able to use the acquired theoretical knowledge about the syntactic level of the language as a part of the grammatical system of written Slovak, about the specific features of Slovak syntax, about the construction as a central syntactic unit, about syntagmatic, sentence, semi-predicative and conjunctive constructions as the four basic types of syntactic constructions, as well as on the individual basic, developmental and special sentence members and on the arrangement of syntactic units in the linear sequence of the sentence and the text (i.e. I.e. about the word sequence) in their concretization on practical examples of individual syntactic phenomena, as well as in practical syntactic analyses of individual syntactic constructions and sentence members, in the complex analysis of syntactic phenomena, in the independent solution of syntactic problem solving tasks and the possible synthesis of their new and creative solutions. The student will be guided to actively acquire information in the field of Slovak syntax, to use digital technologies and resources, to use the acquired knowledge effectively, to formulate and defend arguments appropriately and on their basis to solve professional problems in the given field, using appropriate methods of the discipline. He/she will also develop his/her communication competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to be responsible for the quality of his/her work, to follow the principles of authorial ethics, to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own learning. He will also learn to view the acquired knowledge base from the perspective of school practice. The acquired knowledge and skills will also be necessary for the student in his/her further studies, where he/she will be able to apply them convincingly when looking at syntactic linguistic phenomena from a broader linguistic aspect and further deepen and develop them. He will also be able to apply the acquired knowledge in assessing, analysing and evaluating the syntactic aspect of linguistic expressions and subsequent independent analysis of the problem in the given area at the language level in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or also for the needs of the publishing environment when correcting linguistic expressions. Emphasis on raising the student's professional level and linguistic culture will be equally important in adequately conveying information about syntactic phenomena to the general public, as well as in offering relevant conclusions and syntactic justifications to lay audiences.
The student is introduced to the syntactic system as a part of the grammatical system of the language, as well as to selected sub-issues of Slovak syntax, also with regard to school practice. He/she has acquired practical skills which he/she can apply in assessing and analysing syntactic phenomena of the language. The student is able to use the acquired theoretical knowledge in its concretization on practical examples, both in solving individual syntactic phenomena, as well as in practical syntactic analyses of individual types of syntactic constructions and sentence members, in complex analysis of syntactic phenomena, in independent solving of syntactic problems and in possible synthesis of new and creative solutions, while the student is able to actively acquire and communicate the necessary information and facts, and to adequately formulate and defend the relevant professional arguments. The student has developed his/her analytical skills as well as abstract and critical thinking skills, can think in context and has developed the ability to expand his/her knowledge independently. The student can creatively apply the acquired knowledge and skills in his/her further studies. He is able to look at syntactic phenomena in a broader grammatical context, but he can also use them in assessing, analysing and evaluating the syntactic aspect of linguistic expressions in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment when proofreading linguistic expressions. The student can also convey information about syntactic phenomena to the general public and offer conclusions and syntactic justifications to lay audiences. The student has achieved a high professional level as well as a high level of linguistic culture, which is very necessary in terms of the student's future practice.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organisational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching = 22 hours; 10 hours of continuous preparation for individual seminars; 2 x 14 hours of continuous preparation for 2 practical syntactic analyses of text = 28 hours. Total 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: explanation, application of theoretical knowledge in practical analyses of individual types of constructions and sentence articles; analysis and solution of problem solving tasks; guided self-study; e-learning
Compulsory readings:
ORAVEC, J. – BAJZÍKOVÁ, E. 1986. Súčasný slovenský spisovný jazyk. Syntax. 2. vyd. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 261 s.
Recommended readings:
IVANOVÁ, M. 2016. Syntax slovenského jazyka. 2., upravené a doplnené vyd. Prešov: Vydavateľstvo Prešovskej univerzity. 284 s. ISBN 978-80-555-1753-7. (selected chapters)
KAČALA, J.. 2015. Teória vetného člena. Martin: Vydavateľstvo Matice slovenskej. 172 s. ISBN 978-80-8115-212-2.
DZIVIAKOVÁ, M. 2011. Slovesné jednočlenné vety s neosobným slovesom vo fundamente. In: Philologia 21. Zborník Pedagogickej fakulty Univerzity Komenského. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, s. 135 – 150. ISBN 978-80-223-3011-4.
MOŠKO, G. 2006. Príručka vetného rozboru. 2., doplnené a upravené vyd. Prešov: Náuka. 222 s. ISBN 80-89038-39-5. (selected chapters)
NIŽNÍKOVÁ, J. 1994. Praktická príručka slovenskej syntaxe. Prešov: Slovacontact. 79 s. ISBN 80-901417-5-7.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated during the semester in the form of 2 practical syntactic analyses of the text after the 5th and 11th topics, which will be focused on the application of the acquired knowledge and the identification of syntactic phenomena (2 x 50 points = 100 points). The course is completed with an assessment resulting from the continuous assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study (100/0). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points of the total points for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60% of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60% of the points in any component of the assessment (1. practical analysis: less than 30 points; 2. practical analysis: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - excellent results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of syntactic analysis to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of syntactic analysis excellently in practice, has the ability to independently solve individual syntactic tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of syntactic analysis to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge of syntactic analysis very well in practice, has the ability to solve individual syntactic tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of the student's speech is very good, has very well developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of syntactic analysis to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately, can reliably apply and adapt the knowledge gained from syntactic analysis in practice, solves individual syntactic tasks and assignments reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of syntactic analysis to the required extent, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired knowledge of syntactic analysis in practice, satisfactorily solves individual syntactic tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge from syntactic analysis in the required range and deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, the acquired knowledge from syntactic analysis can be minimally applied in practice, solves individual syntactic tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills to learn;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of syntactic analysis to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge of syntactic analysis in practice, cannot solve individual syntactic tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Syntax as a linguistic discipline. Construction as a basic syntactic unit, types of constructions. Characteristic features of Slovak syntax.
2. Syntagmatics. Practical practice and analysis of the content and formal aspects of syntagms. Determination of syntactic relations and types of syntagms, as well as means and ways of expressing syntactic relations.
3. The sentence and its essence. Intention of verbal action and its influence on the grammatical and semantic structure of the sentence, verb intention types and their relation to sentence types. Distinguishing and analysing binary and monosyllabic sentences. Identification of sentences according to modality.
4. Basic sentence articles. Practical practise of the subject, adjunct and sentence stem. Distinguishing between the clause stem of a one-part sentence and the adjunct of a two-part sentence. Distinguishing between personal and impersonal verbs.
5. Developing sentence articles. Determining and analysing the types of adjective, subject and adverbial determiner. Determining the boundary between subject and adverbial determiner.
6. Semi-predicative constructions. Practicing and determining the complement, delimiting the complement from the adjective, the adverb, the subject and the adverbial determiner.
7. Analysing and practising adjunct, adjectival and adverbial semi-predicative constructions.
8. Súvetie. Jednoduché priraďovacie súvetie a jeho typy. Praktické určovanie a analýza pravých a nepravých parataktických súvetí.
9. Jednoduché podraďovacie súvetie a jeho typy. Praktické určovanie a analýza pravých a nepravých hypotaktických súvetí, hľadanie spoločných a rozdielnych znakov jednotlivých typov vedľajších viet.
10. Zložené súvetie a jeho typy. Praktické určovanie a analýza priraďovacích, podraďovacích a priraďovaco-podraďovacích zložených súvetí.
11. Syntax textu, jednotky textovej syntaxe a prostriedky viazanosti textu. Aktuálne vetné členenie, významová stavba vety. Slovosled, slovosledové činitele. Precvičovanie danej problematiky, určovanie správneho slovosledu istých prvkov syntagmy a vety podľa významového, gramatického a rytmického princípu.
On the basis of the use of the acquired theoretical knowledge of Slovak syntax, which will not only build on the knowledge acquired in the field within the general secondary education, but will also further enable the deepening and systematic development of his/her knowledge into a complex form, the student will acquire practical skills, which he/she will be able to apply in the assessment and analysis of syntactic phenomena of the language. The student will be able to use the acquired theoretical knowledge about the syntactic level of the language as a part of the grammatical system of written Slovak, about the specific features of Slovak syntax, about the construction as a central syntactic unit, about syntagmatic, sentence, semi-predicative and conjunctive constructions as the four basic types of syntactic constructions, as well as on the individual basic, developmental and special sentence members and on the arrangement of syntactic units in the linear sequence of the sentence and the text (i.e. I.e. about the word sequence) in their concretization on practical examples of individual syntactic phenomena, as well as in practical syntactic analyses of individual syntactic constructions and sentence members, in the complex analysis of syntactic phenomena, in the independent solution of syntactic problem solving tasks and the possible synthesis of their new and creative solutions. The student will be guided to actively acquire information in the field of Slovak syntax, to use digital technologies and resources, to use the acquired knowledge effectively, to formulate and defend arguments appropriately and on their basis to solve professional problems in the given field, using appropriate methods of the discipline. He/she will also develop his/her communication competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to be responsible for the quality of his/her work, to follow the principles of authorial ethics, to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own learning. He will also learn to view the acquired knowledge base from the perspective of school practice. The acquired knowledge and skills will also be necessary for the student in his/her further studies, where he/she will be able to apply them convincingly when looking at syntactic linguistic phenomena from a broader linguistic aspect and further deepen and develop them. He will also be able to apply the acquired knowledge in assessing, analysing and evaluating the syntactic aspect of linguistic expressions and subsequent independent analysis of the problem in the given area at the language level in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or also for the needs of the publishing environment when correcting linguistic expressions. Emphasis on raising the student's professional level and linguistic culture will be equally important in adequately conveying information about syntactic phenomena to the general public, as well as in offering relevant conclusions and syntactic justifications to lay audiences.
The student is introduced to the syntactic system as a part of the grammatical system of the language, as well as to selected sub-issues of Slovak syntax, also with regard to school practice. He/she has acquired practical skills which he/she can apply in assessing and analysing syntactic phenomena of the language. The student is able to use the acquired theoretical knowledge in its concretization on practical examples, both in solving individual syntactic phenomena, as well as in practical syntactic analyses of individual types of syntactic constructions and sentence members, in complex analysis of syntactic phenomena, in independent solving of syntactic problems and in possible synthesis of new and creative solutions, while the student is able to actively acquire and communicate the necessary information and facts, and to adequately formulate and defend the relevant professional arguments. The student has developed his/her analytical skills as well as abstract and critical thinking skills, can think in context and has developed the ability to expand his/her knowledge independently. The student can creatively apply the acquired knowledge and skills in his/her further studies. He is able to look at syntactic phenomena in a broader grammatical context, but he can also use them in assessing, analysing and evaluating the syntactic aspect of linguistic expressions in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment when proofreading linguistic expressions. The student can also convey information about syntactic phenomena to the general public and offer conclusions and syntactic justifications to lay audiences. The student has achieved a high professional level as well as a high level of linguistic culture, which is very necessary in terms of the student's future practice.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload:11 x 2 hours of direct teaching = 22 hours; 19 hours of continuous preparation for classes, including study of literature, 19 hours of work on semester project.
Total 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, demonstration, dialogue with students, dialogue in a group of students, group work, problem-based tasks, application of theoretical knowledge to practical examples, analytical and interpretative work with literary text, simulation of practice, e-learning, teaching of the subject by a practitioner, guided self-study
Compulsory readings:
Pravidlá slovenského pravopisu. 2013. 4. vyd. Bratislava: Veda. 590 s. ISBN 978-80-224-1331-2.
RÁCOVÁ, V. 2021. Základy editorstva 1. Nitra: Univerzita Konštantína Filozofa v Nitre. 155 s. ISBN 978-80-558-1689-0. (selected chapters)
Recommended readings:
PISTORIUS, V. 2019. Jak se dělá kniha. 4. vyd. Příbram: Pistorius & Olšanská. 288 s. ISBN 978-80-87053-50-8. (selected chapters)
ŠRANK, J. 2015. Aktéri a tendencie literárnej kultúry na Slovensku po roku 1989. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského. 114 s. ISBN 978-80-223-4041-0.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• continuous completion of micro-assignments and practical assignments in seminars (50 points);
• completion of a semester project based on a simulated sequence of proofreading work on a manuscript (50 points).
The course is completed with a grade resulting from the continuous assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study (100/0).
To pass the course, a minimum score of 60 % is required. A final grade of A requires at least 93 points, a grade of B requires at least 85 points, a grade of C requires at least 77 points, a grade of D requires at least 69 points and a grade of E requires at least 60 points of the total points. Credit will not be awarded to a student who obtains less than 60 % of the points for any component of the assessment (micro-assignments and practical assignments: less than 30 points, semester project: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of proofreading and editing issues to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented in a flawless manner, is able to apply the acquired knowledge excellently in proofreading and editing activities, has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively, also in a broader linguistic, literary and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: The student has a very good knowledge of proofreading and editing issues to the required extent, arranges the facts presented logically, with only minor errors, can apply the acquired knowledge very well in proofreading and editing activities, has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic, literary and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of proofreading and editing issues to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately and makes mistakes only in places, can reliably apply the acquired knowledge in proofreading and editing activities, reliably solves individual tasks and assignments independently, and has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has a satisfactory knowledge of proofreading and editing issues to the required extent, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can apply the acquired knowledge satisfactorily in proofreading and editing activities, solves individual tasks and assignments satisfactorily and mostly independently, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of proofreading and editing issues to the required extent and significant deficiencies in the organisation of facts, can apply the acquired knowledge minimally in proofreading and editing activities, solves individual tasks and assignments at a satisfactory level with considerable help, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of proofreading and editing issues to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the knowledge gained in practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak, Czech
1. The book, its definition, parts and forms.
2. Book culture in Slovakia after 1989.
3. Book market in Slovakia after 1989.
4. Manuscript preparation for publication.
5. Editorial preparation of the manuscript.
6. Proofreader as a subject of editorial preparation of the manuscript, his/her competence, working means and aids.
7. Proofreader's marks.
8. Tools for digital revision of the text.
9. First proofreading.
10. Page proofreading.
11. Proofreading and editing of accompanying texts.
The course curriculum covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops the student's knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will deepen and develop his/her linguistic and literary knowledge. The knowledge of all levels of the Slovak language system will be used in connection with the knowledge of literary theory, the developmental differentiation of literature and its genre-thematic forms when applied to the activities falling within the scope of proofreading and editing. The student will deepen and develop knowledge about book culture and the book market in Slovakia after 1989, about the book as a material medium of text and its publishing and editorial preparation, about the scope of the proofreader, his/her working means and aids, tools and procedures for classical and digital revision of text. The student will be prepared to deepen and develop this knowledge in the Master's degree and to use and creatively apply it in the school environment in the publishing environment also with regard to school practice. The course will lead the student to actively acquire information and effectively use knowledge and skills in Slovak language and literature. It will develop the student's skill in applying linguistic and literary knowledge in practical proofreading and editing activities. It will consolidate and develop his/her skill in formulating and defending arguments, stimulate his/her skill in proposing and implementing solutions to practical problems on the basis of facts and arguments, modifying his/her knowledge in doing so and creatively using appropriate and adequate procedures. In the course, the student will consolidate and develop communicative competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of author's ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has a basic knowledge of contemporary book culture in Slovakia from 1989 to today. The student has acquired knowledge about the book as a medium, about the forms and infrastructure of Slovak book culture and the book market, and about the publishing and editorial preparation of a manuscript for book publication. He/she has acquired and verified in simulated practice the principles, procedures, means and aids of proofreading and editing, while having developed linguistic and literary knowledge and skills. Through problem solving, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical problems in the field using appropriate and appropriate procedures, as well as the skills to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. He/she is prepared to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge and skills in his/her Master's studies and is also able to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant as well as for the needs of the publishing environment. The student has developed the competence to independently expand his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate broader contexts of professional issues. The student has also acquired a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload:11 x 2 hours of direct teaching = 22 hours; 19 hours of continuous preparation for classes, including study of literature, 19 hours of work on semester project.
Total 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, demonstration, dialogue with students, dialogue in a group of students, group work, problem-based tasks, application of theoretical knowledge to practical examples, analytical and interpretative work with literary text, simulation of practice, e-learning, teaching of the subject by a practitioner, guided self-study
Compulsory readings:
Pravidlá slovenského pravopisu. 2013. 4. vyd. Bratislava: Veda. 590 s. ISBN 978-80-224-1331-2.
RÁCOVÁ, V. 2021. Základy editorstva 1. Nitra: Univerzita Konštantína Filozofa v Nitre. 155 s. ISBN 978-80-558-1689-0. (selected chapters)
Recommended readings:
PISTORIUS, V. 2019. Jak se dělá kniha. 4. vyd. Příbram: Pistorius & Olšanská. 288 s. ISBN 978-80-87053-50-8. (selected chapters)
ŠRANK, J. 2015. Aktéri a tendencie literárnej kultúry na Slovensku po roku 1989. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského. 114 s. ISBN 978-80-223-4041-0.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• continuous completion of micro-assignments and practical assignments in seminars (50 points);
• completion of a semester project based on a simulated sequence of proofreading work on a manuscript (50 points).
The course is completed with a grade resulting from the continuous assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study (100/0).
To pass the course, a minimum score of 60 % is required. A final grade of A requires at least 93 points, a grade of B requires at least 85 points, a grade of C requires at least 77 points, a grade of D requires at least 69 points and a grade of E requires at least 60 points of the total points. Credit will not be awarded to a student who obtains less than 60 % of the points for any component of the assessment (micro-assignments and practical assignments: less than 30 points, semester project: less than 30 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: the student has excellent knowledge of proofreading and editing issues to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented in a flawless manner, is able to apply the acquired knowledge excellently in proofreading and editing activities, has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively, also in a broader linguistic, literary and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: The student has a very good knowledge of proofreading and editing issues to the required extent, arranges the facts presented logically, with only minor errors, can apply the acquired knowledge very well in proofreading and editing activities, has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and in a broader linguistic, literary and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of proofreading and editing issues to the required extent, organises the facts presented appropriately and makes mistakes only in places, can reliably apply the acquired knowledge in proofreading and editing activities, reliably solves individual tasks and assignments independently, and has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has a satisfactory knowledge of proofreading and editing issues to the required extent, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can apply the acquired knowledge satisfactorily in proofreading and editing activities, solves individual tasks and assignments satisfactorily and mostly independently, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of proofreading and editing issues to the required extent and significant deficiencies in the organisation of facts, can apply the acquired knowledge minimally in proofreading and editing activities, solves individual tasks and assignments at a satisfactory level with considerable help, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of proofreading and editing issues to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the knowledge gained in practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak, Czech
1. The book, its definition, parts and forms.
2. Book culture in Slovakia after 1989.
3. Book market in Slovakia after 1989.
4. Manuscript preparation for publication.
5. Editorial preparation of the manuscript.
6. Proofreader as a subject of editorial preparation of the manuscript, his/her competence, working means and aids.
7. Proofreader's marks.
8. Tools for digital revision of the text.
9. First proofreading.
10. Page proofreading.
11. Proofreading and editing of accompanying texts.
The course curriculum covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops the student's knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will deepen and develop his/her linguistic and literary knowledge. The knowledge of all levels of the Slovak language system will be used in connection with the knowledge of literary theory, the developmental differentiation of literature and its genre-thematic forms when applied to the activities falling within the scope of proofreading and editing. The student will deepen and develop knowledge about book culture and the book market in Slovakia after 1989, about the book as a material medium of text and its publishing and editorial preparation, about the scope of the proofreader, his/her working means and aids, tools and procedures for classical and digital revision of text. The student will be prepared to deepen and develop this knowledge in the Master's degree and to use and creatively apply it in the school environment in the publishing environment also with regard to school practice. The course will lead the student to actively acquire information and effectively use knowledge and skills in Slovak language and literature. It will develop the student's skill in applying linguistic and literary knowledge in practical proofreading and editing activities. It will consolidate and develop his/her skill in formulating and defending arguments, stimulate his/her skill in proposing and implementing solutions to practical problems on the basis of facts and arguments, modifying his/her knowledge in doing so and creatively using appropriate and adequate procedures. In the course, the student will consolidate and develop communicative competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of author's ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has a basic knowledge of contemporary book culture in Slovakia from 1989 to today. The student has acquired knowledge about the book as a medium, about the forms and infrastructure of Slovak book culture and the book market, and about the publishing and editorial preparation of a manuscript for book publication. He/she has acquired and verified in simulated practice the principles, procedures, means and aids of proofreading and editing, while having developed linguistic and literary knowledge and skills. Through problem solving, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical problems in the field using appropriate and appropriate procedures, as well as the skills to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. He/she is prepared to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge and skills in his/her Master's studies and is also able to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant as well as for the needs of the publishing environment. The student has developed the competence to independently expand his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate broader contexts of professional issues. The student has also acquired a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching - 22 hours; 20 hours include preparation for seminars and self-study of literature on individual topics; 18 hours of preparation for the presentation of a professional text; 60 hours of student work in total.
Teaching methods: explanation, demonstration, work with text, colloquium, discussion, presentation, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
MISTRÍK, J.: 1987. Rétorika, 3. vyd. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 207 s.
SLANČOVÁ, D. 2021. Základy praktickej rétoriky. Prešov: Náuka, 2001. 211 s. ISBN 80-89038-04-2.
Recommended readings:
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2010. Pramene byzantskej tradície na Slovensku. K výstave z príležitosti Roka kresťanskej kultúry 2010. Bratislava: Slovenský komitét slavistov – Slavistický ústav Jána Stanislava SAV v spolupráci s Národným osvetovým centrom. 72 s. ISBN 978-80-89489-00-8.
Available on: http://slavu.sav.sk/publikacie/vystava_bulletin.pdf
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student receives a grade based on the presentation of a professional topic according to the assignment and observing all the rules of reference to the presented sources and presentation acoustic and kinetic principles, to the information-technological means and to the principles of the chosen type of educational discourse (100 points). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points of the total points for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (presentation: less than 60 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding): excellent performance: The student has excellent knowledge of the background and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication, logically arranges the presented facts, can apply the acquired knowledge excellently and adapt the working procedures in the field of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: The student has very good knowledge of the background and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply the acquired knowledge well and adapt the working procedures in the field of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication in school practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, he/she has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of the background and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication to the required extent, logically arranges the presented facts, the acquired knowledge from the area focused on the production of a professional text can be reliably applied and adapted to the working procedures from the field of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication in school practice, reliably solves individual tasks and assignments, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of the foundations and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication in the required range, logically arranges the presented facts, the acquired knowledge and existing working practices in the field of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication can be applied in school practice, satisfactorily solves individual tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge about the foundations and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication in the required range, has deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can apply the acquired knowledge in the field of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills for further learning;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the background and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply knowledge of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication in practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Background and assumptions of professional and everyday communication practice in school practice.
2. Fundamentals of professional communication: communication situation, speaker, listener, audience.
3. The acoustic component of the speaker's speech.
4. Kinetic component of the oratorical speech.
5. Selecting a topic, creating a presentation, and preparing for a rhetorical speech.
6. Differentiation of professional communication speeches: monological and dialogical communication speeches.
7. The expressive components of a rhetorical speech.
8. Selected types of rhetorical speeches from the point of view of school practice.
9. Instructional discursive communication skills.
10. Presentation of artistic and professional text, preparation of comments on exhibitions and presentations.
11. Linguistic culture and correctness of rhetorical expression.
The aim of the course will be to acquire basic knowledge of the foundations and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication. The student will acquire a basic orientation in individual types of professional and popular communication of monological and dialogical character. The student will gain knowledge of the acoustic and kinetic components of oratory and the means of expression used in individual types of professional presentation and communication. The course will develop the student's information and methodological literacy, methodological and expressive skills.
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field.
The thematic stratification of the course will provide a basic overview of the creation, emergence and implementation of professional communication with an emphasis on the acquisition and development of communication skills in the educational environment, in school practice, and in professional and verbal-artistic events that the future graduate may encounter in the school environment. The student will gain an overview of the rules of creating a professional communication aimed at the needs of the educational process as well as for presentations of papers, professional activities and the defence of final theses. The course will develop skills focused on speech and presentation communication in a variety of communication situations. Emphasis on developing communication and presentation skills will be based on current needs focused on ways of communicating knowledge to pupils, students and a wider range of lay and professional audiences. The current increasingly high demands placed on communication and presentation skills will require a responsive mastery of not only information and communication technologies, which will enable the operative communication and application of new knowledge and information in the field to a contemporary recipient. Therefore, the seminars will provide space mainly for the presentation of selected professional topics in the form of lectures, poster and powerpoint presentations, which will be necessary for the preparation of the educational process and for the successful course of the final thesis defences. The course will also focus on the acquisition of skills in the field of organising verbal-artistic and professional events, seminars, presentations and exhibitions.
The student will not only be prepared to deepen and develop the acquired theoretical knowledge and practical skills in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but will also be able to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader. The student will consolidate and develop communication competences and the ability to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work and the principles of cultivated communication, authorial ethics and his/her own education. The student will develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible behaviour and value pluralistic attitudes. The student will be competent in the use of digital technologies in school practice.
The main learning outcomes of the course include the student's skills in the correct orientation in the methods of presentation of professional resources in the field of their study. In accordance with the requirements of linguistic culture and correct speech communication, the student is able to observe the principles of ethics, critical thinking in the creation of speech communication, has acquired skills in the use of information and presentation technologies and forms of making information available to students, lay and professional public. The acquired skills in managing discursive communicative contexts can be used in correct and linguistically correct professional and school educational and wider communicative practice.
The student has the acquired skills to perceive, use and develop the principles of professional communication in educational settings and in professional communication in subsequent years of his/her studies. The student is prepared to deepen and develop these knowledge and skills in further bachelor's and then master's studies and is able to creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader. The student is also able to convey essential knowledge in the field of professional communication to the general public and lay recipients. On the basis of problem solving tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively acquire further information and use it in solving practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures. The student has the skills to communicate facts and concepts and to formulate and defend his/her views in an argumentative manner. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and appreciate the wider contexts of issues in the production of a professional text. They have also developed a number of transferable skills, e.g. analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, metacognitive skills, etc.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching - 22 hours; 20 hours include preparation for seminars and self-study of literature on individual topics; 18 hours of preparation for the presentation of a professional text; 60 hours of student work in total.
Teaching methods: explanation, demonstration, work with text, colloquium, discussion, presentation, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
MISTRÍK, J.: 1987. Rétorika, 3. vyd. Bratislava: Slovenské pedagogické nakladateľstvo. 207 s.
SLANČOVÁ, D. 2021. Základy praktickej rétoriky. Prešov: Náuka, 2001. 211 s. ISBN 80-89038-04-2.
Recommended readings:
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2010. Pramene byzantskej tradície na Slovensku. K výstave z príležitosti Roka kresťanskej kultúry 2010. Bratislava: Slovenský komitét slavistov – Slavistický ústav Jána Stanislava SAV v spolupráci s Národným osvetovým centrom. 72 s. ISBN 978-80-89489-00-8.
Available on: http://slavu.sav.sk/publikacie/vystava_bulletin.pdf
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student receives a grade based on the presentation of a professional topic according to the assignment and observing all the rules of reference to the presented sources and presentation acoustic and kinetic principles, to the information-technological means and to the principles of the chosen type of educational discourse (100 points). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points of the total points for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (presentation: less than 60 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding): excellent performance: The student has excellent knowledge of the background and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication, logically arranges the presented facts, can apply the acquired knowledge excellently and adapt the working procedures in the field of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: The student has very good knowledge of the background and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented, can apply the acquired knowledge well and adapt the working procedures in the field of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication in school practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader linguistic context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, he/she has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of the background and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication to the required extent, logically arranges the presented facts, the acquired knowledge from the area focused on the production of a professional text can be reliably applied and adapted to the working procedures from the field of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication in school practice, reliably solves individual tasks and assignments, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of the foundations and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication in the required range, logically arranges the presented facts, the acquired knowledge and existing working practices in the field of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication can be applied in school practice, satisfactorily solves individual tasks and assignments, has satisfactorily developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge about the foundations and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication in the required range, has deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can apply the acquired knowledge in the field of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a sufficient level, has minimal skills for further learning;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the background and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply knowledge of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication in practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Background and assumptions of professional and everyday communication practice in school practice.
2. Fundamentals of professional communication: communication situation, speaker, listener, audience.
3. The acoustic component of the speaker's speech.
4. Kinetic component of the oratorical speech.
5. Selecting a topic, creating a presentation, and preparing for a rhetorical speech.
6. Differentiation of professional communication speeches: monological and dialogical communication speeches.
7. The expressive components of a rhetorical speech.
8. Selected types of rhetorical speeches from the point of view of school practice.
9. Instructional discursive communication skills.
10. Presentation of artistic and professional text, preparation of comments on exhibitions and presentations.
11. Linguistic culture and correctness of rhetorical expression.
The aim of the course will be to acquire basic knowledge of the foundations and means of professional communication in the educational environment and in professional communication. The student will acquire a basic orientation in individual types of professional and popular communication of monological and dialogical character. The student will gain knowledge of the acoustic and kinetic components of oratory and the means of expression used in individual types of professional presentation and communication. The course will develop the student's information and methodological literacy, methodological and expressive skills.
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field.
The thematic stratification of the course will provide a basic overview of the creation, emergence and implementation of professional communication with an emphasis on the acquisition and development of communication skills in the educational environment, in school practice, and in professional and verbal-artistic events that the future graduate may encounter in the school environment. The student will gain an overview of the rules of creating a professional communication aimed at the needs of the educational process as well as for presentations of papers, professional activities and the defence of final theses. The course will develop skills focused on speech and presentation communication in a variety of communication situations. Emphasis on developing communication and presentation skills will be based on current needs focused on ways of communicating knowledge to pupils, students and a wider range of lay and professional audiences. The current increasingly high demands placed on communication and presentation skills will require a responsive mastery of not only information and communication technologies, which will enable the operative communication and application of new knowledge and information in the field to a contemporary recipient. Therefore, the seminars will provide space mainly for the presentation of selected professional topics in the form of lectures, poster and powerpoint presentations, which will be necessary for the preparation of the educational process and for the successful course of the final thesis defences. The course will also focus on the acquisition of skills in the field of organising verbal-artistic and professional events, seminars, presentations and exhibitions.
The student will not only be prepared to deepen and develop the acquired theoretical knowledge and practical skills in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but will also be able to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or even for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader. The student will consolidate and develop communication competences and the ability to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work and the principles of cultivated communication, authorial ethics and his/her own education. The student will develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible behaviour and value pluralistic attitudes. The student will be competent in the use of digital technologies in school practice.
The main learning outcomes of the course include the student's skills in the correct orientation in the methods of presentation of professional resources in the field of their study. In accordance with the requirements of linguistic culture and correct speech communication, the student is able to observe the principles of ethics, critical thinking in the creation of speech communication, has acquired skills in the use of information and presentation technologies and forms of making information available to students, lay and professional public. The acquired skills in managing discursive communicative contexts can be used in correct and linguistically correct professional and school educational and wider communicative practice.
The student has the acquired skills to perceive, use and develop the principles of professional communication in educational settings and in professional communication in subsequent years of his/her studies. The student is prepared to deepen and develop these knowledge and skills in further bachelor's and then master's studies and is able to creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a proofreader. The student is also able to convey essential knowledge in the field of professional communication to the general public and lay recipients. On the basis of problem solving tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively acquire further information and use it in solving practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures. The student has the skills to communicate facts and concepts and to formulate and defend his/her views in an argumentative manner. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and appreciate the wider contexts of issues in the production of a professional text. They have also developed a number of transferable skills, e.g. analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, metacognitive skills, etc.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct instruction = 22 hours; 26 hours of ongoing preparation for individual classes with application of specific assignments, including reading of literary texts for individual classes; 12 hours of preparation for presentation of a written final interpretation based on selected textual segments from the work of the author studied, with emphasis on the application of acquired knowledge of the author's specific poetics, on analytical-interpretive skills, and on defending one's arguments. A total of 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: interpretation, inductive-generalizing conversation, discussion, demonstration and analysis of concrete examples, analytical and interpretative work with the text, group work, problem-based tasks, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
OBERT, V. 2003. Rozvíjanie literárnej kultúry žiakov. Bratislava: OG – Vydavateľstvo Poľana. 398 s. ISBN 80-89002-81-1. (selected sections)
VRÁBLOVÁ, T. 2017. Čítame, počúvame, vnímame v priestore knihy. Bratislava: Bibiana, medzinárodný dom umenia pre deti. 76 s. ISBN 978-80-89154-59-3. (selected sections)
Recommended readings:
BÍLIK, R. a kol. 2011. Teoretické aspekty jazykového a literárneho vzdelávania. Trnava: TYPI UNIVERSITATIS TYRNAVIENSIS. 114 s. ISBN 978-80-8082-497-6. (selected sections)
FAITHOVÁ, E. 2020. Výchovno-vzdelávacia funkcia publicistických, popularizačných a náučných žánrov a žánrov literatúry faktu v časopise Slniečko v rokoch 1927 – 1990. In: Philologia, roč. 30, č. 1, s. 49 – 73. (selected sections)
KALISKÝ, J. (Ed.). 2013. Dobro a zlo, alebo o morálke I. Psychologické a filozofické aspekty morálky v edukácii. Banská Bystrica: Univerzita Mateja Bela v Banskej Bystrici. 362 s. ISBN 978-80-557-0538-5. (selected sections)
Available on: https://www.pdf.umb.sk/app/cmsFile.php?disposition=a&ID=6658
MITROVÁ, A. 2020. Umelecký obraz ľudského znevýhodnenia v dráme pre deti a mládež (1850 – 2020). Prešov : Prešovská univerzita v Prešove. 160 s. ISBN 978-80-555-2599-0. (selected sections)
ŠRANK, J. 2009. Autorské texty s folklórnou dimenziou. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského. 168 s. ISBN 978-80-223-2668-1. (selected sections)
BIBIANA, revue o umení pre deti a mládež. Available on: www.bibiana.sk/sk/archiv/digitalna-bibiana/revue-bibiana
O DIEŤATI, JAZYKU, LITERATÚRE. Časopis pre otázky rozvíjania komunikačnej a literárnej kompetencie.
Further study text on individual topics will be made available to students in electronic form.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• continuous reading of literary texts and completion of assignments in seminars on the theoretical knowledge and practical skills needed when working with literary texts in the educational process (60 points);
• presentation of a written final interpretation based on selected textual segments from the work of the read author, with emphasis on the application of the acquired knowledge of the author's specific poetics, analytical-interpretive skills and on the defence of one's arguments (40 points).
The course culminates in a grade resulting from an interim review of learning outcomes during the instructional portion of a given semester of study (100/0).
To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained (at least 60 points). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who scores less than 60 % on any component of the assessment (assignments: less than 36 points; final interpretation: less than 24 points).
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: The student has excellent knowledge of the basic theoretical foundations associated with the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal and intrapersonal competencies through children's and young adult literature and of relevant works of children's and young adult literature promoting prosocial, environmental and intercultural education of children and young adults to the extent required, logically organizes the facts presented in a flawless manner, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge at an excellent level in specific approaches to literary texts applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, has the ability to creatively solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively, also in a broader literary, cultural and social context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has well-developed skills for independent further learning;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: The student has a very good knowledge of the basic theoretical background related to the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal and intrapersonal competences through literature for children and young people and of relevant works of literature for children and young people promoting pro-social, environmental and intercultural education of children and young people to the required extent, arranges the facts presented logically, with only minor errors, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge very well in specific approaches to literary texts applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader literary, cultural and social context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: The student has a good understanding of the basic theoretical foundations associated with the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal and intrapersonal competencies through children's and young people's literature and of relevant works of children's and young people's literature promoting pro-social, environmental and intercultural education for children and young people to the required extent, arranges the presented facts appropriately and makes errors only in places, can reliably apply and adapt the acquired knowledge in concrete approaches to literary texts applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments reliably and independently, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: The student has satisfactory knowledge of the basic theoretical foundations associated with the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal and intrapersonal competencies through children's and young adult literature and of relevant works of children's and young adult literature promoting pro-social, environmental and intercultural education of children and young adults to the extent required, demonstrates some deficiencies in the organisation of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired knowledge in specific approaches to literary texts applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, satisfactorily and predominantly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - performance meets minimum criteria): sufficient performance: The student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of the basic theoretical foundations associated with the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal, and intrapersonal competencies through children's and young adult literature and relevant works of literature for children and young adults promoting prosocial, environmental and intercultural education of children and youth in the required scope and significant deficiencies in the organization of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge in specific approaches to literary text usable in the teaching of literature in school practice, with significant help at a sufficient level to solve individual tasks and assignments, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: The student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the basic theoretical foundations associated with developing cognitive, communicative, interpersonal, and intrapersonal competencies through children's and young adult literature and relevant works of literature for children and young adults promoting prosocial, environmental and intercultural education of children and youth in the required scope, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge in specific approaches to literary texts applicable in the teaching of literature in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Intercultural education through literature for children and youth. European projects on intercultural education through children's books (e.g. BARFIE - Books and Reading for Intercultural Education, EPBC - European Picture Book Collection, etc.). Children's literature as a means of teaching a foreign language.
2. Pro-social education through children's fiction. The thematization of outsiderism. Education for empathy, tolerance and acceptance of differences determined by generational and social differences.
3. The thematisation of outsiderism. Education for empathy, tolerance and acceptance of differences that are determined by disabilities, racial, ethnic, religious, etc.
4. Socialisation (acquisition of social values and norms of behaviour) and personalisation of the child (encouraging the child's personal development as an individual) through literature for children and young people. The thematisation of the family in literature for children and young people as a space of positive emotional background, but also as a space of social and emotional destabilisation of the child.
5. The thematization of incomplete families and child upbringing without biological parents (substitute form of upbringing and care for children - orphanages, adoption, fostering) in literature for children and youth.
6. The thematization of friendship in literature for children and youth as a space of positive emotional background.
7. Socialization of the child in the environment of institutional school education. The thematization of socio-pathological phenomena in the school and out-of-school environment (bullying, truancy) in literature for children and youth.
8. The thematisation of socio-pathological phenomena (alcohol use, smoking, drug experimentation) in literature for children and youth.
9. Environmental education through children's fiction. Developing a positive emotional relationship with the natural environment. The thematisation of specific environmental issues in children's fiction.
10. Self-oriented fiction and non-fiction texts for children and youth. Familiarising children with folk culture, cultivating a relationship to traditions and folk customs.
Promoting pride in specific historical events and facts, significant personalities of national, cultural and social life.
11. Formation of a cultured and sophisticated reader. Cognitive and noncognitive prerequisites for the formation of literary culture. Synesthetic approach to the literary text. Projects developing the cultivated child reader (Reading Room, etc.).
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-sectional and specialized knowledge, which also builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will acquire knowledge concerning the basic theoretical background related to the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal and intrapersonal competences through literature for children and youth and about relevant works of literature for children and youth promoting pro-social, environmental, intercultural and patriotic education of children and youth. Special emphasis will be placed on the thematization of outsiderism and its overcoming through empathy, tolerance and acceptance of differences, on the thematization of the complete and incomplete family, on friendship as an additional space of positive emotional background, on the thematization of socio-pathological phenomena in both school and out-of-school environments. Emphasis will be placed not only on the acquisition of social values and norms of behaviour (socialisation), but also on stimulating the personal development of the child/young person as an individual (personalisation). The student will learn about the cognitive and non-cognitive prerequisites for the formation of a literary culture, and will be familiar with projects that develop a cultivated child reader (e.g. the Reading Room project). The student will use the acquired knowledge appropriately when working with selected textual material. The student will be able to use literature conceptually, inventively and effectively to develop the cognitive, communicative, social and personal competencies of the child/young person in which literature can serve in developing the student's value system. The student will also be able to assess the value and artistic contribution of a literary work in a social context. The student will be able to justify and apply various methodological approaches to literary analysis and interpretation, and to use the experience of an artistic text in his/her own individual (reception and production) activity. He/she will develop his/her analytical skills with emphasis on independent and creative work. On the basis of the knowledge and skills acquired, he/she will be able to apply analytical-interpretive competencies to other literary texts, to point out the interrelationships between them, and to reflect on new possibilities of literary analysis and interpretation. The student will also be oriented in the related practical and methodological knowledge that will be a prerequisite for his/her proper understanding of literary communication in the wider international context and the past in the courses of the continuing Master's degree. The student will acquire a base of knowledge and skills which he/she will deepen and develop in further bachelor's and subsequently master's studies, he/she will be able to use them and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, later on for the analysis and selection of didactic materials from literature for children and youth with regard to teaching objectives, and possibly also for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a text proofreader. The student will be guided to actively acquire information and effectively use cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, will consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, and will be able to communicate theoretical knowledge and practical skills to a wider and lay public. An analytical and critical approach to a literary text will stimulate critical thinking, creativity and contextual reasoning, which the student will demonstrate in solving specific assignments as well as in constructing his/her own final interpretation. The student will creatively use appropriate and discipline-appropriate methods in solving problem-based assignments. Acquire the prerequisites and motivation to develop the skills necessary for further learning and to encourage students to actively acquire literary and historical knowledge. The student will consolidate and develop communication and digital competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own learning, to develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible action and pluralistic civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has knowledge of the basic theoretical foundations related to the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal and intrapersonal competences through literature for children and youth and relevant works of literature for children and youth supporting pro-social, environmental and intercultural education of children and youth, and is aware of their importance in the development of the pupil's value system. Is able to assess the value and artistic contribution of a literary work also in a social context. Can creatively and independently analyse and interpret literary texts, characterise the poeological and value specifics of the work of individual authors. Has acquired analytical and interpretive skills applicable to professional and school analysis and interpretation of specific literary texts, understands the specifics and artistic value of selected literary texts, can actively seek new possibilities in the approach to a literary text in which he/she can conceptually, inventively and effectively use literature to develop cognitive, communicative, social and personal competences of a child/young person. Can also work with a variety of possible interpretations of the text in school practice. As a result of the analytical and critical approach to the literary text, the student's transferable competences are developed, because especially in the analytical-interpretive part, critical thinking, thinking in context, developing communicative and digital competences are emphasised, on the basis of which the student is able to solve specific tasks as well as to construct his/her own interpretations of literary texts. The student is prepared to readily perceive interpretations of literature in the following years of his/her studies. By solving problem-based tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. They have also developed a number of transferable skills such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills. He is not only prepared to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge, skills and competences in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but also to use them and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a text proofreader. The student is also able to convey information about literary-theoretical phenomena to the general public and to offer conclusions and literary-analytical justifications to lay audiences.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct instruction = 22 hours; 26 hours of ongoing preparation for individual classes with application of specific assignments, including reading of literary texts for individual classes; 12 hours of preparation for presentation of a written final interpretation based on selected textual segments from the work of the author studied, with emphasis on the application of acquired knowledge of the author's specific poetics, on analytical-interpretive skills, and on defending one's arguments. A total of 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: interpretation, inductive-generalizing conversation, discussion, demonstration and analysis of concrete examples, analytical and interpretative work with the text, group work, problem-based tasks, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
OBERT, V. 2003. Rozvíjanie literárnej kultúry žiakov. Bratislava: OG – Vydavateľstvo Poľana. 398 s. ISBN 80-89002-81-1. (selected sections)
VRÁBLOVÁ, T. 2017. Čítame, počúvame, vnímame v priestore knihy. Bratislava: Bibiana, medzinárodný dom umenia pre deti. 76 s. ISBN 978-80-89154-59-3. (selected sections)
Recommended readings:
BÍLIK, R. a kol. 2011. Teoretické aspekty jazykového a literárneho vzdelávania. Trnava: TYPI UNIVERSITATIS TYRNAVIENSIS. 114 s. ISBN 978-80-8082-497-6. (selected sections)
FAITHOVÁ, E. 2020. Výchovno-vzdelávacia funkcia publicistických, popularizačných a náučných žánrov a žánrov literatúry faktu v časopise Slniečko v rokoch 1927 – 1990. In: Philologia, roč. 30, č. 1, s. 49 – 73. (selected sections)
KALISKÝ, J. (Ed.). 2013. Dobro a zlo, alebo o morálke I. Psychologické a filozofické aspekty morálky v edukácii. Banská Bystrica: Univerzita Mateja Bela v Banskej Bystrici. 362 s. ISBN 978-80-557-0538-5. (selected sections)
Available on: https://www.pdf.umb.sk/app/cmsFile.php?disposition=a&ID=6658
MITROVÁ, A. 2020. Umelecký obraz ľudského znevýhodnenia v dráme pre deti a mládež (1850 – 2020). Prešov : Prešovská univerzita v Prešove. 160 s. ISBN 978-80-555-2599-0. (selected sections)
ŠRANK, J. 2009. Autorské texty s folklórnou dimenziou. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského. 168 s. ISBN 978-80-223-2668-1. (selected sections)
BIBIANA, revue o umení pre deti a mládež. Available on: www.bibiana.sk/sk/archiv/digitalna-bibiana/revue-bibiana
O DIEŤATI, JAZYKU, LITERATÚRE. Časopis pre otázky rozvíjania komunikačnej a literárnej kompetencie.
Further study text on individual topics will be made available to students in electronic form.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• continuous reading of literary texts and completion of assignments in seminars on the theoretical knowledge and practical skills needed when working with literary texts in the educational process (60 points);
• presentation of a written final interpretation based on selected textual segments from the work of the read author, with emphasis on the application of the acquired knowledge of the author's specific poetics, analytical-interpretive skills and on the defence of one's arguments (40 points).
The course culminates in a grade resulting from an interim review of learning outcomes during the instructional portion of a given semester of study (100/0).
To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained (at least 60 points). A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who scores less than 60 % on any component of the assessment (assignments: less than 36 points; final interpretation: less than 24 points).
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: The student has excellent knowledge of the basic theoretical foundations associated with the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal and intrapersonal competencies through children's and young adult literature and of relevant works of children's and young adult literature promoting prosocial, environmental and intercultural education of children and young adults to the extent required, logically organizes the facts presented in a flawless manner, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge at an excellent level in specific approaches to literary texts applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, has the ability to creatively solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively, also in a broader literary, cultural and social context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has well-developed skills for independent further learning;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: The student has a very good knowledge of the basic theoretical background related to the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal and intrapersonal competences through literature for children and young people and of relevant works of literature for children and young people promoting pro-social, environmental and intercultural education of children and young people to the required extent, arranges the facts presented logically, with only minor errors, can apply and adapt the acquired knowledge very well in specific approaches to literary texts applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader literary, cultural and social context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: The student has a good understanding of the basic theoretical foundations associated with the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal and intrapersonal competencies through children's and young people's literature and of relevant works of children's and young people's literature promoting pro-social, environmental and intercultural education for children and young people to the required extent, arranges the presented facts appropriately and makes errors only in places, can reliably apply and adapt the acquired knowledge in concrete approaches to literary texts applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments reliably and independently, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: The student has satisfactory knowledge of the basic theoretical foundations associated with the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal and intrapersonal competencies through children's and young adult literature and of relevant works of children's and young adult literature promoting pro-social, environmental and intercultural education of children and young adults to the extent required, demonstrates some deficiencies in the organisation of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired knowledge in specific approaches to literary texts applicable to the teaching of literature in school practice, satisfactorily and predominantly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - performance meets minimum criteria): sufficient performance: The student demonstrates a minimum amount of knowledge of the basic theoretical foundations associated with the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal, and intrapersonal competencies through children's and young adult literature and relevant works of literature for children and young adults promoting prosocial, environmental and intercultural education of children and youth in the required scope and significant deficiencies in the organization of facts, can minimally apply the acquired knowledge in specific approaches to literary text usable in the teaching of literature in school practice, with significant help at a sufficient level to solve individual tasks and assignments, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: The student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the basic theoretical foundations associated with developing cognitive, communicative, interpersonal, and intrapersonal competencies through children's and young adult literature and relevant works of literature for children and young adults promoting prosocial, environmental and intercultural education of children and youth in the required scope, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired knowledge in specific approaches to literary texts applicable in the teaching of literature in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak
1. Intercultural education through literature for children and youth. European projects on intercultural education through children's books (e.g. BARFIE - Books and Reading for Intercultural Education, EPBC - European Picture Book Collection, etc.). Children's literature as a means of teaching a foreign language.
2. Pro-social education through children's fiction. The thematization of outsiderism. Education for empathy, tolerance and acceptance of differences determined by generational and social differences.
3. The thematisation of outsiderism. Education for empathy, tolerance and acceptance of differences that are determined by disabilities, racial, ethnic, religious, etc.
4. Socialisation (acquisition of social values and norms of behaviour) and personalisation of the child (encouraging the child's personal development as an individual) through literature for children and young people. The thematisation of the family in literature for children and young people as a space of positive emotional background, but also as a space of social and emotional destabilisation of the child.
5. The thematization of incomplete families and child upbringing without biological parents (substitute form of upbringing and care for children - orphanages, adoption, fostering) in literature for children and youth.
6. The thematization of friendship in literature for children and youth as a space of positive emotional background.
7. Socialization of the child in the environment of institutional school education. The thematization of socio-pathological phenomena in the school and out-of-school environment (bullying, truancy) in literature for children and youth.
8. The thematisation of socio-pathological phenomena (alcohol use, smoking, drug experimentation) in literature for children and youth.
9. Environmental education through children's fiction. Developing a positive emotional relationship with the natural environment. The thematisation of specific environmental issues in children's fiction.
10. Self-oriented fiction and non-fiction texts for children and youth. Familiarising children with folk culture, cultivating a relationship to traditions and folk customs.
Promoting pride in specific historical events and facts, significant personalities of national, cultural and social life.
11. Formation of a cultured and sophisticated reader. Cognitive and noncognitive prerequisites for the formation of literary culture. Synesthetic approach to the literary text. Projects developing the cultivated child reader (Reading Room, etc.).
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-sectional and specialized knowledge, which also builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field. The student will acquire knowledge concerning the basic theoretical background related to the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal and intrapersonal competences through literature for children and youth and about relevant works of literature for children and youth promoting pro-social, environmental, intercultural and patriotic education of children and youth. Special emphasis will be placed on the thematization of outsiderism and its overcoming through empathy, tolerance and acceptance of differences, on the thematization of the complete and incomplete family, on friendship as an additional space of positive emotional background, on the thematization of socio-pathological phenomena in both school and out-of-school environments. Emphasis will be placed not only on the acquisition of social values and norms of behaviour (socialisation), but also on stimulating the personal development of the child/young person as an individual (personalisation). The student will learn about the cognitive and non-cognitive prerequisites for the formation of a literary culture, and will be familiar with projects that develop a cultivated child reader (e.g. the Reading Room project). The student will use the acquired knowledge appropriately when working with selected textual material. The student will be able to use literature conceptually, inventively and effectively to develop the cognitive, communicative, social and personal competencies of the child/young person in which literature can serve in developing the student's value system. The student will also be able to assess the value and artistic contribution of a literary work in a social context. The student will be able to justify and apply various methodological approaches to literary analysis and interpretation, and to use the experience of an artistic text in his/her own individual (reception and production) activity. He/she will develop his/her analytical skills with emphasis on independent and creative work. On the basis of the knowledge and skills acquired, he/she will be able to apply analytical-interpretive competencies to other literary texts, to point out the interrelationships between them, and to reflect on new possibilities of literary analysis and interpretation. The student will also be oriented in the related practical and methodological knowledge that will be a prerequisite for his/her proper understanding of literary communication in the wider international context and the past in the courses of the continuing Master's degree. The student will acquire a base of knowledge and skills which he/she will deepen and develop in further bachelor's and subsequently master's studies, he/she will be able to use them and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a pedagogical assistant, later on for the analysis and selection of didactic materials from literature for children and youth with regard to teaching objectives, and possibly also for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a text proofreader. The student will be guided to actively acquire information and effectively use cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, will consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, and will be able to communicate theoretical knowledge and practical skills to a wider and lay public. An analytical and critical approach to a literary text will stimulate critical thinking, creativity and contextual reasoning, which the student will demonstrate in solving specific assignments as well as in constructing his/her own final interpretation. The student will creatively use appropriate and discipline-appropriate methods in solving problem-based assignments. Acquire the prerequisites and motivation to develop the skills necessary for further learning and to encourage students to actively acquire literary and historical knowledge. The student will consolidate and develop communication and digital competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of authorial ethics, to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own learning, to develop and consolidate a sense of socially responsible action and pluralistic civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has knowledge of the basic theoretical foundations related to the development of cognitive, communicative, interpersonal and intrapersonal competences through literature for children and youth and relevant works of literature for children and youth supporting pro-social, environmental and intercultural education of children and youth, and is aware of their importance in the development of the pupil's value system. Is able to assess the value and artistic contribution of a literary work also in a social context. Can creatively and independently analyse and interpret literary texts, characterise the poeological and value specifics of the work of individual authors. Has acquired analytical and interpretive skills applicable to professional and school analysis and interpretation of specific literary texts, understands the specifics and artistic value of selected literary texts, can actively seek new possibilities in the approach to a literary text in which he/she can conceptually, inventively and effectively use literature to develop cognitive, communicative, social and personal competences of a child/young person. Can also work with a variety of possible interpretations of the text in school practice. As a result of the analytical and critical approach to the literary text, the student's transferable competences are developed, because especially in the analytical-interpretive part, critical thinking, thinking in context, developing communicative and digital competences are emphasised, on the basis of which the student is able to solve specific tasks as well as to construct his/her own interpretations of literary texts. The student is prepared to readily perceive interpretations of literature in the following years of his/her studies. By solving problem-based tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. They have also developed a number of transferable skills such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills. He is not only prepared to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge, skills and competences in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but also to use them and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment in the position of a text proofreader. The student is also able to convey information about literary-theoretical phenomena to the general public and to offer conclusions and literary-analytical justifications to lay audiences.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching = 22 hours; 20 hours of continuous preparation, including literature study, 8 hours of presentation development; 10 hours of seminar paper development.
Total 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: lecture, demonstration, dialogue with students, dialogue in a group of students, group work, problem-based tasks, application of theoretical knowledge to practical examples, analytical and interpretative work with a literary text, project-based learning, e-learning, guided self-study
Compulsory readings:
ŠRANK, J. 2015. Aktéri a tendencie literárnej kultúry na Slovensku po roku 1989. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave. 144 s. ISBN 978-80-223-4041-0.
Recommended readings:
HOCHEL, I. – ČÚZY, L. – KÁKOŠOVÁ, Z. 2007. Slovenská literatúra po roku 1989. Bratislava: Literárne informačné centrum. 161 s. ISBN 978-80-89222-34-6. (selected chapters)
PASSIA, R. – TARANENKOVÁ, I. (Eds.). 2014. Hľadanie súčasnosti. Bratislava: Literárne informačné centrum. 219 s. ISBN 978-80-8119-085-8. (selected sections)
ŠRANK, J. 2017. Kontexty konceptualizmu (paragrafománia). In: Vlna, roč. 19, č. 70, s. 54 – 59.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. Assessment includes:
• continuous completion of micro-assignments in seminars (20 points);
• the preparation of a presentation on a topic in book culture after 1989 (40 points);
• the production of a seminar paper (40 points) which analytically and interpretively examines a selected issue in a work from the list of required fiction.
The course culminates in a grade resulting from a continuous assessment of learning outcomes during the teaching part of the semester of study (100/0).
A minimum grade of 60% is required to pass the course. A final grade of A requires at least 93 points, a grade of B requires at least 85 points, a grade of C requires at least 77 points, a grade of D requires at least 69 points and a grade of E requires at least 60 points of the total points. Credit will not be awarded to a student who obtains less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (micro assignments: less than 12 points, presentation: less than 24 points, seminar paper: less than 24 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93 %, excellent - outstanding results): excellent performance: the student has an excellent knowledge of Slovak literature at the turn of the 20th and 21st century. The student has an excellent knowledge of the literature of the Slovak language and literature of the 20th century in the required scope, logically arranges the presented literary-historical facts in a flawless manner, is able to apply and adapt the acquired literary-scientific knowledge excellently when working with a literary text in school practice, has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently and imaginatively in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85 %, very good - above average standard): very good performance: the student has a very good knowledge of Slovak literature at the turn of the 20th and 21st century. The student has a very good knowledge of the Slovak literature in the required range, he/she arranges the presented literary-historical facts logically, with only minor errors, he/she is able to apply and adapt the acquired literary knowledge very well when working with a literary text in school practice, without any major errors, he/she has the ability to solve individual tasks and assignments independently, also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, he/she has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77 %, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of Slovak literature at the turn of the 20th and 21st centuries to the required extent, arranges the literary-historical facts presented appropriately and makes only occasional mistakes, can reliably apply and adapt the literary-historical knowledge acquired when working with a literary text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments reliably independently, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69 %, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of Slovak literature at the turn of the 20th and 21st centuries in the required range, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of literary-historical facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired literary-scientific knowledge and existing procedures when working with a literary text in school practice, satisfactorily and predominantly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60 %, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimal amount of knowledge of Slovak literature at the turn of the 20th and 21st centuries to the required extent and significant deficiencies in the organization of literary-historical facts, can minimally apply the acquired literary-scientific knowledge when working with a literary text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments at a sufficient level with considerable help, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0 %, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of Slovak literature at the turn of the 20th and 21st centuries to the required extent, does not know literary-historical facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired literary knowledge to work with a literary text in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient skills to learn.
Slovak
1. Periodization models of Slovak literature after 1989. Transformations of the pluralistic literary model.
2. Transition and transformation of society, media, book culture and literary infrastructure after 1989.
3. Consolidation of society, media, book culture and literary infrastructure after 1998.
4. Book culture and literature in the context of remediation at the turn of the 20th and 21st centuries.
5. The literary field of cultural production and its relations with the political field. Literature and state power.
6. The literary field of cultural production and its relations with the economic field. Literature and the cultural industry.
7. Reintegration and reconstruction of the pre-1989 literary process in the context of the literature of the late 20th and early 21st centuries.
8. Original prose works of the 1990s: generational and genre-thematic range, representative authors and works (S. Rakús, P. Pišťanek, Balla).
9. Original poetry of the 1990s: generational and genre-thematic range, representative authors and works (M. Haugová, I. Štrpka, P. Macsovszky).
10. Original prose works of the early 21st century: generational and genre-thematic scale (M. Kopcsay, I. Dobrakova, R. Pupala).
11. Original poetic works of the early 21st century: generational and genre-thematic range, representative authors and works (E. J. Groch, M. Habaj, M. Ferenčuhová).
The curriculum of the course covers a spectrum of cross-cutting and specialized knowledge that builds on the student's general secondary education and systematically develops his/her knowledge into a comprehensive and applicable form, including the latest knowledge in the field.
The student will deepen and develop his/her knowledge of the conditions framing the existence of Slovak literature after 1989, its literary-historical concepts and literary-critical reflection. Particular emphasis will be placed on the distinction between the conditions for the existence of literature in the transition-transformation period and at the turn of the century (the consequences of remediation). The conceptual tool for organizing knowledge about book culture will be the concept of the literary field as a specific field of cultural production in relation to other fields. Building on the student's knowledge of the transformations of Slovak literature in the 20th century, attention will be focused on the reintegration and reconstruction processes in Slovak literature related to the collapse of the totalitarian communist regime and the formation of a democratic Slovakia. In the course, the student will deepen and develop knowledge of internal periodization, generational, functional and ideological-aesthetic differentiation and genre-thematic forms, and representative supra-individual developmental formations (confessional lyricism, postmodern tendencies, experimental-deconstructive poetry, spiritual poetry, post-conceptual poetry, prose of ironic objectification, social-realist prose, expatriate and regional-local prose) and on the individual creative efforts of representative authors. Emphasis will be placed on aesthetically extraordinary works. A reliable orientation of the student in the issues of literature at the turn of the 20th and 21st centuries and the related practical and methodological knowledge will be a prerequisite for his/her proper understanding of the past in the courses of the continuing degree and an important part of the preparation for the teaching profession corresponding to the current needs of school practice. The student will be prepared to deepen and develop the theoretical knowledge and practical skills acquired in the master's degree and to use them effectively and creatively in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant, or for the needs of the publishing environment. The student will acquire a base of knowledge and skills that will be a professional prerequisite for the analysis and selection of didactic materials from Slovak literature with regard to teaching objectives, a prerequisite for the analysis and evaluation of educational activities and for solving common problems in the teaching of Slovak language and literature. The course will lead the student to active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her ability to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, to modify his/her knowledge in doing so, and to creatively use the appropriate and adequate methods of the discipline. The student will be able to communicate the theoretical knowledge and practical skills acquired to the wider and lay public. An analytical and critical approach to a literary text will stimulate critical thinking, creativity and contextual reasoning, which the student will demonstrate by solving specific assignments as well as by compiling his/her own analytical-interpretive term paper. The student will consolidate and develop communication and digital competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to take responsibility for the quality of their work, to follow the principles of author's ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for one's own education, to develop and strengthen a sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
The student has a synthetic knowledge of Slovak literature after 1989. The student has acquired knowledge of the existing literary-historical models of this period, the fundamental literary-theoretical and literary-critical reflections of its key authors and literary works. It has acquired knowledge of the literary culture of the period in the context of contemporary political, social, cultural and civilisational processes, of periodisation models and internal differentiation of original Slovak works of the era. In a representative spectrum, it is familiar with individual tendencies, group and individual ideological and aesthetic initiatives and poetics. He is aware of the value of the linguistic-cultural originality of Slovak literature and has cultivated a sense of its organic links to universal humanistic value bases. The student has developed analytical and interpretive skills applicable to professional and school analysis and interpretation of specific literary texts. Through problem solving, the student has acquired the skills to actively gather information and use it to solve practical problems in the field using appropriate and appropriate procedures, as well as the skills to communicate facts, concepts, and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. He/she is prepared to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge and skills in further bachelor and master studies and is also able to use and creatively apply them in the school environment in the position of a teaching assistant or for the needs of the publishing environment. He is also able to convey basic information about Slovak literature after 1989 to the general public and to offer certain conclusions and justifications to lay audiences. He has also developed a number of transferable skills, such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching - 22 hours; 18 hours of preparation for the presentation of the assignment; 20 hours of preparation for the written test. Total 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: Lecturing, interpretation of theoretical knowledge and its application to practical examples, moderated conversation, text analysis, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E. 2013. Úvod do kultúry stredoveku [elektronický zdroj]. Trnava: Filozofická fakulta Trnavskej univerzity v Trnave. 101 s. ISBN 978-80-8082-596-6. Available on:
https://www.truni.sk/sites/default/files/uk/f000340.pdf
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2016. Formovanie byzantsko-slovanskej konfesionálnej identity v staršom období slovenských kultúrnych dejín. In: Konštantínove listy, roč. 9, č. 1, s. 199 – 209. ISSN 1337‑8740.
Available on: http://www.constantinesletters.ukf.sk/images/issues/2016_v9_iss1/CL_v9_iss1_199to209.pdf
Recommended readings:
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E.. 2022. Antológia k dejinám renesančnej kultúry. Trnava: Filozofická fakulta. ISBN 978-80-568-0483-7. [online]
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E. 2022. Antológia k dejinám barokovej kultúry. Trnava: Filozofická fakulta. ISBN 978-80-568-0482-4. [online]
PLUTARCHOS 2020. Ako správne vychovávať deti. Zo starogréčtiny prel. A. Kalaš. Bratislava: Iris. ISBN 978-80-8200-046-0.
DAWSON, Ch. (1995). Porozumět Evropě. Praha: Zvon. 234 s. ISBN 978-80-7113-138-5. (selected sections)
HUIZINGA, J. (2002). Kultúra a kríza. Bratislava: Kalligram. 320 s. ISBN 80-7149-472-0. (selected sections)
TRÁVNÍČEK, J. ed. (2009). V kleštích dějin. Střední Evropa jako pojem a problém. Brno: Host. 343 s. ISBN 978-80-7294-323-4. (selected sections)
Further study texts will be available electronically in MS Teams/Moodle.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated for the presentation of the assigned assignment (40 points) and for a written test of professional knowledge at the end of the continuous teaching (60 points). The course will be completed with a grade resulting from an interim review of learning outcomes during the instructional portion of the semester of study (100/0).
A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E out of the total points. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (presentation of the assignment: less than 24 points, final written test: less than 36 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding): excellent performance: The student has an excellent knowledge of the contexts of European cultural thought to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented in a flawless manner, is able to apply the acquired cultural and historical knowledge at an excellent level and adapt the procedures of working with a professional text in school practice, has the ability to independently and imaginatively solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: The student has a very good knowledge of the contexts of European cultural thought to the required extent, arranges the facts presented in a logical way with only minor errors, can apply the acquired cultural and historical knowledge very well and adapt the procedures of working with a professional text in school practice without major errors, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of the contexts of European cultural thought to the required extent, arranges the facts presented appropriately and makes only occasional errors, can reliably apply and adapt the procedures of working with a specialist text in school practice, solves tasks and assignments independently and reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of the contexts of European cultural thought to the required extent, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired cultural and historical knowledge and existing working practices of the professional text in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimal amount of knowledge of the contexts of European cultural thought to the required extent and significant deficiencies in the organisation of facts, can minimally apply the acquired cultural-historical knowledge and the existing procedures of working with a professional text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments with a sufficient level of assistance, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the contexts of European cultural thought to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired cultural-historical knowledge to work with a professional text in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak, Czech
1. Terminology of the phenomenon of culture. Europe and Europeanism. East and West. Central Europe.
2. The significance of late antique culture and the reception of the ancient tradition in later periods.
3. The liberal arts as the basis of general education.
4. Rhetoric as a model of persuasive argumentation and an expression of refined taste.
5. The stabilization of Latin Christian culture. The contribution of various peoples to the culture of the Middle Ages.
6. Three forms of medieval culture. The culture of the court, the monastery and the city.
7. University scholarship, its origins, character and attributes.
8. The modern world-image. A new approach to scholarship. Humanitas civitas.
9. Baroque everyday life. Baroque preacher and missionary.
10. Enlightenment world view and publishing activities of Slovak scholars.
11. Classical-modernist conception of culture. Patriotism and nationalism. The crisis of culture.
The course will expand knowledge of the nature of the key concepts of culture, civilization, education, cultural and national identity, civil society and European unity, as well as knowledge of the various stages of the formation of European culture, its concepts and value orientation in a broader historical context. It will provide the necessary body of knowledge to foster the formation of creativity and synthesising skills. Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to orient himself/herself to issues of European cultural development and will be able to synergistically connect conceptual knowledge with current cultural trends in society and education. The course will create a space for complementarity of approaches necessary for the formation of a comprehensively prepared personality of a teacher of Slovak language and literature, which will enable to link the acquired knowledge with the interpretative skills related to the history of European cultural thought. At the same time, the student will acquire the prerequisites and motivation to develop these skills in further education.
The course will lead the student to active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her ability to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, modifying his/her knowledge in the process, and creatively using appropriate and adequate methods of the discipline. The student will consolidate and develop communication competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to be responsible for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of author's ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate his/her sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
By completing the course, the student has acquired knowledge of national, areal and European specifics that shape the processes based on the relationship between language and culture, which are reflected in writing in Slovakia in terms of Latin and Byzantine culture and tradition. The student has developed the skills to synthesize knowledge and use it in a synergistic synchronic-diachronic exploration of the concepts of Slovak linguistic and cultural identity from a historical, comparative and typological perspective in the context of the development and application of the written Slovak language in cultural and social practice.
As a result of engaging in a professional discussion on the topic under discussion, as well as as a result of linking the knowledge of the history and current state of language and culture with modern concepts of European linguistic and cultural thinking, the student's communication skills are developed and the ability to think in context is acquired. The student is able to perceive the cultural interpretations that follow in the subsequent years of his/her studies with alacrity. The student is prepared not only to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply it in the school environment as a teaching assistant or for the needs of the publishing environment as a proofreader. He is also able to convey information about cultural thinking phenomena to the general public and to offer their conclusions and justifications to lay audiences. By solving problem-based tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively acquire information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. They have also developed a number of transferable skills such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form: 2 hours per week seminar, total 22 hours per semester, combined form (primarily in-person)
Student workload: 11 x 2 hours of direct teaching - 22 hours; 18 hours of preparation for the presentation of the assignment; 20 hours of preparation for the written test. Total 60 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: Lecturing, interpretation of theoretical knowledge and its application to practical examples, moderated conversation, text analysis, guided self-study, e-learning
Compulsory readings:
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E. 2013. Úvod do kultúry stredoveku [elektronický zdroj]. Trnava: Filozofická fakulta Trnavskej univerzity v Trnave. 101 s. ISBN 978-80-8082-596-6. Available on:
https://www.truni.sk/sites/default/files/uk/f000340.pdf
ŽEŇUCH, P. 2016. Formovanie byzantsko-slovanskej konfesionálnej identity v staršom období slovenských kultúrnych dejín. In: Konštantínove listy, roč. 9, č. 1, s. 199 – 209. ISSN 1337‑8740.
Available on: http://www.constantinesletters.ukf.sk/images/issues/2016_v9_iss1/CL_v9_iss1_199to209.pdf
Recommended readings:
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E.. 2022. Antológia k dejinám renesančnej kultúry. Trnava: Filozofická fakulta. ISBN 978-80-568-0483-7. [online]
BRTÁŇOVÁ, E. 2022. Antológia k dejinám barokovej kultúry. Trnava: Filozofická fakulta. ISBN 978-80-568-0482-4. [online]
PLUTARCHOS 2020. Ako správne vychovávať deti. Zo starogréčtiny prel. A. Kalaš. Bratislava: Iris. ISBN 978-80-8200-046-0.
DAWSON, Ch. (1995). Porozumět Evropě. Praha: Zvon. 234 s. ISBN 978-80-7113-138-5. (selected sections)
HUIZINGA, J. (2002). Kultúra a kríza. Bratislava: Kalligram. 320 s. ISBN 80-7149-472-0. (selected sections)
TRÁVNÍČEK, J. ed. (2009). V kleštích dějin. Střední Evropa jako pojem a problém. Brno: Host. 343 s. ISBN 978-80-7294-323-4. (selected sections)
Further study texts will be available electronically in MS Teams/Moodle.
Active participation in the class is required to pass the course. The student will be evaluated for the presentation of the assigned assignment (40 points) and for a written test of professional knowledge at the end of the continuous teaching (60 points). The course will be completed with a grade resulting from an interim review of learning outcomes during the instructional portion of the semester of study (100/0).
A minimum of 93 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 85 points is required for a grade of B, a minimum of 77 points is required for a grade of C, a minimum of 69 points is required for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points is required for a grade of E out of the total points. To pass the course, a minimum of 60 % of the points must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who achieves less than 60 % of the points in any component of the assessment (presentation of the assignment: less than 24 points, final written test: less than 36 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100 - 93%, excellent - outstanding): excellent performance: The student has an excellent knowledge of the contexts of European cultural thought to the required extent, logically arranges the facts presented in a flawless manner, is able to apply the acquired cultural and historical knowledge at an excellent level and adapt the procedures of working with a professional text in school practice, has the ability to independently and imaginatively solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is excellent, has excellently developed learning skills;
B (92 - 85%, very good - above average standard): very good performance: The student has a very good knowledge of the contexts of European cultural thought to the required extent, arranges the facts presented in a logical way with only minor errors, can apply the acquired cultural and historical knowledge very well and adapt the procedures of working with a professional text in school practice without major errors, has the ability to independently solve individual tasks and assignments also in a broader literary, literary-historical and cultural context, the linguistic and stylistic level of his/her speech is very good, has very well-developed learning skills;
C (84 - 77%, good - normal reliable work): good performance: the student has a good knowledge of the contexts of European cultural thought to the required extent, arranges the facts presented appropriately and makes only occasional errors, can reliably apply and adapt the procedures of working with a specialist text in school practice, solves tasks and assignments independently and reliably, has well-developed learning skills;
D (76 - 69%, satisfactory - acceptable results): satisfactory performance: the student has satisfactory knowledge of the contexts of European cultural thought to the required extent, shows some deficiencies in the arrangement of facts, can satisfactorily apply the acquired cultural and historical knowledge and existing working practices of the professional text in school practice, satisfactorily and mostly independently solves individual tasks and assignments, has acceptably developed learning skills;
E (68 - 60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria): sufficient performance: the student demonstrates a minimal amount of knowledge of the contexts of European cultural thought to the required extent and significant deficiencies in the organisation of facts, can minimally apply the acquired cultural-historical knowledge and the existing procedures of working with a professional text in school practice, solves individual tasks and assignments with a sufficient level of assistance, has minimal learning skills;
Fx (59 - 0%, insufficient - additional work required): insufficient performance: the student does not demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the contexts of European cultural thought to the required extent, does not know the facts and their logical connections, cannot apply the acquired cultural-historical knowledge to work with a professional text in school practice, cannot solve individual tasks and assignments, has insufficient learning skills.
Slovak, Czech
1. Terminology of the phenomenon of culture. Europe and Europeanism. East and West. Central Europe.
2. The significance of late antique culture and the reception of the ancient tradition in later periods.
3. The liberal arts as the basis of general education.
4. Rhetoric as a model of persuasive argumentation and an expression of refined taste.
5. The stabilization of Latin Christian culture. The contribution of various peoples to the culture of the Middle Ages.
6. Three forms of medieval culture. The culture of the court, the monastery and the city.
7. University scholarship, its origins, character and attributes.
8. The modern world-image. A new approach to scholarship. Humanitas civitas.
9. Baroque everyday life. Baroque preacher and missionary.
10. Enlightenment world view and publishing activities of Slovak scholars.
11. Classical-modernist conception of culture. Patriotism and nationalism. The crisis of culture.
The course will expand knowledge of the nature of the key concepts of culture, civilization, education, cultural and national identity, civil society and European unity, as well as knowledge of the various stages of the formation of European culture, its concepts and value orientation in a broader historical context. It will provide the necessary body of knowledge to foster the formation of creativity and synthesising skills. Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to orient himself/herself to issues of European cultural development and will be able to synergistically connect conceptual knowledge with current cultural trends in society and education. The course will create a space for complementarity of approaches necessary for the formation of a comprehensively prepared personality of a teacher of Slovak language and literature, which will enable to link the acquired knowledge with the interpretative skills related to the history of European cultural thought. At the same time, the student will acquire the prerequisites and motivation to develop these skills in further education.
The course will lead the student to active acquisition of information and effective use of cross-cutting and specialised knowledge, consolidate and develop his/her ability to formulate and defend arguments, stimulate his/her ability to propose and implement solutions to professional problems on their basis, modifying his/her knowledge in the process, and creatively using appropriate and adequate methods of the discipline. The student will consolidate and develop communication competences, the ability to interpret facts correctly, to be responsible for the quality of his/her work, to observe the principles of author's ethics, the ability to plan and be actively responsible for his/her own education, to develop and consolidate his/her sense of socially responsible action and civic attitudes in the spirit of democracy.
By completing the course, the student has acquired knowledge of national, areal and European specifics that shape the processes based on the relationship between language and culture, which are reflected in writing in Slovakia in terms of Latin and Byzantine culture and tradition. The student has developed the skills to synthesize knowledge and use it in a synergistic synchronic-diachronic exploration of the concepts of Slovak linguistic and cultural identity from a historical, comparative and typological perspective in the context of the development and application of the written Slovak language in cultural and social practice.
As a result of engaging in a professional discussion on the topic under discussion, as well as as a result of linking the knowledge of the history and current state of language and culture with modern concepts of European linguistic and cultural thinking, the student's communication skills are developed and the ability to think in context is acquired. The student is able to perceive the cultural interpretations that follow in the subsequent years of his/her studies with alacrity. The student is prepared not only to deepen and develop the acquired knowledge in further bachelor's and then master's studies, but also to use and creatively apply it in the school environment as a teaching assistant or for the needs of the publishing environment as a proofreader. He is also able to convey information about cultural thinking phenomena to the general public and to offer their conclusions and justifications to lay audiences. By solving problem-based tasks, the student has acquired the skills to actively acquire information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field using appropriate and adequate procedures, as well as the skill to communicate facts, concepts and opinions and to formulate and defend arguments. The student has the competence to independently extend his/her knowledge and the ability to identify and evaluate the broader context of professional issues. They have also developed a number of transferable skills such as analytical thinking, creativity and the ability to think abstractly and critically, reasoning in context, and metacognitive skills.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form:
(full-time): 1 hour lecture + 2 hours seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form; (primarily full-time).
Student workload:
1P + 2S, (4credits): 11 x 3 hours of direct instruction is 33 hours;
33 hours of lecture and discussion; 47 hours of seminar paper preparation; 10 hours of presentation preparation; 30 hours of examination preparation. A total of 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
Combination of monological, discussion methods: lecturing, interpretation, discussion, independent preparation of written work, elaboration and presentation of a selected problem of one of the discussed topics according to the student's choice, combined with a discussion within the seminar, application of theoretical knowledge on selected examples of significant works from the history of art and architecture, occasionally field trip with active participation of students (presentation, discussion).
Required reading:
GOMBRICH, E. H. The Story of Art. Prague: Odeon, 1990. I. ISBN 80-207-0416-7.
MORAVČÍKOVÁ, H. - KVASNICOVÁ, M. et al. Bratislava: Slovart, 2005. ISBN 80-808-5079-8.
Recommended reading:
GERÁT, I. (ed.) Art in Slovakia: A Brief History of Images. Bratislava: Slovart, 2007. ISBN 9788080854355.
CHATELET, A. and GROSLIER, P. World History of Art. Prague: Cesty, 1996. ISBN 8071810568.
KVASNICOVÁ, M.- ŠEREGI, M.(ed.). Architecture of monasteries and religious houses in Slovakia. Bratislava: Spektrum, 2018. ISBN 9788022748766.
ŠEVČÍK, O. Architecture art history. Prague: Grada Publishing, 2002. ISBN 8024703459.
TOMAN, R. (ed.) Romanesque Art. Prague: Slovart, 2006. ISBN 8072097652.
TOMAN, R. (ed.) Gothic. Prague: Slovart, 2005. ISBN 8072096680.
TOMAN, R. (ed.) The Art of the Italian Renaissance. Prague: Slovart, 1996. ISBN 8085871947.
TOMAN, R. (ed.) Baroque. 2nd ed. Prague: Slovart, 2007. ISBN 9788072097715.
The course is completed by an examination - a written visual cognitive test of the knowledge acquired throughout the semester worth 50 points. The student will be evaluated continuously for activity in seminars and independently prepared seminar work on the assigned topic, realized during the semester (written work and oral presentation with discussion) - max 50 points. A grade of A requires at least 91 points, a grade of B requires at least 81 points, a grade of C requires at least 73 points, a grade of D requires at least 66 points and a grade of E requires at least 60 points. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assignments. A minimum score of 26 is required in the written final test.
The grade is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results), the student has an excellent mastery of the material, can theoretically reflect analyze and interpret the artistic heritage of older art,
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), the student has an above average command of the material, has demonstrated independent critical thinking and evaluation, and is well versed in the history of older art,
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), the student has an average command of the material, is oriented to the history of fine art, critical thinking is borderline,
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable performance), the student has demonstrated average knowledge of art history, average ability to reflect and interpret,
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria), the student has demonstrated basic knowledge of art history but minimal ability to interpret works of art . Cannot apply knowledge to practice.
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - additional work required).
Slovak language and Czech language
An introduction to the history of fine art. A typology of interpretations of art, the art of prehistoric times and the first artistic expressions of man in Europe, the art and architecture of the first great civilizations of antiquity in relation to the art of Europe, the art of ancient Greece and Rome, medieval Romanesque and Gothic art, the cathedral as a culminating work and synthesis of the art of the Middle Ages, the Renaissance and Baroque - the art of the earlier modern period, classicism and new social changes, regional uniqueness, accentuation of the philosophical basis and social changes influencing the art historical development in the 19th century, the art of the Renaissance and the Baroque, the art of the early modern period. The most important iconic personalities of painting, sculpture and architecture of the earlier modern period.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education in the above course is for the student to gain an overview and deepen knowledge of the history of fine arts - painting, sculpture and the history of architecture in the time span from prehistoric times to the period of the Great French Revolution.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• orientates himself/herself in the discussed topics of the history of art,
• knows and understands the basic concepts related to the subject period of art history,
• understands the basic socio-historical contexts and ideological background of the development of older art and architecture,
• is oriented in the theory and philosophy of art of the periods related to the subject period of the history of art,
• knowledge from the subject will help him to orient himself in the rich heritage of older art and to apply it in his own pedagogical and creative practice.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form:
(full-time): 1 hour lecture + 2 hours seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form; (primarily full-time).
Student workload:
1P + 2S, (4credits): 11 x 3 hours of direct instruction is 33 hours;
33 hours of lecture and discussion; 47 hours of seminar paper preparation; 10 hours of presentation preparation; 30 hours of examination preparation. A total of 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
Combination of monological, discussion methods: lecturing, interpretation, discussion, independent preparation of written work, elaboration and presentation of a selected problem of one of the discussed topics according to the student's choice, combined with a discussion within the seminar, application of theoretical knowledge on selected examples of significant works from the history of art and architecture, occasionally field trip with active participation of students (presentation, discussion).
Required reading:
GOMBRICH, E.H. : The Story of Art. GOMBRICH, H.E. GOMBRICH, H.E. GOMBRICH: Odeon, 1990. I. ISBN 80-207-0416-7.CHATELET, A. and GROSLIER, P. World History of Art. Prague: Cesty, 1996. ISBN 8071810568.
Recommended reading:
BOIS,Y. - BUCHLOH,B.- FOSTER, H. - KRAUSSOVÁ, R.: Art after 1900. Bratislava: Slovart, 2007, 2015. ISBN 9788073919757.
DULLA, M. - KVASNICOVÁ, M. - MORAVČÍKOVÁ, H. - POHANIČOVÁ, J.-ŠOLTÉSOVÁ, D. Architecture in Slovakia.
FRAMPTON, K. Modern architecture. Academia: Prague, 2004. ISBN 8020012613.
GERŽOVÁ, J. Dictionary of World and Slovak Fine Arts of the Second Half of the 20th Century. Bratislava: Profil, 1999. ISBN 8096828304.
GERÁT, I. et al. Art in Slovakia. Bratislava: Slovart, 2007. ISBN 9788080854355.
RUHRBERG, K. Art of the 20th century. Prague: Slovart, 2004. ISBN 8072095218.
The course is completed by an examination - a written visual cognitive test of the acquired knowledge for the whole semester worth 50 points. The student will be evaluated continuously for activity in seminars and independently prepared seminar work on the assigned topic, realized during the semester (written work and oral presentation with discussion) - max 50 points. A grade of A requires at least 91 points, a grade of B requires at least 81 points, a grade of C requires at least 73 points, a grade of D requires at least 66 points and a grade of E requires at least 60 points. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assignments. A minimum score of 26 is required in the written final test.
The grade is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results), the student has an excellent mastery of the material, can theoretically reflect analyze and interpret the artistic heritage of older art,
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), the student has an above average command of the material, has demonstrated independent critical thinking and evaluation, and is well versed in the history of older art,
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), the student has an average command of the material, is oriented to the history of fine art, critical thinking is borderline,
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable performance), the student has demonstrated average knowledge of art history, average ability to reflect and interpret,
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria), the student has demonstrated basic knowledge of art history but minimal ability to interpret works of art . Cannot apply knowledge to practice,
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - additional work required).
Slovak language and Czech language
The history of art of the 19th and 20th centuries. Art of classicism and historicism, romanticism, art of the second half of the 19th century, impressionism and post-impressionism (Cezanne, Van Gogh, Gauguin) and the following artistic directions, art around 1900, the acceleration of artistic endeavors at the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries, the birth of abstract art, the interwar avant-garde, the Bauhaus, art after World War II, new responses to the basic theoretical principles of art, conceptual art, New Figuration, the art of abstraction, art and institutions, art in public space, actionism, the art of postmodernism, new media and contemporary art.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The learning objective of this course is for the student to gain an overview and deepen his/her knowledge of the history of the visual arts of Europe in the fields of painting, sculpture and the history of architecture from the period of the Great French Revolution to the present day.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• Knows and understands the basic concepts related to the period of art history in question,
• has relevant basic knowledge of the history of art of the period covered,
• understands the basic socio-historical context of the visual arts of these periods,
• is oriented in the theory and philosophy of art of the periods related to the period of art history of the 19th and 20th centuries,
• - is able to apply the knowledge from the subject in his/her own pedagogical and creative practice.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form:
3 hours per week seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form; (primarily by attendance).
Student workload:
3S, (3 credits): 11x3 hours of direct instruction = 33 hours; 12 hours studying theoretical knowledge on the subject; 35 hours working on assignments (applying knowledge from instruction to the creation of a set of term papers); 9 documentation, digitization, archiving of the set of term papers and preparation for defense; 1 defense and reflection of the set of term papers. Total 90 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
Combination of monological, dialogical and practical methods: lecturing, interpretation, explanation, narration, briefing on the subject; interview, discussion, polemic on the given topic; application of knowledge from the interpretation into student's works on the assigned topics, which are continuously consulted by the teacher.
BARTKO, O., FILA, R. AND REIŠTETTEROVÁ, Z. ART PREPARATION FOR 1. AND 2. YEAR OF ART-INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL. BRATISLAVA: SPN, 1986.
TEISSIG, K. TECHNIQUES OF DRAWING. PRAGUE: ARTIA, 1980.
GOMBRICH, E. H. ART AND ILLUSION. 1ST ED. PRAGUE : ODEON, 1985. 534 P. 01-525-85. 09/01.
The course is completed with an evaluation by the 13th week of the semester, a final presentation and defense of a set of completed term papers demonstrating the fulfillment of the basic requirements for their proper implementation in the field of the art medium of drawing.
Theoretical knowledge of the medium of drawing with emphasis on the issues of format, composition, proportion, construction, line and surface 0-10 points; ability to apply theoretical knowledge to the realization of a set of drawings on the assigned topics 0-80 points; documentation, digitization, archiving of a set of semester works, their defense and the level of commenting on the evaluated works 0-10 points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points for a grade of E. To pass the course you must obtain a minimum of 60% of the marks. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics, fails to attend a minimum number of midterm tutorials, or fails to submit the required documentation of a set of term papers.
Grades are awarded on a scale of:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, inadequate - extra work required).
Slovak language and Czech language
Course outcomes of subject (content):
This course focuses on the acquisition of theoretical and practical knowledge of basic drawing processes and techniques with which the student can express himself. The aim of the course is to offer the student a concise skill and knowledge in working with the medium of drawing and its artistic elements such as line, surface, composition, proportion, format, light and shape.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the above course is to acquire basic professional theoretical knowledge and practical experience in the field of the art medium of drawing with emphasis on the issues of format, composition, proportion, construction, line and surface.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
- Possesses the basic structural competencies (whether intellectual, motor creative-sensory) in his/her subject specialization,
- is able to collaborate in solving professional projects in the field of subject specialization focused on drawing,
- is able to analyse and reflect on the general-pedagogical characteristics of education and training in school practice,
- has basic practical skills in the field of the artistic medium of drawing.
Type of activities, scope (number of hours) and methods of educational activities:
1 hour lecture, 2 hours seminar; total 33 hours per semester, combined; (mostly full-time).
Student workload:
1P + 2S, (3 credits): 11x3 hours of direct teaching = 33 hours; 30 hours of studying theoretical knowledge from the course; 37 hours of work on term papers; 9 hours of documentation, digitization, archiving of term papers; 10 hours of preparation for the exam and defense; 1 hour of defense and reflection of term papers. A total of 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
combination of monological, dialogical and practical methods: lecturing, interpretation, explanation, narration, instruction on the topic; conversation, discussion, polemic on the topic; application of the knowledge from the interpretation to the student's works on the assigned topics, which are continuously consulted by the teacher.
BALEKA, J. Fine arts: an explanatory dictionary. Prague: Academia, 1997. ISBN 80-200-0609-5.
BERGEROVÁ, X., DRAHOŠ, A., KMEŤ, M. About art education. Bratislava:
Comenius University, 2019. ISBN 978-80-223-4757-0.
THOMASOVÁ, K. History of art styles of the 20th century. Bratislava: Pallas, 1994. ISBN 80-7095-020-X.
STADLER, W. History of sculpture. Prague: Rebo Productions s.r.o., 1996.
ISBN 80-85815-67-2.
FLÁDR, L. Modelling. Prague: Prague: Štátne pedagogické nakladateľstvo, 1967.
HLAVÁČEK, L. From Rodin to Moore. A dictionary of twentieth-century Western European sculpture. Bratislava: Tatran, 1973.
PROCHÁDZKA, V. Medals and plaques. Prague: Odeon, 1984.
The course is completed by an examination on which the student demonstrates basic theoretical knowledge of sculpture and the final defence of a set of completed semester works demonstrating the fulfilment of the basic requirements for their correct implementation in the field of sculpture with a focus on modelling and casting a clay model in plaster. Participation in continuous consultations of the realized works is also a prerequisite.
Theoretical knowledge in the field of sculpture with a focus on modelling and casting a clay model in plaster 0-10 points; ability to apply theoretical knowledge to the realization of drawing and plastic designs 0-60 points; realization of a cast from a clay model 0-20 points; documentation, digitalization, archiving of a set of semester works, their defense and the level of expressing oneself to the evaluated works 0-10 points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points for a grade of E. To pass the course you must obtain a minimum of 60% of the marks. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics, fails to attend a minimum number of midterm tutorials, or fails to submit the required documentation of a set of term papers.
Grades are awarded on a scale of:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, inadequate - extra work required).
Slovak language and Czech language
The course is aimed at acquiring basic theoretical and practical knowledge of spatial modelling. On individual assignments that offer relief space design and modeling of smaller spatial objects. Students will learn to navigate spatial vision and compositional laws, while verifying the proportionality of the depicted object.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the above course is to acquire basic professional theoretical knowledge and practical experience in modelling with emphasis on the basic principles of spatial modelling.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• knows and understands the basic principles of spatial modelling,
• is able to react creatively to given topics,
• knows the basic structure and content in terms of theoretical and practical knowledge, is able to apply in school practice,
• is oriented in the field, able to analyse and reflect on the issues of sculptural modelling in a historical context,
• knows the possibilities and specific ways of application of standard technological procedures related to the process of creation,
• possesses basic practical skills in the field of spatial art media.
Type of activities, scope (number of hours) and methods of educational activities:
1 hour lecture, 2 hours seminar; total of 33 hours per semester, combined; (primarily full-time).
Student workload:
1P + 2S, (3 credits): 11x3 hours of direct teaching = 33 hours; 27 hours of theoretical study on the subject; 40 hours of work on the set of term papers; 9 documentation, digitization, archiving of the set of term papers; 10 preparation for the examination and defence; 1 defence and reflection of the set of term papers. Total 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
combination of monological, dialogical and practical methods: lecturing, interpretation, explanation, narration, instruction on the topic; conversation, discussion, polemic on the topic; application of the knowledge from the interpretation to the student's works on the assigned topics, which are continuously consulted by the teacher.
ADLER, P., NEUMANOVÁ, M., PELANOVÁ, A. Dictionary of World Drawing and Graphics. 1st ed. Prague : Odeon, 1997. ISBN 80-207-0550-3.
KREJČA, A. Graphics : Art Techniques - Graphics. Prague : AVENTINUM, 2010. 205 p. ISBN 978-80-7442-003-0.
MICHÁLEK, O. The magic of the impression, Graphic techniques and printing technologies. Barrister & Principal, 1st ed. Brno, 2016, 273 p. ISBN 978-80-74851-098-1.
NOYCE, R. Printmaking at the Edge, A&C Black. London 2006. ISBN 978-07-13667-84-4.
ŠEVČOVIČ, M. Principles of the graphic medium in the work of Slovak authors [online]. 1st ed. Comenius University in Bratislava, 2021. 127 p. ISBN 978-80-223-5320-5320-5.
Art magazines and catalogues from international printmaking exhibitions.
The course is completed by an examination, which consists of a final presentation and defence of a set of completed term papers demonstrating the fulfilment of the basic requirements for their correct implementation in the field of graphic media, with emphasis on classical graphic techniques used in printing from height. Participation in ongoing consultations of the completed works is also a prerequisite.
Theoretical knowledge in the field of graphic media with an emphasis on classical graphic techniques used in printing from 0-10 points; the ability to apply theoretical knowledge to the implementation of graphic sheets on the assigned topics using the graphic techniques 0-80 points; documentation, digitization, archiving of a set of semester works, their defense and the level of commenting on the evaluated works 0-10 points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E. To pass the course you must obtain a minimum of 60% of the marks. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics, fails to produce the required number of graphic worksheets at the required level, fails to participate in a minimum number of interim consultations, or fails to submit the required documentation of a set of term papers.
Grades are awarded on a scale of:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, inadequate - extra work required).
Slovak language and Czech language
The course defines the basic characteristics and concepts of artistic graphic art and its means of artistic expression and its differences from other forms of graphic expression, a historical overview of the development within individual graphic techniques. The listener is offered theoretical and practical knowledge and technological procedures with emphasis on the techniques of printing from the top. Practical creative exercises in the form of artistic outputs are also focused on this area.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within this course is to gain theoretical knowledge of the basic characteristics and concepts and practical experience in the field of graphic media, with an emphasis on classical graphic techniques used in printing from height.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• possesses the basic structural competences (whether in the intellectual-motor, creative-sensory plane) in his/her subject specialisation,
• possesses basic theoretical and practical skills in the visual medium of printmaking with an emphasis on letterpress printing,
• can present his/her abilities and skills in his/her subject specialisation.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form:
(full-time): 3 hours per week seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form; (primarily full-time).
Student workload:
3S, (3 credits): 11x3 hours of direct instruction is 33 hours,
11 hours of lecture, 9 hours of practical instruction on the subject; 9 hours of study of theoretical knowledge on the subject; 40 hours of work on assignments (application of knowledge from instruction to the creation of a set of term papers); 11 hours of consultation and discussion on the created works; 9 hours of documentation, digitization, archiving of the set of term papers and preparation for the defense; 1 defense and reflection of the set of term papers. A total of 90 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
Combination of monological, dialogical and practical methods:
lecture, instruction, discussion on the presented topic, solving practical tasks, brainstorming within the selected topics, application of theoretical knowledge to practice and discussion of them, polemics, discussion.
Compulsory readings:
BARTKO, O. FILA, R. REIŠTETTEROVÁ, Z. Art training, Bratislava: SPN, 1986.
Recommended literature:
BERGEROVÁ, X. Metamorphosis of colour and painting techniques. In. About art education. Bratislava: Comenius University in Bratislava. 2019. ISBN 978-80-223-4757-0. 9.-26. s.
DEMPSEYOVÁ, A. Art styles, schools, movements. Prague: Slovart 2002. ISBN 8072094025.
CHATELET, A. and GROSLIER, P. World Art History. Prague: Cesty, 1996. ISBN 8071810568.
LOSOS, L. Techniques of Painting. Bratislava: Pallas,1992, ISBN 80-7095-014-5.
SMITH, Ray. Encyclopedia of art techniques and materials. Bratislava: Slovart, 2006, ISBN 807209758X.
Course completion requirements:
The course is completed by assessment of assignments and homework. The assessment consists of the defence of the term paper, presentation and evaluation of the assignments carried out in class and also homework on the assigned topics. Semester work 20%, midterm and homework assignments 70%, presentation and discussion of semester and midterm work 10%.
At least 91 points are required for a final grade of A, at least 81 points for a grade of B, at least 73 points for a grade of C, at least 66 points for a grade of D, and at least 60 points for a grade of E. To pass the course you must obtain a minimum of 60% of the marks. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics.
Grades are awarded on a scale of:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results);
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, inadequate - extra work required).
Slovak language and Czech language
The course focuses on gaining theoretical and practical knowledge of basic painting processes and techniques with which the candidate can express themselves. It studies the basic principles of composition, image construction, layering and mixing of colors, which are applied to assigned subjects in the areas of still life, portraiture and figuration. The goal of the course is to offer the candidate basic skills and knowledge in working with the medium of painting, with a focus on painting techniques. The candidate is guided to use practical knowledge in pedagogical practice through critical-analytical thinking.
Learning outcomes/ Objectives and learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the above course is to acquire basic practical and theoretical skills and knowledge in the field of painting.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• Masters the theoretical and practical knowledge of the compositional, form, light and coloristic construction of a painting,
• possesses technological knowledge of painting procedures and techniques,
• possesses creative thinking within the framework of painting,
• uses the acquired knowledge in educational practice,
• cooperates in solving painting - art projects,
• organizes and plans own education,
• presents his/her abilities and skills in the field of painting.
Type of activities, scope (number of hours) and methods of educational activities:
(full-time): 3 hours per week seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form; (primarily full-time).
Student workload:
3S, (3 credits): 11x3 hours of direct instruction = 33 hours;
20 hours of lecture, 30 hours of term paper preparation, 30 hours of midterm assignments, 5 hours of preparation for midterm evaluation, 5 hours of preparation for final evaluation. Total 90 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
combination of monological, dialogical and practical methods:
lecture, briefing, discussion on the presented topic, solving practical tasks, brainstorming on selected topics, application of theoretical knowledge to practice and discussion, polemics.
Compulsory readings:
LAMBERT, G. History of photography. Bratislava: Slovart 2010. ISBN 978-80-7391-426-4.
Recommended readings:
BENICKÁ, L. et al.: Breier - photographs. Bratislava : Slovart 2000. ISBN 80-968143-2-X.
FREEMAN, M.: Photography in practice. Black and white photography. Prague: Zoner Press, 2013. ISBN 978-80-7413-230-8.
GATCUM, CH..: Complete Photography. Prague: Zoner Press, 2018. ISBN 978-80-7413-378-7.
HARMAN, D.: Creative digital photography. Bratislava: Slovart, 2012. ISBN 978-80-556-0336-0.
The course is completed with an assessment consisting of a presentation of term papers on assigned topics. Semester work 30%, assignments 50%, seminar work 10%, activity and creativity in class 10%.
A minimum of 91 points is required for an A grade, a minimum of 81 points for a B grade, a minimum of 73 points for a C grade, a minimum of 66 points for a D grade and a minimum of 60 points for an E grade. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics.
Grades are awarded on a scale of:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, inadequate - extra work required).
Slovak language and Czech language
The course is aimed at acquiring knowledge of photographic techniques and technological procedures. The student will gain an overview of the similarities and differences between analogue and digital photography. The student will acquire theoretical knowledge of the origins and basic historical development of the photographic medium. Seminars will focus on the production of photographic works, with a view to capitalizing on the acquired technical knowledge and using it creatively in pedagogical practice.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of the course is to acquire basic skills and theoretical knowledge in the field of photography.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• has basic theoretical knowledge in the field of photography,
• is able to cooperate in solving professional projects in the field of subject specialization focused on photography,
• has basic knowledge of photographic techniques and technologies,
• has basic relevant knowledge of the history of the origin and development of photography,
• is familiar with the specifics of analogue and digital photography,
• can use the acquired knowledge in pedagogical practice.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form:
1 hour lecture, 2 hours seminar; total 33 hours per semester, combined form; (primarily full-time).
Student workload:
1P + 2S, (4 credits): 11x3 hours of direct instruction = 33 hours; 22 hours continuous assignment; 22 hours test; 43 hours term paper. Total 120 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
Discussion of the presented topic, problem solving by group consultation, creation of digital portfolio, application of theoretical knowledge to the practical procedures of creation, presentation of technical procedures - tutorials by students and teachers.
DANNHOFEROVÁ, J. Velká kniha barev. Brno: Computer press, 2012. ISBN 9788025137857.
DÉMUTH, A. Čo je to farba?, alebo, historicko-psychologicko-filozofická expozícia problematiky vnímania farieb. Bratislava: Iris, 2005. ISBN 8089018793.
HUSÁR, J., SOKOLOVÁ, K. Vizuálna kultúra a komunikácia: vysokoškolské učebné texty. Banská Bystrica: Univerzita Mateja Bela, Pedagogical fakulty, 2011. ISBN 9788055703008.
Collective of authors. Blackcoffee. Ikony, symboly a piktogramy. Praha: Slovart, 2006. ISBN 8072098241.
KOLESÁR, Z. Kapitoly z dejín grafického dizajnu. Bratislava: Slovenské centrum dizajnu, 2006. ISBN 8096865854.
MIRZOEFF, N. Úvod do vizuální kultury. Vizuální studia, sv. 3. Praha: Academia, 2012. ISBN 9788020019844.
POULIN, R. Jazyk grafického designu. Praha: Slovart. 2012. ISBN 9788073915520.
ŠUPŠÁKOVÁ, B.. Vizuálna gramotnosť. Brno: Tribun EU, 2015. ISBN 9788026309345.
ŠUPŠÁKOVÁ, B. SYROVÁ, M. Vizuálna kultúra a symbol v obrazovom vyjadrení detí a mládeže. Bratislava: Iris, 2010. ISBN 9788089256549.
The course is completed by an examination, which consists of a practical presentation/defence of a term paper on a given topic. Interim assignments are also assessed during the semester.
Theoretical knowledge of the basics of visual communication 0-10b; preparation of a digital portfolio (in the context of teaching) and communication with the teacher 0-10b; ability to apply theoretical knowledge to implementation (intermediate assignments and term paper) 0-70b; defence and archiving of a set of term papers 0-10b of the total course grade.
At least 91 points are required for a final grade of A, at least 81 points for a grade of B, at least 73 points for a grade of C, at least 66 points for a grade of D, and at least 60 points for a grade of E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60% of the marks must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics.
Grades are awarded on a scale of:
A 100-91%, excellent - excellent results, the student can individually and creatively apply the acquired practical and theoretical knowledge of the basics of visual communication, has excellent technical skills in the creation in available vector graphic software, his work is conceptually clearly formulated, reflects the abstract and creative thinking of the student's personality;
B 90-81%, very good - above average standard, the student has mastered the acquired principles and knowledge of the basics of visual communication, can work in the available vector graphic software needed to complete the assignment, his/her work is conceptual in nature;
C 80-73%, good - normal reliable work, the student understands the basic principles of visual communication and basic technical procedures, but is unable to apply them comprehensively and creatively to assignments, conceptual thinking is weaker in the work;
D 72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, the student understands only part of the principles and technical procedures presented in the course, but cannot apply them comprehensively and work individually on assignments, creative thinking is absent;
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet the minimum criteria), the student knows only a fraction of the principles and technical procedures presented in the course, he/she is unable to apply them even after repeated consultations with the teacher to complete the assignment, creative thinking is absent;
Fx 59-0%, insufficient - extra work is required, student does not acquire even partial knowledge and principles necessary for working on the assignment, cannot create creatively.
Slovak language and Czech language
The course focuses on the acquisition of theoretical and practical knowledge of visual communication, the student is introduced to the rules of visual communication and the possibility of their use in practice, through the solution of specific targeted assignments. The aim of the course is to offer the student basic skills in working with vector graphics in the sense of working with shape, line, surface, colour and form as a basic building block. At the same time, the course includes discussion of visual communication topics that help develop the student's critical thinking.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the above course is to offer the student basic skills in working with vector graphics in the sense of working with shape, line, area, colour and shape as a basic building block.
After completing the course, the student will:
• Possesses the basic structural competencies (whether intellectual, technical, creative-sensory) in his/her subject specialization,
• is able to cooperate in solving professional projects in the field of subject specialization focused on the basics of visual communication,
• is able to analyse and reflect the general-pedagogical principles of education and training (in the intent of visual communication) in school practice,
• has basic practical skills in the field of visual communication,
• can actively use digital technologies to support the educational process,
• - understands and can apply the basic concepts and rules of visual communication to pedagogical practice and in the creation of simple promotional material.
Type of activities, scope (number of hours) and methods of educational activities:
3 hours per week, 1 hour lecture, 1 hour seminar, 1 hour teaching practice, per semester 39 hours, combined method (mostly attendance).
Student workload:
2PS, 1X (4 credits): 11x2 hours of direct instruction is 22 hours, 1x11 hours of practice, 30 hours of test preparation, 24 hours of midterm assignments (6 midterm assignments, 4 hours each), term paper 20 hours, practice reflection 13 hours.
Teaching methods:
discussion on the presented topic, problem solving in groups, brainstorming on selected topics, discussion groups, application of theoretical knowledge to practical examples and discussion.
Compulsory readings:
BABYRÁDOVÁ, H. Symbol in children's artistic expression. Brno: Masaryk University, 1999. ISBN 80-210-2079-2.
VALACHOVÁ, D. The artistic expression of children from multicultural environment. Bratislava: Psychodiagnostika, a. s. BA, 2005. ISBN 80-88714-02-8.
VALACHOVÁ, D. Let's say it with colours: multicultural education and its possibilities in art education. Brno: Tribun EU, 2009. ISBN 978-80-7399-855-4.
VALACHOVÁ, D. Art education in pre-primary education and extracurricular activities. Bratislava: UK, 2010. ISBN 978-80-223-2778-7.
VALACHOVÁ, D. Methodology of pedagogical practice of hospitality in primary education. Bratislava : Comenius University in Bratislava , 2021. ISBN 978-80-223-5194-2.
Recommended readings:
KOVÁČ, B. The miraculous world of children's drawings. Bratislava: Pallas, 1972.
PIAGET, J., INHELDEROVÁ, B. The psychology of the child. Bratislava: SOFA, 1997. ISBN 80-7178-146-0.
ZELINA, M. Strategies and methods of child personality development. Bratislava: IRIS, 1996. ISBN 80-967013-4-7.
The course is completed by an examination consisting of a written test, a term paper and a debate on a given topic. Interim assignments and reflective practice are also assessed during the semester.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60% of the marks must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics and assignments.
The test represents 30%, intermediate assignments 25%, semester work 20%, reflection on practice 15%, debate on the semester work 10% of the total course grade.
Slovak language and Czech language
The course is aimed at acquiring knowledge about the ontogeny of children's artistic expression in relation to the phylogeny of art. The student will gain an overview of symbolic forms in children's artistic expression, the use of pedagogical diagnostics in the cognition of artistic expression of children and youth. The student will acquire theoretical knowledge about creativity and its application in the artistic expression of children and youth. The seminars will focus on the creation and use of case studies as a possibility of learning about children's artistic expression. Within the pedagogical practice, the student will verify the acquired knowledge in educational practice and will reflect it in written expression.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the respective subject is to convey the basic theoretical aspects of artistic expression of children and youth in the context of ontogenesis, philosophical, pedagogical and diagnostic context.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• knows and understands the basic theoretical aspects of children's artistic expression in a historical context,
• has basic relevant knowledge of children and youth artistic expression in a broader philosophical and psychological context, in the context of contemporary times,
• is familiar with the pedagogical and diagnostic process of children's and young people's artistic expression in relation to the professional competences of an art educator,
• is able to present his/her views on topics related to the artistic expression of children and young people,
• develops his/her communication skills in presenting reflections from practice.
Type of activities, scope (number of hours) and methods of educational activities:
3 hours per week, 1 hour lecture, 1 hour seminar, 1 hour teaching practice, per semester 39 hours, combined method (primarily attendance).
Student workload:
1P+1S, 10 (4 credits): 11x2 hours of direct instruction is 22 hours, 10 hours of practice, 35 hours of term paper preparation, 28 hours of intermediate assignments, 25 hours of processing reflection from practice.
Teaching methods:
discussion on the presented topic, problem solving in groups, brainstorming on selected topics, discussion groups, application of theoretical knowledge to practical examples and discussion.
KRATOCHVÍLOVÁ, E. Pedagogy of leisure time. Education in the time outside the classroom in pedagogical theory and practice. Bratislava: Comenius University, 2004. ISBN 80-223-1930-9.
MAJLING, V. U nás tak taka obyčaj: slovak folk traditions. Brno: Computer Press, 2007. ISBN 9788025118092.
ROESELOVÁ, V. Streams in art education. Prague : Sarah, 1997. ISBN 80-902267-3-6.
SLAVIK, J. The art of experience, the experience of art (theory and practice of artephletics), Part I. Prague: Charles University - Faculty of Education, 2001. ISBN 80-7290-066-8.
SLAVÍK, J. The Art of Experience, the Experience of Art (Theory and Practice of Artephletics), Volume II. Prague: Charles University - Faculty of Education, 2004.
VALACHOVÁ, D. VytUm. Bratislava : Comenius University in Bratislava, 2021, ISBN 978-80-223-5220-8.
(https://www.fedu.uniba.sk/fileadmin/pdf/Veda/5_OP_ludske_zdroje/metodiky_ucprax/kvv/AFX7_VytUm_metodita_Valachova.pdf)
The course is completed by an examination, which consists of a term paper and a debate on a given topic. Interim assignments are also assessed during the semester.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E. To pass the course, a minimum of 60% of the marks must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics and assignments.
Semester work 30%, intermediate assignments 25%, reflection on practice 25%, debate on semester work 20%.
Slovak language and Czech language
The course is aimed at conveying methods, forms and means of didactic reality in the context of leisure and interest art education with a focus on regional education and traditional folk culture. The student will gain a basic orientation not only in the pedagogical and artistic terminology, but also knowledge of the contextual specifics of the didactics of art education with a focus on leisure activities. The seminars will focus on the conception of projects in terms of the contemporary understanding of leisure art education with an emphasis on the development of a relationship with the region, nature, architecture, folk craft and folk art. Within the pedagogical practice the student will verify the acquired knowledge in educational practice, in organizations providing leisure art activities.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within this subject is to convey methods, forms of art education within the framework of experiential and leisure education with the context of gallery education, regional, traditional and folk culture.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• has a basic relevant knowledge of the artistic expression of children and young people in a broader philosophical and psychological context, in the context of contemporary times, in the context of extra-curricular activities,
• knows the principles of creating and designing pedagogical environments in the educational environment of the gallery and the out-of-school environment,
• is able to organise pupils' activities, especially in out-of-school and extra-curricular activities,
• knows the basics of pedagogical communication, individual and team work in solving professional and pedagogical problems with an emphasis on art education in the non-educational environment.
Type of activities, scope (number of hours) and methods of educational activities:
2 hours seminar/week, 26 hours total per semester; combined method (primarily face-to-face).
Student workload:
2S (2credits): 11 x 2 hours of direct instruction is 22 hours, 14 hours of continuous assignments, 14 hours of term work.
Teaching methods:
discussion and brainstorming on selected topics, case studies, small group work, application of theoretical knowledge to examples of concrete options.
Compulsory readings:
KATUŠČÁK, D. How to write final and qualifying theses. Bratislava: Enigma, 2013. ISBN 978-80-89132-45-4.
KIMLIČKA, Š. How to cite and create bibliographic reference lists according to ISO 690 standards for both "traditional" and electronic sources. Bratislava: Stimul, 2002. ISBN 80-88982-57- X.
LICHNEROVÁ L. Citing and referencing used sources according to the new ISO 690 (2010) Part 1: Creating bibliographic references. In Information technology and libraries [online], 2013, no. 2, pp. 43-50. ISSN 1336-0779. Available at: https://itlib.cvtisr.sk/wp-content/uploads/docs/43_citovanie%20a%20odkazovanie.pdf
MEŠKO, D. et al. Academic handbook. Bratislava: Osveta, 2013. ISBN 978-80-80-80633-92-9.
Recommended readings:
CHARVÁT, J. Introduction to the theory of journalism. Bratislava: Mass-Media-Science Association, 2009. ISBN 978-80-970258-4-7.
RONĆÁKOVÁ, T. Journalistic genres. Ružomberok: Verbum, 2011. ISBN 978-80- 8084-729-6.
TUŠER, A. How newspapers are made. Bratislava: Eurocode, 2010. ISBN 978-80-89447-23-7.
ZELINA, M. Handbook for conducting pedagogical inquiry, research, experiment, for writing a thesis in the field of pedagogy and educational psychology. 1st ed. Bratislava: Methodological Centre of the City of Bratislava, 1995. ISBN 80-7164-112-X. Act no.
185/2015 Coll., Copyright Act. [online], Update 2020-11. Available at:https://www.culture.gov.sk/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Zakon_185_2015_Autorsky_zakon.pdf
The course is continuously evaluated by tasks for independent work and finished with a term paper on the assigned topic - the processing of a professional text according to the assignment.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics and assignments.
100% of the interim assessment. Interim assignments represent 50% and term papers 50% of the total course grade.
Slovak language
This course is designed to provide students with the skills to write professional texts in accordance with the conventions of the Art Education Teacher Education Department. The student will learn how to approach material such as scientific and professional literature, statistical materials, empirical data, etc.; he/she will acquire the principles of using professional terminology, editing the linguistic and formal aspects of a professional text. The acquired skills will be tested in the development of the structure and concept of a thesis on a given topic in the field of specialisation.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of the course is to provide basic information on the methods of writing professional texts in accordance with the conventions of the discipline.
The aim of the course is to develop students' information literacy, professional, methodological and expressive skills.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• knows and can navigate in primary and secondary professional and scientific sources in the field of study,
• knows and can apply the principles of authorial ethics,
• can critically evaluate the professional quality of online resources,
• can apply the principles of professional writing,
• can structure a professional text in accordance with the conventions of the discipline.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form:
39 hours of other forms of instruction; 39 hours total per semester, combined; (primarily full-time).
Student workload:
39s, (3 credits): 2 x 6 hours and 3 x 9 hours of other forms of teaching = 39 hours; 17 hours of preparation and study of theoretical knowledge on the subject; 19 hours of work on assignments; 13 hours of documentation, digitization, processing of outputs into a portfolio and archiving of a set of works; 1 preparation for defence; 1 defence and reflection of a set of evaluated works. A total of 90 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: combination of monological, dialogical and practical methods:
lecturing, interpretation, explanation, narration, briefing on the subject; conversation, discussion, polemic on the given topic; application of knowledge from the interpretation to the student's realized works on the assigned topics, which are continuously consulted by the teacher.
ČARNÁ, D. Out of town. Art in nature. Bratislava.
LAILACH, M. Land Art. Taschen, 2007.
McNAUGTON, P. Perspective and other optical illusions. Prague: Dokořán, 2010.
ROESELOVÁ, V. Currents in art education. Prague: Sarah, 2000. ISBN 80-902267-3-6.
TEISSIG, K. Techniques of drawing. Prague: Artia, 1980.
The course is completed with an assessment by the 13th week of the semester, a final presentation and defence of a set of completed works using drawing and spatial creation with a focus on their use in the natural or urban environment. Participation in ongoing consultations of the works is also a prerequisite.
Attendance and participation in lecture activities 0-10 points; creation of a minimum number of elaborated drawings by tax 0-40 points; realization of smaller spatial works (land art bozzettes) 0-20 points; realization of larger spatial work 0-20 points; documentation, digitalization, archiving of the set of semester works, their defense and the level of commenting on the evaluated works 0-10 points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points for a grade of E. To pass the course you must obtain a minimum of 60% of the marks. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics, fails to attend a minimum number of midterm tutorials, or fails to submit the required documentation of a set of term papers.
Grades are awarded on a scale of:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, inadequate - extra work required).
Slovak language and Czech language
The course focuses on creative study in nature and urban environments. The aim of the course is to make artistic use of the natural environment and its characteristics in drawing and spatial creation. The course focuses on the artistic elements in plein air such as light, space, whole, detail, texture... . Spatial creation is characterized by land art and intervention in public/urban space. Drawing focuses on basic studies of space/environment.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the course is to gain theoretical knowledge of the basic characteristics and concepts and practical experience in the field of the artistic medium of drawing and spatial creation with a focus on their use in natural or urban environments.
The student after completing the course:
• Possesses basic structural competencies (whether intellectual, motor,
• creative-sensory) in his/her subject specialization in drawing and spatial creation,
• is able to work quickly in the field of drawing and spatial creation in the landscape,
• is able to collaborate in solving professional projects in the field of subject specialization.
Type of activities, scope (number of hours) and methods of educational activities:
hours per week, 1 hour lecture, 2 hours seminar, per semester 33 hours, combined method (primarily full-time).
Student workload:
3S, (3 credits): 11x3 hours seminar, 20 hours term paper preparation, 20 hours intermediate assignments, 10 hours minor assignments.
Teaching methods:
lecture, seminar, discussion.
Compulsory readings:
FILIPOVÁ, M., RAMPLAY, M. (eds.) Possibilities of visual studies. Images, texts, interpretations. Brno: Barrister & Principal, 2007.ISBN 978-80-87029-26-8.
GERŽOVÁ, J. Dictionary of world and Slovak visual arts of the second half of the 20th century. Bratislava: Profil, 1999. ISBN 8096828304.
Recommended readings:
KULKA, T. Art and Kitsch. Prague: Torst, 2014. ISBN 978-80-721-547-77
MIKŠ, F. The Other Modernity. Brno: Barrister & Principal, 2013.
NELSON, R., SHIFF, R. Critical concepts in art history. Bratislava: Foundation - Centre for Contemporary Art, Slovart, 2004. ISBN 807145978.
Moza Ľ., Naďa Rappensbergerová Jankovičová. Bratislava: Juga, 2006. ISBN 80-89030-26-2.
http://www.klubsk.net/Listy/LISTY_7_8_2013_PRO_INTERNET.pdf
The course is completed with a 100% grade. The student will be evaluated continuously for the independent work carried out during the semester and the final thesis. Interim assignments are also assessed during the semester.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E. To pass the course you must obtain a minimum of 60% of the marks. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics and assignments.
Semester work 40%, intermediate assignments 30%, debate on semester work 30%.
Slovak language and Czech language
The concepts of visual art and fine art. Visual art - visual society, connection with other art forms. Tradition - modernity - contemporary. Search and formulation of the value of art of the XIX and XX centuries in comparison with earlier artistic styles. The meaning and mission of visual art with an emphasis on the present. Contemporary world view and cultural transformations. The relationship between visual art and society. Visual art as part of global culture and its relation to artistic identity. Its links with other art forms.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the relevant subject is to develop students' critical thinking skills in the context of the analysis and interpretation of a work of art.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• is capable of critical and methodical thinking,
• has relevant basic knowledge in the field of analysis of the interpretation of a work of art,
• is able to take an active approach to questions of basic theoretical issues in the visual and fine arts, expands knowledge of the broader contexts in the field,
• is proficient in the fundamentals of communication in the context of the subject content.
Type of activities, scope (number of hours) and methods of educational activities:
3 hours seminar/week; combined method (primarily face-to-face).
Student workload:
3S (3credits): 11 x 3 hours of direct instruction is 33 hours, 15 hours of continuous assignments, 15 hours of term work, 12 hours of preparation for the final paper on the assigned topic.
Teaching methods:
discussion and brainstorming on selected topics, case studies, small group work, application of theoretical knowledge to practical examples.
Compulsory readings:
FERANCOVÁ , Y. Aposition of the image. Prague: Křepela Pavel, 2009. ISBN 978-80-86669-12-0.
GERO, Š.; TROPP, S. Interpretation of an artwork. Banská Bystrica: Faculty of Education, UMB, 2000. ISBN 80-8055-426-9.
HORÁČEK, R. Gallery animation and art mediation. Brno: Cerm, 1998. ISBN 80-7204-084-7.
JŮVA, V. Children's museum: an educational phenomenon for the 21st century. Brno: Paido, 2004. ISBN 80-7315-090-5.
Recommended readings:
Open Gallery. Proceedings of the conference on gallery pedagogy. Bratislava: Kunsthalle Bratislava, 2018. ISBN 978-80-972754-4-0.
Available online: https://kunsthallebratislava.sk/sites/default/files/zbornik-otvorena-fin.pdf
The course is continuously assessed by assignments for independent work and completed with a term paper and a report on the assigned topic.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics and assignments.
100% of the interim assessment. Interim assignments represent 35%, term paper 35%, report on the assigned topic 30% of the total course grade.
Slovak language and Czech language
The course focuses on gallery pedagogy as a specific area of museum pedagogy, with its specific content. It focuses on the search for different forms of communication of the child with the world of art and culture, with an emphasis on the field of visual arts. In the seminar, the student will gain a basic theoretical orientation in the given issue and in practical terms will verify the creation of programs and accompanying materials not only in the field of visual arts and culture, but also in the whole breadth of topics in their mutual confrontation. By completing the course, the student will acquire the competence to lead art and creative activities in the field of gallery and museum education.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the course is to develop students' knowledge of gallery pedagogy and the possibilities of art projects in cultural-educational institutions.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• knows the principles of creation and design in the environment of cultural-educational institutions,
• is able to organise the activities of pupils, especially in extra-curricular and extracurricular activities and leisure activities,
• knows the basics of pedagogical communication, individual and team work in solving professional and pedagogical problems.
Type of activities, scope (number of hours) and methods of educational activities:
2 hours seminar/week, combined method (primarily face-to-face).
Student workload:
discussion and brainstorming on selected topics, case studies, small group work, application of theoretical knowledge to practical examples, situation analysis method.
Teaching methods:
discussion and brainstorming on selected topics, case studies, small group work, application of theoretical knowledge to examples of concrete options.
Compulsory readings:
DOUŠKOVÁ, A. et al. Reflection and self-reflection as a tool for improving the quality of pedagogical practice. ISBN 978-80-8083-897-3.
KASÁČOVÁ, B. Reflective teaching and reflection in teacher training. UMB in Banská Bystrica, 2005. ISBN 80-8083-046-0.
VALACHOVÁ, D. Art education in pre-primary education and extracurricular activities. Bratislava: UK, 2010. ISBN 978-80-223-2778-7.
Recommended readings:
VALACHOVÁ, D. Povedzme to farbami: multikultúrna výchova a jej možnosti vo výtvarnej výchove. Brno: Tribun EU, 2009. ISBN 978-80-7399-855-4.
ZELINA, M. Stratégie a metódy rozvoja osobnosti dieťaťa. Bratislava: IRIS, 1996. ISBN 80-967013-4-7.
The course is continuously evaluated by assignments for independent work and completed with a term paper on the assigned topic.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics and assignments.
100% of the interim assessment. Interim assignments represent 50% and term papers represent 50% of the total course grade.
Slovak language
The seminar is dedicated to conveying information about reflective teaching and reflection as an opportunity to develop self-assessment and evaluation of the process and product of art education practice in relation to the content focus of the curriculum.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the respective subject is to develop the student's reflexive competence in the context of art education.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• knows the pedagogical-diagnostic process of artistic expression of children and youth in relation to the professional competences of an art educator,
• knows the principles of creating, designing and evaluating the pedagogical environment in the context of primary education,
• is able to present his/her opinions and analyse educational situations related to individual differences of children and young people and their reflection in the teaching process.
Type of activities, scope (number of hours) and methods of educational activities:
2 hours seminar/week, combined method (primarily face-to-face).
Student workload:
discussion and brainstorming on selected topics, case studies, small group work, application of theoretical knowledge to practical examples, situation analysis method.
Teaching methods:
discussion and brainstorming on selected topics, case studies, small group work, application of theoretical knowledge to examples of concrete options.
Compulsory readings:
DOUŠKOVÁ, A. et al. Reflection and self-reflection as a tool for improving the quality of pedagogical practice. ISBN 978-80-8083-897-3.
KASÁČOVÁ, B. Reflective teaching and reflection in teacher training. UMB in Banská Bystrica, 2005. ISBN 80-8083-046-0.
VALACHOVÁ, D. Art education in pre-primary education and extracurricular activities. Bratislava: UK, 2010. ISBN 978-80-223-2778-7.
Recommended readings:
VALACHOVÁ, D. Povedzme to farbami: multikultúrna výchova a jej možnosti vo výtvarnej výchove. Brno: Tribun EU, 2009. ISBN 978-80-7399-855-4.
ZELINA, M. Stratégie a metódy rozvoja osobnosti dieťaťa. Bratislava: IRIS, 1996. ISBN 80-967013-4-7.
The course is continuously evaluated by assignments for independent work and completed with a term paper on the assigned topic.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics and assignments.
100% of the interim assessment. Interim assignments represent 50% and term papers represent 50% of the total course grade.
Slovak language
The seminar is dedicated to conveying information about reflective teaching and reflection as an opportunity to develop self-assessment and evaluation of the process and product of art education practice in relation to the content focus of the curriculum.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the respective subject is to develop the student's reflexive competence in the context of art education.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• knows the pedagogical-diagnostic process of artistic expression of children and youth in relation to the professional competences of an art educator,
• knows the principles of creating, designing and evaluating the pedagogical environment in the context of primary education,
• is able to present his/her opinions and analyse educational situations related to individual differences of children and young people and their reflection in the teaching process.
Type of activities, scope (number of hours) and methods of educational activities:
2 hours per week, 1 hour lecture, 1 hour seminar, 22 hours total per semester; combined method (primarily face-to-face).
Student workload:
2 PS (2credits): 11 x 2 hours of direct instruction is 22 hours, 14 hours of intermediate assignments, 14 hours of test preparation.
Teaching methods:
discussion and brainstorming on selected topics, work in small groups, application of theoretical knowledge to practical examples, creation of mind maps, practical art work.
Compulsory readings:
DAVID, J. The Century of the Child and the Challenge of the Image. Brno: Masaryk University, 2008. ISBN 978-80-210-4593-4.
DAVIDO, R. Drawing as a tool of child cognition: child drawing from the perspective of psychology. Prague: Portál, 2001. ISBN 80-7178-449-4.
LHOTOVÁ, M.- PEROUT, E. Art therapy in context. Prague: Portál, 2018. ISBN 978-80-2621-272-0.
ŠICKOVÁ, J. Fundamentals of art therapy. Prague: Portál, 2002. ISBN 80-7178-616-0.
ŠICKOVÁ, J. Art therapy - applied arts. Bratislava: Petrus, 2006. ISBN 80-89233-40-4.
Recommended readings:
HAUSCHKOVÁ, M. Arteterapie. Podstata a úkoly terapeutického malování. Lelekovice: Franesa, 2020. ISBN 978-80-8833-705-8.
LHOTOVÁ, M. Proměny výtvarné tvorby v arteterapii. České Budejovice: Scimetia, 2010. ISBN 978-80-7394-209-0.
Recommended English readings:
LANDGARTEN, H. B. Clinical Art Therapy. New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1981. ISBN 0-87360-237-1.
MALCHIODI, C. A. Understanding Children's rawings. New York: Guildford press, 1998. ISBN 1-57230-351-4.
The course culminates in an assessment consisting of a written test during the semester and interim artwork on assigned topics.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics and assignments.
100% of the interim assessment. Interim assignments represent 50% and the test 50% of the total course grade.
Slovak language and Czech language
The course is aimed at acquiring basic knowledge of art therapy. The student will gain an overview of the history of art therapy, art therapy goals, psychological and psychoanalytic (Freud, Jung, Adler) foundations of art therapy. The student will become familiar with the humanistic approach in art therapy (Rogers) as well as current trends in art therapy. By completing the course, the student will acquire the competence to lead art activities related to the principles of art therapy in individual or group implementation in the field of educational activities in relation to the content focus of the study programme.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the respective subject is to develop a basic orientation in the fundamentals of art therapy and its application in art education.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• knows and understands the basic theoretical background of art therapy,
• has basic knowledge of the historical and intermedia context and the psychological and psychotherapeutic background of art therapy in relation to the professional competences of an art educator,
• knows the principles of creating and designing art therapy methods,
• strengthens communication and organizational skills in the direct implementation of art therapy activities.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form:
1 hour lecture, 2 hours seminar; total 33 hours per semester, combined form; (primarily by attendance).
Student workload:
1P + 2S, (3 credits): 11x3 hours of direct teaching = 33 hours; 10 hours study of theoretical knowledge on the subject; 26 hours work on assignments (application of knowledge from instruction to the creation of a set of term papers); 5 documentation, digitization, archiving of a set of term papers and preparation for defense; 1 defense and reflection of a set of term papers. A total of 75 hours of student work.
Teaching methods: combination of monological, dialogical and practical methods:
lecturing, interpretation, explanation, narration, briefing on the subject; conversation, discussion, polemic on the given topic; application of knowledge from the interpretation to the student's works on the assigned topics, which are continuously consulted by the teacher.
BARTKO, O. and FILA, F., REIŠTETTEROVÁ, Z. Art training for 1st and 2nd year of art school. Bratislava: SPN, 1986.
FLINT, T. STANYER, P. Anatomy for artists. Prague: Svojtka&Co, 2005. ISBN 80-7352-243-8.
GOMBRICH, E. H. Art and Illusion. 1st ed. Prague : Odeon, 1985. 534 p. 01-525-85. 09/01
Collective of authors. Figurama 10th-21st, exhibition catalogues. FIGURAMA Association, 2010 - 2021.
McNAUGTON, P. Perspective and other optical illusions. Prague: Dokořán. 2010.
TEISSIG, K. Techniques of drawing. Prague: Artia, 1980.
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed with an evaluation by the 13th week of the semester, a final presentation and defense of a set of completed term papers demonstrating the fulfillment of the basic requirements for their proper implementation using drawing strategies and techniques with an emphasis on the issue of building space using line, surface and their combination.
Theoretical knowledge in the field of the medium of drawing with emphasis on the issue of building space using line, surface and their combination 0-10 points; ability to apply theoretical knowledge to the realization of a set of drawings on the assigned topics 0-80 points; documentation, digitization, archiving of a set of semester works, their defense and the level of commenting on the evaluated works 0-10 points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points for a grade of E. To pass the course you must obtain a minimum of 60% of the marks. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics, fails to attend a minimum number of midterm tutorials, or fails to submit the required documentation of a set of term papers.
Grades are awarded on a scale of:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, inadequate - extra work required).
Slovak language and Czech language
This course focuses on improving the student's drawing skills. This goal is accomplished through themes focusing on drawing's grasp of space and mimetic perception of shape/object/subject. Using the artistic elements of the medium of drawing, the student will be guided to understand the representation of shape and space in two dimensions.
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the above course is to acquire theoretical knowledge of more advanced concepts and to improve practical experience in the field of the artistic medium of drawing with emphasis on the issue of building space in two dimensions using line, surface and their combination.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• Possesses the basic structural competencies (whether intellectual, motor, creative-sensory) in his/her subject specialization in drawing,
• is able to collaborate in the solution of professional projects in the field of subject specialization in drawing,
• is able to analyse and reflect on the general-pedagogical characteristics of education and teaching in school practice,
• has basic practical skills in the field of the artistic medium of drawing.
Type of activities, scope (number of hours) and methods of educational activities:
3 hours per week seminar, 33 hours total per semester, combined; (primarily full-time).
Student workload:
3S, (3 credits): 11x3 hours of direct instruction = 33 hours; 20 hours of lecture, instruction on the subject; 9 hours of study of theoretical knowledge on the subject; 50 hours of work on assignments; 10 hours of consultation and discussion on the work produced; 1 defense and reflection of a set of term papers; Total of 90 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
combination of monological, dialogical and practical methods: lecturing, interpretation, explanation, practical instruction on the topic; discussion, polemics on the topic; application of the knowledge from the interpretation to the student's works on the assigned topics, which are continuously consulted by the teacher.
BERGEROVÁ, X., DRAHOŠ, A., KMEŤ, M. About art education. Bratislava: Comenius University, 2019.ISBN 978-80-223-4757-0.
MATTISON, S. School of ceramics. Bratislava: Slovart Publishing House, 2004. ISBN 80-7145-902-X.
CHAVARRIA, J. The Big Book of Ceramics. Prague: Knihcentrum, 1996. ISBN 80-86054-92-6.
JANEK, P., SLUŠNÁ, Ľ. Contemporary Slovak Ceramics. Bratislava: Slovak Art Union, 1994. ISBN 80-85694-56-5.
RADA, P. Slabikář keramika. Prague: Grada Publishing, 1997. ISBN 80-7169-419-3.
PLICKOVÁ, E. The Beauty of Clay. Three centuries of traditional pottery in Slovakia. Bratislava: Fortuna Print, 1996. ISBN 80-7153-091-3.
The course culminates in an assessment consisting of a portfolio, a debate and term papers on assigned topics.
A minimum of 91 points is required for an A grade, a minimum of 81 points for a B grade, a minimum of 73 points for a C grade, a minimum of 66 points for a D grade and a minimum of 60 points for an E grade. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics or who scores less than 60 points.
Grades are awarded on a scale of:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, inadequate - extra work required).
Slovak language and Czech language
The course offers students to acquire the basics of ceramic creation in its utilitarian and decorative form by solving specific assignments. The individual tasks have their framework sequence, they will allow to get acquainted with the basic principles of ceramic technology and the possibilities of creation in the reproduction program.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within this subject is to acquire basic practical and theoretical knowledge in the field of ceramics.
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• has basic practical skills in ceramics,
• is able to creatively approach assigned topics for application in educational practice,
• knows the basic structure and content in terms of theoretical and practical knowledge,
• is oriented in the field, able to analyze and reflect on the issues of ceramic creation in the historical context,
• knows the possibilities and specific ways of application of standard technological procedures related to the process of creation, especially in its reproduction programme.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form:
3 hours per week seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form; (primarily by attendance).
Student workload:
3S, (3 credits): 11x3 hours of direct instruction = 33 hours; 15 hours of studying theoretical knowledge on the issue of graphics, focused on printing in depth; 21 hours of work on assignments (application of knowledge from instruction to the creation of a set of term papers in the form of graphic sheets); 5 documentation, digitization, archiving of a set of term papers and preparation for the defense; 1 defense and reflection of a set of term papers. A total of 75 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
Combination of monological, dialogical and practical methods: lecturing, interpretation, explanation, narration, briefing on the subject; interview, discussion, polemic on the given topic; application of knowledge from the interpretation into student's works on the assigned topics, which are continuously consulted by the teacher.
ADLER, P., NEUMANOVÁ, M., PELANOVÁ, A. Slovník svetovej kresby a grafiky, 1.vyd. Praha : Odeon, 1997. ISBN 80-207-0550-3.
KREJČA, A. Grafika : Výtvarné techniky - Grafika, Praha : AVENTINUM, 2010. 205 s. ISBN 978-80-7442-003-0.
MICHÁLEK, O. Magie otisku. Grafické techniky a technologie tisku. Barrister & Principal, 1. vyd. Brno, 2016. 273 s. ISBN 978-80-74851-098-1.
NOYCE, R.. Printmaking at the Edge. A&C Black, London 2006. ISBN 978-07-13667-84-4.
ŠEVČOVIČ, M. Princípia grafického média v tvorbe slovenských autorov. [online]. 1. vyd. Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 2021. 127 s. ISBN 978‐80‐223‐5320‐5.
Art magazines and catalogues from international printmaking exhibitions.
Course completion requirements:
The course is completed with an evaluation by the 13th week of the semester, a final presentation and defense of a set of completed term papers demonstrating the fulfillment of the basic requirements for their proper implementation in the field of graphic media, with an emphasis on the classical graphic techniques that we use in Intaglio. Participation in ongoing consultations of the completed works is also a prerequisite.
Theoretical knowledge in the field of graphic media with emphasis on classical graphic techniques used in Intaglio 0-10 points; ability to apply theoretical knowledge to the realization of graphic sheets on the assigned topics using the graphic techniques 0-80 points; documentation, digitization, archiving of a set of semester works, their defense and the level of commenting on the evaluated works 0-10 points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade of B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade of C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade of D, and a minimum of 60 points for a grade of E. To pass the course you must obtain a minimum of 60% of the marks. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics, fails to produce the required number of graphic worksheets at the required level, fails to participate in a minimum number of interim consultations, or fails to submit the required documentation of a set of term papers.
Grades are awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results)
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard)
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work)
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria)
Fx (59-0%, inadequate - extra work required)
Slovak language and Czech language
The course expands the fundamentals of printmaking to include more detailed attributes of work in this area of art within the individual styles of art history and the most not only world, but also Slovak most important representatives. Theoretical knowledge is applied to the students' work with an emphasis on intaglio classical techniques.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the given course is to gain theoretical knowledge of basic characteristics and concepts and practical experience in the field of graphic media with emphasis on classical graphic techniques used in intaglio printing (mechanical - linear and flat, chemical - linear and flat).
Upon completion of the course, the student will:
• Possesses the basic structural competencies (whether intellectual, motor, creative-sensory) in his/her subject specialization,
• possesses basic practical skills in the visual medium of printmaking with an emphasis on intaglio printing,
• - can present his/her skills and abilities in his/her subject specialisation.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form:
1 hour per week lecture + 2 hours per week seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form; (primarily full-time)
Student workload:
1P+2S, (3 credits): 11x3 hours of direct instruction is 33 hours, 10 hours lecture, 40 hours continuous assignments, 30 hours term paper preparation, 9 documentation, archiving of term papers and preparation for presentation; 1 presentation and reflection of term papers. A total of 90 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
Combination of monological, dialogical and practical methods: explanation, instruction, discussion on the presented topic, solving practical tasks, brainstorming within the selected topics, application of theoretical knowledge to practice and discussion on them, polemic, discussion.
Required reading:
BARTKO, O. FILA, R. REIŠTETTEROVÁ, Z. Art training, Bratislava: SPN, 1986.
Recommended reading:
BERGEROVÁ, X. Metamorphosis of colour and painting techniques. In. About art education. Bratislava: Comenius University in Bratislava. 2019. 9-26. p ISBN 978-80-223-4757-0.
CHATELET, A. World Art History. Prague: Otto Publishing, 2006. ISBN 80-7181-937-9.
LOSOS, L. Techniques of Painting. Bratislava: Pallas,1992. ISBN 80-7095-014-5.
SLANSKÝ, B. Technique of painting, Volume I. Prague: Paseka, 2003. ISBN 80-7185-610-X.
SMITH, R. Encyclopedia of art techniques and materials. Bratislava: Slovart, 2006. ISBN 80-7209-758-X.
The course is completed with an assessment consisting of the presentation and defence of the term paper and the presentation of assignments completed in class and homework on the assigned topics.
Semester work 20%, intermediate assignments 70%, debate on semester and intermediate work 10%.
At least 91 points are required for a final grade of A, at least 81 points for a grade of B, at least 73 points for a grade of C, at least 66 points for a grade of D, and at least 60 points for a grade of E. To pass the course you must obtain a minimum of 60% of the marks.
Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics and assignments.
Grades are awarded on a scale of:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, inadequate - extra work required).
Slovak language and Czech language
The course focuses on deepening the theoretical and practical knowledge of the basic painting processes and techniques with which the student can express himself. The aim of the course is to offer the student a basic understanding of working in the medium of painting, focusing on the expressive means of painting and compositional practices. The given intention is realized through themes focused on painterly grasp, mimetic perception of form/subject, and figural motif. Emphasis is placed on the realistic depiction of the subject matter with subsequent gradual stylization, colour shift and subsequent use in composition.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education in the course is to deepen and broaden the student's theoretical and practical knowledge in the field of painting.
After completing the course:
• deepen and practice theoretical and practical knowledge of compositional, light and coloristic construction of the picture, painting technique,
• is ready for the first realization of own themes and to use the acquired knowledge in educational practice,
• is able to cooperate in solving painting - art projects,
• in the area of subject specialization is able to cooperate in solving professional projects in the field of painting,
• is able to organise and plan his/her own education in the field of painting,
• is able to present his/her abilities and skills in the field of painting.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form:
3 hours per week seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form; (primarily by attendance).
Student workload:
3S, (3 credits): 11x3 hours of direct instruction = 33 hours; 15 hours of studying theoretical knowledge on the issue of graphics, focused on printing in depth; 21 hours of work on assignments (application of knowledge from instruction to the creation of a set of term papers in the form of graphic sheets); 5 documentation, digitization, archiving of a set of term papers and preparation for the defense; 1 defense and reflection of a set of term papers. A total of 75 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
lecture, briefing, discussion on the presented topic, solving practical tasks, brainstorming on selected topics, application of theoretical knowledge to practice and discussion, polemic, debate.
BARTHES, R. Světlá komora. Bratislava: Archa, 1994. ISBN 80-7115-081-9.
BEICKÁ, L. a kol. Breier – fotografie. Bratislava: Slovart 2000. ISBN 80-968143-2-X
BREIER, P., SLOBODNÍK, M. Labrang. Bratislava: Slovart 2013. ISBN 978-80- 556-0882-2
CÍSAŘ, K. (ed.). Co je to fotografie? Praha: Herrmann & synové, 2004.
HRABUŠICKÝ, A., MACEK, V. Slovenská fotografia 1925 – 2000. Bratislava: SNG,2001. 472 s. ISBN 80-8059-058-3.
LAMBERT, G. Dejiny fotografie. Bratislava: Slovart, 2010. ISBN 978-80-7391-426-4.
MACEK, V., FIŠEROVÁ, L. Nová slovenská fotografia. Bratislava: Fotofo, 2008. ISBN 978-80-857-39-47-3.
The course is completed with an evaluation, final defence of the presented set of works realized in the field of the artistic medium of photography with a focus on the problems of still life, landscape, documentary and reportage.
Demonstration of theoretical knowledge in the field of photography 0-10 points; realization of a set of semester works on the assigned topics 0-80 points; documentation, archiving, defense of semester works 0-10 points.
To obtain the final grade A, it is necessary to obtain at least 91 points, to obtain grade B at least 81 points, to obtain grade C at least 73 points, to obtain grade D at least 66 points and to obtain grade E at least 60 points. To pass the course, a minimum of 60% of the marks must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics, fails to attend a minimum number of midterm tutorials, or fails to submit the required documentation of a set of term papers.
Grades are awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results)
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard)
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work)
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria)
Fx (59-0%, inadequate - extra work required)
Slovak language and Czech language
The focus of the course is to acquire knowledge of the history of photography in the 20th century. The student will gain an overview of the basic photographic genres (still life, landscape, documentary, reportage, etc.) while learning how to photograph in these genres. The student will also acquire knowledge of the formal and contextual procedures of creating a photographic image so that he/she is capable of independent artistic expression and is able to present the knowledge and use it in practice.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the course is to acquire basic theoretical knowledge and practical experience in the area of photography with a focus on still life, landscape, documentary and reportage.
After completing the course:
• has basic practical skills and theoretical knowledge in the medium of photography,
• is able to work independently with the medium of photography and to create a photographic work at the appropriate formal and content level on a given topic,
• is able to document and creatively use photographic images in pedagogical practice.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form:
3 hours per week seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form; (primarily by attendance).
Student workload:
3S, (3 credits): 11x3 hours of direct instruction = 33 hours; 15 hours preparation of term paper, 20 hours continuous assignments; 7 hours defense and documentation of term paper. Total 75 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
lecture, explanation, instruction on the subject; interview, discussion on the topic; use and incorporation of the knowledge from the instruction into the term papers.
GARDNER, B., HELLMAN, A. Kniha logotypu. Brno: Computer press, 2013. ISBN 9788025137345.
Collective of authors. Blackcoffee. Ikony, symboly a piktogramy. Praha: Slovart, 2006. ISBN 8072098241.
Collective of authors. 1000 grafických prvkov. Bratislava: Slovart, 2011. ISBN 9788073913069.
KOLESÁR, Z. Kapitoly z dejín grafického dizajnu. Bratislava: Slovenské centrum dizajnu. 2006. ISBN 8096865854.
LONGAUER, Ľ. Modernosť tradície 1. Úžitková grafika na Slovensku po roku 1918. Bratislava: Slovart, 2011. 352 s. ISBN 978-80-556-0331-5.
LONGAUER, Ľ., OLÁHOVÁ, A. Martin Benka. Prvý dizajnér slovenského národného mýtu. 432 s. Bratislava: Slovart. 2008. ISBN 9788080855741.
TWEMLOVÁ, A., K čomu je grafický design? Bratislava: Slovart, 2010. ISBN 9788073910273.
TYPO. Professional journal. Typografie, grafický design, vizuální komunikace. Praha: Svět Tisku, 2003 – Vychádza 6x ročne.
Journal Designum, Bratislava: Slovenské centrum dizajnu. It is published 6 times a year.
The course is completed with an evaluation, final presentation and defence of the completed semester works demonstrating the fulfilment of the basic requirements for their correct implementation in the field of visual communication, with emphasis on the issues of logotype, pictogram and font.
Theoretical knowledge in the field of visual communication, with emphasis on the issues of logotype, pictogram and typeface 0-10 points; ability to apply theoretical knowledge to the implementation of a set of works in the field of graphic design 0-80; defence, documentation of assessed semester works 0-10 points.
In order to obtain the final grade A it is necessary to obtain at least 91 points, to obtain grade B at least 81 points, to obtain grade C at least 73 points, to obtain grade D at least 66 points and to obtain grade E at least 60 points. To pass the course, a minimum of 60% of the marks must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics, fails to attend a minimum number of midterm tutorials, or fails to submit the required documentation of a set of term papers.
Grades are awarded on a scale of:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, inadequate - extra work required).
Slovak language and Czech language
The course focuses on graphic solutions in the field of visual communication based on the logotype, pictogram and typeface and the expressive elements that make them up. It is assumed that the knowledge from the course Fundamentals of Visual Communication will be used. The course aims to work theoretically and practically with the concept of visual communication as a space for sharing ideas through digital media. The student will be able to make practical use of the acquired knowledge in his/her future teaching activities.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the course is to acquire theoretical knowledge and practical experience in the field of visual communication, with emphasis on the issues of logotype, pictogram and font.
After completing the course:
• possesses the basic structural competences (whether in the intellectual, motor, creative-sensory level) in his/her subject specialization,
• is able to cooperate in solving professional projects in the field of subject specialization focused on graphic design,
• is able to analyse and reflect on the general-pedagogical principles of education and teaching (in the intent of visual communication) in school practice,
• has basic practical skills in the field of graphic design,
• can actively use digital technologies to support the educational process,
• - understands and can apply the basic concepts and rules of graphic design to pedagogical practice and in the creation of simple promotional material.
Scope, type/method of teaching and organizational form:
3 hours per week seminar, total 33 hours per semester, combined form; (primarily by attendance).
Student workload:
3S, (3 credits): 11x3 hours of direct instruction = 33 hours; 15 hours preparation of term paper, 20 hours continuous assignments; 7 hours defense and documentation of term paper. Total 75 hours of student work.
Teaching methods:
lecture, explanation, instruction on the subject; interview, discussion on the topic; use and incorporation of the knowledge from the instruction into the term papers.
GARDNER, B., HELLMAN, A. Kniha logotypu. Brno: Computer press, 2013. ISBN 9788025137345.
Collective of authors. Blackcoffee. Ikony, symboly a piktogramy. Praha: Slovart, 2006. ISBN 8072098241.
Collective of authors. 1000 grafických prvkov. Bratislava: Slovart, 2011. ISBN 9788073913069.
KOLESÁR, Z. Kapitoly z dejín grafického dizajnu. Bratislava: Slovenské centrum dizajnu. 2006. ISBN 8096865854.
LONGAUER, Ľ. Modernosť tradície 1. Úžitková grafika na Slovensku po roku 1918. Bratislava: Slovart, 2011. 352 s. ISBN 978-80-556-0331-5.
LONGAUER, Ľ., OLÁHOVÁ, A. Martin Benka. Prvý dizajnér slovenského národného mýtu. 432 s. Bratislava: Slovart. 2008. ISBN 9788080855741.
TWEMLOVÁ, A., K čomu je grafický design? Bratislava: Slovart, 2010. ISBN 9788073910273.
TYPO. Professional journal. Typografie, grafický design, vizuální komunikace. Praha: Svět Tisku, 2003 – Vychádza 6x ročne.
Journal Designum, Bratislava: Slovenské centrum dizajnu. It is published 6 times a year.
The course is completed with an evaluation, final presentation and defence of the completed semester works demonstrating the fulfilment of the basic requirements for their correct implementation in the field of visual communication, with emphasis on the issues of logotype, pictogram and font.
Theoretical knowledge in the field of visual communication, with emphasis on the issues of logotype, pictogram and typeface 0-10 points; ability to apply theoretical knowledge to the implementation of a set of works in the field of graphic design 0-80; defence, documentation of assessed semester works 0-10 points.
In order to obtain the final grade A it is necessary to obtain at least 91 points, to obtain grade B at least 81 points, to obtain grade C at least 73 points, to obtain grade D at least 66 points and to obtain grade E at least 60 points. To pass the course, a minimum of 60% of the marks must be obtained. Credit will not be awarded to a student who fails to complete any of the assigned topics, fails to attend a minimum number of midterm tutorials, or fails to submit the required documentation of a set of term papers.
Grades are awarded on a scale of:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, inadequate - extra work required).
Slovak language and Czech language
The course focuses on graphic solutions in the field of visual communication based on the logotype, pictogram and typeface and the expressive elements that make them up. It is assumed that the knowledge from the course Fundamentals of Visual Communication will be used. The course aims to work theoretically and practically with the concept of visual communication as a space for sharing ideas through digital media. The student will be able to make practical use of the acquired knowledge in his/her future teaching activities.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of education within the course is to acquire theoretical knowledge and practical experience in the field of visual communication, with emphasis on the issues of logotype, pictogram and font.
After completing the course:
• possesses the basic structural competences (whether in the intellectual, motor, creative-sensory level) in his/her subject specialization,
• is able to cooperate in solving professional projects in the field of subject specialization focused on graphic design,
• is able to analyse and reflect on the general-pedagogical principles of education and teaching (in the intent of visual communication) in school practice,
• has basic practical skills in the field of graphic design,
• can actively use digital technologies to support the educational process,
• - understands and can apply the basic concepts and rules of graphic design to pedagogical practice and in the creation of simple promotional material.
Compulsory reading:
POTOČÁROVÁ, M., DERKOVÁ, J., FERKOVÁ, Š., KOLDEOVÁ, L. (2021). Teória výchovy 1. Bratislava: UK. ISBN 978-80-223-5327-4
GOGOVÁ, A., KROČKOVÁ, Š., PINTES, G. (2004). Žiak - sloboda - výchova. Prešov: Vydavateľstvo M. Vaška. 312 s. ISBN 80-8050-675-2
Zákon č. 245/2008 Z. z. o výchove a vzdelávaní (školský zákon) a o zmene a doplnení niektorých zákonov
Recommended reading:
DERKOVÁ, J. (2018). Rodina ako výchovné prostredie. Bratislava: Iris, 2018. 144s. ISBN 978-80-8200 034-7
FERKOVÁ, Š., PREVENDÁROVÁ, J., KOLDEOVÁ, L. et al. (2017). Morálne kompetencie žiakov. Metodická príručka pre učiteľov na nižšom sekundárnom stupni vzdelávania. Bratislava: UK. 212 s. ISBN 978-80-223-4432-6
HLÁSNA, S., HORVÁTHOVÁ, K., MUCHA, M., TÓTHOVÁ, R. (2006). Úvod do pedagogiky. Nitra: Enigma, 2006. 356 s. ISBN 80-89132-29-4
KOLDEOVÁ, L. (2018). Odmeny a tresty v rodinnej výchove. Bratislava: UK. 161 s. ISBN 978-80-223-4649-8
KOSOVÁ, B. (2015). Filozofické a globálne súvislosti edukácie. Banská Bystrica: Belianum. 174 s. ISBN 978-80-557-1021-1
KRATOCHVÍLOVÁ, E. et a. (2007). Úvod do pedagogiky. Trnava: PF TU. 168 s. ISBN 978-80-8082-145-6 PELIKÁN, J. (1995). Výchova jako teoretický problém. Ostrava: Amosium Servis. 234 s. ISBN 80-85498-27-8
SKARUPSKÁ, H. 2016. Filozofie a Teorie výchovy. Studijní opora. Praha: Hnutí R. 51 s. ISBN 978-80-86798-70-7
POTOČÁROVÁ, M. (2008). Pedagogika rodiny. Teoretické východiská rodinnej výchovy. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského. 216 s. ISBN: 978-80-223-2458-8
STROUHAL, M. (2013). Teorie výchovy. Praha: Grada. 192 s. ISBN 978-80-2474-212-0
TRABALÍKOVÁ, J., MACHÁČEK, D., ZEMANČÍKOVÁ, V. (2014). Výchova v utváraní osobnosti. Žilina: Žilinská univerzita. 195 s. ISBN 978-80-554-0904-7
ZELINA, M. (2010). Teórie výchovy alebo hľadanie dobra. Bratislava: SPN. 232 s. ISBN 978-80-1001-884-0
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by examination, 50% of the interim and 50% of the final assessment
The interim evaluation includes the following:
- continuous work during the semester focused on current issues of education, defining educational goals, concretizing educational principles, identifying educational methods, etc. - 15 points,
- term paper focused on a selected area of education - 35 points.
The final evaluation includes the following:
- final examination in written form - 50 points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using a given template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to prepare continuous assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation in the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
Notes: students of the Teacher Education (combined) programme do not enrol in the course
Brief outline of the course:
An introduction to the discipline of educational theory. Theoretical foundations and determinants of education. Creative-humanistic education.
Views on education. Education in different historical periods.
School documents and legislation with a focus on education. Educational programme.
Goals of education and their determination.
The concept of education and self-education, functions, conditions and factors of education. The process of education/self-education and its phases.
Educational methods and new trends.
Characteristics and classification of educational principles.
Concretization of the content of educational action: moral education, pro-social education, intellectual education, aesthetic education, work education, physical education, ecological and environmental education, multicultural education, etc.
Organizational forms and means of education.
The personality of the teacher/educator/teaching assistant in the educational process. Educational styles and requirements for the personality of the teacher/educator/teaching assistant. Code of ethics of the teaching profession.
The personality of the child in the educational process. Categorization of factors of personality formation, bio-psycho-social determination of personality development and education.
Educational environment and its importance for a person.
Family and family education. Educational styles in the family. Negative tendencies in family upbringing.
Educational conditions of the school environment. Negative phenomena in the school environment and their prevention.
Education outside the classroom and its specifics.
50/50
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes:
Students will gain knowledge and understanding of the educational and self-educational process in a social context with emphasis on the application of the principles of creative-humanistic education and the presentation of new approaches and perspectives in the development of modern educational theory. On a theoretical-empirical level, students are able to implement a variety of educational activities and activities that can be applied within the profession of teacher/educator/teaching assistant and have the competence to solve basic problem situations in educational practice in collaboration with other professionals.
Transferable competences: the course develops students' analytical, critical, evaluative and creative thinking, reasoning in context and supports the development of their interpersonal skills, self-development and personal and professional growth.
Compulsory reading:
POTOČÁROVÁ, M., DERKOVÁ, J., FERKOVÁ, Š., KOLDEOVÁ, L. (2021). Teória výchovy 1. Bratislava: UK. ISBN 978-80-223-5327-4
GOGOVÁ, A., KROČKOVÁ, Š., PINTES, G. (2004). Žiak - sloboda - výchova. Prešov: Vydavateľstvo M. Vaška. 312 s. ISBN 80-8050-675-2
Zákon č. 245/2008 Z. z. o výchove a vzdelávaní (školský zákon) a o zmene a doplnení niektorých zákonov
Recommended reading:
DERKOVÁ, J. (2018). Rodina ako výchovné prostredie. Bratislava: Iris, 2018. 144s. ISBN 978-80-8200 034-7
FERKOVÁ, Š., PREVENDÁROVÁ, J., KOLDEOVÁ, L. et al. (2017). Morálne kompetencie žiakov. Metodická príručka pre učiteľov na nižšom sekundárnom stupni vzdelávania. Bratislava: UK. 212 s. ISBN 978-80-223-4432-6
HLÁSNA, S., HORVÁTHOVÁ, K., MUCHA, M., TÓTHOVÁ, R. (2006). Úvod do pedagogiky. Nitra: Enigma, 2006. 356 s. ISBN 80-89132-29-4
KOLDEOVÁ, L. (2018). Odmeny a tresty v rodinnej výchove. Bratislava: UK. 161 s. ISBN 978-80-223-4649-8
KOSOVÁ, B. (2015). Filozofické a globálne súvislosti edukácie. Banská Bystrica: Belianum. 174 s. ISBN 978-80-557-1021-1
KRATOCHVÍLOVÁ, E. et a. (2007). Úvod do pedagogiky. Trnava: PF TU. 168 s. ISBN 978-80-8082-145-6 PELIKÁN, J. (1995). Výchova jako teoretický problém. Ostrava: Amosium Servis. 234 s. ISBN 80-85498-27-8
SKARUPSKÁ, H. 2016. Filozofie a Teorie výchovy. Studijní opora. Praha: Hnutí R. 51 s. ISBN 978-80-86798-70-7
POTOČÁROVÁ, M. (2008). Pedagogika rodiny. Teoretické východiská rodinnej výchovy. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského. 216 s. ISBN: 978-80-223-2458-8
STROUHAL, M. (2013). Teorie výchovy. Praha: Grada. 192 s. ISBN 978-80-2474-212-0
TRABALÍKOVÁ, J., MACHÁČEK, D., ZEMANČÍKOVÁ, V. (2014). Výchova v utváraní osobnosti. Žilina: Žilinská univerzita. 195 s. ISBN 978-80-554-0904-7
ZELINA, M. (2010). Teórie výchovy alebo hľadanie dobra. Bratislava: SPN. 232 s. ISBN 978-80-1001-884-0
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by examination, 50% of the interim and 50% of the final assessment
The interim evaluation includes the following:
- continuous work during the semester focused on current issues of education, defining educational goals, concretizing educational principles, identifying educational methods, etc. - 15 points,
- term paper focused on a selected area of education - 35 points.
The final evaluation includes the following:
- final examination in written form - 50 points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using a given template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to prepare continuous assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation in the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
Notes: students of the Teacher Education (combined) programme do not enrol in the course
Brief outline of the course:
An introduction to the discipline of educational theory. Theoretical foundations and determinants of education. Creative-humanistic education.
Views on education. Education in different historical periods.
School documents and legislation with a focus on education. Educational programme.
Goals of education and their determination.
The concept of education and self-education, functions, conditions and factors of education. The process of education/self-education and its phases.
Educational methods and new trends.
Characteristics and classification of educational principles.
Concretization of the content of educational action: moral education, pro-social education, intellectual education, aesthetic education, work education, physical education, ecological and environmental education, multicultural education, etc.
Organizational forms and means of education.
The personality of the teacher/educator/teaching assistant in the educational process. Educational styles and requirements for the personality of the teacher/educator/teaching assistant. Code of ethics of the teaching profession.
The personality of the child in the educational process. Categorization of factors of personality formation, bio-psycho-social determination of personality development and education.
Educational environment and its importance for a person.
Family and family education. Educational styles in the family. Negative tendencies in family upbringing.
Educational conditions of the school environment. Negative phenomena in the school environment and their prevention.
Education outside the classroom and its specifics.
50/50
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes:
Students will gain knowledge and understanding of the educational and self-educational process in a social context with emphasis on the application of the principles of creative-humanistic education and the presentation of new approaches and perspectives in the development of modern educational theory. On a theoretical-empirical level, students are able to implement a variety of educational activities and activities that can be applied within the profession of teacher/educator/teaching assistant and have the competence to solve basic problem situations in educational practice in collaboration with other professionals.
Transferable competences: the course develops students' analytical, critical, evaluative and creative thinking, reasoning in context and supports the development of their interpersonal skills, self-development and personal and professional growth.
Recommended reading:
ZÁHOREC, J. (2021). Inovatívne digitálne riešenia v školskej edukácii žiakov. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 141 strán, ISBN 978-80-223-5121-8. [Vyšlo ako elektronická publikácia]
ZÁHOREC, J., BREČKA, P. (2021). Uplatnenie platformy SMART Learning Suite v oblasti tvorby edukačných aktivít. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 129 strán, ISBN 978-80-223-5127-0 [Vyšlo ako elektronická publikácia]
ZÁHOREC, J., HAŠKOVÁ, A., MUNK, M. (2020). Digitálna gramotnosť učiteľov v kontexte ich profesijnej prípravy. Bratislava : Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 305 strán, ISBN 978-80-223-4882-9
BREČKA, P. (2014). Interaktívne tabule v technickom vzdelávaní. IRIS, 140 s., ISBN: 978-80-8153-024-1
ŠTRBO, M. (2018). Tvorba prezentácií. Trnava: Pedagogická fakulta Trnavskej univerzity v Trnave, 45 s., ISBN 978-80-568-0179-6
Základný študijný text k vzdelávaciemu obsahu disciplíny Digitálne technológie 1 bude študentom pravidelných časových intervaloch sprístupňovaný v elektronickej forme prostredníctvom univerzitného LMS Moodle.
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course
The course is completed by assessment, the weighting of the interim and final assessment is 100/0.
active participation in seminars conducted by both face-to-face and distance learning methods;
processing of partial (distance) deliverables/assignments according to the lecturer's assignment during the semester from the selected subject areas and their submission in electronic form within the set deadline, which are continuously checked and evaluated by the lecturer, constitutes 80% of the total achievable point value; Submission of partial assignments is a condition for the award of credits;
development of a semester project - at the end of the semester, the student develops through the cloud tool Prezi Present an original and visually impressive presentation of the educational content of the selected teaching subject at primary school / high school in the intent of the approbation subjects that the student is studying in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education at Charles University; The structure of the presentation should be based on one of the templates from the library of customizable templates supported by Prezi Present; Personal presentation of the created project in Prezi in front of the whole study group; Successful implementation and defense of the project constitutes 20% of the total achievable point value and is a condition for the award of credits.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
For successful completion of the educational subject it is necessary to obtain at least 60 % of the score.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to produce continuous assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
The maximum number of students per study group within the regular learning form of study is 15 (per one teacher). The seminar is conducted in a computer room, each student has a computer at his/her disposal.
The content of the educational discipline Digital Technologies 1 is divided into four thematic headings and relevant sub-topics in order to ensure the achievement of the set partial educational objectives. The content structure of the educational discipline is designed so that the student continuously develops his didactic-technological competences in the field of selected didactic software applications by completing the educational topics organized in the present and distance form and at the same time strengthens his professional training in the subject area.
Due to the rapid development of new didactic software usable in the pedagogical process, the specific content structure of the discipline can be adapted to the current requirements of practice and students.
Application of SMART Notebook software application and SMART Lumio cloud environment in the educational process
We develop professional digital competences by the ability to effectively use the tools of the SMART Notebook desktop application and the SMART Lumio cloud environment through the creation of gamification educational/quiz activities, engaging presentations of educational content and new interactive forms of learning material supporting the activation and attention of pupils (including pupils with special educational needs) participating in the lesson in the school classroom or in the home environment in the case of distance/hybrid education;
We acquire digital skills in working with the SMART response 2 tool supported by the SMART Notebook desktop application and the SMART Lumio cloud environment in the context of creating knowledge questions - selecting one correct answer from multiple answer alternatives, selecting multiple correct answers from multiple answer alternatives, selecting Yes/No answers, free-form questions - in test sessions designed to test the knowledge of pupils of regional education in the Slovak Republic;
We are mastering the methodology of applying knowledge tests communicated to students through SMART response 2 in the SMART Notebook desktop application and gamification activities supported by the cloud environment SMART Lumio to the process of school teaching of subjects at the lower/upper secondary level of education;
We strengthen professional digital competences in the area of working with complex interactive solutions usable in educational situations with an emphasis on the SMART Board interactive whiteboard.
Topics:
Basic functions and calibration of the SMART Board interactive touchscreen/tablet; Symptoms, causes and solutions to some of the problems encountered when using the SMART Board interactive touchscreen/tablet; Installing and updating the SMART Notebook desktop application; Creating a teacher's virtual classroom in the SMART platform;
Creating and editing objects in the SMART Notebook environment; Using basic tools to support the presentation of processed content; Working with multimedia content from the SMART Gallery; Sharing your own content on the SMART Exchange website; Adding links to external educational resources; Adding sound to objects, Animating objects; Using and sharing your own content; Applying graphic content from other software applications - importing and editing objects; Applying objects from the Lesson Activity Toolkit 2.0; Creating gamification activities in SMART Lab; SMART Response 2 - creating and administering knowledge tests/quizzes;
Principles of Gamification; Gamification Elements in Educational Content; Some Results of Exact Studies on the Application of Gamification in Education; Application of Gamification in Education in Primary and Secondary Schools; Examples of Gamification Activities Used in the Teaching of Science, Social Studies, Art, Education and Vocational Education.
Teacher/student login to SMART Lumio cloud platform account; Managing the library of learning activities; Creating gamification activities in SMART Lumio - SMART Lesson Activity Builder (Lab); Editing activities in edit mode; Making activities available to students - delivery mode; Sharing options for gamification activities;
Setting up and converting a lesson page to a Handout or Workspace activity; Working with predefined graphical activity templates for use in activating student learning, inquiring about student knowledge, or reflecting; Sharing lessons with the created educational materials with students in SMART Lumio.
Within the distance assignment, the student will create a set of interactive learning/quiz activities and digital presentation material for the target group of learners with effective use of the widest possible range of tools, objects, pre-prepared templates, advanced functions, settings and features supported by the SMART Notebook authoring environment in a range of at least 10 presentation pages/activities. In the accompanying document (a separate file of *.docx format) to the created presentation materials and educational activities stored in *.notebook format, the student shall indicate the methodology of their inclusion in the educational activities of the target group of pupils.
Within the distance assignment, the student will create a set of 10 gamification educational/quiz activities for the target group of students with effective use of pre-made templates and tools of the SMART Lumio cloud environment. The condition is that each type of gamification activity should only occur once in the created set of activities. In the accompanying document (a separate file of *.docx format) to the created gamification educational/quiz activities saved by the student, the student shall indicate the methodology of their application in the educational activities of the target group of pupils.
As part of the distance learning assignment, the student will create a 3-page set of pre-prepared content convertible to Handout format activities and a 3-page set of pre-prepared content convertible to Workspace format activities. In the accompanying document (a separate *.docx file) for the created Handout and Workspace activities stored in the SMART Lumio cloud, the student will indicate the methodology of their application to the educational activities of the target group of students.
Creating and using mind maps in the educational process with the support of digital solutions
We develop professional digital competences by competence in the design and creation of mind maps through the tools of the software application Mindomo (or FreeMind/XMind), usable in our own educational activities implemented in schools and school facilities for the target group of intact pupils, as well as pupils with special educational needs in order to improve communication skills and critical thinking;
We are mastering the methodology of applying mind maps communicated to students through Mindomo (or FreeMind/XMind) to the process of school teaching of the subjects of their approbation at primary school / high school;
Topics:
Explanation of terminology in the field of mind/concept mapping; Desktop/cloud software applications for creating mind maps in the educational process at primary/ secondary schools; Functions and types of mind maps; Principles and principles of creating mind maps; Possibilities of using mind maps in the process of preparation for teaching and directly in the classroom; Familiarization with the user environment of the Mindomo software application (or FreeMind/XMind);
Structuring a mind map; Inserting, editing and formatting nodes; Creating and formatting branches; Encrypted node; Editing multi-line nodes; Creating image nodes; Moving/copying nodes and groups of nodes in the map; Inserting annotations to nodes; Linking nodes with local links - independent linking of ideas; Hypertext linking of nodes to external information sources - links in nodes leading to external sources (web) or to local files on the local disk of the computer; Importing content into the mind map; Exporting the map to the output of different formats; Text search in the subnetwork of the current node; Mind maps and their use when working with pupils with SEN.
As part of the distance assignment, the student will design and create one mind map from any thematic area of school subject teaching in primary/elementary school. The focus of the mind map should be situated in a teaching issue of the student's own choice falling within the educational content of the teaching subject at primary school/SHS in the intent of the approbation subjects that the student studies in the teacher education programmes at the Faculty of Education at the Charles University. In the mind map, tools and functions of the Mindomo (or FreeMind/XMind) application environment will be applied in the intent of the complexity of the explained issue. The student will justify in a brief written form the choice of the processed content/topic in the form of a mind map, their functionality and use in his/her educational activities.
Creation of non-linear presentations of educational content through the Prezi presentation platform supporting teacher's interpretation and systematization of students' knowledge
We acquire professional digital competencies in the concept of design and creation of impressive non-linear presentations of educational content realized through the Prezi Present cloud platform Prezi applicable to our own pedagogical activities;
We are mastering the methodology of applying the presentation of educational content communicated to pupils through Prezi Present to the process of school teaching of subjects of their approbation at primary school / high school;
Topics:
Introduction of the software tool Prezi Present as a presentation platform - creation of trendy, effective presentations; Explanation and clarification of the terms used in the field of creating didactic presentations in the environment of Prezi Present; Possibilities of using the presentation application Prezi Present in the preparation and creation of supporting educational materials effectively usable in the teaching of their own subject; Presentation of examples of presentations used in teaching science, social science, art-educational and vocational educational disciplines; Illustrative comparison of differences between classical (Microsoft PowerPoint) and dynamic (Prezi Present) presentations;
Theoretical background of presentation preparation and the system of selection of presented information; Basic steps of the procedure for creating didactic presentations in Prezi Present; Functionality of the online presentation tool Prezi Present; Creating dynamic presentations in Prezi Present - working with text and graphic objects; Creating topic/subtopic structures, changing the order of topics/subtopics, Creating depth and rotation effects; Inserting additional graphic visuals into a presentation in Prezi Present; Working in edit mode for main topics, subtopics and other presentation content; Creating visual effects and animations of presentation objects;
Use of templates - change the design - colors, background, fonts; Inserting audio tracks on the background of individual topics/subtopics, the whole presentation; 3D presentations; Importing and editing PowerPoint presentations in Prezi Present; Sharing presentations with other users, sharing on social networks, on web portals; Exporting presentations to *.pdf and Portable Prezi (for off-line presentation); Export options and presentation size; Working with Prezi Present in off-line mode.
Within the distance assignment, the student will use the Prezi Present presentation tool to create an original didactic and visually engaging presentation of the educational content for the target group of students. The focus of the presentation should be situated in a teaching issue of the student's own choice falling within the educational content of the teaching subject at the primary school / secondary school in the intent of the approbation subjects that the student is studying in the study programmes of teaching at the Faculty of Education of the Charles University. The presentation will be at least 30 presentation views (= topics at the highest hierarchical level, subtopics at lower hierarchical levels and stack structure pages) to a minimum hierarchical nesting depth of three.
Use of Microsoft 365 platform in teacher's pedagogical activity
We develop professional digital competencies in the concept of design and creation of responsive presentations with educational content and emphasis on the cloud solution Microsoft Sway usable in educational activities implemented in schools or school facilities;
We are mastering the methodology of applying the presentation of educational content communicated to pupils through Microsoft Sway to the process of school teaching of subjects of their approbation at primary school / secondary school;
We hone professional digital skills to include the ability to effectively use a range of form content controls and ActiveX elements of Microsoft Word in the creation of interactive worksheets, tests and supplementary learning materials for pupils or other classroom agenda documents usable in the context of pedagogical activity;
We are mastering the methodology of applying interactive worksheets communicated to pupils through Microsoft Word to the process of school teaching of subjects of their area of specialization at primary school / high school;
Develop professional digital skills in the creation of large documents (such as letters, invitations, labels) through a mass correspondence tool usable in the maintenance of relevant pedagogical documentation;
We develop professional digital skills in the creation of statistical calculations, compound expressions using functions for finding conditional frequency, sum, or arithmetic mean and techniques for addressing continuous and discontinuous areas in expressions/functions usable in the tabular processing of classroom data (student evaluations in knowledge or sports activities) supported by Microsoft Excel;
We hone professional competencies to include the ability to effectively apply advanced conditions and techniques for conditional formatting of table records using functions;
We extend digital skills to include the ability to effectively apply an advanced filtering tool to large tabular data by defining compound logical conditions (AND/OR), wildcards (*, ?), and a Subtotal function usable in maintaining appropriate pedagogical documentation;
Develop professional digital skills in creating cumulative graphical visualizations of tabulated data in the context of changing attributes of individual chart elements;
We apply other selected tools of the Microsoft 365 cloud platform, with an emphasis on the Microsoft Teams software application for teachers to use in conducting online learning activities.
Topics:
A basic theoretical introduction to Microsoft cloud solutions;
Sway presentation platform - creation of interactive school materials (portfolios), impressive presentations of educational content; Other possibilities of practical use of Microsoft Sway in educational activities; Concept of creating multimedia responsive presentations; Creating a new Sway, creating a Sway by importing an existing file/presentation, creating a Sway based on a template; Articulating presentation content; Options for inserting and formatting supported visuals via tabs; Grouping multimedia content; Influencing the appearance of a presentation; Changing the layout of content; Adapting specific elements to the style of a presentation; Exporting a presentation in *.pdf/*.docx; Additional options for setting up the presentation in Sway; Share Sway output from a personal Microsoft account; Share Sway output from an account assigned by the educational organization;
Editing large text documents in the Microsoft Word environment - standard settings; Using tabs; Text blocks; Columns; Objects in text - equation editor; Tables in text; Editing a document using a style; Creating your own style and editing an existing style. Document Revision. Definition of the terms section and reference and possibilities of their use; Document revision and its use in writing term papers and qualification papers; Document structuring - dividing a document into sections, types of section breaks, page settings in sections, creating a header and footer in a document divided into sections; Possibilities of using a structured document within the agenda of a teaching staff member; Creating references - automatic content creation, content setup, content formatting, numbering figures and tables, creating a list of tables and figures, footnotes and endnotes, cross-references, citations and list of references used, creating a document index; Creating templates - the importance of a template type document. Electronic forms - what are form elements and what is their difference from ActiveX elements, settings of form elements, ActiveX element and its settings, Form security; Application of the acquired experience and skills of working with Microsoft Word text editor in creating documents useful in own pedagogical activities; Creation of large documents - letters, invitations, labels - by means of the tool of mass correspondence useful in the framework of keeping the relevant pedagogical documentation.
Working with tabular data in Microsoft Excel; Inserting data into cells; Predefined and custom data format; Working with cells - moving, cutting, copying; Bulk filling of data and creating expressions/patterns; Applying elementary functions; Modifying function parameters; Modifying table appearance; Sorting tabular data; Data lists - creating custom lists; Increasing values. Rounding; Absolute and relative cell addressing; Hiding table values; Notes in cells; Working with large data - automatic and extended data filter, Subtotal function; Operations between sheets; Conditional formatting of table data; More advanced functions - If, Count, CountIf, SumIf, SumIfS, AverageIfS; Contingency table; Search functions; Creating forms.
We get familiar with the Microsoft Teams online communication platform environment; Creating teams; Creating a pure team in MS Teams; Creating teams from an existing team and basic team customization; Creating a team from an Office 365 Group; Setting up and managing teams; Managing team members; Managing teams in bulk; Guest in a Team Class; Invitation from MS Teams; Channels; Cards; Creating your first online lesson; Creating a link to a lesson; Connecting students to an online lesson; Running a lesson with MS Teams; Preparing a lesson outline; Presenting in MS Teams; Tools available during the implementation of an online lesson on the student's/teacher's side (e.g. Conversation panel; Reporting for a word; Downloading a list of participants, etc.); Course notes - notepad; Uploading files with educational content; Creating a shared file for pupils/students in the virtual classroom; Creating a quiz; Quiz evaluation, Quiz setup.
Within the distance task, the student will design and create a document in the form of an electronic workbook in Microsoft Word using a template and applying content controls and ActiveX elements - text field, drop-down field, drop-down list, comma field, option button, command button - usable in the context of teaching subjects of his/her area of specialization at primary school / high school.
Within the distance task, the student will create a table of fictitious evaluation of pupils in the framework of knowledge or sports activities implemented in schools or school facilities in the range of at least 20 rows and 10 columns, where the functions of the Microsoft Excel spreadsheet application will be used in the context of the complexity of the explained issue.
In a distance task, the student formats a table of fictitious assessment of pupils in knowledge/sport activities, applying various conditions and techniques of conditional formatting of the table entries in the intent of the difficulty of the explained problem.
In the distance task, the student will create three different graphical visualisations of the data from the table of the previous distance task, in which he/she has processed the assessments achieved in the knowledge/sport activities implemented in schools or school facilities. They will add to the graphical visualisation the title of the graph, the axis names as well as other parameters of the graph as they wish in the context of the readability of the graph.
In the distance task, the student applies an extended filter to the table from the previous distance task to display the student's name and grade attained in the context of the knowledge/sport activities carried out in the school or school facilities and filters to another location within the same worksheet/workbook when defining specific filter conditions (e.g. grade attained below/above a set value, etc.).
Within the framework of the distance task, the student will create through the Microsoft Sway application an original, dynamic and visually impressive presentation of the learning issue for the target group of pupils according to his/her own discretion in the intent of school teaching of the subjects of his/her apprenticeship at primary school/elementary school. The aim of the presentation to be realized by the student is to make it multimedia and at the same time attractive for the target group of pupils in terms of content. The scope of the presentation in Microsoft Sway must consist of at least 25 presentation views - cards with the subject content. To organize the presentation, the student should use its layout into sections, subsections and layers in order to increase the clarity of the presented topic for the student
100/0
Learning outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the educational discipline Digital Technologies 1 is to develop digital skills of students of teacher-oriented study programmes at the Faculty of Education of the Charles University (hereinafter referred to as the Faculty of Education of the Charles University) to be able to effectively use an appropriate range of didactic software applications in the context of the concept of design and creation of interactive educational activities, knowledge quizzes and assignments, electronic portfolios, impressive didactic presentations, new interactive forms of teaching material and other pedagogical/school documentation usable in the intent of their future teaching profession at different levels of regional education in the Slovak Republic.
By completing the educational discipline Digital Technologies 1, the student has the competences and digital skills to effectively use the tools of the SMART Notebook software application and the SMART Lumio cloud environment by creating gamification educational/quiz activities, engaging presentations of educational content and new interactive forms of learning material supporting the activation and attention of students participating in the lesson in the school classroom or in home conditions in the case of distance/hybrid education.
By completing the educational discipline, the student also has the competences and digital skills in the field of design and creation of mind maps through the tools of the Mindomo software application (or FreeMind, XMind) applicable in educational activities implemented in schools and educational institutions for the target group of intact pupils, as well as pupils with special educational needs in order to improve their communication skills and critical thinking.
By completing the educational discipline Digital Technologies 1, the student acquires professional digital competencies in the concept of design and creation of impressive non-linear presentations and interactive presentations of educational content implemented through the Prezi Present cloud platform Prezi by expressing their own visual ideas usable in their own pedagogical activities in schools or educational institutions.
By completing the educational discipline Digital Technologies 1, the student has, last but not least, the competences and digital skills to effectively use the cloud platform Microsoft 365 with an emphasis on software applications Sway, Word and Excel by creating supplementary teaching materials for the needs of school teaching and maintaining the relevant pedagogical documentation. The student masters the basic possibilities of using the online communication platform Microsoft Teams applicable in the implementation of distance learning at the level of regional education
Recommended reading:
ZÁHOREC, J. (2021). Inovatívne digitálne riešenia v školskej edukácii žiakov. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 141 strán, ISBN 978-80-223-5121-8. [Vyšlo ako elektronická publikácia]
ZÁHOREC, J., BREČKA, P. (2021). Uplatnenie platformy SMART Learning Suite v oblasti tvorby edukačných aktivít. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 129 strán, ISBN 978-80-223-5127-0 [Vyšlo ako elektronická publikácia]
ZÁHOREC, J., HAŠKOVÁ, A., MUNK, M. (2020). Digitálna gramotnosť učiteľov v kontexte ich profesijnej prípravy. Bratislava : Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 305 strán, ISBN 978-80-223-4882-9
BREČKA, P. (2014). Interaktívne tabule v technickom vzdelávaní. IRIS, 140 s., ISBN: 978-80-8153-024-1
ŠTRBO, M. (2018). Tvorba prezentácií. Trnava: Pedagogická fakulta Trnavskej univerzity v Trnave, 45 s., ISBN 978-80-568-0179-6
Základný študijný text k vzdelávaciemu obsahu disciplíny Digitálne technológie 1 bude študentom pravidelných časových intervaloch sprístupňovaný v elektronickej forme prostredníctvom univerzitného LMS Moodle.
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course
The course is completed by assessment, the weighting of the interim and final assessment is 100/0.
active participation in seminars conducted by both face-to-face and distance learning methods;
processing of partial (distance) deliverables/assignments according to the lecturer's assignment during the semester from the selected subject areas and their submission in electronic form within the set deadline, which are continuously checked and evaluated by the lecturer, constitutes 80% of the total achievable point value; Submission of partial assignments is a condition for the award of credits;
development of a semester project - at the end of the semester, the student develops through the cloud tool Prezi Present an original and visually impressive presentation of the educational content of the selected teaching subject at primary school / high school in the intent of the approbation subjects that the student is studying in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education at Charles University; The structure of the presentation should be based on one of the templates from the library of customizable templates supported by Prezi Present; Personal presentation of the created project in Prezi in front of the whole study group; Successful implementation and defense of the project constitutes 20% of the total achievable point value and is a condition for the award of credits.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
For successful completion of the educational subject it is necessary to obtain at least 60 % of the score.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to produce continuous assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
The maximum number of students per study group within the regular learning form of study is 15 (per one teacher). The seminar is conducted in a computer room, each student has a computer at his/her disposal.
The content of the educational discipline Digital Technologies 1 is divided into four thematic headings and relevant sub-topics in order to ensure the achievement of the set partial educational objectives. The content structure of the educational discipline is designed so that the student continuously develops his didactic-technological competences in the field of selected didactic software applications by completing the educational topics organized in the present and distance form and at the same time strengthens his professional training in the subject area.
Due to the rapid development of new didactic software usable in the pedagogical process, the specific content structure of the discipline can be adapted to the current requirements of practice and students.
Application of SMART Notebook software application and SMART Lumio cloud environment in the educational process
We develop professional digital competences by the ability to effectively use the tools of the SMART Notebook desktop application and the SMART Lumio cloud environment through the creation of gamification educational/quiz activities, engaging presentations of educational content and new interactive forms of learning material supporting the activation and attention of pupils (including pupils with special educational needs) participating in the lesson in the school classroom or in the home environment in the case of distance/hybrid education;
We acquire digital skills in working with the SMART response 2 tool supported by the SMART Notebook desktop application and the SMART Lumio cloud environment in the context of creating knowledge questions - selecting one correct answer from multiple answer alternatives, selecting multiple correct answers from multiple answer alternatives, selecting Yes/No answers, free-form questions - in test sessions designed to test the knowledge of pupils of regional education in the Slovak Republic;
We are mastering the methodology of applying knowledge tests communicated to students through SMART response 2 in the SMART Notebook desktop application and gamification activities supported by the cloud environment SMART Lumio to the process of school teaching of subjects at the lower/upper secondary level of education;
We strengthen professional digital competences in the area of working with complex interactive solutions usable in educational situations with an emphasis on the SMART Board interactive whiteboard.
Topics:
Basic functions and calibration of the SMART Board interactive touchscreen/tablet; Symptoms, causes and solutions to some of the problems encountered when using the SMART Board interactive touchscreen/tablet; Installing and updating the SMART Notebook desktop application; Creating a teacher's virtual classroom in the SMART platform;
Creating and editing objects in the SMART Notebook environment; Using basic tools to support the presentation of processed content; Working with multimedia content from the SMART Gallery; Sharing your own content on the SMART Exchange website; Adding links to external educational resources; Adding sound to objects, Animating objects; Using and sharing your own content; Applying graphic content from other software applications - importing and editing objects; Applying objects from the Lesson Activity Toolkit 2.0; Creating gamification activities in SMART Lab; SMART Response 2 - creating and administering knowledge tests/quizzes;
Principles of Gamification; Gamification Elements in Educational Content; Some Results of Exact Studies on the Application of Gamification in Education; Application of Gamification in Education in Primary and Secondary Schools; Examples of Gamification Activities Used in the Teaching of Science, Social Studies, Art, Education and Vocational Education.
Teacher/student login to SMART Lumio cloud platform account; Managing the library of learning activities; Creating gamification activities in SMART Lumio - SMART Lesson Activity Builder (Lab); Editing activities in edit mode; Making activities available to students - delivery mode; Sharing options for gamification activities;
Setting up and converting a lesson page to a Handout or Workspace activity; Working with predefined graphical activity templates for use in activating student learning, inquiring about student knowledge, or reflecting; Sharing lessons with the created educational materials with students in SMART Lumio.
Within the distance assignment, the student will create a set of interactive learning/quiz activities and digital presentation material for the target group of learners with effective use of the widest possible range of tools, objects, pre-prepared templates, advanced functions, settings and features supported by the SMART Notebook authoring environment in a range of at least 10 presentation pages/activities. In the accompanying document (a separate file of *.docx format) to the created presentation materials and educational activities stored in *.notebook format, the student shall indicate the methodology of their inclusion in the educational activities of the target group of pupils.
Within the distance assignment, the student will create a set of 10 gamification educational/quiz activities for the target group of students with effective use of pre-made templates and tools of the SMART Lumio cloud environment. The condition is that each type of gamification activity should only occur once in the created set of activities. In the accompanying document (a separate file of *.docx format) to the created gamification educational/quiz activities saved by the student, the student shall indicate the methodology of their application in the educational activities of the target group of pupils.
As part of the distance learning assignment, the student will create a 3-page set of pre-prepared content convertible to Handout format activities and a 3-page set of pre-prepared content convertible to Workspace format activities. In the accompanying document (a separate *.docx file) for the created Handout and Workspace activities stored in the SMART Lumio cloud, the student will indicate the methodology of their application to the educational activities of the target group of students.
Creating and using mind maps in the educational process with the support of digital solutions
We develop professional digital competences by competence in the design and creation of mind maps through the tools of the software application Mindomo (or FreeMind/XMind), usable in our own educational activities implemented in schools and school facilities for the target group of intact pupils, as well as pupils with special educational needs in order to improve communication skills and critical thinking;
We are mastering the methodology of applying mind maps communicated to students through Mindomo (or FreeMind/XMind) to the process of school teaching of the subjects of their approbation at primary school / high school;
Topics:
Explanation of terminology in the field of mind/concept mapping; Desktop/cloud software applications for creating mind maps in the educational process at primary/ secondary schools; Functions and types of mind maps; Principles and principles of creating mind maps; Possibilities of using mind maps in the process of preparation for teaching and directly in the classroom; Familiarization with the user environment of the Mindomo software application (or FreeMind/XMind);
Structuring a mind map; Inserting, editing and formatting nodes; Creating and formatting branches; Encrypted node; Editing multi-line nodes; Creating image nodes; Moving/copying nodes and groups of nodes in the map; Inserting annotations to nodes; Linking nodes with local links - independent linking of ideas; Hypertext linking of nodes to external information sources - links in nodes leading to external sources (web) or to local files on the local disk of the computer; Importing content into the mind map; Exporting the map to the output of different formats; Text search in the subnetwork of the current node; Mind maps and their use when working with pupils with SEN.
As part of the distance assignment, the student will design and create one mind map from any thematic area of school subject teaching in primary/elementary school. The focus of the mind map should be situated in a teaching issue of the student's own choice falling within the educational content of the teaching subject at primary school/SHS in the intent of the approbation subjects that the student studies in the teacher education programmes at the Faculty of Education at the Charles University. In the mind map, tools and functions of the Mindomo (or FreeMind/XMind) application environment will be applied in the intent of the complexity of the explained issue. The student will justify in a brief written form the choice of the processed content/topic in the form of a mind map, their functionality and use in his/her educational activities.
Creation of non-linear presentations of educational content through the Prezi presentation platform supporting teacher's interpretation and systematization of students' knowledge
We acquire professional digital competencies in the concept of design and creation of impressive non-linear presentations of educational content realized through the Prezi Present cloud platform Prezi applicable to our own pedagogical activities;
We are mastering the methodology of applying the presentation of educational content communicated to pupils through Prezi Present to the process of school teaching of subjects of their approbation at primary school / high school;
Topics:
Introduction of the software tool Prezi Present as a presentation platform - creation of trendy, effective presentations; Explanation and clarification of the terms used in the field of creating didactic presentations in the environment of Prezi Present; Possibilities of using the presentation application Prezi Present in the preparation and creation of supporting educational materials effectively usable in the teaching of their own subject; Presentation of examples of presentations used in teaching science, social science, art-educational and vocational educational disciplines; Illustrative comparison of differences between classical (Microsoft PowerPoint) and dynamic (Prezi Present) presentations;
Theoretical background of presentation preparation and the system of selection of presented information; Basic steps of the procedure for creating didactic presentations in Prezi Present; Functionality of the online presentation tool Prezi Present; Creating dynamic presentations in Prezi Present - working with text and graphic objects; Creating topic/subtopic structures, changing the order of topics/subtopics, Creating depth and rotation effects; Inserting additional graphic visuals into a presentation in Prezi Present; Working in edit mode for main topics, subtopics and other presentation content; Creating visual effects and animations of presentation objects;
Use of templates - change the design - colors, background, fonts; Inserting audio tracks on the background of individual topics/subtopics, the whole presentation; 3D presentations; Importing and editing PowerPoint presentations in Prezi Present; Sharing presentations with other users, sharing on social networks, on web portals; Exporting presentations to *.pdf and Portable Prezi (for off-line presentation); Export options and presentation size; Working with Prezi Present in off-line mode.
Within the distance assignment, the student will use the Prezi Present presentation tool to create an original didactic and visually engaging presentation of the educational content for the target group of students. The focus of the presentation should be situated in a teaching issue of the student's own choice falling within the educational content of the teaching subject at the primary school / secondary school in the intent of the approbation subjects that the student is studying in the study programmes of teaching at the Faculty of Education of the Charles University. The presentation will be at least 30 presentation views (= topics at the highest hierarchical level, subtopics at lower hierarchical levels and stack structure pages) to a minimum hierarchical nesting depth of three.
Use of Microsoft 365 platform in teacher's pedagogical activity
We develop professional digital competencies in the concept of design and creation of responsive presentations with educational content and emphasis on the cloud solution Microsoft Sway usable in educational activities implemented in schools or school facilities;
We are mastering the methodology of applying the presentation of educational content communicated to pupils through Microsoft Sway to the process of school teaching of subjects of their approbation at primary school / secondary school;
We hone professional digital skills to include the ability to effectively use a range of form content controls and ActiveX elements of Microsoft Word in the creation of interactive worksheets, tests and supplementary learning materials for pupils or other classroom agenda documents usable in the context of pedagogical activity;
We are mastering the methodology of applying interactive worksheets communicated to pupils through Microsoft Word to the process of school teaching of subjects of their area of specialization at primary school / high school;
Develop professional digital skills in the creation of large documents (such as letters, invitations, labels) through a mass correspondence tool usable in the maintenance of relevant pedagogical documentation;
We develop professional digital skills in the creation of statistical calculations, compound expressions using functions for finding conditional frequency, sum, or arithmetic mean and techniques for addressing continuous and discontinuous areas in expressions/functions usable in the tabular processing of classroom data (student evaluations in knowledge or sports activities) supported by Microsoft Excel;
We hone professional competencies to include the ability to effectively apply advanced conditions and techniques for conditional formatting of table records using functions;
We extend digital skills to include the ability to effectively apply an advanced filtering tool to large tabular data by defining compound logical conditions (AND/OR), wildcards (*, ?), and a Subtotal function usable in maintaining appropriate pedagogical documentation;
Develop professional digital skills in creating cumulative graphical visualizations of tabulated data in the context of changing attributes of individual chart elements;
We apply other selected tools of the Microsoft 365 cloud platform, with an emphasis on the Microsoft Teams software application for teachers to use in conducting online learning activities.
Topics:
A basic theoretical introduction to Microsoft cloud solutions;
Sway presentation platform - creation of interactive school materials (portfolios), impressive presentations of educational content; Other possibilities of practical use of Microsoft Sway in educational activities; Concept of creating multimedia responsive presentations; Creating a new Sway, creating a Sway by importing an existing file/presentation, creating a Sway based on a template; Articulating presentation content; Options for inserting and formatting supported visuals via tabs; Grouping multimedia content; Influencing the appearance of a presentation; Changing the layout of content; Adapting specific elements to the style of a presentation; Exporting a presentation in *.pdf/*.docx; Additional options for setting up the presentation in Sway; Share Sway output from a personal Microsoft account; Share Sway output from an account assigned by the educational organization;
Editing large text documents in the Microsoft Word environment - standard settings; Using tabs; Text blocks; Columns; Objects in text - equation editor; Tables in text; Editing a document using a style; Creating your own style and editing an existing style. Document Revision. Definition of the terms section and reference and possibilities of their use; Document revision and its use in writing term papers and qualification papers; Document structuring - dividing a document into sections, types of section breaks, page settings in sections, creating a header and footer in a document divided into sections; Possibilities of using a structured document within the agenda of a teaching staff member; Creating references - automatic content creation, content setup, content formatting, numbering figures and tables, creating a list of tables and figures, footnotes and endnotes, cross-references, citations and list of references used, creating a document index; Creating templates - the importance of a template type document. Electronic forms - what are form elements and what is their difference from ActiveX elements, settings of form elements, ActiveX element and its settings, Form security; Application of the acquired experience and skills of working with Microsoft Word text editor in creating documents useful in own pedagogical activities; Creation of large documents - letters, invitations, labels - by means of the tool of mass correspondence useful in the framework of keeping the relevant pedagogical documentation.
Working with tabular data in Microsoft Excel; Inserting data into cells; Predefined and custom data format; Working with cells - moving, cutting, copying; Bulk filling of data and creating expressions/patterns; Applying elementary functions; Modifying function parameters; Modifying table appearance; Sorting tabular data; Data lists - creating custom lists; Increasing values. Rounding; Absolute and relative cell addressing; Hiding table values; Notes in cells; Working with large data - automatic and extended data filter, Subtotal function; Operations between sheets; Conditional formatting of table data; More advanced functions - If, Count, CountIf, SumIf, SumIfS, AverageIfS; Contingency table; Search functions; Creating forms.
We get familiar with the Microsoft Teams online communication platform environment; Creating teams; Creating a pure team in MS Teams; Creating teams from an existing team and basic team customization; Creating a team from an Office 365 Group; Setting up and managing teams; Managing team members; Managing teams in bulk; Guest in a Team Class; Invitation from MS Teams; Channels; Cards; Creating your first online lesson; Creating a link to a lesson; Connecting students to an online lesson; Running a lesson with MS Teams; Preparing a lesson outline; Presenting in MS Teams; Tools available during the implementation of an online lesson on the student's/teacher's side (e.g. Conversation panel; Reporting for a word; Downloading a list of participants, etc.); Course notes - notepad; Uploading files with educational content; Creating a shared file for pupils/students in the virtual classroom; Creating a quiz; Quiz evaluation, Quiz setup.
Within the distance task, the student will design and create a document in the form of an electronic workbook in Microsoft Word using a template and applying content controls and ActiveX elements - text field, drop-down field, drop-down list, comma field, option button, command button - usable in the context of teaching subjects of his/her area of specialization at primary school / high school.
Within the distance task, the student will create a table of fictitious evaluation of pupils in the framework of knowledge or sports activities implemented in schools or school facilities in the range of at least 20 rows and 10 columns, where the functions of the Microsoft Excel spreadsheet application will be used in the context of the complexity of the explained issue.
In a distance task, the student formats a table of fictitious assessment of pupils in knowledge/sport activities, applying various conditions and techniques of conditional formatting of the table entries in the intent of the difficulty of the explained problem.
In the distance task, the student will create three different graphical visualisations of the data from the table of the previous distance task, in which he/she has processed the assessments achieved in the knowledge/sport activities implemented in schools or school facilities. They will add to the graphical visualisation the title of the graph, the axis names as well as other parameters of the graph as they wish in the context of the readability of the graph.
In the distance task, the student applies an extended filter to the table from the previous distance task to display the student's name and grade attained in the context of the knowledge/sport activities carried out in the school or school facilities and filters to another location within the same worksheet/workbook when defining specific filter conditions (e.g. grade attained below/above a set value, etc.).
Within the framework of the distance task, the student will create through the Microsoft Sway application an original, dynamic and visually impressive presentation of the learning issue for the target group of pupils according to his/her own discretion in the intent of school teaching of the subjects of his/her apprenticeship at primary school/elementary school. The aim of the presentation to be realized by the student is to make it multimedia and at the same time attractive for the target group of pupils in terms of content. The scope of the presentation in Microsoft Sway must consist of at least 25 presentation views - cards with the subject content. To organize the presentation, the student should use its layout into sections, subsections and layers in order to increase the clarity of the presented topic for the student
100/0
Learning outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the educational discipline Digital Technologies 1 is to develop digital skills of students of teacher-oriented study programmes at the Faculty of Education of the Charles University (hereinafter referred to as the Faculty of Education of the Charles University) to be able to effectively use an appropriate range of didactic software applications in the context of the concept of design and creation of interactive educational activities, knowledge quizzes and assignments, electronic portfolios, impressive didactic presentations, new interactive forms of teaching material and other pedagogical/school documentation usable in the intent of their future teaching profession at different levels of regional education in the Slovak Republic.
By completing the educational discipline Digital Technologies 1, the student has the competences and digital skills to effectively use the tools of the SMART Notebook software application and the SMART Lumio cloud environment by creating gamification educational/quiz activities, engaging presentations of educational content and new interactive forms of learning material supporting the activation and attention of students participating in the lesson in the school classroom or in home conditions in the case of distance/hybrid education.
By completing the educational discipline, the student also has the competences and digital skills in the field of design and creation of mind maps through the tools of the Mindomo software application (or FreeMind, XMind) applicable in educational activities implemented in schools and educational institutions for the target group of intact pupils, as well as pupils with special educational needs in order to improve their communication skills and critical thinking.
By completing the educational discipline Digital Technologies 1, the student acquires professional digital competencies in the concept of design and creation of impressive non-linear presentations and interactive presentations of educational content implemented through the Prezi Present cloud platform Prezi by expressing their own visual ideas usable in their own pedagogical activities in schools or educational institutions.
By completing the educational discipline Digital Technologies 1, the student has, last but not least, the competences and digital skills to effectively use the cloud platform Microsoft 365 with an emphasis on software applications Sway, Word and Excel by creating supplementary teaching materials for the needs of school teaching and maintaining the relevant pedagogical documentation. The student masters the basic possibilities of using the online communication platform Microsoft Teams applicable in the implementation of distance learning at the level of regional education
Compulsory reading:
KUBÁNI, V., (2010). Všeobecná psychológia. Prešov: Prešovská univerzita. ISBN: 978-80-555-0172-7,
JURSOVÁ ZACHAROVÁ, Z. (2021). Od narodenia po maturitu. Poznatky vývinovej psychológie v kontexte vzdelávania. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave. ISBN 978-80-223-5169-0.
Recommended reading:
LEMEŠOVÁ, M., SOKOLOVÁ, L., MINAROVIČOVÁ, K. (2015). Psychológia (inter)aktívne. Univerzita Komenského
NAKONEČNÝ M. (2016). Obecná psychologie. Triton.
SOKOLOVÁ, L., BROZMANOVÁ, E. (2015). Psychológia trochu inak. Univerzita Komenského
ŠRAMOVÁ, B. (2008). Osobnosť v procese ontogenézy. Melius
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by examination, the weight of the interim and final assessment is 50/50
50% Intermediate assessment: includes a seminar paper (10 points), an intermediate test (40 points). 50% Final assessment: includes a reflective essay (5 points) and a final test (45 points). The student must score at least 50% on each test.
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For a grade of A, the student must be consistently outstanding, capable of independent study, and able to critically compare professional texts in psychology. The student is able to navigate a variety of literary sources, is proficient in the fundamentals of general and developmental psychology, understands the thinking, decision-making and emotional responses of children and adults, and can reflect critically on psychological knowledge.
A grade of B indicates that the student has performed above average throughout the semester, has been able to study independently, has mastered basic information related to general and developmental psychology, understands how children and adults think, make decisions, and react emotionally, and reflects on psychological knowledge.
A grade of C means that the student has performed standardly well during the semester, his/her theoretical knowledge of the subject is at a good level, but the ability to apply this knowledge or critically evaluate and compare individual psychological findings is lacking.
A grade of D means that the student has been less prepared during the semester, has slight deficiencies in theoretical knowledge related to the subject of education and has more problems in independent implementation work, cannot critically analyze information.
A grade of E means that the student fails in more than one of the assignments, lacks the ability to analyze and compare multiple pieces of knowledge, and fails in critical thinking and application of theoretical knowledge to practice as well as theoretical knowledge.
slovak, czech and english
students of the psychology teaching (combined) programme do not enrol in the course
Brief outline of the course:
Part of general and cognitive psychology:
1. Introduction to psychology: a brief history of psychology, psychology as a science, the subject of psychological inquiry, the formation of psychological knowledge and psychological methodology. Psychological processes and states.
2. Sensory processes. Perception - characteristics of the process, laws of perception and types of perception.
3. Imagination and attention. Fantasy and memory imagery. Types of ideas and their comparison. Illusions and hallucinations. Types and characteristics of attention.
4. Memory and learning. Theories of memory. Types of memory. Memory processes and information (remembering, retention, reproduction, retrieval). Forgetting, extremes and pathology in memory performance. Characteristics and some theories of learning, types, conditions and principles of learning
5. Thinking, intelligence and speech. Thought operations and forms of thought. Types of thinking. Thinking as problem solving. Thinking and intelligence. Relationship between thinking and language.
6. Dynamics of the psyche: motivation and emotions. Emotional states and feelings. Physiological bases of emotionality. Classification and characteristics of feelings and emotions. Stress, frustration and the experience of conflict. Characteristics and functions of motivation, principles of motivation, energetic basis of the organism, instincts, drives, needs, values, attitudes, aspirations, frustration, volition.
Part of developmental psychology:
7. The subject of investigation and methods of developmental psychology. Subject, aims of developmental psychology; interdisciplinary relations. Assessment of psychological development - basic methods of diagnosing developmental level, developmental screening and scales, psychological tests.
8. Mental development in general - developmental changes and laws, factors of development. Developmental changes and their classification, basic developmental processes. Factors of development - conditions of psychic development, external and internal factors of psychic development and their interrelations; maturation and learning, development and education. Developmental laws.
9. Theoretical models and concepts of psychological development. Periodization of development. Problems of unified classification of psychological development, classification systems. Critical or sensitive developmental stages, developmental crisis. Basic psychological characteristics of developmental phases.
10. The most important theoretical models of psychological development and their critical evaluation - psychoanalytic, humanistic, biodimensional model, Piaget's school, Vygotsky and the Russian school ai... Theoretical concepts of determination of psychological development - nativism and endogenistic theories, empiricism and exogenistic theories, interaction theoretical models.
11. Developmental roles of the different periods - prenatal development, newborn, infant, toddler, pre-school age, younger school age, adolescence, adulthood and old age.
50/50
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of Psychology for Teachers 1 is to make available basic information about the general laws of human experience and behaviour so that they can form a platform for understanding the workings of the human psyche and to synthesize psychological knowledge, facts, theories, research approaches into a coherent view of the individual's psyche for the purposes of creative professional application in pedagogical practice. The student after completing the course
- knows the basic concepts of general, cognitive and developmental psychology, basic models and theories of developmental psychology, knows how to differentiate and classify them into individual categories,
- can apply knowledge of general, cognitive and developmental psychology in an educational context,
- knows the laws of psychic development, especially with regard to the needs of lower and upper secondary education,
- knows the laws of development of cognitive processes and their application in the educational process
- can read and understand professional text and psychological research, understand tables and graphs
- finds logical connections in opinions and thoughts
Compulsory reading:
KUBÁNI, V., (2010). Všeobecná psychológia. Prešov: Prešovská univerzita. ISBN: 978-80-555-0172-7,
JURSOVÁ ZACHAROVÁ, Z. (2021). Od narodenia po maturitu. Poznatky vývinovej psychológie v kontexte vzdelávania. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave. ISBN 978-80-223-5169-0.
Recommended reading:
LEMEŠOVÁ, M., SOKOLOVÁ, L., MINAROVIČOVÁ, K. (2015). Psychológia (inter)aktívne. Univerzita Komenského
NAKONEČNÝ M. (2016). Obecná psychologie. Triton.
SOKOLOVÁ, L., BROZMANOVÁ, E. (2015). Psychológia trochu inak. Univerzita Komenského
ŠRAMOVÁ, B. (2008). Osobnosť v procese ontogenézy. Melius
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by examination, the weight of the interim and final assessment is 50/50
50% Intermediate assessment: includes a seminar paper (10 points), an intermediate test (40 points). 50% Final assessment: includes a reflective essay (5 points) and a final test (45 points). The student must score at least 50% on each test.
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For a grade of A, the student must be consistently outstanding, capable of independent study, and able to critically compare professional texts in psychology. The student is able to navigate a variety of literary sources, is proficient in the fundamentals of general and developmental psychology, understands the thinking, decision-making and emotional responses of children and adults, and can reflect critically on psychological knowledge.
A grade of B indicates that the student has performed above average throughout the semester, has been able to study independently, has mastered basic information related to general and developmental psychology, understands how children and adults think, make decisions, and react emotionally, and reflects on psychological knowledge.
A grade of C means that the student has performed standardly well during the semester, his/her theoretical knowledge of the subject is at a good level, but the ability to apply this knowledge or critically evaluate and compare individual psychological findings is lacking.
A grade of D means that the student has been less prepared during the semester, has slight deficiencies in theoretical knowledge related to the subject of education and has more problems in independent implementation work, cannot critically analyze information.
A grade of E means that the student fails in more than one of the assignments, lacks the ability to analyze and compare multiple pieces of knowledge, and fails in critical thinking and application of theoretical knowledge to practice as well as theoretical knowledge.
slovak, czech and english
students of the psychology teaching (combined) programme do not enrol in the course
Brief outline of the course:
Part of general and cognitive psychology:
1. Introduction to psychology: a brief history of psychology, psychology as a science, the subject of psychological inquiry, the formation of psychological knowledge and psychological methodology. Psychological processes and states.
2. Sensory processes. Perception - characteristics of the process, laws of perception and types of perception.
3. Imagination and attention. Fantasy and memory imagery. Types of ideas and their comparison. Illusions and hallucinations. Types and characteristics of attention.
4. Memory and learning. Theories of memory. Types of memory. Memory processes and information (remembering, retention, reproduction, retrieval). Forgetting, extremes and pathology in memory performance. Characteristics and some theories of learning, types, conditions and principles of learning
5. Thinking, intelligence and speech. Thought operations and forms of thought. Types of thinking. Thinking as problem solving. Thinking and intelligence. Relationship between thinking and language.
6. Dynamics of the psyche: motivation and emotions. Emotional states and feelings. Physiological bases of emotionality. Classification and characteristics of feelings and emotions. Stress, frustration and the experience of conflict. Characteristics and functions of motivation, principles of motivation, energetic basis of the organism, instincts, drives, needs, values, attitudes, aspirations, frustration, volition.
Part of developmental psychology:
7. The subject of investigation and methods of developmental psychology. Subject, aims of developmental psychology; interdisciplinary relations. Assessment of psychological development - basic methods of diagnosing developmental level, developmental screening and scales, psychological tests.
8. Mental development in general - developmental changes and laws, factors of development. Developmental changes and their classification, basic developmental processes. Factors of development - conditions of psychic development, external and internal factors of psychic development and their interrelations; maturation and learning, development and education. Developmental laws.
9. Theoretical models and concepts of psychological development. Periodization of development. Problems of unified classification of psychological development, classification systems. Critical or sensitive developmental stages, developmental crisis. Basic psychological characteristics of developmental phases.
10. The most important theoretical models of psychological development and their critical evaluation - psychoanalytic, humanistic, biodimensional model, Piaget's school, Vygotsky and the Russian school ai... Theoretical concepts of determination of psychological development - nativism and endogenistic theories, empiricism and exogenistic theories, interaction theoretical models.
11. Developmental roles of the different periods - prenatal development, newborn, infant, toddler, pre-school age, younger school age, adolescence, adulthood and old age.
50/50
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of Psychology for Teachers 1 is to make available basic information about the general laws of human experience and behaviour so that they can form a platform for understanding the workings of the human psyche and to synthesize psychological knowledge, facts, theories, research approaches into a coherent view of the individual's psyche for the purposes of creative professional application in pedagogical practice. The student after completing the course
- knows the basic concepts of general, cognitive and developmental psychology, basic models and theories of developmental psychology, knows how to differentiate and classify them into individual categories,
- can apply knowledge of general, cognitive and developmental psychology in an educational context,
- knows the laws of psychic development, especially with regard to the needs of lower and upper secondary education,
- knows the laws of development of cognitive processes and their application in the educational process
- can read and understand professional text and psychological research, understand tables and graphs
- finds logical connections in opinions and thoughts
Compulsory reading:
KOSTRUB, D., FERKOVÁ, Š., TÓTHOVÁ, R. (2017). Žiak, učiteľ a výučba. Všeobecná didaktika pre študentov učiteľstva. Prešov: Rokus. 370 s., ISBN 978-80-8951-061-0
Recommended reading:
ČAPEK, R. (2015). Moderní didaktika. Lexikon výukových a hodnoticích metod. Praha: Grada. 624s., ISBN 978-80-247-3450-7ČAPEK, R. (2020). Uč jako umělec. Brno: Jan Melvil Publishing, 240s., ISBN 978-80-7555-105-4
KOMENSKÝ, J. A.1954. Veľká didaktika. Bratislava: SPN, 272 s. ISBN 9-3264/53
KOSTRUB, D. (2008). Dieťa/žiak/študent – učiteľ – učivo, didaktický alebo bermudský trojuholník? Prešov: ROKUS. ISBN 978-80-89055-87-6.
KOSTRUB, D., OSTRADICKÝ, P. (2016). Participative didactics as an inspiration for students. In INWENCJA W EDUKACJI DZIECI, MLODZIEZY I DOROSLYCH, 2016, s. 428-438. ISBN 978-83-941235-5-0.
KOSTRUB, D., OSTRADICKÝ, P. (2014). Phenomena that determine didactic teacher thinking within the process of selecting optimal methods of teaching. In EDUKACJA KU PRZYSZLOŠCI, 2014, s.114-122. ISBN 978-83-62160-20-4.
OBDRŽÁLEK, Z. a kol. (2003). Didaktika pre študentov učiteľstva ZŠ. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2003.
OSTRADICKÝ, P. (2017). Interakčný príklon vs. interakčný odklon vo vyučovaco-učebných činnostiach výučby. In MMK 2017. - Brno: Masarykova univerzita, 2017. ISBN 978-80-87952-22-1. - S. 843-852.
PETLÁK, E. (2016). Všeobecná didaktika. Bratislava: IRIS, 322 s. ISBN: 978-80-8153-064-7
TÓBLOVÁ, E. (2019). Aktivizujúce vyučovacie metódy. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského. ISBN 978-80-223-4817-1
TÓBLOVÁ,, E. a kol. (2017). The analysis of educational needs of managing teaching staff in schools in the Slovak Republic. Modern Journal of Language Teaching Methods. - Vol. 7, no. 5 (2017), p. 11-17. ISSN 2251-6204
TÓBLOVÁ,, E. a kol. (2017). Inovácia pregraduálnej prípravy učiteľov v oblasti didakticko-technologických kompetencií. Innovation of the pregraduate teacher training aimed at the didactic-technological competence development. Autoevaluační kultura a kvalita vzdělávání. Praha: Extrasystem, 2017. - ISBN 978-80-87570-36-4. - S. 91-95
TUREK,I. (2014). Didaktika. Bratislava: Wolters Kluwer, 2014, ISBN 978-80-8168-004-5
ZORMANOVÁ, L. (2014). Obecná didaktika. Praha: Grada. ISBN 978-80-247-4590-9
Recommended semester: 1st - 4th semester
Level of study: 1st degree
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by examination, the weighting of the interim and final assessment is 50/50.
Students work on continuous work during the semester (setting objectives, taxonomy of objectives, creation of material aids, creation of didactic test, ...). Intermediate works are evaluated for 20 points. At the end of the intermediate teaching they hand in the semester work - methodical preparation for the teaching unit. The semester work is evaluated for 30 points. During the examination period, they take an oral final examination. The final assessment is worth 50 points. The successful completion of the course is subject to obtaining at least 60 % of the maximum possible grade for the course.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-94%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (93-86%, very good - above average standard),
C (85-76%, well - normal reliable work),
D (75-68%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (67-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
Characteristics of student performance:
A - excellent results: the student is able to apply procedures in the processes of formulating goals according to different taxonomies of goals. The student can analyze and classify the methods and forms presented in school documents. The student is able to create a portfolio of his/her own outcomes according to the intermediate assignments in accordance with the acquired knowledge and the required criteria. The student can critically, factually assess and evaluate the solutions presented by others, and can evaluate the quality of his/her own work.
B - above average standard: the student can apply the procedures in the processes of formulating goals according to different taxonomies of goals. The student can analyze and classify the methods and forms outlined in school documents. Above-average orientation in general didactics, above-average communication skills, completion of assigned tasks. Critical evaluation is at borderline level.
C - normal reliable work: the student is able to work out the assigned tasks, average orientation in the problems of general didactics. Can apply the procedures in the processes according to the model and with the teacher's help. Average activity on intermediate assignments.
D - acceptable results: the student is able to work out intermediate tasks with the help of the teacher, average orientation in general didactics, average student activity.
E - the results meet the minimum criteria: the student can define and define basic didactic concepts and elements, but cannot define them in educational contexts. The student is able to develop intermediate tasks only with the help of the teacher. Critical assessment and evaluation are absent.
FX - extra work is required: the student has very little knowledge of basic didactic terminology, cannot apply it in the outputs, there is no application of procedures, correct elaboration of tasks. Critical assessment and evaluation are absent.
slovak, czech and english
students of the Teacher Education (combined) programme do not enrol in the course
Brief outline of the course:
General didactics as a basic pedagogical discipline studies the educational process in all its complexity. Didactics helps students to develop and become aware of basic pedagogical knowledge, to understand didactic interrelationships in teaching. It emphasizes the basic concepts and theories of teaching, for the formation of students' individual conceptions of teaching. Makes accessible the formation and essence of basic didactic principles, pedagogical documents and objectives in the teaching process. It leads students to confront theory with practice, to understand a concept in relation to a specific educational activity, to the specific work of the teacher, but above all in relation to the pupil. It characterises the whole process of preparing a teaching unit, through the interaction of teacher and pupils, i.e. through methods, organisational forms and material means.
Topics:
Historical and contemporary conceptions of general didactics. General didactics as a basic pedagogical discipline and its relation to other sciences. The personality of the pupil and the teacher. Basic pedagogical documents. Didactic principles. Pupils' learning styles and teachers' teaching styles. Didactical analysis of the curriculum. Educational objectives, taxonomies of objectives. Theories and concepts of education. Traditional and activating teaching methods. System of organizational forms. Teaching process, its stages and their analysis. Material teaching means - teaching aids, didactic technology and their importance. Assessment, screening, classification.
50/50
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The student will acquire knowledge of the importance of general didactics and its essence for successful functioning in the practice of the teaching profession. The student will be able to define the subject and methodological profile of didactics, develop knowledge, competences and attitudes associated with the teaching profession, knowledge and competences of planning and organizing pupils' learning activities. The student is able to define general didactics in the system of pedagogical sciences, list and characterise its functions and significance. Characterise the personality of the pupil and the teacher in educational contexts. Characterise and analyse basic school documents and explain their interrelation, compare their structure. Analyse the curriculum from a didactic point of view, defend and present their solution. Apply procedures in the processes of formulating specific objectives according to different taxonomies of objectives. Recognise the nature and importance of the application of didactic principles in the teaching process. Orient themselves in the theories and concepts of teaching. Can characterise different approaches to the classification of methods and organisational forms of the teaching process. Analyse and classify the methods and forms presented in school documents. Create a portfolio of own outcomes in general didactics in accordance with the acquired knowledge. Be able to critically and factually assess and evaluate the outputs of others.
Transferable competences:
By discussing, solving and presenting the results of continuously assigned tasks, students will develop their analytical and critical thinking, communication skills, interpersonal skills, organizational skills, digital skills, lecturing and metacognitive skills. Students will be able to use the acquired knowledge and competences creatively in the study of other pedagogical disciplines and in their future pedagogical practice.
Compulsory reading:
KOSTRUB, D., FERKOVÁ, Š., TÓTHOVÁ, R. (2017). Žiak, učiteľ a výučba. Všeobecná didaktika pre študentov učiteľstva. Prešov: Rokus. 370 s., ISBN 978-80-8951-061-0
Recommended reading:
ČAPEK, R. (2015). Moderní didaktika. Lexikon výukových a hodnoticích metod. Praha: Grada. 624s., ISBN 978-80-247-3450-7ČAPEK, R. (2020). Uč jako umělec. Brno: Jan Melvil Publishing, 240s., ISBN 978-80-7555-105-4
KOMENSKÝ, J. A.1954. Veľká didaktika. Bratislava: SPN, 272 s. ISBN 9-3264/53
KOSTRUB, D. (2008). Dieťa/žiak/študent – učiteľ – učivo, didaktický alebo bermudský trojuholník? Prešov: ROKUS. ISBN 978-80-89055-87-6.
KOSTRUB, D., OSTRADICKÝ, P. (2016). Participative didactics as an inspiration for students. In INWENCJA W EDUKACJI DZIECI, MLODZIEZY I DOROSLYCH, 2016, s. 428-438. ISBN 978-83-941235-5-0.
KOSTRUB, D., OSTRADICKÝ, P. (2014). Phenomena that determine didactic teacher thinking within the process of selecting optimal methods of teaching. In EDUKACJA KU PRZYSZLOŠCI, 2014, s.114-122. ISBN 978-83-62160-20-4.
OBDRŽÁLEK, Z. a kol. (2003). Didaktika pre študentov učiteľstva ZŠ. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2003.
OSTRADICKÝ, P. (2017). Interakčný príklon vs. interakčný odklon vo vyučovaco-učebných činnostiach výučby. In MMK 2017. - Brno: Masarykova univerzita, 2017. ISBN 978-80-87952-22-1. - S. 843-852.
PETLÁK, E. (2016). Všeobecná didaktika. Bratislava: IRIS, 322 s. ISBN: 978-80-8153-064-7
TÓBLOVÁ, E. (2019). Aktivizujúce vyučovacie metódy. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského. ISBN 978-80-223-4817-1
TÓBLOVÁ,, E. a kol. (2017). The analysis of educational needs of managing teaching staff in schools in the Slovak Republic. Modern Journal of Language Teaching Methods. - Vol. 7, no. 5 (2017), p. 11-17. ISSN 2251-6204
TÓBLOVÁ,, E. a kol. (2017). Inovácia pregraduálnej prípravy učiteľov v oblasti didakticko-technologických kompetencií. Innovation of the pregraduate teacher training aimed at the didactic-technological competence development. Autoevaluační kultura a kvalita vzdělávání. Praha: Extrasystem, 2017. - ISBN 978-80-87570-36-4. - S. 91-95
TUREK,I. (2014). Didaktika. Bratislava: Wolters Kluwer, 2014, ISBN 978-80-8168-004-5
ZORMANOVÁ, L. (2014). Obecná didaktika. Praha: Grada. ISBN 978-80-247-4590-9
Recommended semester: 1st - 4th semester
Level of study: 1st degree
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by examination, the weighting of the interim and final assessment is 50/50.
Students work on continuous work during the semester (setting objectives, taxonomy of objectives, creation of material aids, creation of didactic test, ...). Intermediate works are evaluated for 20 points. At the end of the intermediate teaching they hand in the semester work - methodical preparation for the teaching unit. The semester work is evaluated for 30 points. During the examination period, they take an oral final examination. The final assessment is worth 50 points. The successful completion of the course is subject to obtaining at least 60 % of the maximum possible grade for the course.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-94%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (93-86%, very good - above average standard),
C (85-76%, well - normal reliable work),
D (75-68%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (67-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
Characteristics of student performance:
A - excellent results: the student is able to apply procedures in the processes of formulating goals according to different taxonomies of goals. The student can analyze and classify the methods and forms presented in school documents. The student is able to create a portfolio of his/her own outcomes according to the intermediate assignments in accordance with the acquired knowledge and the required criteria. The student can critically, factually assess and evaluate the solutions presented by others, and can evaluate the quality of his/her own work.
B - above average standard: the student can apply the procedures in the processes of formulating goals according to different taxonomies of goals. The student can analyze and classify the methods and forms outlined in school documents. Above-average orientation in general didactics, above-average communication skills, completion of assigned tasks. Critical evaluation is at borderline level.
C - normal reliable work: the student is able to work out the assigned tasks, average orientation in the problems of general didactics. Can apply the procedures in the processes according to the model and with the teacher's help. Average activity on intermediate assignments.
D - acceptable results: the student is able to work out intermediate tasks with the help of the teacher, average orientation in general didactics, average student activity.
E - the results meet the minimum criteria: the student can define and define basic didactic concepts and elements, but cannot define them in educational contexts. The student is able to develop intermediate tasks only with the help of the teacher. Critical assessment and evaluation are absent.
FX - extra work is required: the student has very little knowledge of basic didactic terminology, cannot apply it in the outputs, there is no application of procedures, correct elaboration of tasks. Critical assessment and evaluation are absent.
slovak, czech and english
students of the Teacher Education (combined) programme do not enrol in the course
Brief outline of the course:
General didactics as a basic pedagogical discipline studies the educational process in all its complexity. Didactics helps students to develop and become aware of basic pedagogical knowledge, to understand didactic interrelationships in teaching. It emphasizes the basic concepts and theories of teaching, for the formation of students' individual conceptions of teaching. Makes accessible the formation and essence of basic didactic principles, pedagogical documents and objectives in the teaching process. It leads students to confront theory with practice, to understand a concept in relation to a specific educational activity, to the specific work of the teacher, but above all in relation to the pupil. It characterises the whole process of preparing a teaching unit, through the interaction of teacher and pupils, i.e. through methods, organisational forms and material means.
Topics:
Historical and contemporary conceptions of general didactics. General didactics as a basic pedagogical discipline and its relation to other sciences. The personality of the pupil and the teacher. Basic pedagogical documents. Didactic principles. Pupils' learning styles and teachers' teaching styles. Didactical analysis of the curriculum. Educational objectives, taxonomies of objectives. Theories and concepts of education. Traditional and activating teaching methods. System of organizational forms. Teaching process, its stages and their analysis. Material teaching means - teaching aids, didactic technology and their importance. Assessment, screening, classification.
50/50
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The student will acquire knowledge of the importance of general didactics and its essence for successful functioning in the practice of the teaching profession. The student will be able to define the subject and methodological profile of didactics, develop knowledge, competences and attitudes associated with the teaching profession, knowledge and competences of planning and organizing pupils' learning activities. The student is able to define general didactics in the system of pedagogical sciences, list and characterise its functions and significance. Characterise the personality of the pupil and the teacher in educational contexts. Characterise and analyse basic school documents and explain their interrelation, compare their structure. Analyse the curriculum from a didactic point of view, defend and present their solution. Apply procedures in the processes of formulating specific objectives according to different taxonomies of objectives. Recognise the nature and importance of the application of didactic principles in the teaching process. Orient themselves in the theories and concepts of teaching. Can characterise different approaches to the classification of methods and organisational forms of the teaching process. Analyse and classify the methods and forms presented in school documents. Create a portfolio of own outcomes in general didactics in accordance with the acquired knowledge. Be able to critically and factually assess and evaluate the outputs of others.
Transferable competences:
By discussing, solving and presenting the results of continuously assigned tasks, students will develop their analytical and critical thinking, communication skills, interpersonal skills, organizational skills, digital skills, lecturing and metacognitive skills. Students will be able to use the acquired knowledge and competences creatively in the study of other pedagogical disciplines and in their future pedagogical practice.
Compulsory reading:
GAVORA, P. (2007). Učiteľ a žiaci v komunikácii. Bratislava: UK.. 197s. ISBN 978-80-223-2327-7
Recommended reading:
JASLOVSKÁ B., PISOŇOVÁ, M. (2019). Humanisticky orientovaná komunikácia a jej vplyv na produktivitu žiakov v edukačnom procese. Hradec Králové: Magnanimitas akademické sdružení. 45-56s. ISBN 978-80-87952-29-0
JASLOVSKÁ, B. (2019). Nástroj na sebahodnotenie žiakov v rámci Encounterovej skupiny a učiteľ ako facilitátor procesu hodnotenia. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave. 37-45s. ISBN 978-80-223-4847-8
KURUC, M. (2018). Rozvoj sebaregulácie a motivácie ako faktor úspechu slovenských žiakov v kontexte teórie sebaurčenia. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave. 143-160s. ISBN 978-80-223-4661-0
ALLHOFF, D.-W. (2008). Rétorika a komunikace. Praha: Grada publishing. 200s. ISBN 978-80-247-2283-2
KLAPETEK, M. (2008). Komunikace, argumentace, rétorika. Praha: Grada publishing. 256s. ISBN 978-80247-2652-6
ŠUŤÁKOVÁ, V., FERENCOVÁ, J., ZAHATŇANSKÁ, M. (2017). Sociálna a didaktická komunikácia. Prešov: Wolters Kluwer. 208s. ISBN 978-80-81685-48-4
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course: 100% pass mark.
Assessment: consists of 2 intermediate assessments (40+60, total 100 points).
Interim assessment 1: consists of the preparation of a term paper and its oral presentation or practical application in class. This is a prepared micro-performance (alone or in pairs).
Semester work for interim assessment 1: consists of a creative assignment for 40b (20+20). This includes preparation of an oral micro-presentation for 10-15 minutes and feedback (20b) and preparation of a visual presentation in a graphics program (20b).
Intermediate assessment 2: consists of a review of the knowledge acquired, i.e. a test for 60p. The written exam/test consists of theoretical preparation for the course in basic concepts and study of the literature.
Prerequisites:
The rating shall be awarded on a scale of
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A minimum of 81 points is required to obtain a B grade. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
For a grade of C at least 73 points. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
For a grade of D at least 66 points. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application of knowledge in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in class during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
At least 60 points for an E grade. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop ongoing assignments and with the assistance of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
smaller groups, up to a maximum of 25 students, are required for the course for effective classroom interaction
Brief outline of the course:
The aim of the course is the practical use of theoretical knowledge about effective communication in the educational process through training and micro-performances. The course is designed to prepare students for the future teaching profession in the field of critical and independent thinking, communication and rhetorical skills, collaboration, creative activity, self-assessment, feedback, etc. Using various activating methods and problem-based tasks, students will actively participate in the teaching and create the content of the course themselves, in which they will use their own potential and develop the inter and intra personal aspects of their own personality.
Topics:
Communication in education in theory - definition of communication, types of communication, information theory and its components. Communication in education - its functions, levels, basic rules, organizational forms. Interaction styles of the teacher. Extralinguistic means of communication, paralinguistic aspects of speech. Verbal communication - monologue, dialogue, conversation, questioning, argumentation. Organizational forms and space in communication. Types of teaching according to the number of participants. Classroom layout.
Communication in education in practice - teachers' inappropriate approaches in Communication in education. Appropriate communication approaches and strategies in teacher work - learner centred approach, humanism, non-directivity. Presentation - structure and arrangement of speech/speech/lecture. Selection and appropriateness of information within an oral presentation. Analysis of speakers. Visualisation and arousal of interest. Organisation of time. Argumentation - composition of argument, types of argument. Logic and errors in argumentation. Types of interviews. Debate - how to conduct a conversation, the structure of a conversation. Division of discussion methods. Feedback - self-evaluation and self-reflection, giving and receiving criticism. Critical thinking and methods to develop critical thinking.
100/0
Learning objectives and outcomes:
By completing the Communication in education course, the student should:
- Be able to compare student-centered and teacher-centered approaches in communication,
- be able to justify the choice and appropriateness of the communication approaches used in teaching,
- be able to create a presentation with high quality content and visually interesting,
- be able to apply theoretical knowledge in the creation of oral micro output,
- be able to present a micro performance in front of a group and be able to give or receive feedback,
- be able to argue correctly and be able to make a factually correct argument,
- understand the importance of selection and analysis of information and information sources,
- know methods for Developing of critical thinking,
- acquire presentation and communication skills and be able to apply them in practical tasks.
Transferable competences: the student strengthens soft skills such as communication skills through creative tasks in the course, furthermore analytical thinking in evaluating information and working with text, critical thinking and thinking in context in the development of arguments and through their application in discussion, strengthens interpersonal skills within the group - activation and taking initiative and responsibility.
Compulsory reading:
GAVORA, P. (2007). Učiteľ a žiaci v komunikácii. Bratislava: UK.. 197s. ISBN 978-80-223-2327-7
Recommended reading:
JASLOVSKÁ B., PISOŇOVÁ, M. (2019). Humanisticky orientovaná komunikácia a jej vplyv na produktivitu žiakov v edukačnom procese. Hradec Králové: Magnanimitas akademické sdružení. 45-56s. ISBN 978-80-87952-29-0
JASLOVSKÁ, B. (2019). Nástroj na sebahodnotenie žiakov v rámci Encounterovej skupiny a učiteľ ako facilitátor procesu hodnotenia. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave. 37-45s. ISBN 978-80-223-4847-8
KURUC, M. (2018). Rozvoj sebaregulácie a motivácie ako faktor úspechu slovenských žiakov v kontexte teórie sebaurčenia. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave. 143-160s. ISBN 978-80-223-4661-0
ALLHOFF, D.-W. (2008). Rétorika a komunikace. Praha: Grada publishing. 200s. ISBN 978-80-247-2283-2
KLAPETEK, M. (2008). Komunikace, argumentace, rétorika. Praha: Grada publishing. 256s. ISBN 978-80247-2652-6
ŠUŤÁKOVÁ, V., FERENCOVÁ, J., ZAHATŇANSKÁ, M. (2017). Sociálna a didaktická komunikácia. Prešov: Wolters Kluwer. 208s. ISBN 978-80-81685-48-4
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course: 100% pass mark.
Assessment: consists of 2 intermediate assessments (40+60, total 100 points).
Interim assessment 1: consists of the preparation of a term paper and its oral presentation or practical application in class. This is a prepared micro-performance (alone or in pairs).
Semester work for interim assessment 1: consists of a creative assignment for 40b (20+20). This includes preparation of an oral micro-presentation for 10-15 minutes and feedback (20b) and preparation of a visual presentation in a graphics program (20b).
Intermediate assessment 2: consists of a review of the knowledge acquired, i.e. a test for 60p. The written exam/test consists of theoretical preparation for the course in basic concepts and study of the literature.
Prerequisites:
The rating shall be awarded on a scale of
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A minimum of 81 points is required to obtain a B grade. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
For a grade of C at least 73 points. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
For a grade of D at least 66 points. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application of knowledge in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in class during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
At least 60 points for an E grade. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop ongoing assignments and with the assistance of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
smaller groups, up to a maximum of 25 students, are required for the course for effective classroom interaction
Brief outline of the course:
The aim of the course is the practical use of theoretical knowledge about effective communication in the educational process through training and micro-performances. The course is designed to prepare students for the future teaching profession in the field of critical and independent thinking, communication and rhetorical skills, collaboration, creative activity, self-assessment, feedback, etc. Using various activating methods and problem-based tasks, students will actively participate in the teaching and create the content of the course themselves, in which they will use their own potential and develop the inter and intra personal aspects of their own personality.
Topics:
Communication in education in theory - definition of communication, types of communication, information theory and its components. Communication in education - its functions, levels, basic rules, organizational forms. Interaction styles of the teacher. Extralinguistic means of communication, paralinguistic aspects of speech. Verbal communication - monologue, dialogue, conversation, questioning, argumentation. Organizational forms and space in communication. Types of teaching according to the number of participants. Classroom layout.
Communication in education in practice - teachers' inappropriate approaches in Communication in education. Appropriate communication approaches and strategies in teacher work - learner centred approach, humanism, non-directivity. Presentation - structure and arrangement of speech/speech/lecture. Selection and appropriateness of information within an oral presentation. Analysis of speakers. Visualisation and arousal of interest. Organisation of time. Argumentation - composition of argument, types of argument. Logic and errors in argumentation. Types of interviews. Debate - how to conduct a conversation, the structure of a conversation. Division of discussion methods. Feedback - self-evaluation and self-reflection, giving and receiving criticism. Critical thinking and methods to develop critical thinking.
100/0
Learning objectives and outcomes:
By completing the Communication in education course, the student should:
- Be able to compare student-centered and teacher-centered approaches in communication,
- be able to justify the choice and appropriateness of the communication approaches used in teaching,
- be able to create a presentation with high quality content and visually interesting,
- be able to apply theoretical knowledge in the creation of oral micro output,
- be able to present a micro performance in front of a group and be able to give or receive feedback,
- be able to argue correctly and be able to make a factually correct argument,
- understand the importance of selection and analysis of information and information sources,
- know methods for Developing of critical thinking,
- acquire presentation and communication skills and be able to apply them in practical tasks.
Transferable competences: the student strengthens soft skills such as communication skills through creative tasks in the course, furthermore analytical thinking in evaluating information and working with text, critical thinking and thinking in context in the development of arguments and through their application in discussion, strengthens interpersonal skills within the group - activation and taking initiative and responsibility.
Compulsory reading:
DRAPELA, V. J. (2011). Přehled teorií osobnosti. Praha: Portál. ISBN 8071787663
FÁBIK, D. (2019). Psychológia intelektovo nadaných žiakov. Košice: Equilibria. 328 s. ISBN 9788081432521
Recommended reading:
FÁBIK, D. (2021). Obranné mechanizmy v sne. Psychoterapie. 15(2), 122-133. ISSN 1802-3983
HALL, C.S., & LINDZEY, G. (1997). Psychológia osobnosti. Bratislava: SPN.
JURSOVÁ ZACHAROVÁ, Z., LEMEŠOVÁ, M., MIŠKOLCI, J., CABANOVÁ, K., HORVÁTHOVÁ, Ľ., SOKOLOVÁ, L. (2019). Postoje, inklúzia a predsudky v slovenských školách. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, s. 199. ISBN: 978-80-223-4814-0
JURSOVÁ ZACHAROVÁ, Z. (2015). Osobnosť začínajúcich učiteľov a učiteliek. In Osobnosť a sociálno-psychologické kompetencie učiteľov a učiteliek. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, s. 102-112. ISBN 978-80-223-3950-6.
JURSOVÁ ZACHAROVÁ, Z. (2015). Akí sú študenti učiteľstva na začiatku svojej kariéry? Motivácia a osobnosť začínajúcich študentov voliacich si učiteľskú profesiu. Ecoletra.com [elektronický zdroj]. - roč. 1, č. 1, s. 68-83.
Prerequisites: B-VUZde003 / Psychology for teachers 1
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed with an assessment, 100% of the continuous assessment, which includes continuous work - completion of a self-awareness test (15% of the assessment) and a seminar paper (20% of the assessment), completion of a continuous test in personality psychology (30% of the assessment), a reflective essay (5% of the assessment), and a final test (30% of the assessment).
Credit will not be awarded to a student who scores less than 50% on any of the four written examinations.
To pass the course, you must obtain a minimum of 60 % of the marks.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
For an A grade, the student must have excellent theoretical knowledge, be able to evaluate and critically analyse it, and use the knowledge flexibly in practically set tasks.
For a grade of B, the student must have excellent theoretical knowledge, be able to evaluate and critically analyze it, and have slight deficiencies in the use of knowledge in practically set tasks.
For a grade of C, the student must have excellent theoretical knowledge, moderate deficiencies in its evaluation and critical analysis, moderate deficiencies in the use of knowledge in practically set tasks.
For a grade D, the student must have basic theoretical knowledge, moderate deficiencies in their evaluation and critical analysis, moderate deficiencies in the use of knowledge in practically set tasks).
For an E grade, the student must have basic theoretical knowledge, moderate deficiencies in their evaluation and critical analysis, and major deficiencies in the use of knowledge in practically set tasks.
slovak and czech
Notes: students of the psychology teaching (combined) programme do not enrol in the course
Brief outline of the course:
Psychology of personality
1. Basic definition and concepts of personality psychology - structure, dynamics.
2. Concepts of the psychoanalytic approach - the structure of personality according to S. Freud, defence mechanisms of A. Freud and their relationship to psychological difficulties in the educational environment (burnout syndrome, depression, etc.).
3. Concepts of individual and analytical psychology - the need for power A. Adler, the need for power in pupils in the educational environment; archetypes of C. Jung, the acceptance of archetypal tendencies and their relation to the educational process.
4. Behaviorism and neobehaviorism - the concept of behavioziorism E. Thorndike, J. Watson, operant conditioning B. Skinner in teacher-pupil relationship, social learning of A. Bandura - teacher as a role model.
5. Humanistic psychology - concepts of A. Maslow, V. Frankl, C. Rogers, self-actualization and the promotion of the self-actualizing instinct as the goal of the educational process.
Educational psychology
6. Basic definition and concepts of educational psychology.
7. Approach to pupils with special educational needs (specific focus on the intellectually gifted, pupils with Asperger's syndrome, ADHD).
8. Psychohygiene of teachers in educational settings - stress management, attitudes, assertiveness and assertive techniques, teachers' attitudes and biases.
9. Psychological problems in pupils and students - perfectionism, hypersensitivity, stress and anxiety.
10. Psychological aspects of education - intrinsic and extrinsic motivation of pupils, assessment.
11. Psychological aspects of working with gifted individuals in the classroom.
100/0
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim is
- Know the principles of personality formation and use them to develop the cognitive, affective and competence of pupils and students;
- to build and develop the individual components of the educational process in the context of the personalities of the pupils in the classroom;
- in accordance with the personality of the pupils and students, choose an empathetic approach and encourage self-actualizing tendencies;
- apply social and emotional competencies to promote their own psychological well-being;
- to know the basic psychological problems of education and to be able to work effectively with them in the educational process,
- be able to actively acquire information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field.
Compulsory reading:
DRAPELA, V. J. (2011). Přehled teorií osobnosti. Praha: Portál. ISBN 8071787663
FÁBIK, D. (2019). Psychológia intelektovo nadaných žiakov. Košice: Equilibria. 328 s. ISBN 9788081432521
Recommended reading:
FÁBIK, D. (2021). Obranné mechanizmy v sne. Psychoterapie. 15(2), 122-133. ISSN 1802-3983
HALL, C.S., & LINDZEY, G. (1997). Psychológia osobnosti. Bratislava: SPN.
JURSOVÁ ZACHAROVÁ, Z., LEMEŠOVÁ, M., MIŠKOLCI, J., CABANOVÁ, K., HORVÁTHOVÁ, Ľ., SOKOLOVÁ, L. (2019). Postoje, inklúzia a predsudky v slovenských školách. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, s. 199. ISBN: 978-80-223-4814-0
JURSOVÁ ZACHAROVÁ, Z. (2015). Osobnosť začínajúcich učiteľov a učiteliek. In Osobnosť a sociálno-psychologické kompetencie učiteľov a učiteliek. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, s. 102-112. ISBN 978-80-223-3950-6.
JURSOVÁ ZACHAROVÁ, Z. (2015). Akí sú študenti učiteľstva na začiatku svojej kariéry? Motivácia a osobnosť začínajúcich študentov voliacich si učiteľskú profesiu. Ecoletra.com [elektronický zdroj]. - roč. 1, č. 1, s. 68-83.
Prerequisites: B-VUZde003 / Psychology for teachers 1
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed with an assessment, 100% of the continuous assessment, which includes continuous work - completion of a self-awareness test (15% of the assessment) and a seminar paper (20% of the assessment), completion of a continuous test in personality psychology (30% of the assessment), a reflective essay (5% of the assessment), and a final test (30% of the assessment).
Credit will not be awarded to a student who scores less than 50% on any of the four written examinations.
To pass the course, you must obtain a minimum of 60 % of the marks.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
For an A grade, the student must have excellent theoretical knowledge, be able to evaluate and critically analyse it, and use the knowledge flexibly in practically set tasks.
For a grade of B, the student must have excellent theoretical knowledge, be able to evaluate and critically analyze it, and have slight deficiencies in the use of knowledge in practically set tasks.
For a grade of C, the student must have excellent theoretical knowledge, moderate deficiencies in its evaluation and critical analysis, moderate deficiencies in the use of knowledge in practically set tasks.
For a grade D, the student must have basic theoretical knowledge, moderate deficiencies in their evaluation and critical analysis, moderate deficiencies in the use of knowledge in practically set tasks).
For an E grade, the student must have basic theoretical knowledge, moderate deficiencies in their evaluation and critical analysis, and major deficiencies in the use of knowledge in practically set tasks.
slovak and czech
Notes: students of the psychology teaching (combined) programme do not enrol in the course
Brief outline of the course:
Psychology of personality
1. Basic definition and concepts of personality psychology - structure, dynamics.
2. Concepts of the psychoanalytic approach - the structure of personality according to S. Freud, defence mechanisms of A. Freud and their relationship to psychological difficulties in the educational environment (burnout syndrome, depression, etc.).
3. Concepts of individual and analytical psychology - the need for power A. Adler, the need for power in pupils in the educational environment; archetypes of C. Jung, the acceptance of archetypal tendencies and their relation to the educational process.
4. Behaviorism and neobehaviorism - the concept of behavioziorism E. Thorndike, J. Watson, operant conditioning B. Skinner in teacher-pupil relationship, social learning of A. Bandura - teacher as a role model.
5. Humanistic psychology - concepts of A. Maslow, V. Frankl, C. Rogers, self-actualization and the promotion of the self-actualizing instinct as the goal of the educational process.
Educational psychology
6. Basic definition and concepts of educational psychology.
7. Approach to pupils with special educational needs (specific focus on the intellectually gifted, pupils with Asperger's syndrome, ADHD).
8. Psychohygiene of teachers in educational settings - stress management, attitudes, assertiveness and assertive techniques, teachers' attitudes and biases.
9. Psychological problems in pupils and students - perfectionism, hypersensitivity, stress and anxiety.
10. Psychological aspects of education - intrinsic and extrinsic motivation of pupils, assessment.
11. Psychological aspects of working with gifted individuals in the classroom.
100/0
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim is
- Know the principles of personality formation and use them to develop the cognitive, affective and competence of pupils and students;
- to build and develop the individual components of the educational process in the context of the personalities of the pupils in the classroom;
- in accordance with the personality of the pupils and students, choose an empathetic approach and encourage self-actualizing tendencies;
- apply social and emotional competencies to promote their own psychological well-being;
- to know the basic psychological problems of education and to be able to work effectively with them in the educational process,
- be able to actively acquire information and use it to solve practical tasks in the field.
Recommended reading:
Selection of literature according to the chosen topic of the thesis;
Current directive of the Rector of Charles University on the basic requirements of thesis;
LICHNEROVÁ, L. (2016). Písanie a obhajoba záverečných prác - vysokoškolské skriptá pre študentov Univerzity Komenského v Bratislave. Bratislava: Stimul. ISBN 978-80-8127-155-7
KATUŠČÁK, D. (2013). Ako písať záverečné a kvalifikačné práce. Nitra: Enigma. ISBN 8089132454
STAROŇOVÁ, K. (2011). Vedecké písanie: ako písať akademické a vedecké texty. Bratislava: Osveta, . ISBN 978-80-8063-359-2.
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
The student's task is to solve the assignments given continuously during the semester and to hand in the final thesis project at the end of the midterm evaluation. The student actively participates in presenting and discussing solutions to the interim assignments in seminars, for which he/she receives points (20%). The solution of each interim assignment that is handed in on the due date is evaluated with points (40%). The student receives points (40%) for the final thesis project at the end of the interim assessment. All points will be added together at the end of the interim assessment.
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results), the student actively works on continuous assignments, participates in the presentation and discussion of the assignments in seminars. Reflects both critically and creatively on interim assignments. He/she is able to produce a final thesis project at an excellent level.
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), the student actively works adequately on the continuous assignments, participates in the presentation and discussion of the given assignments in seminars. He/she reflects adequately on the intermediate assignments and is able to produce a final thesis project at a very good level.
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), the student has performed standardly well during the semester, their theoretical knowledge is at a good level, but they lack the ability to critically apply this knowledge. The final thesis project is done at a good level.
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results), the student was less prepared during the semester, has slight deficiencies in theoretical knowledge. Cannot critically analyze information. He/she prepared the final thesis project at a satisfactory level.
E (66-60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria), the student has limited theoretical knowledge, is unable to critically analyze this knowledge, is only minimally able to apply the knowledge. Intermediate tasks meet the minimum criteria, as well as the development of the final thesis project.
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
Slovak language (in the case of language subject approbations also the target language)
Brief outline of the course:
Types of bachelor theses. The timetable of thesis processing. Definition of the topic and goal of the thesis. Study of literature. Excerpting of material. Theoretical and methodological conception of the thesis. Methodology of problem processing. Methodology of elaboration of the thesis.
Formal-compositional requisites of the final thesis. How to prepare for the defence of the thesis.
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the course is to familiarize students theoretically and practically with the principles and procedures that need to be mastered for the successful preparation of a bachelor's thesis.
The student is able to define the topic of his/her own bachelor thesis, is able to correctly determine the methods of its processing, acquires the ability to work selectively and correctly with the professional literature on the chosen topic. He/she knows the individual parts of the final thesis. Is able to prepare and present the results of the thesis and is able to respond to questions on the thesis in discussion.
Recommended reading:
Selection of literature according to the chosen topic of the thesis;
Current directive of the Rector of Charles University on the basic requirements of thesis;
LICHNEROVÁ, L. (2016). Písanie a obhajoba záverečných prác - vysokoškolské skriptá pre študentov Univerzity Komenského v Bratislave. Bratislava: Stimul. ISBN 978-80-8127-155-7
KATUŠČÁK, D. (2013). Ako písať záverečné a kvalifikačné práce. Nitra: Enigma. ISBN 8089132454
STAROŇOVÁ, K. (2011). Vedecké písanie: ako písať akademické a vedecké texty. Bratislava: Osveta, . ISBN 978-80-8063-359-2.
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
The student's task is to solve the assignments given continuously during the semester and to hand in the final thesis project at the end of the midterm evaluation. The student actively participates in presenting and discussing solutions to the interim assignments in seminars, for which he/she receives points (20%). The solution of each interim assignment that is handed in on the due date is evaluated with points (40%). The student receives points (40%) for the final thesis project at the end of the interim assessment. All points will be added together at the end of the interim assessment.
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results), the student actively works on continuous assignments, participates in the presentation and discussion of the assignments in seminars. Reflects both critically and creatively on interim assignments. He/she is able to produce a final thesis project at an excellent level.
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), the student actively works adequately on the continuous assignments, participates in the presentation and discussion of the given assignments in seminars. He/she reflects adequately on the intermediate assignments and is able to produce a final thesis project at a very good level.
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), the student has performed standardly well during the semester, their theoretical knowledge is at a good level, but they lack the ability to critically apply this knowledge. The final thesis project is done at a good level.
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results), the student was less prepared during the semester, has slight deficiencies in theoretical knowledge. Cannot critically analyze information. He/she prepared the final thesis project at a satisfactory level.
E (66-60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria), the student has limited theoretical knowledge, is unable to critically analyze this knowledge, is only minimally able to apply the knowledge. Intermediate tasks meet the minimum criteria, as well as the development of the final thesis project.
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
Slovak language (in the case of language subject approbations also the target language)
Brief outline of the course:
Types of bachelor theses. The timetable of thesis processing. Definition of the topic and goal of the thesis. Study of literature. Excerpting of material. Theoretical and methodological conception of the thesis. Methodology of problem processing. Methodology of elaboration of the thesis.
Formal-compositional requisites of the final thesis. How to prepare for the defence of the thesis.
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the course is to familiarize students theoretically and practically with the principles and procedures that need to be mastered for the successful preparation of a bachelor's thesis.
The student is able to define the topic of his/her own bachelor thesis, is able to correctly determine the methods of its processing, acquires the ability to work selectively and correctly with the professional literature on the chosen topic. He/she knows the individual parts of the final thesis. Is able to prepare and present the results of the thesis and is able to respond to questions on the thesis in discussion.
Reference sources:
Compulsory reading:
DOUŠKOVÁ, K., ĽUPTÁKOVÁ-VANČÍKOVÁ, K. (2009). Pedagogická prax v príprave učiteľa. Banská IVANOVIČOVÁ, J., KRAMÁREKOVÁ, H. (2010). Pedagogická prax – súčasť pregraduálnej prípravy budúcich učiteľov. Nitra: Fakulta prírodných vied, 108 s. ISBN 978-80-8094-680-7.
KONTÍROVÁ, S. (2011). Pedagogická prax študentov učiteľstva akademických predmetov. Košice: Univerzita Pavla Jozefa Šafárika, 101 s. ISBN 978-80-7097-904-4.
KOSTRUB, D., SEVERINI, E. Portfólio v pedagogickej praxi študenta. In: Švec, V., Lojdová, K., Pravdová, B. 2016. Učitelské praxe – současné poznatky a perspektivy. Brno. 2016. Masarykova univerzita. ISBN 978-80-210-8274-8
STRAKOŠ, J. 2021. Mimovyučovacie činnosti učiteľa v škole: Metodika stáže A. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2021. ISBN 978-80-223-5231-4
The national curriculum for ISCED 2 and ISCED 3.
Pedagogical documentation
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
The student completes an introductory practice seminar with the practice methodologist and a hospitality in a primary or secondary school according to the subject/subject specialization of the practice in the range of 10 - 20 hours. The student will keep a practice portfolio of the hours of hospitalisation, which he/she will submit to the practice methodologist for evaluation in print or electronic form (as agreed with the practice methodologist). The final assessment takes the form of a colloquium. To pass the course, a minimum score of 60% is required.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - passing the course still requires a significant amount of effort and work on the part of the student).
A - excellent results: the student is able to apply procedures in the processes of formulating goals according to different taxonomies of goals. The student can analyze and classify methods and forms and other didactic categories in practice. The student is able to work effectively with professional sources. The student can critically, factually assess and evaluate the presented solutions of others, can evaluate the quality of his/her own work.
B - above average standard: the student can apply the procedures in the processes of formulating goals according to different taxonomies of goals. The student can analyze and classify methods and forms and other didactic categories in practice. Above-average orientation in the problems of general didactics, above-average communication skills, completion of assigned tasks. Critical evaluation is at borderline level.
C - normal reliable work: the student is able to work out the assigned tasks, average orientation in the problems of general didactics. Can apply the procedures in the processes according to the model and with the teacher's help. Average activity on intermediate assignments.
D - acceptable results: the student is able to work out intermediate tasks with the help of the teacher, average orientation in general didactics, average student activity.
E - the results meet the minimum criteria: the student can define and define basic didactic concepts and elements, but cannot define them in educational contexts. Critical assessment and evaluation are absent. Sufficient level of practical skills and professional knowledge.
FX - extra work is required: the student has very little knowledge of basic didactic terminology, cannot apply it in the outputs, there is no application of procedures, correct elaboration of tasks. Critical assessment and evaluation are absent.
slovak language
The student enrolls in Teaching practice (A) concurrently with the course or after completing the course Theoretical basics of education. Pedagogical Practices are carried out on dates determined by the schedule of the academic year of the Faculty of Arts of Charles University and are preceded by an introductory instructional session with the student's practice methodologist.
Brief outline of the course:
Hospitalization activity:
Preparatory phase of the hospitalization - pre-praxis meeting: defining the objectives, methods and focus of the hospitalization.
The implementation phase of hospitalization - own observation of the educational process and processing of the hospitalization portfolio with emphasis on aspects of Communication in education, elements of communication, individual differences of pupils, phenomena of the dynamics of the learning group, educational goals, methods, forms, principles and content elements of education, manifestations of the teacher's personality and the classroom environment, positive and negative evaluations in teaching, non-standard educational situations.
The final phase of the hospitalization - post-hospitalization colloquium: analysis of the practice portfolio, reflection and interpretation of the observed educational phenomena. Familiarisation with the school documentation: state and school curriculum, electronic class book, online student book, Edupage information system. Educational standards, individual education plans, etc.
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The goal of the Teaching Practicum (A) is to initiate the professional vision of male and female student teachers, particularly in terms of descriptive and identification. After completing the course, the student knows and can navigate in school documentation, can process the record of the educational unit hospitalization, can describe educational phenomena (elements of communication in the learning group, individual differences of pupils, phenomena of the dynamics of the learning group), can identify the individual educational goals, methods, forms, principles and content elements of education. The aim of the course is also to observe and analyse the manifestations of the teacher's personality and the classroom environment. The student will be able to distinguish and evaluate the application of positive and negative evaluation in teaching, be able to identify non-standard educational situations and evaluate the effectiveness of their solution.
Reference sources:
Compulsory reading:
DOUŠKOVÁ, K., ĽUPTÁKOVÁ-VANČÍKOVÁ, K. (2009). Pedagogická prax v príprave učiteľa. Banská IVANOVIČOVÁ, J., KRAMÁREKOVÁ, H. (2010). Pedagogická prax – súčasť pregraduálnej prípravy budúcich učiteľov. Nitra: Fakulta prírodných vied, 108 s. ISBN 978-80-8094-680-7.
KONTÍROVÁ, S. (2011). Pedagogická prax študentov učiteľstva akademických predmetov. Košice: Univerzita Pavla Jozefa Šafárika, 101 s. ISBN 978-80-7097-904-4.
KOSTRUB, D., SEVERINI, E. Portfólio v pedagogickej praxi študenta. In: Švec, V., Lojdová, K., Pravdová, B. 2016. Učitelské praxe – současné poznatky a perspektivy. Brno. 2016. Masarykova univerzita. ISBN 978-80-210-8274-8
STRAKOŠ, J. 2021. Mimovyučovacie činnosti učiteľa v škole: Metodika stáže A. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2021. ISBN 978-80-223-5231-4
The national curriculum for ISCED 2 and ISCED 3.
Pedagogical documentation
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
The student completes an introductory practice seminar with the practice methodologist and a hospitality in a primary or secondary school according to the subject/subject specialization of the practice in the range of 10 - 20 hours. The student will keep a practice portfolio of the hours of hospitalisation, which he/she will submit to the practice methodologist for evaluation in print or electronic form (as agreed with the practice methodologist). The final assessment takes the form of a colloquium. To pass the course, a minimum score of 60% is required.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - passing the course still requires a significant amount of effort and work on the part of the student).
A - excellent results: the student is able to apply procedures in the processes of formulating goals according to different taxonomies of goals. The student can analyze and classify methods and forms and other didactic categories in practice. The student is able to work effectively with professional sources. The student can critically, factually assess and evaluate the presented solutions of others, can evaluate the quality of his/her own work.
B - above average standard: the student can apply the procedures in the processes of formulating goals according to different taxonomies of goals. The student can analyze and classify methods and forms and other didactic categories in practice. Above-average orientation in the problems of general didactics, above-average communication skills, completion of assigned tasks. Critical evaluation is at borderline level.
C - normal reliable work: the student is able to work out the assigned tasks, average orientation in the problems of general didactics. Can apply the procedures in the processes according to the model and with the teacher's help. Average activity on intermediate assignments.
D - acceptable results: the student is able to work out intermediate tasks with the help of the teacher, average orientation in general didactics, average student activity.
E - the results meet the minimum criteria: the student can define and define basic didactic concepts and elements, but cannot define them in educational contexts. Critical assessment and evaluation are absent. Sufficient level of practical skills and professional knowledge.
FX - extra work is required: the student has very little knowledge of basic didactic terminology, cannot apply it in the outputs, there is no application of procedures, correct elaboration of tasks. Critical assessment and evaluation are absent.
slovak language
The student enrolls in Teaching practice (A) concurrently with the course or after completing the course Theoretical basics of education. Pedagogical Practices are carried out on dates determined by the schedule of the academic year of the Faculty of Arts of Charles University and are preceded by an introductory instructional session with the student's practice methodologist.
Brief outline of the course:
Hospitalization activity:
Preparatory phase of the hospitalization - pre-praxis meeting: defining the objectives, methods and focus of the hospitalization.
The implementation phase of hospitalization - own observation of the educational process and processing of the hospitalization portfolio with emphasis on aspects of Communication in education, elements of communication, individual differences of pupils, phenomena of the dynamics of the learning group, educational goals, methods, forms, principles and content elements of education, manifestations of the teacher's personality and the classroom environment, positive and negative evaluations in teaching, non-standard educational situations.
The final phase of the hospitalization - post-hospitalization colloquium: analysis of the practice portfolio, reflection and interpretation of the observed educational phenomena. Familiarisation with the school documentation: state and school curriculum, electronic class book, online student book, Edupage information system. Educational standards, individual education plans, etc.
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The goal of the Teaching Practicum (A) is to initiate the professional vision of male and female student teachers, particularly in terms of descriptive and identification. After completing the course, the student knows and can navigate in school documentation, can process the record of the educational unit hospitalization, can describe educational phenomena (elements of communication in the learning group, individual differences of pupils, phenomena of the dynamics of the learning group), can identify the individual educational goals, methods, forms, principles and content elements of education. The aim of the course is also to observe and analyse the manifestations of the teacher's personality and the classroom environment. The student will be able to distinguish and evaluate the application of positive and negative evaluation in teaching, be able to identify non-standard educational situations and evaluate the effectiveness of their solution.
Recommended reading:
ČAPEK, R. (2020). Uč jako umělec. Jan Melvil Publishing, 240s., ISBN 978-80-7555-105-4
IVANOVIČOVÁ, J., KRAMÁREKOVÁ, H. (2010). Pedagogická prax – súčasť pregraduálnej prípravy budúcich učiteľov. Nitra: Fakulta prírodných vied, 108 s. ISBN 978-80-8094-680-7.
KONTÍROVÁ, S. (2011). Pedagogická prax študentov učiteľstva akademických predmetov. Košice: Univerzita Pavla Jozefa Šafárika, 101 s. ISBN 978-80-7097-904-4.
KOMENSKÝ, J. A. (1954). Veľká didaktika. Bratislava: SPN, 272 s. ISBN 9-3264/53
KOSTRUB, D., SEVERINI, E. Portfólio v pedagogickej praxi študenta. In: ŠVEC, V., LOJDOVÁ, K., PRAVDOVÁ, B. 2016. Učitelské praxe – současné poznatky a perspektivy. Brno: Masarykova univerzita. ISBN 978-80-210-8274-8 https://munispace.muni.cz/library/catalog/book/829
KOSTRUB, D., FERKOVÁ, Š., TÓTHOVÁ, R. (2017). Žiak, učiteľ a výučba. Všeobecná didaktika pre študentov učiteľstva. Prešov: Rokus. 370 s., ISBN 978-80-8951-061-0
KOSTRUB, D. 2008. Dieťa/žiak/študent – učiteľ – učivo, didaktický alebo bermudský trojuholník? Prešov: ROKUS. ISBN 978-80-89055-87-6
KOSTRUB, D., OSTRADICKÝ, P. (2016). Participative didactics as an inspiration for students. In INWENCJA W EDUKACJI DZIECI, MLODZIEZY I DOROSLYCH, 2016, s. 428-438. ISBN 978-83-941235-5-0.
KRATOCHVÍLOVÁ, J., SVOJANOVSKÝ, P. a kol. (2020). Standard kvality profesních kompetencí studenta učitelství. Brno: Masarykova Univerzita, Katedra pedagogiky. 28 s. ISBN 978-80-210-9581-6 https://www.phil.muni.cz/do/fi/is/sebehodnotici_nastroj/Standard-kvality-profesnich-kompetenci.pdf
STRAKOŠ, J. 2021. Mimovyučovacie činnosti učiteľa v škole: Metodika stáže A. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2021, 30 s., (1,45 AH), ISBN 978-80-223-5231-4
National curriculum for ISCED 2 and ISCED 3
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
The student will attend a pre-practise seminar with the practice methodologist, and will complete at least 10 hours of hospitalization at a primary or secondary school according to the subject/content specialization. The student will keep a personal portfolio of teaching practice from the hours of hospitalization. The personal portfolio is an indicator of the student's personal commitment and responsibility. The portfolio may be in print or electronic format. The portfolio is submitted by the student to the Practice Methodologist for evaluation, and at the end of the portfolio the student will attend a colloquium to evaluate and reflect on the teaching practice.
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
A - excellent results: the student is able to apply procedures in the processes of formulating objectives according to different taxonomies of objectives. The student can analyze and classify methods and forms and other didactic categories in practice. The student is able to work effectively with professional sources. The student can critically, factually assess and evaluate the presented solutions of others, can evaluate the quality of his/her own work.
B - above average standard: the student can apply the procedures in the processes of formulating goals according to different taxonomies of goals. The student can analyze and classify methods and forms and other didactic categories in practice. Above-average orientation in the problems of general didactics, above-average communication skills, completion of assigned tasks. Critical evaluation is at borderline level.
C - normal reliable work: the student is able to work out the assigned tasks, average orientation in the problems of general didactics. Can apply the procedures in the processes according to the model and with the teacher's help. Average activity on intermediate assignments.
D - acceptable results: the student is able to work out intermediate tasks with the help of the teacher, average orientation in general didactics, average student activity.
E - the results meet the minimum criteria: the student can define and define basic didactic concepts and elements, but cannot define them in educational contexts. Critical assessment and evaluation are absent. Sufficient level of practical skills and professional knowledge.
FX - extra work is required: the student has very little knowledge of basic didactic terminology, cannot apply it in the outputs, there is no application of procedures, correct elaboration of tasks. Critical assessment and evaluation are absent.
slovak, english and czech
The student enrolls in Pedagogical Practice (B) concurrently with the course or after completing the course General Didactics. Pedagogical Practices are carried out on dates determined by the schedule of the academic year of the Faculty of Arts of Charles University and are preceded by an introductory instructional session with the student's practice methodologist.
Brief outline of the course:
The aim of teaching practice B is to enable students to observe the teaching process from the perspective of a future teacher. During the practicum, students observe the teaching process of the practicing teachers and, on the basis of theoretical knowledge of general didactics, analyse the teaching process in its entirety and, in the final reflection, formulate a characterisation of the observed teaching, the working atmosphere, evaluate the pedagogical competence of the practicing teachers, point out the positives and negatives, propose their own solutions and describe suggestions for change, and give their own reflections on the profession of teaching, where they are in relation to the observed teaching process.
Preparatory phase for the practice: pre-practicum seminar, definition of requirements for the implementation of the practice, preparation and study of hospitality sheets, study of didactic literature, pre-hospitalization interview with the trainee teacher.
The implementation phase of the practice: self-observation of the teaching process, processing of hospitality sheets with emphasis on aspects of objectives, methods, Communication in education, teacher and pupils' activities, identification of teaching phases, cognitive functions, pupils' activity and activation, and a comprehensive record of the teaching process.
Evaluation phase of practice: interpretation of observed educational phenomena, analysis of the hospital portfolio, reflection on the pedagogical practice B.
100/0
Learning outcomes and transferable competences:
The goal of Teaching Practice B is to initiate students' professional vision at the level of descriptive and identification. After completing the pedagogical practice B, the student knows and can work with pedagogical documentation, can process the record of the teaching unit hospitalization. Identifies the main objectives, methods, forms and phases of the teaching process. Can describe the elements of communication and classroom dynamics.
Recommended reading:
ČAPEK, R. (2020). Uč jako umělec. Jan Melvil Publishing, 240s., ISBN 978-80-7555-105-4
IVANOVIČOVÁ, J., KRAMÁREKOVÁ, H. (2010). Pedagogická prax – súčasť pregraduálnej prípravy budúcich učiteľov. Nitra: Fakulta prírodných vied, 108 s. ISBN 978-80-8094-680-7.
KONTÍROVÁ, S. (2011). Pedagogická prax študentov učiteľstva akademických predmetov. Košice: Univerzita Pavla Jozefa Šafárika, 101 s. ISBN 978-80-7097-904-4.
KOMENSKÝ, J. A. (1954). Veľká didaktika. Bratislava: SPN, 272 s. ISBN 9-3264/53
KOSTRUB, D., SEVERINI, E. Portfólio v pedagogickej praxi študenta. In: ŠVEC, V., LOJDOVÁ, K., PRAVDOVÁ, B. 2016. Učitelské praxe – současné poznatky a perspektivy. Brno: Masarykova univerzita. ISBN 978-80-210-8274-8 https://munispace.muni.cz/library/catalog/book/829
KOSTRUB, D., FERKOVÁ, Š., TÓTHOVÁ, R. (2017). Žiak, učiteľ a výučba. Všeobecná didaktika pre študentov učiteľstva. Prešov: Rokus. 370 s., ISBN 978-80-8951-061-0
KOSTRUB, D. 2008. Dieťa/žiak/študent – učiteľ – učivo, didaktický alebo bermudský trojuholník? Prešov: ROKUS. ISBN 978-80-89055-87-6
KOSTRUB, D., OSTRADICKÝ, P. (2016). Participative didactics as an inspiration for students. In INWENCJA W EDUKACJI DZIECI, MLODZIEZY I DOROSLYCH, 2016, s. 428-438. ISBN 978-83-941235-5-0.
KRATOCHVÍLOVÁ, J., SVOJANOVSKÝ, P. a kol. (2020). Standard kvality profesních kompetencí studenta učitelství. Brno: Masarykova Univerzita, Katedra pedagogiky. 28 s. ISBN 978-80-210-9581-6 https://www.phil.muni.cz/do/fi/is/sebehodnotici_nastroj/Standard-kvality-profesnich-kompetenci.pdf
STRAKOŠ, J. 2021. Mimovyučovacie činnosti učiteľa v škole: Metodika stáže A. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2021, 30 s., (1,45 AH), ISBN 978-80-223-5231-4
National curriculum for ISCED 2 and ISCED 3
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
The student will attend a pre-practise seminar with the practice methodologist, and will complete at least 10 hours of hospitalization at a primary or secondary school according to the subject/content specialization. The student will keep a personal portfolio of teaching practice from the hours of hospitalization. The personal portfolio is an indicator of the student's personal commitment and responsibility. The portfolio may be in print or electronic format. The portfolio is submitted by the student to the Practice Methodologist for evaluation, and at the end of the portfolio the student will attend a colloquium to evaluate and reflect on the teaching practice.
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
A - excellent results: the student is able to apply procedures in the processes of formulating objectives according to different taxonomies of objectives. The student can analyze and classify methods and forms and other didactic categories in practice. The student is able to work effectively with professional sources. The student can critically, factually assess and evaluate the presented solutions of others, can evaluate the quality of his/her own work.
B - above average standard: the student can apply the procedures in the processes of formulating goals according to different taxonomies of goals. The student can analyze and classify methods and forms and other didactic categories in practice. Above-average orientation in the problems of general didactics, above-average communication skills, completion of assigned tasks. Critical evaluation is at borderline level.
C - normal reliable work: the student is able to work out the assigned tasks, average orientation in the problems of general didactics. Can apply the procedures in the processes according to the model and with the teacher's help. Average activity on intermediate assignments.
D - acceptable results: the student is able to work out intermediate tasks with the help of the teacher, average orientation in general didactics, average student activity.
E - the results meet the minimum criteria: the student can define and define basic didactic concepts and elements, but cannot define them in educational contexts. Critical assessment and evaluation are absent. Sufficient level of practical skills and professional knowledge.
FX - extra work is required: the student has very little knowledge of basic didactic terminology, cannot apply it in the outputs, there is no application of procedures, correct elaboration of tasks. Critical assessment and evaluation are absent.
slovak, english and czech
The student enrolls in Pedagogical Practice (B) concurrently with the course or after completing the course General Didactics. Pedagogical Practices are carried out on dates determined by the schedule of the academic year of the Faculty of Arts of Charles University and are preceded by an introductory instructional session with the student's practice methodologist.
Brief outline of the course:
The aim of teaching practice B is to enable students to observe the teaching process from the perspective of a future teacher. During the practicum, students observe the teaching process of the practicing teachers and, on the basis of theoretical knowledge of general didactics, analyse the teaching process in its entirety and, in the final reflection, formulate a characterisation of the observed teaching, the working atmosphere, evaluate the pedagogical competence of the practicing teachers, point out the positives and negatives, propose their own solutions and describe suggestions for change, and give their own reflections on the profession of teaching, where they are in relation to the observed teaching process.
Preparatory phase for the practice: pre-practicum seminar, definition of requirements for the implementation of the practice, preparation and study of hospitality sheets, study of didactic literature, pre-hospitalization interview with the trainee teacher.
The implementation phase of the practice: self-observation of the teaching process, processing of hospitality sheets with emphasis on aspects of objectives, methods, Communication in education, teacher and pupils' activities, identification of teaching phases, cognitive functions, pupils' activity and activation, and a comprehensive record of the teaching process.
Evaluation phase of practice: interpretation of observed educational phenomena, analysis of the hospital portfolio, reflection on the pedagogical practice B.
100/0
Learning outcomes and transferable competences:
The goal of Teaching Practice B is to initiate students' professional vision at the level of descriptive and identification. After completing the pedagogical practice B, the student knows and can work with pedagogical documentation, can process the record of the teaching unit hospitalization. Identifies the main objectives, methods, forms and phases of the teaching process. Can describe the elements of communication and classroom dynamics.
Recommended reading:
ZÁHOREC, J. (2021). Inovatívne digitálne riešenia v školskej edukácii žiakov. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 141 strán, ISBN 978-80-223-5121-8. https://www.fedu.uniba.sk/fileadmin/pdf/Sucasti/Katedry/KDPP/Inovativne_digitalne_riesenia.pdf
ZÁHOREC, J., BREČKA, P. (2021). Uplatnenie platformy SMART Learning Suite v oblasti tvorby edukačných aktivít. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 129 strán, ISBN 978-80-223-5127-0 https://www.fedu.uniba.sk/fileadmin/pdf/Sucasti/Katedry/KDPP/Pouzivame_SMART_Learning_Suite.pdf
ZÁHOREC, J., HAŠKOVÁ, A., MUNK, M. (2020). Digitálna gramotnosť učiteľov v kontexte ich profesijnej prípravy. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 305 strán, ISBN 978-80-223-4882-9.
LABJAKOVÁ, I. (2019). Interaktívna tabuľa v edukačnom procese, Bratislava: Metodicko-pedagogické centrum v Bratislave, 2019, 100 s., ISBN 978-80-565-1444-3
Základný študijný text k vzdelávaciemu obsahu disciplíny Digitálne technológie 2 bude študentom pravidelných časových intervaloch sprístupňovaný v elektronickej forme prostredníctvom univerzitného LMS Moodle.
Prerequisites: B-VUZde002 / Digital technologies 1
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
active participation in seminars conducted by both face-to-face and distance learning methods;
processing of partial (distance) deliverables/assignments according to the lecturer's assignment during the semester from the selected subject areas and their submission in electronic form within the set deadline, which are continuously checked and evaluated by the lecturer, constitutes 80% of the total achievable point value; Submission of partial assignments is a condition for the award of credits;
development of a semester project - at the end of the semester, the student develops through the cloud tool Prezi Video an original and visually impressive video presentation of the educational content of the selected teaching subject at primary school / secondary school in the context of the subjects that the student studies in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education of Charles University; The structure of the video presentation should be based on the presentation created in the Prezi Present software application; Personal presentation of the created project in Prezi in front of the whole study group; Successful implementation and defence of the project constitutes 20% of the total achievable point value and is a condition for the award of credits.
The rating shall be awarded on a scale of
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
For successful completion of the educational subject it is necessary to obtain at least 60 % of the score.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to work through assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, and completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
: The maximum number of students per study group within the regular learning form of study is 15 (per one teacher). The seminar is conducted in a computer room, each student has a computer at his/her disposal.
Brief outline of the course
The content of the educational discipline Digital Technologies 2 is divided into four thematic headings and relevant sub-topics in order to ensure the achievement of the set partial educational objectives. The content structure of the educational discipline is designed so that the student continuously develops his didactic-technological competences in the field of selected didactic software applications by completing the educational topics organized in the present and distance form and at the same time strengthens his professional training in the subject area.content structure of the discipline can be adapted to the current requirements of practice and students.
Application of ActivInspire software application and ClassFlow cloud environment in the educational process
We master the principle and methodology of working with selected (Promethean World Ltd) digital didactic resources designed to support interactive teaching of subjects of its approbation in primary and secondary schools;
We develop professional digital competences by the ability to effectively use the software tools of the ActivInspire desktop application and the ClassFlow cloud environment through the creation of gamification educational/quiz activities, engaging presentations of educational content and new interactive forms of learning material supporting the activation and attention of pupils (including pupils with special educational needs) participating in a lesson in the school classroom or in home conditions in the case of distance/hybrid education; In the context of the above activity, the trainee is also expected to learn the methodology for applying the activities developed in the school classroom;
We gain knowledge about desktop digital voting solutions and (trendy) cloud-based applications for creating knowledge tests/quizzes currently available on the market as an interactive didactic means of teaching, advantages and disadvantages of their deployment in the teaching process in the field of regional education;
We acquire digital skills in creating, editing and administering knowledge tests through voting sessions and supported by the ActivInspire software application and ActivExpression2 digital voting device to stimulate pupil activation and attention in the classroom; We use the ExpressPoll voting session; we use the question creation wizard to create test activities in the teacher stimulation; we implement the work with the question set wizard for processing at the pupil's own pace (voting session in the pupil stimulation) in the teaching of the subjects of his/her apprenticeship;
We are mastering the methodology of applying the knowledge tests communicated to pupils through the ActivInspire application and the ActivExpression2 digital voting device to the process of school teaching of the subjects of their approbation in primary/ secondary schools;
Develop skills in statistically processing the results of whole group voting activities into the ActivInspire demonstration workbook, as well as exporting them to Microsoft Excel;
We strengthen professional digital competences in the area of working with complex interactive solutions usable in educational situations with an emphasis on the ActivBoard interactive whiteboard.
Topics:
Design of demonstration workbooks - options for setting up and customizing the ActivInspire work environment; Main toolbar - demonstration for familiarizing yourself with the most commonly used tools - ideas for their use in the creation of interactive educational content; Annotation mode on the desktop; Browsers in ActivInspire; Export/Import (*.flipchart) of demonstration workbooks; Teacher-student collaboration on the whiteboard - dual user mode;
Adding additional graphical content to the ActivInspire demonstration workbook; Importing and exporting asset packages; Defining object properties; Using layers and layering: Blind Map, Magic Tunnel, Magic Ink - ideas for using them when designing educational activities aimed at the target group of students; Adding and removing links to linked external files/internet resources; Creating and using grid features when designing educational activities; Creating interactive demonstration workbooks - creating containers; Working with actions; Suggestions for their use of selected actions in the creation of interactive materials usable in the educational process; Benefits of using profiles; Annotating the desktop; Using desktop tools; Working in dual user mode; Using mathematical and design tools; Demonstrations of the use of mathematical and design tools in the creation of interactive materials usable in the educational process;
We extend professional digital competencies with the ability to effectively apply gamification educational activities through predefined templates - Sorting into categories, Crossword, Learning Cards, Assigning and Sorting items and other templates supported by the cloud-based ClassFlow application;
Current trends in the application of digital voting solutions for education; Technological principle of digital voting systems; Possibilities of using digital voting systems in school teaching in primary
schools / elementary schools ; Methodology of working with digital voting systems; Digital voting solutions - effective support of group cooperation in classrooms stimulating the learning process;
We use the ActivExpression2 digital voting system in the classroom; Components of an intelligent digital voting solution; Registration of ActivExpression2 voting devices in ActivInspire; Voting Browser; Types of voting sessions and test questions supported by the ActivInspire software application and ActivExpression2 voting device; Working with voting session results in ActivInspire - viewing results in different formats; Exporting results from ExpressPoll from prepared questions and from a set of self-paced questions to Microsoft Excel; Suggestions for educational activities and games using ActivExpression2 voting devices to promote student activation and attention in the classroom.
Within the framework of the distance assignment, the student in the ActivInspire environment will develop a set of engaging learning activities, knowledge games, engaging presentations of educational content as new interactive forms of learning material supporting the activation and attention of students in the classroom. In conceptualising the design and development of the task, the learner will make use of as wide a range of available tools, functions, actions and features as possible. Within a developed demonstration workbook of at least 6 pages, the student will be expected to primarily use the container activity, magic ink, magic tunnel, set actions and constraints on objects, and apply the presentation tools of the ActivInspire environment. In the accompanying document (a separate file of *.docx format) to the created presentation materials and educational activities stored in *.flipchart format, the student will indicate the methodology of their inclusion in the educational activities of the target group of pupils.
Within the distance assignment, the student will create a set of 10 gamification educational activities for the target group of students with the effective use of pre-prepared templates and tools of the ClassFlow cloud environment. In the accompanying document (a separate file of *.docx format) to the created gamification activities, the student will include the methodology of their integration into the educational activities of the target group of pupils.
Within the framework of the distance task, the student will create, through the ClassFlow cloud environment, a test activity conceived from 20 test questions of supported types with the potential possibility of its use in the teaching of the subjects of his/her apprenticeship to pupils at primary school / secondary school.
We create video presentations of educational content through the cloud application Prezi Video
We develop professional digital competencies in the design and creation of compelling non-linear video presentations of educational content realized through Prezi Present and Prezi Video cloud platform Prezi by expressing visual ideas applicable to our own pedagogical activities;
We are mastering the methodology of applying video presentation of educational content communicated to pupils through Prezi Video to the process of school teaching of subjects of its approbation at primary school / high school;
We innovate didactic approaches to educational activities implemented in schools or educational institutions through immersive non-linear video presentations created in the cloud platform Prezi.
Topics:
We create a video presentation in the Prezi Video online editor environment from scratch using the Quick record tool - selecting a suitable template, inserting text content and other graphic visuals; supplementing the video presentation with a recording of your own image and sound;
We create a video presentation in the Prezi Video online editor environment by offering reusable videos recorded by other Prezi Video users;
Creating a video presentation based on a Prezi Present; Adding an accompanying commentary; Adding a video with accompanying commentary.
Within the distance assignment, the student will create an original didactic and visually engaging video presentation of educational content of his/her choice for the target group of pupils, using the Prezi cloud platform (Prezi Present and Prezi Video), in a range of at least 20 presentation views, usable in teaching the subjects of his/her specialisation at primary school/junior high school.
We use selected Web 2.0 software tools to obtain feedback from students participating in the school teaching process, in the case of students enrolled in distance (online) learning;
We are expanding the knowledge framework in the field of application of gamification (game-based learning) as one of the innovative and activating methods applied in the educational process at the primary school level;
We are expanding digital skills to include the ability to effectively use Socrative 2.0, a cloud-based application designed to create and manage knowledge/quiz activities in order to get immediate feedback from students participating in a lesson in the classroom or at home in the case of distance/hybrid learning;
We are mastering the methodology of applying knowledge/quiz activities communicated to students through Socrative 2.0 to the process of school teaching of subjects of their area of interest in primary schools;
We extend professional digital competences with the ability to create gamification quiz activities and knowledge games through the online platform Kahoot! into the school learning process in a fun and playful way - transforming traditional knowledge testing through quizzes in an activating form using digital means;
We acquire competencies in the application of the application methodology, in the Kahoot! author-prepared, gamified educational and quiz activities to the process of school teaching of subjects of their approbation in primary school / secondary school;
We develop digital competences by the ability to effectively use the cloud tool Wizer.me for creating multimedia online worksheets with educational content for the target group of primary school pupils;
We are mastering the methodology of applying the processed digital graphic outputs of educational content communicated to students through the cloud tool Wizer.me to the process of school teaching of subjects of their approbation in primary school / secondary school;
We master the principle and methodology of working with the cloud application Google Forms designed for the creation of online knowledge tests and research tools usable in the context of pedagogical activities;
Topics:
Socratvive.com - a web-based tool for online testing of student knowledge; Free registration vs. benefits of paid registration for teachers; Creating a teacher/student account; Test administration panel in Socrative 2.0 - Creating a new test - question types for creating your own tests - multiple choice, yes/no and short open answer; Managing teacher-created tests; Creating a copy of a test - a variant for a parallel group with slightly different questions; Deleting a test; Downloading a test to a document in *.pdf; Editing the created test; Importing a test from another teacher - sharing tests between teachers; Access to the results of all (already) completed tests; Modes of making the test available to pupils - immediate feedback: Instatnt Feedback; Teacher-controlled test; Selecting the ways of displaying the results; Defining the appearance of the test results - a general overview of all pupils with statistics of pupil's success and questions; Separate *.Separate pdf files for each pupil; Success statistics for each test question; Practical examples of administered tests in the Socrative 2.0 environment for different educational disciplines and learning topics;
For the sake of brevity, the thematic focus of Kahoot! is analogous in content to the Socrative 2.0 application;
Cloud Computing; Google Drive; Viewing Google Docs options; Description of the Google Forms environment - Questions tab; Creating a form; Editing the appearance of the form; Setting up the form as a quiz; Evaluating the data obtained from the form administration - Answers tab; Sending the form to respondents; Setting up Google Form sharing - in Google Drive and in the Google Forms editor; Setting up Google Form sharing for a user with an un-created Google account.
As part of the distance task, the student will create a knowledge test with ten multiple choice questions, ten yes/no questions and ten short free-form questions using the online software application Socrative. The focus of the knowledge test should be situated in a curricular issue of the student's choice falling within the educational content of the subject taught at primary/ secondary school, in the context of the subjects of interest that the student is studying in the teacher education programmes at PdF UK. The knowledge test defined in this way will be implemented by the student among his/her classmates in his/her educational group. As part of the distance assignment, the student will create a software application Kahoot! test activity made up of 20 knowledge questions of supported types. The focus of the test activity should be situated in a teaching issue of his/her own choice falling within the educational content of the teaching subject at primary school / high school in the intent of the approbation subjects that the student studies in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education of the Charles University. The test activity defined in this way will be implemented by the student among the classmates of his/her educational group.
Within the distance assignment, the student will design and create an engaging multimedia worksheet with educational content for the target group of pupils in primary school / secondary school in the environment of the cloud tool Wizer.me; To the created digital graphic output (in a separate file format *.docx), the student will provide a methodology for its inclusion in the educational activities of the target group of pupils.
As part of the distance learning assignment, the student will create a knowledge quiz activity with a minimum of 15 questions of supported types via the Google Forms cloud application. The focus of the knowledge quiz should be situated in a teaching issue of the student's own choice falling within the educational content of the teaching subject at primary school / high school in the intent of the approbation subjects that the student is studying in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education at PdF UK. The knowledge quiz defined in this way will be implemented by the student among the classmates of his/her educational group.
Creation of digital graphic outputs in the environment of selected cloud applications
Acquire digital competences by the ability to effectively use the Prezi Design cloud tool of the Prezi cloud platform to create multimedia posters with educational content intended for the target group of pupils in primary schools / secondary schools by expressing their own visual ideas;
We develop digital competences by the ability to effectively use the cloud tool Glogster (edu.Glogster.com) for digital storytelling - creating engaging multimedia posters with educational content - designed for the target group of pupils in primary schools / secondary schools by expressing their own visual ideas;
We are mastering the methodology of applying the processed digital graphic outputs of educational content communicated to students through the cloud tool Prezi Design and Glogster to the school teaching of subjects that the student studies in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education at Charles University.
Topics:
Prezi Design as a comprehensive graphic design and data visualization tool; Template library; Creating and editing content by adding multimedia items in the editor; Adding, moving and layering objects; Using *.ppt, *.pdf and *.doc in Prezi Design; Implementing animated elements into the graphic content you create; Creating visual effects to images by applying masks and filters; Adding links to text objects, graphics and shapes; Multi-page design; Linking text, images, icons and shapes to pages and sections; Sharing content created in Prezi Design with your audience on social media using private or public links; Collaborating in the Prezi Design environment; Adding/removing collaborators; Adding an entire team of collaborators; Collaborating in real time;
Creating and editing engaging data visualizations using maps; Creating a social post - adding and editing content, adding animation to the content of the post being created; Downloading and sharing the created content for publishing purposes;
Creating infographics for visual representation of information and data, Adding and editing content; Creating gif and mp4 videos in the Prezi Design environment; Embedding videos from Prezi Video into Prezi Design; Adding videos to Prezi Design and editing settings; Media integrations in Prezi Design - adding content from Prezi Video to projects.
Within the distance task, the student will design and create in the cloud tool Prezi Design an engaging digital poster with multiMedial educational content usable in teaching in the intent of the approbation subjects, which the student studies in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education of the Charles University; To the created digital graphic output (in a special file format *.docx) the student will provide a methodology for its inclusion in the educational activities of the target group of students.
Within the distance task, the student will design and create in the cloud tool edu.Glogster an engaging digital poster with multiMedial educational content usable in teaching in the intent of the approbation subjects that the student is studying in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education of the Charles University; To the created digital graphic output (in a special file format *.docx) the student will provide a methodology for its inclusion in the educational activities of the target group of students
70/30
Learning outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the educational discipline Digital Technologies 2 is to develop digital skills in the field of work with selected software (desktop and cloud) didactic applications and to be able to apply them effectively in the context of their future teaching profession.
By completing the educational discipline Digital Technologies 2, the student has the competences and advanced digital skills to effectively use the tools of the software application ActivInspire and the cloud environment ClassFlow by creating gamification educational/quiz activities, engaging presentations of educational content and new interactive forms of learning material supporting the activation and attention of students participating in the lesson in the school classroom or in home conditions in the case of distance/hybrid education.
By completing the educational discipline Digital Technologies 2, the student acquires advanced professional digital competences in the concept of design and creation of interactive video presentations of educational content implemented through Prezi Present and Prezi Video cloud platform Prezi by expressing their own visual ideas usable in their own pedagogical activities in schools or educational institutions.
By completing the educational discipline, the student acquires competence and advanced digital skills in the concept of design, creation and administration of (gamification) quiz and educational activities and knowledge games with dynamic elements created through the cloud tool Socrative 2.0, Kahoot!, Wizer.me and Google Forms usable in own educational activities implemented in schools and school facilities for the target group of intact pupils as well as pupils with special educational needs.
By completing the educational discipline Digital Technologies 2, the student has, last but not least, competencies and advanced digital skills in the field of vector graphic creation in the environment of the cloud application Prezi Design in the implementation of the work activities of a pedagogical employee of regional education or his/her own professional development.
Recommended reading:
ZÁHOREC, J. (2021). Inovatívne digitálne riešenia v školskej edukácii žiakov. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 141 strán, ISBN 978-80-223-5121-8. https://www.fedu.uniba.sk/fileadmin/pdf/Sucasti/Katedry/KDPP/Inovativne_digitalne_riesenia.pdf
ZÁHOREC, J., BREČKA, P. (2021). Uplatnenie platformy SMART Learning Suite v oblasti tvorby edukačných aktivít. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 129 strán, ISBN 978-80-223-5127-0 https://www.fedu.uniba.sk/fileadmin/pdf/Sucasti/Katedry/KDPP/Pouzivame_SMART_Learning_Suite.pdf
ZÁHOREC, J., HAŠKOVÁ, A., MUNK, M. (2020). Digitálna gramotnosť učiteľov v kontexte ich profesijnej prípravy. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 305 strán, ISBN 978-80-223-4882-9.
LABJAKOVÁ, I. (2019). Interaktívna tabuľa v edukačnom procese, Bratislava: Metodicko-pedagogické centrum v Bratislave, 2019, 100 s., ISBN 978-80-565-1444-3
Základný študijný text k vzdelávaciemu obsahu disciplíny Digitálne technológie 2 bude študentom pravidelných časových intervaloch sprístupňovaný v elektronickej forme prostredníctvom univerzitného LMS Moodle.
Prerequisites: B-VUZde002 / Digital technologies 1
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
active participation in seminars conducted by both face-to-face and distance learning methods;
processing of partial (distance) deliverables/assignments according to the lecturer's assignment during the semester from the selected subject areas and their submission in electronic form within the set deadline, which are continuously checked and evaluated by the lecturer, constitutes 80% of the total achievable point value; Submission of partial assignments is a condition for the award of credits;
development of a semester project - at the end of the semester, the student develops through the cloud tool Prezi Video an original and visually impressive video presentation of the educational content of the selected teaching subject at primary school / secondary school in the context of the subjects that the student studies in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education of Charles University; The structure of the video presentation should be based on the presentation created in the Prezi Present software application; Personal presentation of the created project in Prezi in front of the whole study group; Successful implementation and defence of the project constitutes 20% of the total achievable point value and is a condition for the award of credits.
The rating shall be awarded on a scale of
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
For successful completion of the educational subject it is necessary to obtain at least 60 % of the score.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to work through assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, and completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
: The maximum number of students per study group within the regular learning form of study is 15 (per one teacher). The seminar is conducted in a computer room, each student has a computer at his/her disposal.
Brief outline of the course
The content of the educational discipline Digital Technologies 2 is divided into four thematic headings and relevant sub-topics in order to ensure the achievement of the set partial educational objectives. The content structure of the educational discipline is designed so that the student continuously develops his didactic-technological competences in the field of selected didactic software applications by completing the educational topics organized in the present and distance form and at the same time strengthens his professional training in the subject area.content structure of the discipline can be adapted to the current requirements of practice and students.
Application of ActivInspire software application and ClassFlow cloud environment in the educational process
We master the principle and methodology of working with selected (Promethean World Ltd) digital didactic resources designed to support interactive teaching of subjects of its approbation in primary and secondary schools;
We develop professional digital competences by the ability to effectively use the software tools of the ActivInspire desktop application and the ClassFlow cloud environment through the creation of gamification educational/quiz activities, engaging presentations of educational content and new interactive forms of learning material supporting the activation and attention of pupils (including pupils with special educational needs) participating in a lesson in the school classroom or in home conditions in the case of distance/hybrid education; In the context of the above activity, the trainee is also expected to learn the methodology for applying the activities developed in the school classroom;
We gain knowledge about desktop digital voting solutions and (trendy) cloud-based applications for creating knowledge tests/quizzes currently available on the market as an interactive didactic means of teaching, advantages and disadvantages of their deployment in the teaching process in the field of regional education;
We acquire digital skills in creating, editing and administering knowledge tests through voting sessions and supported by the ActivInspire software application and ActivExpression2 digital voting device to stimulate pupil activation and attention in the classroom; We use the ExpressPoll voting session; we use the question creation wizard to create test activities in the teacher stimulation; we implement the work with the question set wizard for processing at the pupil's own pace (voting session in the pupil stimulation) in the teaching of the subjects of his/her apprenticeship;
We are mastering the methodology of applying the knowledge tests communicated to pupils through the ActivInspire application and the ActivExpression2 digital voting device to the process of school teaching of the subjects of their approbation in primary/ secondary schools;
Develop skills in statistically processing the results of whole group voting activities into the ActivInspire demonstration workbook, as well as exporting them to Microsoft Excel;
We strengthen professional digital competences in the area of working with complex interactive solutions usable in educational situations with an emphasis on the ActivBoard interactive whiteboard.
Topics:
Design of demonstration workbooks - options for setting up and customizing the ActivInspire work environment; Main toolbar - demonstration for familiarizing yourself with the most commonly used tools - ideas for their use in the creation of interactive educational content; Annotation mode on the desktop; Browsers in ActivInspire; Export/Import (*.flipchart) of demonstration workbooks; Teacher-student collaboration on the whiteboard - dual user mode;
Adding additional graphical content to the ActivInspire demonstration workbook; Importing and exporting asset packages; Defining object properties; Using layers and layering: Blind Map, Magic Tunnel, Magic Ink - ideas for using them when designing educational activities aimed at the target group of students; Adding and removing links to linked external files/internet resources; Creating and using grid features when designing educational activities; Creating interactive demonstration workbooks - creating containers; Working with actions; Suggestions for their use of selected actions in the creation of interactive materials usable in the educational process; Benefits of using profiles; Annotating the desktop; Using desktop tools; Working in dual user mode; Using mathematical and design tools; Demonstrations of the use of mathematical and design tools in the creation of interactive materials usable in the educational process;
We extend professional digital competencies with the ability to effectively apply gamification educational activities through predefined templates - Sorting into categories, Crossword, Learning Cards, Assigning and Sorting items and other templates supported by the cloud-based ClassFlow application;
Current trends in the application of digital voting solutions for education; Technological principle of digital voting systems; Possibilities of using digital voting systems in school teaching in primary
schools / elementary schools ; Methodology of working with digital voting systems; Digital voting solutions - effective support of group cooperation in classrooms stimulating the learning process;
We use the ActivExpression2 digital voting system in the classroom; Components of an intelligent digital voting solution; Registration of ActivExpression2 voting devices in ActivInspire; Voting Browser; Types of voting sessions and test questions supported by the ActivInspire software application and ActivExpression2 voting device; Working with voting session results in ActivInspire - viewing results in different formats; Exporting results from ExpressPoll from prepared questions and from a set of self-paced questions to Microsoft Excel; Suggestions for educational activities and games using ActivExpression2 voting devices to promote student activation and attention in the classroom.
Within the framework of the distance assignment, the student in the ActivInspire environment will develop a set of engaging learning activities, knowledge games, engaging presentations of educational content as new interactive forms of learning material supporting the activation and attention of students in the classroom. In conceptualising the design and development of the task, the learner will make use of as wide a range of available tools, functions, actions and features as possible. Within a developed demonstration workbook of at least 6 pages, the student will be expected to primarily use the container activity, magic ink, magic tunnel, set actions and constraints on objects, and apply the presentation tools of the ActivInspire environment. In the accompanying document (a separate file of *.docx format) to the created presentation materials and educational activities stored in *.flipchart format, the student will indicate the methodology of their inclusion in the educational activities of the target group of pupils.
Within the distance assignment, the student will create a set of 10 gamification educational activities for the target group of students with the effective use of pre-prepared templates and tools of the ClassFlow cloud environment. In the accompanying document (a separate file of *.docx format) to the created gamification activities, the student will include the methodology of their integration into the educational activities of the target group of pupils.
Within the framework of the distance task, the student will create, through the ClassFlow cloud environment, a test activity conceived from 20 test questions of supported types with the potential possibility of its use in the teaching of the subjects of his/her apprenticeship to pupils at primary school / secondary school.
We create video presentations of educational content through the cloud application Prezi Video
We develop professional digital competencies in the design and creation of compelling non-linear video presentations of educational content realized through Prezi Present and Prezi Video cloud platform Prezi by expressing visual ideas applicable to our own pedagogical activities;
We are mastering the methodology of applying video presentation of educational content communicated to pupils through Prezi Video to the process of school teaching of subjects of its approbation at primary school / high school;
We innovate didactic approaches to educational activities implemented in schools or educational institutions through immersive non-linear video presentations created in the cloud platform Prezi.
Topics:
We create a video presentation in the Prezi Video online editor environment from scratch using the Quick record tool - selecting a suitable template, inserting text content and other graphic visuals; supplementing the video presentation with a recording of your own image and sound;
We create a video presentation in the Prezi Video online editor environment by offering reusable videos recorded by other Prezi Video users;
Creating a video presentation based on a Prezi Present; Adding an accompanying commentary; Adding a video with accompanying commentary.
Within the distance assignment, the student will create an original didactic and visually engaging video presentation of educational content of his/her choice for the target group of pupils, using the Prezi cloud platform (Prezi Present and Prezi Video), in a range of at least 20 presentation views, usable in teaching the subjects of his/her specialisation at primary school/junior high school.
We use selected Web 2.0 software tools to obtain feedback from students participating in the school teaching process, in the case of students enrolled in distance (online) learning;
We are expanding the knowledge framework in the field of application of gamification (game-based learning) as one of the innovative and activating methods applied in the educational process at the primary school level;
We are expanding digital skills to include the ability to effectively use Socrative 2.0, a cloud-based application designed to create and manage knowledge/quiz activities in order to get immediate feedback from students participating in a lesson in the classroom or at home in the case of distance/hybrid learning;
We are mastering the methodology of applying knowledge/quiz activities communicated to students through Socrative 2.0 to the process of school teaching of subjects of their area of interest in primary schools;
We extend professional digital competences with the ability to create gamification quiz activities and knowledge games through the online platform Kahoot! into the school learning process in a fun and playful way - transforming traditional knowledge testing through quizzes in an activating form using digital means;
We acquire competencies in the application of the application methodology, in the Kahoot! author-prepared, gamified educational and quiz activities to the process of school teaching of subjects of their approbation in primary school / secondary school;
We develop digital competences by the ability to effectively use the cloud tool Wizer.me for creating multimedia online worksheets with educational content for the target group of primary school pupils;
We are mastering the methodology of applying the processed digital graphic outputs of educational content communicated to students through the cloud tool Wizer.me to the process of school teaching of subjects of their approbation in primary school / secondary school;
We master the principle and methodology of working with the cloud application Google Forms designed for the creation of online knowledge tests and research tools usable in the context of pedagogical activities;
Topics:
Socratvive.com - a web-based tool for online testing of student knowledge; Free registration vs. benefits of paid registration for teachers; Creating a teacher/student account; Test administration panel in Socrative 2.0 - Creating a new test - question types for creating your own tests - multiple choice, yes/no and short open answer; Managing teacher-created tests; Creating a copy of a test - a variant for a parallel group with slightly different questions; Deleting a test; Downloading a test to a document in *.pdf; Editing the created test; Importing a test from another teacher - sharing tests between teachers; Access to the results of all (already) completed tests; Modes of making the test available to pupils - immediate feedback: Instatnt Feedback; Teacher-controlled test; Selecting the ways of displaying the results; Defining the appearance of the test results - a general overview of all pupils with statistics of pupil's success and questions; Separate *.Separate pdf files for each pupil; Success statistics for each test question; Practical examples of administered tests in the Socrative 2.0 environment for different educational disciplines and learning topics;
For the sake of brevity, the thematic focus of Kahoot! is analogous in content to the Socrative 2.0 application;
Cloud Computing; Google Drive; Viewing Google Docs options; Description of the Google Forms environment - Questions tab; Creating a form; Editing the appearance of the form; Setting up the form as a quiz; Evaluating the data obtained from the form administration - Answers tab; Sending the form to respondents; Setting up Google Form sharing - in Google Drive and in the Google Forms editor; Setting up Google Form sharing for a user with an un-created Google account.
As part of the distance task, the student will create a knowledge test with ten multiple choice questions, ten yes/no questions and ten short free-form questions using the online software application Socrative. The focus of the knowledge test should be situated in a curricular issue of the student's choice falling within the educational content of the subject taught at primary/ secondary school, in the context of the subjects of interest that the student is studying in the teacher education programmes at PdF UK. The knowledge test defined in this way will be implemented by the student among his/her classmates in his/her educational group. As part of the distance assignment, the student will create a software application Kahoot! test activity made up of 20 knowledge questions of supported types. The focus of the test activity should be situated in a teaching issue of his/her own choice falling within the educational content of the teaching subject at primary school / high school in the intent of the approbation subjects that the student studies in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education of the Charles University. The test activity defined in this way will be implemented by the student among the classmates of his/her educational group.
Within the distance assignment, the student will design and create an engaging multimedia worksheet with educational content for the target group of pupils in primary school / secondary school in the environment of the cloud tool Wizer.me; To the created digital graphic output (in a separate file format *.docx), the student will provide a methodology for its inclusion in the educational activities of the target group of pupils.
As part of the distance learning assignment, the student will create a knowledge quiz activity with a minimum of 15 questions of supported types via the Google Forms cloud application. The focus of the knowledge quiz should be situated in a teaching issue of the student's own choice falling within the educational content of the teaching subject at primary school / high school in the intent of the approbation subjects that the student is studying in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education at PdF UK. The knowledge quiz defined in this way will be implemented by the student among the classmates of his/her educational group.
Creation of digital graphic outputs in the environment of selected cloud applications
Acquire digital competences by the ability to effectively use the Prezi Design cloud tool of the Prezi cloud platform to create multimedia posters with educational content intended for the target group of pupils in primary schools / secondary schools by expressing their own visual ideas;
We develop digital competences by the ability to effectively use the cloud tool Glogster (edu.Glogster.com) for digital storytelling - creating engaging multimedia posters with educational content - designed for the target group of pupils in primary schools / secondary schools by expressing their own visual ideas;
We are mastering the methodology of applying the processed digital graphic outputs of educational content communicated to students through the cloud tool Prezi Design and Glogster to the school teaching of subjects that the student studies in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education at Charles University.
Topics:
Prezi Design as a comprehensive graphic design and data visualization tool; Template library; Creating and editing content by adding multimedia items in the editor; Adding, moving and layering objects; Using *.ppt, *.pdf and *.doc in Prezi Design; Implementing animated elements into the graphic content you create; Creating visual effects to images by applying masks and filters; Adding links to text objects, graphics and shapes; Multi-page design; Linking text, images, icons and shapes to pages and sections; Sharing content created in Prezi Design with your audience on social media using private or public links; Collaborating in the Prezi Design environment; Adding/removing collaborators; Adding an entire team of collaborators; Collaborating in real time;
Creating and editing engaging data visualizations using maps; Creating a social post - adding and editing content, adding animation to the content of the post being created; Downloading and sharing the created content for publishing purposes;
Creating infographics for visual representation of information and data, Adding and editing content; Creating gif and mp4 videos in the Prezi Design environment; Embedding videos from Prezi Video into Prezi Design; Adding videos to Prezi Design and editing settings; Media integrations in Prezi Design - adding content from Prezi Video to projects.
Within the distance task, the student will design and create in the cloud tool Prezi Design an engaging digital poster with multiMedial educational content usable in teaching in the intent of the approbation subjects, which the student studies in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education of the Charles University; To the created digital graphic output (in a special file format *.docx) the student will provide a methodology for its inclusion in the educational activities of the target group of students.
Within the distance task, the student will design and create in the cloud tool edu.Glogster an engaging digital poster with multiMedial educational content usable in teaching in the intent of the approbation subjects that the student is studying in the study programs of teaching at the Faculty of Education of the Charles University; To the created digital graphic output (in a special file format *.docx) the student will provide a methodology for its inclusion in the educational activities of the target group of students
70/30
Learning outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the educational discipline Digital Technologies 2 is to develop digital skills in the field of work with selected software (desktop and cloud) didactic applications and to be able to apply them effectively in the context of their future teaching profession.
By completing the educational discipline Digital Technologies 2, the student has the competences and advanced digital skills to effectively use the tools of the software application ActivInspire and the cloud environment ClassFlow by creating gamification educational/quiz activities, engaging presentations of educational content and new interactive forms of learning material supporting the activation and attention of students participating in the lesson in the school classroom or in home conditions in the case of distance/hybrid education.
By completing the educational discipline Digital Technologies 2, the student acquires advanced professional digital competences in the concept of design and creation of interactive video presentations of educational content implemented through Prezi Present and Prezi Video cloud platform Prezi by expressing their own visual ideas usable in their own pedagogical activities in schools or educational institutions.
By completing the educational discipline, the student acquires competence and advanced digital skills in the concept of design, creation and administration of (gamification) quiz and educational activities and knowledge games with dynamic elements created through the cloud tool Socrative 2.0, Kahoot!, Wizer.me and Google Forms usable in own educational activities implemented in schools and school facilities for the target group of intact pupils as well as pupils with special educational needs.
By completing the educational discipline Digital Technologies 2, the student has, last but not least, competencies and advanced digital skills in the field of vector graphic creation in the environment of the cloud application Prezi Design in the implementation of the work activities of a pedagogical employee of regional education or his/her own professional development.
Recommended reading:
LEŠKO, V., MIHINA, F. (1993). Dejiny filozofie. Bratislava: Iris, 357 s., ISBN 80-967013-3-9
STORIG, H. J. (2007). Malé dějiny filosofie. Kostelní Vydří: KNA, 653 s. ISBN 978-80-7195-206-0 https://amper.ped.muni.cz/~jonas/umco/St%c3%b6rig-H.---Mal%c3%a9-d%c4%9bjiny-filosofie.pdf .
Dějiny filosofie zv. 1-9. Praha: Oikoymenh, 2001 – 2020.
Antológia z diel filozofov - Predsokratovci a Platón. Bratislava: IRIS, 607 s. 1998.
Antológia z diel filozofov - Od Aristotela po Plotina. Bratislava: IRIS, 600 s. 2007.
Antológia z diel filozofov - Patristika a scholastika. Bratislava: Dobrá kniha, 472 s. 2009.
Antológia z diel filozofov - Humanizmus a renesancia. Bratislava: IRIS, 560 s. 2009.
Antológia z diel filozofov V. Novoveká empirická a osvietenská filozofia. Bratislava: VPL, 539 s. 1976.Antológia z diel filozofov VI. Novoveká racionalistická filozofia. Bratislava: Epocha, 784 s. 1970.
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed with an assessment, the midterm/final assessment ratio is 100/0, which includes a final test in the assessment week of the semester (100% of the assessment). A minimum of 60% of the total mark is required to pass the course.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in class during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing assignments using a model, above-average professional knowledge and application of that knowledge in problem solving assignments using tutorials, above-average problem orientation, above-average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, and above-average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to prepare assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the teacher, good orientation in the subject, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in the class during the semester at the invitation of the teacher.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop assignments using a given template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the problem, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in class during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
History of Philosophy I focuses on the period from Antiquity to the French Enlightenment.
1. Introduction: philosophy and its importance for man; The study of the history of philosophy as an introduction to philosophy; Periodization of the history of philosophy.
2. Ancient Philosophy: the Pre-Socratics (Ionian Philosophy - School of Miletus, Xenophanes, Heracleitos; Philosophy in the West - Pythagoras, Parmenides, Zeno, Empedocles; Reaction of Ionian Philosophy - Anaxagoras, Democritus); Classical Greek Philosophy (Sophists, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle); Hellenistic Period (Stoicism, Epicureanism, Skepticism).
3. Medieval Philosophy: Patristics (Augustine); Early Scholasticism (Eriugena, Anselm of Canterbury, Abaelard); High Scholasticism (Albert the Great, Aquinas, Bonaventure, R. Bacon); Late Scholasticism (Occam, Scotus)
4. Renaissance philosophy: M. Kuzansky; Renaissance Platonism and Aristotelianism (Ficinus, Mirandola, Pompanazzi); Renaissance natural science (Copernicus, Kepler, Galilei)
Renaissance philosophy of nature (Telesio, Bruno); Renaissance social philosophy (Machiavelli, More, Campanella); Renaissance humanism (Erasmus of Rotterdam, Montaigne); Reformation (Luther, Calvin, Münzer, Zwingli)
5. Modern Philosophy: Origins of Modern Empiricism and Mechanistic Materialism (F. Bacon, Hobbes); Modern Rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz); Modern Empiricism (Locke, Berkley, Hume)
6. The Enlightenment in France (Montesquieu, Voltaire, Rousseau, the Encyclopedists,
Materialists)
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Completion of the course will provide students with a certain handle on orientation in the nowadays almost opaque tangle of diverse philosophical directions, movements, orientations and attitudes, will provide them with basic categorical-conceptual equipment and methodological instrumentation useful in other special sciences and disciplines (sociology, pedagogy, political science, psychology, etc.), which will help to bridge their particularism in favour of a global vision and solutions to the problems of the contemporary world. Knowledge of the approaches of different philosophical trends to certain problems will facilitate the students' professional and human orientation in the contemporary world, since many pedagogical, economic, social, legal and political concepts are based on these philosophical trends as their conceptual framework. The course also emphasizes the mapping of these overlaps of philosophy into other components of culture. The problem field thus delineated will help the students to reflect and specify their own position and provide arguments for the vindication of their own positions, thus contributing to better self-knowledge and self-identification. History of Philosophy provides students with the experience of encountering the "other", giving guidance and cultivating habits of coping with it, and thus teaching them tolerance and respect for other points of view. By completing the course, the student develops transferable competencies such as communication skills, analytical skills, abstract thinking skills, critical thinking skills, motivation and the ability to learn, and reasoning in context.
Learning objectives and transferable competences:
To familiarize students with the history of European philosophical thought and to provide them with a basic conceptual and methodological apparatus that they will be able to use in other special sciences such as pedagogy, political science, psychology, or sociology.
Recommended reading:
LEŠKO, V., MIHINA, F. (1993). Dejiny filozofie. Bratislava: Iris, 357 s., ISBN 80-967013-3-9
STORIG, H. J. (2007). Malé dějiny filosofie. Kostelní Vydří: KNA, 653 s. ISBN 978-80-7195-206-0 https://amper.ped.muni.cz/~jonas/umco/St%c3%b6rig-H.---Mal%c3%a9-d%c4%9bjiny-filosofie.pdf .
Dějiny filosofie zv. 1-9. Praha: Oikoymenh, 2001 – 2020.
Antológia z diel filozofov - Predsokratovci a Platón. Bratislava: IRIS, 607 s. 1998.
Antológia z diel filozofov - Od Aristotela po Plotina. Bratislava: IRIS, 600 s. 2007.
Antológia z diel filozofov - Patristika a scholastika. Bratislava: Dobrá kniha, 472 s. 2009.
Antológia z diel filozofov - Humanizmus a renesancia. Bratislava: IRIS, 560 s. 2009.
Antológia z diel filozofov V. Novoveká empirická a osvietenská filozofia. Bratislava: VPL, 539 s. 1976.Antológia z diel filozofov VI. Novoveká racionalistická filozofia. Bratislava: Epocha, 784 s. 1970.
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed with an assessment, the midterm/final assessment ratio is 100/0, which includes a final test in the assessment week of the semester (100% of the assessment). A minimum of 60% of the total mark is required to pass the course.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in class during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing assignments using a model, above-average professional knowledge and application of that knowledge in problem solving assignments using tutorials, above-average problem orientation, above-average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, and above-average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to prepare assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the teacher, good orientation in the subject, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in the class during the semester at the invitation of the teacher.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop assignments using a given template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the problem, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in class during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
History of Philosophy I focuses on the period from Antiquity to the French Enlightenment.
1. Introduction: philosophy and its importance for man; The study of the history of philosophy as an introduction to philosophy; Periodization of the history of philosophy.
2. Ancient Philosophy: the Pre-Socratics (Ionian Philosophy - School of Miletus, Xenophanes, Heracleitos; Philosophy in the West - Pythagoras, Parmenides, Zeno, Empedocles; Reaction of Ionian Philosophy - Anaxagoras, Democritus); Classical Greek Philosophy (Sophists, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle); Hellenistic Period (Stoicism, Epicureanism, Skepticism).
3. Medieval Philosophy: Patristics (Augustine); Early Scholasticism (Eriugena, Anselm of Canterbury, Abaelard); High Scholasticism (Albert the Great, Aquinas, Bonaventure, R. Bacon); Late Scholasticism (Occam, Scotus)
4. Renaissance philosophy: M. Kuzansky; Renaissance Platonism and Aristotelianism (Ficinus, Mirandola, Pompanazzi); Renaissance natural science (Copernicus, Kepler, Galilei)
Renaissance philosophy of nature (Telesio, Bruno); Renaissance social philosophy (Machiavelli, More, Campanella); Renaissance humanism (Erasmus of Rotterdam, Montaigne); Reformation (Luther, Calvin, Münzer, Zwingli)
5. Modern Philosophy: Origins of Modern Empiricism and Mechanistic Materialism (F. Bacon, Hobbes); Modern Rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz); Modern Empiricism (Locke, Berkley, Hume)
6. The Enlightenment in France (Montesquieu, Voltaire, Rousseau, the Encyclopedists,
Materialists)
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Completion of the course will provide students with a certain handle on orientation in the nowadays almost opaque tangle of diverse philosophical directions, movements, orientations and attitudes, will provide them with basic categorical-conceptual equipment and methodological instrumentation useful in other special sciences and disciplines (sociology, pedagogy, political science, psychology, etc.), which will help to bridge their particularism in favour of a global vision and solutions to the problems of the contemporary world. Knowledge of the approaches of different philosophical trends to certain problems will facilitate the students' professional and human orientation in the contemporary world, since many pedagogical, economic, social, legal and political concepts are based on these philosophical trends as their conceptual framework. The course also emphasizes the mapping of these overlaps of philosophy into other components of culture. The problem field thus delineated will help the students to reflect and specify their own position and provide arguments for the vindication of their own positions, thus contributing to better self-knowledge and self-identification. History of Philosophy provides students with the experience of encountering the "other", giving guidance and cultivating habits of coping with it, and thus teaching them tolerance and respect for other points of view. By completing the course, the student develops transferable competencies such as communication skills, analytical skills, abstract thinking skills, critical thinking skills, motivation and the ability to learn, and reasoning in context.
Learning objectives and transferable competences:
To familiarize students with the history of European philosophical thought and to provide them with a basic conceptual and methodological apparatus that they will be able to use in other special sciences such as pedagogy, political science, psychology, or sociology.
Compulsory reading:
ANZENBACHER, A. (2001). Úvod do etiky. Praha: Academia, s. 13 – 17. ISBN 978-80-200-0917-5
GLUCHMAN, V. (2000). Úvod do etiky. Prešov: Univerzum, s. 7 – 103, 122 – 133. ISBN 978- 80-890-1200-0
GLUCHMANOVÁ, M., GLUCHMAN, V. (2008). Učiteľská etika. Prešov: FF PU (ESF), s. 88 – 127, 194 – 215. ISBN 978-80-806-8808-0
Recommended reading:
HUPKOVÁ, M., PETLÁK, E. (2004). Sebareflexia a kompetencie v práci učiteľa. Bratislava:
IRIS, 2004. s. 11 – 26, 81 – 96. ISBN 978-80-89018-77-7
KOSOVÁ B. a kol. (2012). Vysokoškolské vzdelávanie učiteľov. Banská Bystrica: Pedagogická
fakulta UMB v Banskej Bystrici, s. 6 – 21, 52 – 61. ISBN 978-80-557-0353-4
LIESSMANN, K. P. (2012). Teorie nevzdělanosti. Praha: ACADEMIA, s. 37 – 61. ISBN 978-80-200-1677-5
MALANKIEVIČOVÁ, S. (2008). Profesijná etika. Prešov: FF PU (ESF), s. 13 – 35. ISBN 978-80-806-8811-0
REMIŠOVÁ, A. (1997). Podnikateľská etika. Nitra: ENIGMA, s. 12 – 49, 198 – 211.
VAJDA, J. (2004). Úvod do etiky. Nitra: Enigma, s. 13 - 56. ISBN 978-80-8913-212-6
VETEŠKA, J., TURECKIOVÁ, M. (2008). Kompetence ve vzdělávání. Praha: GRADA, s. 13 – 57. ISBN 978-80-247-1770-8
ŽILÍNEK, M. (1997). Étos a utváranie mravnej identity osobnosti. Bratislava: IRIS, s. 12 –
108. ISBN 978-80-88778-60-3
WILLIAMS, B. (2021). Morálka: úvod do etiky. Praha: OYIKOYMENH. ISBN 978-80-7298-569-2
DANIŠKOVÁ, Z. (2013). Môže prístup „new public management“ dopomôcť k etablovaniu etického
kódexu učiteľa? 2013 dostupné na http://www.casopispedagogika.sk/rocnik-4/cislo-2/studia_daniskova.pdf
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
100% of the interim grade, which includes 30% class activity (30 points) and 70% project (70 points).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-94%, excellent - outstanding results), the student reflects correctly and actively both critically and creatively
knowledge, including its meaningful integration into the realities of life and pedagogical practice.
B (93-86%, very good - above average standard), the student reflects critically on knowledge appropriately,
including their meaningful integration into the realities of life and pedagogical practice.
C (85-76%, good - routine reliable work), students performed standardly well during the semester, their theoretical knowledge is at a good level, but they lack the ability to critically apply this knowledge.
D (75-68%, satisfactory - acceptable results), students were less prepared during the semester, they have slight deficiencies in theoretical knowledge. They cannot critically analyze information.
E (67-60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria), the student has limited theoretical knowledge, is unable to critically analyze this knowledge, is only minimally able to apply the knowledge.
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The thematic focus of the course introduces students to applied ethics and its disciplinary divisions, to
defining the basic concepts of ethics, explaining morality as a social regulator, moral norms and the principles of creating ethical codes. It focuses on the professional ethics of the teaching profession (teacher competences, ethical dilemmas in the teaching profession, etc.) and the importance of a code of ethics in this profession. The aim of the course is to highlight the importance of a favourable classroom and school climate and to work with the content of the Convention on the Rights of the Child. Using selected examples from other branches of applied ethics (bioethics, media ethics, etc.) to show the importance of the presence of a code of ethics in the professions, the possibility of using classical ethical concepts and also different alternatives in solving ethical dilemmas.
This knowledge can be used in further studies as well as in real life. The chosen educational methods will contribute to the further development of competences (cognitive area: memory, critical thinking, thinking in context, reasoning; affective area: attitudes and beliefs, values; psychomotor area: digital skills; social area: cooperation, communication).
The course contributes to the gradual development of important professional competences of future teachers by its focus and methods of education.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
1. Introduction to the subject: defining the basic concepts: ethics and morality.
Ethics and professional ethics: definition of basic terms: applied ethics - sectoral division of applied ethics. Professional ethics as a part of applied ethics.
2. Professional tact and etiquette as a basis for the formation of the code of ethics of individual professions.
3. The teaching profession and the teacher's code of ethics. Status and role of the teacher. Resolving dilemmas in the teaching profession.
4. Positive climate in the classroom, relationships between school climate factors.
5. Convention on the Rights of the Child.
6. A closer definition of bioethics and its areas of interest on concrete examples, the issue of the code of ethics. Classical ethical theories and alternative methods in solving ethical dilemmas.
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The thematic focus of the course introduces students to applied ethics and its disciplinary divisions, to
defining the basic concepts of ethics, explaining morality as a social regulator, moral norms and the principles of creating ethical codes. It focuses on the professional ethics of the teaching profession (teacher competences, ethical dilemmas in the teaching profession, etc.) and the importance of a code of ethics in this profession. The aim of the course is to highlight the importance of a favourable classroom and school climate and to work with the content of the Convention on the Rights of the Child. Using selected examples from other branches of applied ethics (bioethics, media ethics, etc.) to show the importance of the presence of a code of ethics in the professions, the possibility of using classical ethical concepts and also different alternatives in solving ethical dilemmas.
This knowledge can be used in further studies as well as in real life. The chosen educational methods will contribute to the further development of competences (cognitive area: memory, critical thinking, thinking in context, reasoning; affective area: attitudes and beliefs, values; psychomotor area: digital skills; social area: cooperation, communication).The course contributes to the gradual development of important professional competences of future teachers by its focus and methods of education.
Compulsory reading:
ANZENBACHER, A. (2001). Úvod do etiky. Praha: Academia, s. 13 – 17. ISBN 978-80-200-0917-5
GLUCHMAN, V. (2000). Úvod do etiky. Prešov: Univerzum, s. 7 – 103, 122 – 133. ISBN 978- 80-890-1200-0
GLUCHMANOVÁ, M., GLUCHMAN, V. (2008). Učiteľská etika. Prešov: FF PU (ESF), s. 88 – 127, 194 – 215. ISBN 978-80-806-8808-0
Recommended reading:
HUPKOVÁ, M., PETLÁK, E. (2004). Sebareflexia a kompetencie v práci učiteľa. Bratislava:
IRIS, 2004. s. 11 – 26, 81 – 96. ISBN 978-80-89018-77-7
KOSOVÁ B. a kol. (2012). Vysokoškolské vzdelávanie učiteľov. Banská Bystrica: Pedagogická
fakulta UMB v Banskej Bystrici, s. 6 – 21, 52 – 61. ISBN 978-80-557-0353-4
LIESSMANN, K. P. (2012). Teorie nevzdělanosti. Praha: ACADEMIA, s. 37 – 61. ISBN 978-80-200-1677-5
MALANKIEVIČOVÁ, S. (2008). Profesijná etika. Prešov: FF PU (ESF), s. 13 – 35. ISBN 978-80-806-8811-0
REMIŠOVÁ, A. (1997). Podnikateľská etika. Nitra: ENIGMA, s. 12 – 49, 198 – 211.
VAJDA, J. (2004). Úvod do etiky. Nitra: Enigma, s. 13 - 56. ISBN 978-80-8913-212-6
VETEŠKA, J., TURECKIOVÁ, M. (2008). Kompetence ve vzdělávání. Praha: GRADA, s. 13 – 57. ISBN 978-80-247-1770-8
ŽILÍNEK, M. (1997). Étos a utváranie mravnej identity osobnosti. Bratislava: IRIS, s. 12 –
108. ISBN 978-80-88778-60-3
WILLIAMS, B. (2021). Morálka: úvod do etiky. Praha: OYIKOYMENH. ISBN 978-80-7298-569-2
DANIŠKOVÁ, Z. (2013). Môže prístup „new public management“ dopomôcť k etablovaniu etického
kódexu učiteľa? 2013 dostupné na http://www.casopispedagogika.sk/rocnik-4/cislo-2/studia_daniskova.pdf
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
100% of the interim grade, which includes 30% class activity (30 points) and 70% project (70 points).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-94%, excellent - outstanding results), the student reflects correctly and actively both critically and creatively
knowledge, including its meaningful integration into the realities of life and pedagogical practice.
B (93-86%, very good - above average standard), the student reflects critically on knowledge appropriately,
including their meaningful integration into the realities of life and pedagogical practice.
C (85-76%, good - routine reliable work), students performed standardly well during the semester, their theoretical knowledge is at a good level, but they lack the ability to critically apply this knowledge.
D (75-68%, satisfactory - acceptable results), students were less prepared during the semester, they have slight deficiencies in theoretical knowledge. They cannot critically analyze information.
E (67-60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria), the student has limited theoretical knowledge, is unable to critically analyze this knowledge, is only minimally able to apply the knowledge.
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The thematic focus of the course introduces students to applied ethics and its disciplinary divisions, to
defining the basic concepts of ethics, explaining morality as a social regulator, moral norms and the principles of creating ethical codes. It focuses on the professional ethics of the teaching profession (teacher competences, ethical dilemmas in the teaching profession, etc.) and the importance of a code of ethics in this profession. The aim of the course is to highlight the importance of a favourable classroom and school climate and to work with the content of the Convention on the Rights of the Child. Using selected examples from other branches of applied ethics (bioethics, media ethics, etc.) to show the importance of the presence of a code of ethics in the professions, the possibility of using classical ethical concepts and also different alternatives in solving ethical dilemmas.
This knowledge can be used in further studies as well as in real life. The chosen educational methods will contribute to the further development of competences (cognitive area: memory, critical thinking, thinking in context, reasoning; affective area: attitudes and beliefs, values; psychomotor area: digital skills; social area: cooperation, communication).
The course contributes to the gradual development of important professional competences of future teachers by its focus and methods of education.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
1. Introduction to the subject: defining the basic concepts: ethics and morality.
Ethics and professional ethics: definition of basic terms: applied ethics - sectoral division of applied ethics. Professional ethics as a part of applied ethics.
2. Professional tact and etiquette as a basis for the formation of the code of ethics of individual professions.
3. The teaching profession and the teacher's code of ethics. Status and role of the teacher. Resolving dilemmas in the teaching profession.
4. Positive climate in the classroom, relationships between school climate factors.
5. Convention on the Rights of the Child.
6. A closer definition of bioethics and its areas of interest on concrete examples, the issue of the code of ethics. Classical ethical theories and alternative methods in solving ethical dilemmas.
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The thematic focus of the course introduces students to applied ethics and its disciplinary divisions, to
defining the basic concepts of ethics, explaining morality as a social regulator, moral norms and the principles of creating ethical codes. It focuses on the professional ethics of the teaching profession (teacher competences, ethical dilemmas in the teaching profession, etc.) and the importance of a code of ethics in this profession. The aim of the course is to highlight the importance of a favourable classroom and school climate and to work with the content of the Convention on the Rights of the Child. Using selected examples from other branches of applied ethics (bioethics, media ethics, etc.) to show the importance of the presence of a code of ethics in the professions, the possibility of using classical ethical concepts and also different alternatives in solving ethical dilemmas.
This knowledge can be used in further studies as well as in real life. The chosen educational methods will contribute to the further development of competences (cognitive area: memory, critical thinking, thinking in context, reasoning; affective area: attitudes and beliefs, values; psychomotor area: digital skills; social area: cooperation, communication).The course contributes to the gradual development of important professional competences of future teachers by its focus and methods of education.
Recommended reading:
Compulsory reading:
BOSÁ, M., MINAROVIČOVÁ, K. (2011). Rodovo citlivá výchova, In: Kiczková, Z., Szapuová, M. Rodové štúdiá, Bratislava : Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, s. 161-181. ISBN 978-80-223-2934-7
SMETÁČKOVÁ, I. (2016). Genderové vyjednávaní ve školních třídách. In: Genderové představy a vztahy. Praha: SLON, s. 177-216. ISBN 978-80-7419-229-6
SMETÁČKOVÁ, I., VLKOVÁ, K. (zost.). (2005). Gender ve škole I, II. Praha: Otevřená společnost, 2005.
Recommended reading:
BABANOVÁ, A., MIŠKOLCI, J. (zost.). (2007). Genderově citlivá výchova: Kde začít? Praha: Žába na prameni. ISBN 978-80-239-8798-0
BOSÁ, M., MINAROVIČOVÁ, K. (2006). Rodovo citlivá výchova. Bratislava: EsFem.
CVIKOVÁ, J., JURÁŇOVÁ, J. (ed.). (2003). Ružový a modrý svet. Bratislava: Aspekt. ISBN 0-89140-02-5.
HOPPE, H., HOPPE, S., KREBEL, J. (2001). Sociálně psychologické hry pro dospívající: Rozvoj pohlavní identity, prevence agresivity a zneužívání. Praha: Portál, ISBN 978-80-7178-434-0
JARKOVSKÁ, L. (2014). Gender před tabulí. Praha: SLON. ISBN 978-80-7419-119-0.
LUKŠÍK, I., SUPEKOVÁ, M. (2003). Sexualita a rodovosť v sociálnych a výchovných súvislostiach. Bratislava: Humanitas,. ISBN 80-89124-01-1.
OSAĎAN, R. RAPOŠOVÁ, P. SMETANOVÁ, D. (v tlači). Úvod do problematiky rodovosti a sexuality detí. Vysokoškolská učebnica. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, Pedagogická fakulta.
RENZETTI, C.M., CURRAN, D. J. (2005). Ženy, muži a společnost. Praha: Karolinum. ISBN 80-246-0525-2
ROVŇANOVÁ, L., LUKŠÍK, I., LUKŠÍKOVÁ, Ľ. (Eds.). (2007). Príručka pre sexuálnu výchovu na druhom stupni základných škôl v rámci osnov výchovy k manželstvu a rodičovstvu. Bratislava: OKAT PLUS, ISBN 978-80-8872-010-2.
Prerequisite subjects:
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed with an assessment, weighted interim/final assessment 100/0.
100% of the continuous assessment includes: during the semester there will be approximately 6 - 8 assignments: focused on working with a professional text and its application in an example and the interpretation of the example processed on the basis of the professional text, the analysis of stereotypes in educational texts, the processing of professional literature into an annotation with questions on the read text. Students will use the e-learning environment moodle for their studies.
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to work through assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, and completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
Definition of the terms: gender, sex, gender stereotypes, gender sensitive education, direct and indirect discrimination. Education and training from a gender perspective - theories of gender socialisation, feminist pedagogy, models of gender-sensitive pedagogy. Gender in the pedagogical process. Inequalities in school from a gender perspective. Language - gender insensitivity. Research, projects, development of study materials, methodologies - gender perspective. Gender aspects of marriage and parenthood/sexual relationship education in schools.
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
Students know the mechanisms to prevent the violation of equal opportunities for women and men (girls and boys) in education; they can identify gender stereotypes and their negative consequences in the educational process. They use methods to deepen gender democracy in school; They perceive the educational process from a gender perspective. They can name and find connections between gender-sensitive education and the cross-cutting theme of education for marriage and parenthood (sex education); apply the gender perspective in relational sex education.
Learning objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge and skills that will enable them to prevent violations of equal opportunities for women and men (girls and boys), eliminate gender stereotypes and their negative consequences in the educational process, deepen gender democracy at school, and perceive the educational process from a gender perspective.
Recommended reading:
Compulsory reading:
BOSÁ, M., MINAROVIČOVÁ, K. (2011). Rodovo citlivá výchova, In: Kiczková, Z., Szapuová, M. Rodové štúdiá, Bratislava : Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, s. 161-181. ISBN 978-80-223-2934-7
SMETÁČKOVÁ, I. (2016). Genderové vyjednávaní ve školních třídách. In: Genderové představy a vztahy. Praha: SLON, s. 177-216. ISBN 978-80-7419-229-6
SMETÁČKOVÁ, I., VLKOVÁ, K. (zost.). (2005). Gender ve škole I, II. Praha: Otevřená společnost, 2005.
Recommended reading:
BABANOVÁ, A., MIŠKOLCI, J. (zost.). (2007). Genderově citlivá výchova: Kde začít? Praha: Žába na prameni. ISBN 978-80-239-8798-0
BOSÁ, M., MINAROVIČOVÁ, K. (2006). Rodovo citlivá výchova. Bratislava: EsFem.
CVIKOVÁ, J., JURÁŇOVÁ, J. (ed.). (2003). Ružový a modrý svet. Bratislava: Aspekt. ISBN 0-89140-02-5.
HOPPE, H., HOPPE, S., KREBEL, J. (2001). Sociálně psychologické hry pro dospívající: Rozvoj pohlavní identity, prevence agresivity a zneužívání. Praha: Portál, ISBN 978-80-7178-434-0
JARKOVSKÁ, L. (2014). Gender před tabulí. Praha: SLON. ISBN 978-80-7419-119-0.
LUKŠÍK, I., SUPEKOVÁ, M. (2003). Sexualita a rodovosť v sociálnych a výchovných súvislostiach. Bratislava: Humanitas,. ISBN 80-89124-01-1.
OSAĎAN, R. RAPOŠOVÁ, P. SMETANOVÁ, D. (v tlači). Úvod do problematiky rodovosti a sexuality detí. Vysokoškolská učebnica. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, Pedagogická fakulta.
RENZETTI, C.M., CURRAN, D. J. (2005). Ženy, muži a společnost. Praha: Karolinum. ISBN 80-246-0525-2
ROVŇANOVÁ, L., LUKŠÍK, I., LUKŠÍKOVÁ, Ľ. (Eds.). (2007). Príručka pre sexuálnu výchovu na druhom stupni základných škôl v rámci osnov výchovy k manželstvu a rodičovstvu. Bratislava: OKAT PLUS, ISBN 978-80-8872-010-2.
Prerequisite subjects:
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed with an assessment, weighted interim/final assessment 100/0.
100% of the continuous assessment includes: during the semester there will be approximately 6 - 8 assignments: focused on working with a professional text and its application in an example and the interpretation of the example processed on the basis of the professional text, the analysis of stereotypes in educational texts, the processing of professional literature into an annotation with questions on the read text. Students will use the e-learning environment moodle for their studies.
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to work through assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, and completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
Definition of the terms: gender, sex, gender stereotypes, gender sensitive education, direct and indirect discrimination. Education and training from a gender perspective - theories of gender socialisation, feminist pedagogy, models of gender-sensitive pedagogy. Gender in the pedagogical process. Inequalities in school from a gender perspective. Language - gender insensitivity. Research, projects, development of study materials, methodologies - gender perspective. Gender aspects of marriage and parenthood/sexual relationship education in schools.
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
Students know the mechanisms to prevent the violation of equal opportunities for women and men (girls and boys) in education; they can identify gender stereotypes and their negative consequences in the educational process. They use methods to deepen gender democracy in school; They perceive the educational process from a gender perspective. They can name and find connections between gender-sensitive education and the cross-cutting theme of education for marriage and parenthood (sex education); apply the gender perspective in relational sex education.
Learning objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge and skills that will enable them to prevent violations of equal opportunities for women and men (girls and boys), eliminate gender stereotypes and their negative consequences in the educational process, deepen gender democracy at school, and perceive the educational process from a gender perspective.
Compulsory reading:
CANGELOSI, J. S. (2006). Strategie řízení třídy. Praha: Portál, 296 s. ISBN 80-7367-118-2
Recommended reading:
FONTANA, D. (2003). Psychologie ve školní praxi. Praha: Portál, 383 s. ISBN 8071786268
GAVORA, P. (2001). Výskum životného príbehu: učiteľka Adamová. Pedagogika, 51(3), 352-368.
KOLLÁRIK, T. (2004). Sociálna psychológia. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 548 s. ISBN 9788022324793
LEMEŠOVÁ, M. (2012). Socializačné aspekty kultúry školy: o pravidlách, hraniciach a problémoch v školskom prostredí. In Lukšík, I. (Eds.). Kultúra škôl a výchovných zariadení. Univerzita Komenského, s. 146-168.
MASARYK, R. (2013). Medzi človekom a ľuďmi: Úvod do sociálnej psychológie. Bratislava: Iris, 202 s. ISBN 9788089238736
PETRÍK, J., & POPPER, M. (2020). Contact Based School Intervention Program: Enhancing Cooperation Intention and Reducing Prejudice toward Roma. Studia Psychologica, 62(3), 232-245.
Prerequisites: B-VUZde003 Psychology for teachers 1
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
100% of the interim assessment. For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
Seminar paper (40% of points) - students work in class with pre-prepared record sheets that contain assignments reflecting on a textbook text or a text of research studies focused on the role of the teacher in an interpersonal context. After completing the worksheets, they discuss the authors' responses in small groups with classmates. Students are evaluated at the end of the seminar for the worksheets they have developed and turned in.
Test (60% of points) - the test reflects the knowledge acquired from the teacher's brief explanation, which will always take place before working with the record sheets. The test consists of open questions or also questions (A/B/C).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For an A grade, students need to continuously submit outstanding performance throughout the semester. Record sheets indicate a high ability of students to reflect on social psychology knowledge in dealing with interpersonal situations in the classroom. They also reflect at a high level on their own attitudes, strengths and weaknesses of their own persona in a hypothetical school group interaction. The knowledge demonstrated in the student's test demonstrates their excellent mastery of theoretical introductions to seminars across a variety of social psychology topics.
A grade of B means that students performed very well continuously throughout the semester. The record sheets reflect well on social psychology knowledge in dealing with interpersonal situations in the classroom. They also reflect at a very good level on their own attitudes, strengths and weaknesses of their own persona in a hypothetical school group interaction. The knowledge demonstrated in the student's test shows a very good mastery of the theoretical introductions to seminars in the vast majority of social psychology topics.
A grade of C means that the students performed well during the semester, their theoretical knowledge of various educational situations in the school environment and their solutions is at a good level, but there are also shortcomings in the ability to apply this knowledge. The knowledge demonstrated in the student's test shows a good grasp of the theoretical introductions with few errors.
A grade of D indicates that students underperformed during the semester. The record sheets show little motivation to think critically about different social situations and are filled in as if "just out of obligation". One's own attitudes, strengths and weaknesses of one's own persona in a hypothetical school group interaction are only minimally reflected upon. The knowledge demonstrated in the students' test shows a sufficient mastery of the theoretical introductions to the seminars.
A grade of E indicates that students performed minimally during the semester. The record sheets do not show an ability to think critically about various social situations and are filled out only sternly, which limits the student's ability to engage in quality group discussion. The student's own attitudes, strengths and weaknesses are not reflected in the hypothetical school group interaction. The knowledge demonstrated in the test is minimal.
A grade of FX indicates that the student has not sufficiently completed the course requirements and extra work is required.
Slovak, Czech and English
Notes: students of the psychology teacher education programme (combined) do not enrol in the course
Brief outline of the course:
1. The pupil in the interaction of social environment and education.
2. Social cognition, the process of forming an impression.
3. Social groups, classification of social groups, group development. group dynamics
4. Social role and social status, role identification and role conflict.
5. Process and types of communication. Teacher-pupil communication.
6. Social behaviour in the school classroom. Social interaction in informal groups.
7. Group norms. Leadership and power.
8. Social impact.
9. Aggressiveness, assertiveness, altruism.
10. Social attitudes.
11. Conflicts and possibilities of their resolution.
12. The use of social psychology knowledge in education and training.
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The goal of the Social Psychology for Teachers course is to (1) introduce students to the issues of social dynamics and social group interaction, specifically in the school classroom; (2) help students identify social psychological phenomena and mechanisms in concrete examples from the school setting.
By critically reflecting on interpersonal situations from the school environment, the student deepens and actively thinks about (a) solutions to these situations and (b) the application of social psychology knowledge in practice. The student may also reflect on how he or she would address the social needs of students, using communication or intervention practices in the school classroom to achieve desired student behavior. The primary goal of the course is to supplement the student's ability to plan and design instruction with an awareness of the social aspects of the classroom, but also to deepen the student's self-awareness of his/her own functioning (strengths/weaknesses) in interpersonal model situations.
The student after completing the course:
- Knows the process of social group formation and its dynamics.
- Can explain the relationship between group phenomena and pupil behaviour in the classroom.
- Can apply the knowledge of social psychology to the process of school classroom management.
Compulsory reading:
CANGELOSI, J. S. (2006). Strategie řízení třídy. Praha: Portál, 296 s. ISBN 80-7367-118-2
Recommended reading:
FONTANA, D. (2003). Psychologie ve školní praxi. Praha: Portál, 383 s. ISBN 8071786268
GAVORA, P. (2001). Výskum životného príbehu: učiteľka Adamová. Pedagogika, 51(3), 352-368.
KOLLÁRIK, T. (2004). Sociálna psychológia. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 548 s. ISBN 9788022324793
LEMEŠOVÁ, M. (2012). Socializačné aspekty kultúry školy: o pravidlách, hraniciach a problémoch v školskom prostredí. In Lukšík, I. (Eds.). Kultúra škôl a výchovných zariadení. Univerzita Komenského, s. 146-168.
MASARYK, R. (2013). Medzi človekom a ľuďmi: Úvod do sociálnej psychológie. Bratislava: Iris, 202 s. ISBN 9788089238736
PETRÍK, J., & POPPER, M. (2020). Contact Based School Intervention Program: Enhancing Cooperation Intention and Reducing Prejudice toward Roma. Studia Psychologica, 62(3), 232-245.
Prerequisites: B-VUZde003 Psychology for teachers 1
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
100% of the interim assessment. For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
Seminar paper (40% of points) - students work in class with pre-prepared record sheets that contain assignments reflecting on a textbook text or a text of research studies focused on the role of the teacher in an interpersonal context. After completing the worksheets, they discuss the authors' responses in small groups with classmates. Students are evaluated at the end of the seminar for the worksheets they have developed and turned in.
Test (60% of points) - the test reflects the knowledge acquired from the teacher's brief explanation, which will always take place before working with the record sheets. The test consists of open questions or also questions (A/B/C).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For an A grade, students need to continuously submit outstanding performance throughout the semester. Record sheets indicate a high ability of students to reflect on social psychology knowledge in dealing with interpersonal situations in the classroom. They also reflect at a high level on their own attitudes, strengths and weaknesses of their own persona in a hypothetical school group interaction. The knowledge demonstrated in the student's test demonstrates their excellent mastery of theoretical introductions to seminars across a variety of social psychology topics.
A grade of B means that students performed very well continuously throughout the semester. The record sheets reflect well on social psychology knowledge in dealing with interpersonal situations in the classroom. They also reflect at a very good level on their own attitudes, strengths and weaknesses of their own persona in a hypothetical school group interaction. The knowledge demonstrated in the student's test shows a very good mastery of the theoretical introductions to seminars in the vast majority of social psychology topics.
A grade of C means that the students performed well during the semester, their theoretical knowledge of various educational situations in the school environment and their solutions is at a good level, but there are also shortcomings in the ability to apply this knowledge. The knowledge demonstrated in the student's test shows a good grasp of the theoretical introductions with few errors.
A grade of D indicates that students underperformed during the semester. The record sheets show little motivation to think critically about different social situations and are filled in as if "just out of obligation". One's own attitudes, strengths and weaknesses of one's own persona in a hypothetical school group interaction are only minimally reflected upon. The knowledge demonstrated in the students' test shows a sufficient mastery of the theoretical introductions to the seminars.
A grade of E indicates that students performed minimally during the semester. The record sheets do not show an ability to think critically about various social situations and are filled out only sternly, which limits the student's ability to engage in quality group discussion. The student's own attitudes, strengths and weaknesses are not reflected in the hypothetical school group interaction. The knowledge demonstrated in the test is minimal.
A grade of FX indicates that the student has not sufficiently completed the course requirements and extra work is required.
Slovak, Czech and English
Notes: students of the psychology teacher education programme (combined) do not enrol in the course
Brief outline of the course:
1. The pupil in the interaction of social environment and education.
2. Social cognition, the process of forming an impression.
3. Social groups, classification of social groups, group development. group dynamics
4. Social role and social status, role identification and role conflict.
5. Process and types of communication. Teacher-pupil communication.
6. Social behaviour in the school classroom. Social interaction in informal groups.
7. Group norms. Leadership and power.
8. Social impact.
9. Aggressiveness, assertiveness, altruism.
10. Social attitudes.
11. Conflicts and possibilities of their resolution.
12. The use of social psychology knowledge in education and training.
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The goal of the Social Psychology for Teachers course is to (1) introduce students to the issues of social dynamics and social group interaction, specifically in the school classroom; (2) help students identify social psychological phenomena and mechanisms in concrete examples from the school setting.
By critically reflecting on interpersonal situations from the school environment, the student deepens and actively thinks about (a) solutions to these situations and (b) the application of social psychology knowledge in practice. The student may also reflect on how he or she would address the social needs of students, using communication or intervention practices in the school classroom to achieve desired student behavior. The primary goal of the course is to supplement the student's ability to plan and design instruction with an awareness of the social aspects of the classroom, but also to deepen the student's self-awareness of his/her own functioning (strengths/weaknesses) in interpersonal model situations.
The student after completing the course:
- Knows the process of social group formation and its dynamics.
- Can explain the relationship between group phenomena and pupil behaviour in the classroom.
- Can apply the knowledge of social psychology to the process of school classroom management.
KOMÁRKOVÁ, R. (2001). Aplikovaná sociální psychologie III. Sociálněpsychologický výcvik. Praha: Grada, 224 s. ISBN 8024701804
KOLAŘÍK, M. (2011). Interakční psychologický výcvik. Praha: Grada, 160 s. ISBN 9788024729411
KOLAŘÍK, M. (2013). Interakční psychologický výcvik pro praxi. Praha: Grada, 128 s. ISBN 978-80-247-8602-5
KUNEŠ, D. (2009). Sebepoznání. Praha: Portál, 152 s. ISBN 978-80-7367-541-7
LEMEŠOVÁ, M., HAMRANOVÁ, A., MINAROVIČOVÁ, K., SABOVÁ, L., SOKOLOVÁ L. (2017). Psychológia zážitkom. Metodická príručka. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 497 s. ISBN978-80-223-3655-0
100% of continuous assessment
Continuous assessment includes the evaluation of the performance of continuous tasks and assignments, which are carried out in an individual or group form in the pre-, during and post-training phase. Before the training, the mid-term evaluation consists of three tasks (reflective essay on expectations related to the self-discovery training = 10%; work with tests and questionnaires = 10%; individual preparation for the role-play = 10%), which are further worked on during the training. In the course of the training, activities and exercises are carried out to facilitate, in particular, a wide range of social-psychological competences: the development of intrapersonal (20%), interpersonal (20%) and social-inclusive competences (20%) of the students (dating activities, role-playing games, cooperative games, trust games, etc.). After the training, the continuous evaluation consists of structured feedback on the events in the training group (10%).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
For an A grade, the student is actively involved in individual activities and shows interest and effort to develop his/her competencies, seeks original and creative solutions to the tasks set, reflects on the emerging changes that training brings, shows himself/herself as a full member of the training group and actively expresses his/her own opinion.
B grade means that the student is actively involved in individual activities and shows interest and effort to develop his/her competences, to a lesser extent looks for original and creative solutions to the tasks set, reflects the emerging changes that the training brings, but needs more time and space for their verbalization, manifests himself/herself as a full member of the training group and actively expresses his/her own opinion.
A C grade is awarded if the student is usually actively involved in individual activities, shows interest and effort to develop his/her competences, but only in some topics and areas, makes little use of his/her personality in finding original and creative solutions to the tasks set, reflects to some extent the emerging changes brought by the training, shows himself/herself as a full member of the training group and actively expresses his/her own opinion.
The grade D means that the student is involved to a limited extent in individual activities and shows only sporadic interest and effort to develop his/her competencies, often with external help looking for original and creative solutions to the tasks, cannot adequately reflect the emerging changes that the training brings, is more passive and more like a marginal member of the training group, although he/she actively expresses his/her own opinion.
Grade E is awarded to a student who behaves passively and minimally participates in individual activities, does not show interest and effort to develop his/her competencies, relies on the group for original and creative solutions to the tasks set, cannot adequately reflect the emerging changes that the training brings, cannot find his/her place in the training group, expresses his/her own opinion sporadically and not always in an appropriate way.
The grade of Fx is given on an exceptional basis, most often due to non-attendance and failure to complete assigned midterm assignments, non-cooperation, refusal to take a stand on required topics and to express one's own opinion.
slovak and czech
Students of the study programme Psychology Teaching (combined) do not enrol in the course, the teaching is carried out in a block form.
The course is implemented through experiential activities and exercises aimed mainly at:
1. The sphere of the external world in the process of self-discovery (the individual's membership in various social groups, the teacher's role in the school classroom and the teacher's team).
2. The area of the inner world in the process of self-knowledge (experiencing, thinking, decision-making, the ways in which our emotions or our body affect us, what hidden beliefs influence our thinking, etc.).
3. The area of the transition zone of self-knowledge (behaviour, communication, etc.)..
4. Increasing sensitivity to one's own experience and to the experience and emotions of others.
5. Building a positive self-image in the context of pro-teacher identification.
100/0
The aim of the Social Psychological Training for Teachers course is to motivate and develop self-knowledge and self-reflection in teacher education students of different study programmes.
The student after completing the course:
- is aware of the importance of self-knowledge, reflection and personal development in teaching practice,
- can define their strengths and weaknesses as well as challenges and pitfalls in their own self-development,
- can name and identify the most general errors in social perception and apply them to teaching practice,
- identifies with the teacher's role, profession and its specifics,
- Through experiential activities, gain experience of active social and experiential learning.
KOMÁRKOVÁ, R. (2001). Aplikovaná sociální psychologie III. Sociálněpsychologický výcvik. Praha: Grada, 224 s. ISBN 8024701804
KOLAŘÍK, M. (2011). Interakční psychologický výcvik. Praha: Grada, 160 s. ISBN 9788024729411
KOLAŘÍK, M. (2013). Interakční psychologický výcvik pro praxi. Praha: Grada, 128 s. ISBN 978-80-247-8602-5
KUNEŠ, D. (2009). Sebepoznání. Praha: Portál, 152 s. ISBN 978-80-7367-541-7
LEMEŠOVÁ, M., HAMRANOVÁ, A., MINAROVIČOVÁ, K., SABOVÁ, L., SOKOLOVÁ L. (2017). Psychológia zážitkom. Metodická príručka. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 497 s. ISBN978-80-223-3655-0
100% of continuous assessment
Continuous assessment includes the evaluation of the performance of continuous tasks and assignments, which are carried out in an individual or group form in the pre-, during and post-training phase. Before the training, the mid-term evaluation consists of three tasks (reflective essay on expectations related to the self-discovery training = 10%; work with tests and questionnaires = 10%; individual preparation for the role-play = 10%), which are further worked on during the training. In the course of the training, activities and exercises are carried out to facilitate, in particular, a wide range of social-psychological competences: the development of intrapersonal (20%), interpersonal (20%) and social-inclusive competences (20%) of the students (dating activities, role-playing games, cooperative games, trust games, etc.). After the training, the continuous evaluation consists of structured feedback on the events in the training group (10%).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard),
C (80-73%, well - normal reliable work),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
For an A grade, the student is actively involved in individual activities and shows interest and effort to develop his/her competencies, seeks original and creative solutions to the tasks set, reflects on the emerging changes that training brings, shows himself/herself as a full member of the training group and actively expresses his/her own opinion.
B grade means that the student is actively involved in individual activities and shows interest and effort to develop his/her competences, to a lesser extent looks for original and creative solutions to the tasks set, reflects the emerging changes that the training brings, but needs more time and space for their verbalization, manifests himself/herself as a full member of the training group and actively expresses his/her own opinion.
A C grade is awarded if the student is usually actively involved in individual activities, shows interest and effort to develop his/her competences, but only in some topics and areas, makes little use of his/her personality in finding original and creative solutions to the tasks set, reflects to some extent the emerging changes brought by the training, shows himself/herself as a full member of the training group and actively expresses his/her own opinion.
The grade D means that the student is involved to a limited extent in individual activities and shows only sporadic interest and effort to develop his/her competencies, often with external help looking for original and creative solutions to the tasks, cannot adequately reflect the emerging changes that the training brings, is more passive and more like a marginal member of the training group, although he/she actively expresses his/her own opinion.
Grade E is awarded to a student who behaves passively and minimally participates in individual activities, does not show interest and effort to develop his/her competencies, relies on the group for original and creative solutions to the tasks set, cannot adequately reflect the emerging changes that the training brings, cannot find his/her place in the training group, expresses his/her own opinion sporadically and not always in an appropriate way.
The grade of Fx is given on an exceptional basis, most often due to non-attendance and failure to complete assigned midterm assignments, non-cooperation, refusal to take a stand on required topics and to express one's own opinion.
slovak and czech
Students of the study programme Psychology Teaching (combined) do not enrol in the course, the teaching is carried out in a block form.
The course is implemented through experiential activities and exercises aimed mainly at:
1. The sphere of the external world in the process of self-discovery (the individual's membership in various social groups, the teacher's role in the school classroom and the teacher's team).
2. The area of the inner world in the process of self-knowledge (experiencing, thinking, decision-making, the ways in which our emotions or our body affect us, what hidden beliefs influence our thinking, etc.).
3. The area of the transition zone of self-knowledge (behaviour, communication, etc.)..
4. Increasing sensitivity to one's own experience and to the experience and emotions of others.
5. Building a positive self-image in the context of pro-teacher identification.
100/0
The aim of the Social Psychological Training for Teachers course is to motivate and develop self-knowledge and self-reflection in teacher education students of different study programmes.
The student after completing the course:
- is aware of the importance of self-knowledge, reflection and personal development in teaching practice,
- can define their strengths and weaknesses as well as challenges and pitfalls in their own self-development,
- can name and identify the most general errors in social perception and apply them to teaching practice,
- identifies with the teacher's role, profession and its specifics,
- Through experiential activities, gain experience of active social and experiential learning.
Recommended reading:
BRŤKOVÁ, M., et al. (2000). Kapitoly z dejín pedagogiky. Bratislava: Pressent, 250 s. ISBN 80-967824-4-4
JŮVA,V, jun., JŮVA, V. sen. (2003). Stručné dějiny pedagogiky. Brno: Paido, 91 s. ISBN 80-7315-062-X
KASPER, T, KASPEROVÁ, D. (2008). Dějiny pedagogiky. Praha: Grada, 224 s. ISBN 978-80-247-2429-4
KUDLÁČOVÁ, B. (2003). Človek a výchova v dejinách európskeho myslenia. Trnava: PF TU, 168 s. ISBN 80-89074-66-9
PORUBSKÝ, Š. (2012). Úryvky z dejín pedagogického myslenia. Banská Bystrica: PF UMB, 110 s. ISBN: 978-80-557-0433-3
PŠENÁK, J. (2012). Dejiny školstva a pedagogiky. Žilina: EDIS-vydavateľstvo ŽUŽ, 167 s. ISBN 978-80-554-0596-4
ŠMAHELOVÁ, B. (2008). Nástin vývoje pedagogického myšlení. Brno: MSD, spol. s r.o., 98 s. ISBN 978-80-7392-040-1.
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
The students' task is to solve 10 continuously assigned problems during the semester and to participate in the presentation and discussion of their solutions in seminars. The solution of each problem is evaluated on a 3-0 point scale according to specific criteria set for each problem. The maximum number of points possible is 30.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-94%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (93-86%, very good - above average standard),
C (85-76%, well - normal reliable work),
D (75-68%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (67-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points. A minimum of 28 points is required for a final grade of A (excellent - outstanding results), a minimum of 25 points is required for a grade of B (very good - above average standard), a minimum of 22 points is required for a grade of C (good - normal reliable work), a minimum of 20 points is required for a grade of D (satisfactory - acceptable results), and a minimum of 18 points is required for a grade of E (satisfactory - results meet the minimum criteria). A grade of FX (Inadequate - extra work required) will be awarded to students scoring 17 points or less.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
The subject, terminology and system of the History of education. Education and education in ancient and medieval times. Education and pedagogical ideas in the period of humanism and the Renaissance. Life, work and pedagogical views of J. A. Comenius. The development of education and pedagogical thinking in the works of selected representatives in the world (Lock. Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Herbart, Tolstoy) and in the territory of present-day Slovakia (Bel, Tešedík, Fándly, Lehocký) in the 17th-19th centuries. Pedagogical trends and schools of the 20th century in the world. Education in Slovakia in the 20th century. Contemporary trends in education.
100/0
Learning outcomes and transferable competences:
Upon completion of the course, students will be able to use professional terminology, define the subject, and describe the system of the History of education. They are able to explain the context of the emergence and the main features of the historical currents of educational thought, describe and compare the systems of education and training in different historical periods, explain the views and characterize the work of important figures in the history of education and training, critically evaluate them and identify their influence on education and training today.
Working with original historical sources and their contemporary interpretations, students will be able to critically reflect and discuss ethical issues of education and education, the position and roles of the subjects of education and education. In solving, presenting and discussing the results of ongoing assignments, students will develop their analytical and critical thinking, communication, lecturing and metacognitive skills.
Students will be able to use the acquired knowledge and skills creatively in the study of other pedagogical disciplines and in their future pedagogical practice.
Recommended reading:
BRŤKOVÁ, M., et al. (2000). Kapitoly z dejín pedagogiky. Bratislava: Pressent, 250 s. ISBN 80-967824-4-4
JŮVA,V, jun., JŮVA, V. sen. (2003). Stručné dějiny pedagogiky. Brno: Paido, 91 s. ISBN 80-7315-062-X
KASPER, T, KASPEROVÁ, D. (2008). Dějiny pedagogiky. Praha: Grada, 224 s. ISBN 978-80-247-2429-4
KUDLÁČOVÁ, B. (2003). Človek a výchova v dejinách európskeho myslenia. Trnava: PF TU, 168 s. ISBN 80-89074-66-9
PORUBSKÝ, Š. (2012). Úryvky z dejín pedagogického myslenia. Banská Bystrica: PF UMB, 110 s. ISBN: 978-80-557-0433-3
PŠENÁK, J. (2012). Dejiny školstva a pedagogiky. Žilina: EDIS-vydavateľstvo ŽUŽ, 167 s. ISBN 978-80-554-0596-4
ŠMAHELOVÁ, B. (2008). Nástin vývoje pedagogického myšlení. Brno: MSD, spol. s r.o., 98 s. ISBN 978-80-7392-040-1.
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
The students' task is to solve 10 continuously assigned problems during the semester and to participate in the presentation and discussion of their solutions in seminars. The solution of each problem is evaluated on a 3-0 point scale according to specific criteria set for each problem. The maximum number of points possible is 30.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-94%, excellent - outstanding results),
B (93-86%, very good - above average standard),
C (85-76%, well - normal reliable work),
D (75-68%, satisfactory - acceptable results),
E (67-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points. A minimum of 28 points is required for a final grade of A (excellent - outstanding results), a minimum of 25 points is required for a grade of B (very good - above average standard), a minimum of 22 points is required for a grade of C (good - normal reliable work), a minimum of 20 points is required for a grade of D (satisfactory - acceptable results), and a minimum of 18 points is required for a grade of E (satisfactory - results meet the minimum criteria). A grade of FX (Inadequate - extra work required) will be awarded to students scoring 17 points or less.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
The subject, terminology and system of the History of education. Education and education in ancient and medieval times. Education and pedagogical ideas in the period of humanism and the Renaissance. Life, work and pedagogical views of J. A. Comenius. The development of education and pedagogical thinking in the works of selected representatives in the world (Lock. Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Herbart, Tolstoy) and in the territory of present-day Slovakia (Bel, Tešedík, Fándly, Lehocký) in the 17th-19th centuries. Pedagogical trends and schools of the 20th century in the world. Education in Slovakia in the 20th century. Contemporary trends in education.
100/0
Learning outcomes and transferable competences:
Upon completion of the course, students will be able to use professional terminology, define the subject, and describe the system of the History of education. They are able to explain the context of the emergence and the main features of the historical currents of educational thought, describe and compare the systems of education and training in different historical periods, explain the views and characterize the work of important figures in the history of education and training, critically evaluate them and identify their influence on education and training today.
Working with original historical sources and their contemporary interpretations, students will be able to critically reflect and discuss ethical issues of education and education, the position and roles of the subjects of education and education. In solving, presenting and discussing the results of ongoing assignments, students will develop their analytical and critical thinking, communication, lecturing and metacognitive skills.
Students will be able to use the acquired knowledge and skills creatively in the study of other pedagogical disciplines and in their future pedagogical practice.
NOVOTNÁ, E. (2017). Pedagogika voľného času. Teória výchovy mimo vyučovania vo voľnom
čase. Rokus: Prešov. 224s. ISBN 978-80-89540-58-0
ZELINOVÁ, M. (2007). Hry pro rozvoj emocí a komunikace. Koncepce a model tvorivěhumanistické výchovy. Portál: Praha, 2007. 139s. ISBN 978-80-7367-197-6 (e-kniha)
Recommended reading:
JASLOVSKÁ, B., KOLDEOVÁ, L. (v tlači). Voľný čas v práci učiteľa a ďalších pedagogických profesií. Kapitola v metodickom materiáli k Stáži A, Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, Pedagogická fakulta.
JASLOVSKÁ, B., STRAKOŠ, J. (v tlači). Profesijný rast učiteľa: formálne a neformálne vzdelávanie, informálne učenie sa. Kapitola v metodickom materiáli k Stáži B, Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, Pedagogická fakulta.
KRATOCHVÍLOVÁ, E. (2010). Pedagogika voľného času. Výchova v čase mimo vyučovania v
pedagogickej teórii a v praxi. Trnava: Typii Universitatis Tyrnaviensis, VEDY. 356 s. ISBN
978-80-8082-330-6
ZELINOVÁ, M. (2012). Voľný čas efektívne a tvorivo. Teória a prax výchovy mimo vyučovania.
Bratislava: Iura Edition, 146s. ISBN 978-80-8078-479-9
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course: 100% pass mark.
Assessment: consists of 2 intermediate assessments (40+60, total 100 points).
Interim assessment 1: consists of the preparation of a term paper and its oral presentation or practical application in class.
Semester work: consists of a creative assignment for 40b (20+20). It includes an electronic portfolio - a plan of experiential activities in the context of leisure education based on a set structure (20b) and its presentation or application of the created activities in the classroom (20b).
Intermediate assessment 2: consists of a test of the acquired knowledge, namely a knowledge test for 60p. The written exam/test consists of theoretical preparation for the course in basic concepts and study of the literature.
Prerequisites:
The rating shall be awarded on a scale of
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of continuous assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation to leisure issues, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, and exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A minimum of 81 points is required to obtain a B grade. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach to developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise to problem solving assignments using consultation, above average orientation to leisure issues, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, and above average activity in class during the semester.
For a grade of C at least 73 points. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop ongoing assignments using the assigned template, good professional knowledge and its application in problem solving in a group or with the assistance of the instructor, good orientation to leisure issues, good communication skills, completion of assignments, average activity in class during the semester as prompted by the instructor.
At least 66 points for a grade D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop ongoing assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application of knowledge in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to leisure issues, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
At least 60 points for an E grade. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop ongoing assignments and with the assistance of the instructor, basic/minimal vocational knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to leisure issues, basic communication skills, completion of assignments.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
The Leisure time in educationis intended to introduce students to the important sphere of leisure through leisure activities, which represent an important value for the individual and which are necessary in the targeted education of children, youth and adults. The Leisure time in educationcourse clarifies the basic pedagogical categories in a direct link between theoretical and practical training. By completing the course, the student will gain knowledge of the basic concepts in the field of leisure pedagogy, of leisure organizations aimed at children, youth, adults, and of activating didactic methods or experiential learning for the creation of leisure activities.
Topics:
Basic concepts of leisure pedagogy. Objectives of leisure education. Didactic process of leisure education and the creation of a plan of activating leisure activities - mission, goals, tasks, principles, content, forms and methods. Educational areas of activity outside the classroom. Interests and leisure-time education. Problems of education in leisure time. Field work (streetwork), prevention, volunteering. New approaches in leisure time pedagogy. Personality of the pedagogue, social assistant, animator in the processes of education and training in leisure time. Educator and education and training in the school. Institutions and facilities providing leisure and interest activities.
100/0
Learning objectives and outcomes:
By completing the subject Leisure time in education, the student should:
- to know the content of leisure time pedagogy as a scientific discipline: functions, goals and requirements, areas of leisure time education,
- to know the subjects of leisure education and their importance in influencing the leisure time of an individual in society in a meaningful way,
- to be able to apply the acquired knowledge in the creation of leisure activities,
- to be able to create a plan for an activity of interest and to be able to apply it through practical tasks,
- be able to present their creative output to a group,
- be able to justify the appropriateness of the choice of didactic categories in the interest activity plan,
- understand the importance of leisure as a fundamental value in human life.
Transferable competences: the student strengthens soft skills such as communication skills through creative tasks on the course, digital skills - the student realizes the creation of a website as an e-portfolio with the use of feedback, interpersonal skills within the group - activation in the group, taking the initiative and responsibility.
NOVOTNÁ, E. (2017). Pedagogika voľného času. Teória výchovy mimo vyučovania vo voľnom
čase. Rokus: Prešov. 224s. ISBN 978-80-89540-58-0
ZELINOVÁ, M. (2007). Hry pro rozvoj emocí a komunikace. Koncepce a model tvorivěhumanistické výchovy. Portál: Praha, 2007. 139s. ISBN 978-80-7367-197-6 (e-kniha)
Recommended reading:
JASLOVSKÁ, B., KOLDEOVÁ, L. (v tlači). Voľný čas v práci učiteľa a ďalších pedagogických profesií. Kapitola v metodickom materiáli k Stáži A, Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, Pedagogická fakulta.
JASLOVSKÁ, B., STRAKOŠ, J. (v tlači). Profesijný rast učiteľa: formálne a neformálne vzdelávanie, informálne učenie sa. Kapitola v metodickom materiáli k Stáži B, Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, Pedagogická fakulta.
KRATOCHVÍLOVÁ, E. (2010). Pedagogika voľného času. Výchova v čase mimo vyučovania v
pedagogickej teórii a v praxi. Trnava: Typii Universitatis Tyrnaviensis, VEDY. 356 s. ISBN
978-80-8082-330-6
ZELINOVÁ, M. (2012). Voľný čas efektívne a tvorivo. Teória a prax výchovy mimo vyučovania.
Bratislava: Iura Edition, 146s. ISBN 978-80-8078-479-9
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course: 100% pass mark.
Assessment: consists of 2 intermediate assessments (40+60, total 100 points).
Interim assessment 1: consists of the preparation of a term paper and its oral presentation or practical application in class.
Semester work: consists of a creative assignment for 40b (20+20). It includes an electronic portfolio - a plan of experiential activities in the context of leisure education based on a set structure (20b) and its presentation or application of the created activities in the classroom (20b).
Intermediate assessment 2: consists of a test of the acquired knowledge, namely a knowledge test for 60p. The written exam/test consists of theoretical preparation for the course in basic concepts and study of the literature.
Prerequisites:
The rating shall be awarded on a scale of
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of continuous assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation to leisure issues, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, and exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A minimum of 81 points is required to obtain a B grade. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach to developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise to problem solving assignments using consultation, above average orientation to leisure issues, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, and above average activity in class during the semester.
For a grade of C at least 73 points. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop ongoing assignments using the assigned template, good professional knowledge and its application in problem solving in a group or with the assistance of the instructor, good orientation to leisure issues, good communication skills, completion of assignments, average activity in class during the semester as prompted by the instructor.
At least 66 points for a grade D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop ongoing assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application of knowledge in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to leisure issues, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
At least 60 points for an E grade. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop ongoing assignments and with the assistance of the instructor, basic/minimal vocational knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to leisure issues, basic communication skills, completion of assignments.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
The Leisure time in educationis intended to introduce students to the important sphere of leisure through leisure activities, which represent an important value for the individual and which are necessary in the targeted education of children, youth and adults. The Leisure time in educationcourse clarifies the basic pedagogical categories in a direct link between theoretical and practical training. By completing the course, the student will gain knowledge of the basic concepts in the field of leisure pedagogy, of leisure organizations aimed at children, youth, adults, and of activating didactic methods or experiential learning for the creation of leisure activities.
Topics:
Basic concepts of leisure pedagogy. Objectives of leisure education. Didactic process of leisure education and the creation of a plan of activating leisure activities - mission, goals, tasks, principles, content, forms and methods. Educational areas of activity outside the classroom. Interests and leisure-time education. Problems of education in leisure time. Field work (streetwork), prevention, volunteering. New approaches in leisure time pedagogy. Personality of the pedagogue, social assistant, animator in the processes of education and training in leisure time. Educator and education and training in the school. Institutions and facilities providing leisure and interest activities.
100/0
Learning objectives and outcomes:
By completing the subject Leisure time in education, the student should:
- to know the content of leisure time pedagogy as a scientific discipline: functions, goals and requirements, areas of leisure time education,
- to know the subjects of leisure education and their importance in influencing the leisure time of an individual in society in a meaningful way,
- to be able to apply the acquired knowledge in the creation of leisure activities,
- to be able to create a plan for an activity of interest and to be able to apply it through practical tasks,
- be able to present their creative output to a group,
- be able to justify the appropriateness of the choice of didactic categories in the interest activity plan,
- understand the importance of leisure as a fundamental value in human life.
Transferable competences: the student strengthens soft skills such as communication skills through creative tasks on the course, digital skills - the student realizes the creation of a website as an e-portfolio with the use of feedback, interpersonal skills within the group - activation in the group, taking the initiative and responsibility.
Compulsory reading:
POTOČÁROVÁ, M. (2018). Etika v rodinných vzťahoch. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 228 s. ISBN 97-880-223-3998-8.
POTOČÁROVÁ, M. (2008). Pedagogika rodiny. Teoretické východiská RV. Bratislava: UK, 216 s. ISBN 978-80-223-2458-8.
DERKOVÁ, J. (2018). Rodina ako výchovné prostredie. Bratislava: IKAR, 146 s. ISBN 978-80-8200-034-7.
Recommended reading:
BAKOŠOVÁ, Z., ZEMANČÍKOVÁ, V. (2011). Výchova sociálnych a prosociálnych kompetencií v rodine. In: Teórie sociálnej pedagogiky: edukačné, sociálne a komunikačné aspekty [Z. Bakošová]. Bratislava: Slovenská pedagogická spoločnosť SAV, 2011.184 s. ISBN 978-80-970675-0-2.BRISCH, K. H. (2011). Bezpečná vzťahová väzba. Attachment v tehotenstve a prvých rokoch života. Trenčín: Vydavateľstvo F, 150 s. ISBN 978-80-88952-67-1.
POTOČÁROVÁ, M. Výchova k hodnotám v slovenskej rodine. In Pedagogická orientace, 45(5-6),1996.
PŠENIČKA, O. 1995. Sexuální výchova v rodině. Hradec Králové: Rodina, 310s. ISBN-10 8090152414.
ZEMANČÍKOVÁ, V. 2008. Fyzické tresty vo výchove detí v rodine. In: Výchova v pedagogickom výskume a praxi. zborník z medzinárodnej vedeckej konferencie. Trnava: Univerzita sv. Cyrila a Metoda, 2008
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment, 100% of the interim assessment. Interim assessment includes: the student will prepare a seminar paper (maximum possible number of points - 40). The seminar paper is a condition for the award of the overall grade. The student completes an intermediate written examination of knowledge (maximum possible points - 60). For successful completion of the course, it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points (min. 60 out of 100 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - passing the course still requires a significant amount of effort and work on the part of the student).
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, and above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop continuous assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
slovak language
Brief outline of the course:
1. Definition of family (traditional vs. newer concept of family), family typology and functions.
2. Basic demographic changes of the family in historical context (from traditional to postmodern family).
3. Family life cycle. Marriage as an institution. Education for marriage and parenthood.
4. The (un)stable family - the contemporary family and the issue of divorce. Inappropriate approaches in family upbringing in the period of divorce. Pupil in school in the period of parents' divorce process.
5. Alternative forms of cohabitation (cohabitation, mingle, single, "patchwork", homosexual partnerships...) - specifics of family education in alternative forms of cohabitation.
6. Pedagogy of the family. Theory of family education. Objectives, content, methods and means of family education. Styles of family education.
7. Relational attachment as a key prerequisite for harmonious personality development. Pupil's manifestations at school with regard to the type of relational attachment.
8. Alternative family education. Specifics of raising a child in foster care.
9. Different forms of violence in the family and their negative impact on the child's personality.
10. Specifics of family education in families with children with disabilities.
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of the Family Education course is to convey basic information about the family as an educational institution and about the possible impact of the specifics of family life and family education on the educational process in school. The student is able to define the family as an educational institution, remembers its functions, knows the typology of families. The student can explain the transformations of the family in a historical context and the transformations of the family within its life cycle. The student knows and understands the educational goals, content, methods and means of family education. The student is able to critically evaluate and articulate the specifics of family education in alternative forms of partnership cohabitation. The student is able to categorize styles of family education. Describe and interpret inappropriate approaches in family education and predict their possible effects on student performance in school. The student is able to apply the acquired knowledge in solving educational difficulties of the pupil resulting from the specifics of family life and family education.
Transferable competences: by analysing, proposing solutions and discussing problem problems assigned during seminars, the student is able to communicate his/her conclusions, think critically, think in context.
Compulsory reading:
POTOČÁROVÁ, M. (2018). Etika v rodinných vzťahoch. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 228 s. ISBN 97-880-223-3998-8.
POTOČÁROVÁ, M. (2008). Pedagogika rodiny. Teoretické východiská RV. Bratislava: UK, 216 s. ISBN 978-80-223-2458-8.
DERKOVÁ, J. (2018). Rodina ako výchovné prostredie. Bratislava: IKAR, 146 s. ISBN 978-80-8200-034-7.
Recommended reading:
BAKOŠOVÁ, Z., ZEMANČÍKOVÁ, V. (2011). Výchova sociálnych a prosociálnych kompetencií v rodine. In: Teórie sociálnej pedagogiky: edukačné, sociálne a komunikačné aspekty [Z. Bakošová]. Bratislava: Slovenská pedagogická spoločnosť SAV, 2011.184 s. ISBN 978-80-970675-0-2.BRISCH, K. H. (2011). Bezpečná vzťahová väzba. Attachment v tehotenstve a prvých rokoch života. Trenčín: Vydavateľstvo F, 150 s. ISBN 978-80-88952-67-1.
POTOČÁROVÁ, M. Výchova k hodnotám v slovenskej rodine. In Pedagogická orientace, 45(5-6),1996.
PŠENIČKA, O. 1995. Sexuální výchova v rodině. Hradec Králové: Rodina, 310s. ISBN-10 8090152414.
ZEMANČÍKOVÁ, V. 2008. Fyzické tresty vo výchove detí v rodine. In: Výchova v pedagogickom výskume a praxi. zborník z medzinárodnej vedeckej konferencie. Trnava: Univerzita sv. Cyrila a Metoda, 2008
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment, 100% of the interim assessment. Interim assessment includes: the student will prepare a seminar paper (maximum possible number of points - 40). The seminar paper is a condition for the award of the overall grade. The student completes an intermediate written examination of knowledge (maximum possible points - 60). For successful completion of the course, it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points (min. 60 out of 100 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - passing the course still requires a significant amount of effort and work on the part of the student).
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, and above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop continuous assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
slovak language
Brief outline of the course:
1. Definition of family (traditional vs. newer concept of family), family typology and functions.
2. Basic demographic changes of the family in historical context (from traditional to postmodern family).
3. Family life cycle. Marriage as an institution. Education for marriage and parenthood.
4. The (un)stable family - the contemporary family and the issue of divorce. Inappropriate approaches in family upbringing in the period of divorce. Pupil in school in the period of parents' divorce process.
5. Alternative forms of cohabitation (cohabitation, mingle, single, "patchwork", homosexual partnerships...) - specifics of family education in alternative forms of cohabitation.
6. Pedagogy of the family. Theory of family education. Objectives, content, methods and means of family education. Styles of family education.
7. Relational attachment as a key prerequisite for harmonious personality development. Pupil's manifestations at school with regard to the type of relational attachment.
8. Alternative family education. Specifics of raising a child in foster care.
9. Different forms of violence in the family and their negative impact on the child's personality.
10. Specifics of family education in families with children with disabilities.
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes:
The aim of the Family Education course is to convey basic information about the family as an educational institution and about the possible impact of the specifics of family life and family education on the educational process in school. The student is able to define the family as an educational institution, remembers its functions, knows the typology of families. The student can explain the transformations of the family in a historical context and the transformations of the family within its life cycle. The student knows and understands the educational goals, content, methods and means of family education. The student is able to critically evaluate and articulate the specifics of family education in alternative forms of partnership cohabitation. The student is able to categorize styles of family education. Describe and interpret inappropriate approaches in family education and predict their possible effects on student performance in school. The student is able to apply the acquired knowledge in solving educational difficulties of the pupil resulting from the specifics of family life and family education.
Transferable competences: by analysing, proposing solutions and discussing problem problems assigned during seminars, the student is able to communicate his/her conclusions, think critically, think in context.
Compulsory reading:
HUPKOVÁ, I., LIBERČANOVÁ, K. (2012). Drogové závislosti a ich prevencia. Trnava: Pedagogická fakulta TU v Trnave. 153 s. ISBN 978-80-8082-563-8 Dostupné na: https://pdf.truni.sk/download?e-skripta/hupkova-libercanova-drogove-zavislosti.pdf
Recommended reading:
FERKOVÁ, Š. (2014). Skúsenosti s využitím influenčného programu zameraného na elimináciu rizikového správania žiakov v škole. In Prevencia. roč. 13. č. 4. s. 37 – 44.
FISCHER, S., ŠKODA, J. (2009). Sociální patologie. Analýza příčin a možnosti ovlivňovaní závažných sociálně patologických jevů. Praha: Grada Publishing, a.s. 224 s. ISBN 978-80-247-7813
KALINA, K. (2008). Základy klinickej adiktológie. Praha: Grada, 387 s. ISBN978-80-247-1411-0. K
KALINA, K. et al. (2003). Drogy a drogové závislosti 1. a 2. Mezioborový přístup. Praha: ÚV ČR, 640 s. ISBN80-86734-05-6.
KUKLOVÁ, M. (2016). Kognitivně-behaviorální terapie v léčbě závislostí. Praha: Portál. 152 s. ISBN978-80-262-1101-3
NEŠPOR, K. (2003). Návykové chováni a závislost. Současné poznatky a prespektívy lěčby. Praha: Portál. 152 s. ISBN80-7178-831-7.
NOCIAR, A. (2009). Drogové závislosti. Bratislava: Vysoká škola Svätej Alžbety. 123 s. ISBN 978-80-892-7168-9
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course: The course is completed with an assessment, the ratio of the midterm and final assessment is 100/0. The task of the students is to prepare a midterm paper for 40 points and to pass a midterm test for 60 points, a total of 100 points. A minimum of 60% of the maximum possible course grade is required for successful completion of the course.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop continuous assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
: slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
1. Basic terminology (social pathology, drug, addiction, abstinence, codependence, prevention, etc.).
2. Classification and characteristics of selected groups of psychotropic substances.
3. Specifics and classification of substance addictions.
4. Causes and factors of drug use.
5. The emergence of addiction and its symptoms.
6. Non-substance addictions (classification, characteristics).
7. Prevention of addiction and its forms.
8. Options for help in the field of addiction (basic psychotherapeutic approaches in addiction treatment, pharmacotherapeutic help, family accompaniment).
9. National Drug Control Programme. The roles of the Departments of Education, Culture, Health, Justice, Home Affairs and Labour, Social Affairs and Family.
100/0
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the course is to provide basic knowledge about the problems of drug consumption, their effects, the etiology of drug addiction. The course pays special attention to the issues of the drug scene, drug policy development and criminal sanctions, or drug crime. Students will be able to identify the internal and external causes of addiction, summarize the manifestations of different types of addiction, indicate and propose specific forms of addiction prevention. They will deepen their knowledge and competences in working with people with addiction, they will learn to apply preventive practices through examples and concrete activities in school practice.
Students and learners will develop communication skills using professional terminology in the field of substance and non-substance addictions. They will improve their skills in working with professional literature and producing professional texts. Students will be able to apply knowledge creatively to problem-based assignments.
Compulsory reading:
HUPKOVÁ, I., LIBERČANOVÁ, K. (2012). Drogové závislosti a ich prevencia. Trnava: Pedagogická fakulta TU v Trnave. 153 s. ISBN 978-80-8082-563-8 Dostupné na: https://pdf.truni.sk/download?e-skripta/hupkova-libercanova-drogove-zavislosti.pdf
Recommended reading:
FERKOVÁ, Š. (2014). Skúsenosti s využitím influenčného programu zameraného na elimináciu rizikového správania žiakov v škole. In Prevencia. roč. 13. č. 4. s. 37 – 44.
FISCHER, S., ŠKODA, J. (2009). Sociální patologie. Analýza příčin a možnosti ovlivňovaní závažných sociálně patologických jevů. Praha: Grada Publishing, a.s. 224 s. ISBN 978-80-247-7813
KALINA, K. (2008). Základy klinickej adiktológie. Praha: Grada, 387 s. ISBN978-80-247-1411-0. K
KALINA, K. et al. (2003). Drogy a drogové závislosti 1. a 2. Mezioborový přístup. Praha: ÚV ČR, 640 s. ISBN80-86734-05-6.
KUKLOVÁ, M. (2016). Kognitivně-behaviorální terapie v léčbě závislostí. Praha: Portál. 152 s. ISBN978-80-262-1101-3
NEŠPOR, K. (2003). Návykové chováni a závislost. Současné poznatky a prespektívy lěčby. Praha: Portál. 152 s. ISBN80-7178-831-7.
NOCIAR, A. (2009). Drogové závislosti. Bratislava: Vysoká škola Svätej Alžbety. 123 s. ISBN 978-80-892-7168-9
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course: The course is completed with an assessment, the ratio of the midterm and final assessment is 100/0. The task of the students is to prepare a midterm paper for 40 points and to pass a midterm test for 60 points, a total of 100 points. A minimum of 60% of the maximum possible course grade is required for successful completion of the course.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop continuous assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
: slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
1. Basic terminology (social pathology, drug, addiction, abstinence, codependence, prevention, etc.).
2. Classification and characteristics of selected groups of psychotropic substances.
3. Specifics and classification of substance addictions.
4. Causes and factors of drug use.
5. The emergence of addiction and its symptoms.
6. Non-substance addictions (classification, characteristics).
7. Prevention of addiction and its forms.
8. Options for help in the field of addiction (basic psychotherapeutic approaches in addiction treatment, pharmacotherapeutic help, family accompaniment).
9. National Drug Control Programme. The roles of the Departments of Education, Culture, Health, Justice, Home Affairs and Labour, Social Affairs and Family.
100/0
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the course is to provide basic knowledge about the problems of drug consumption, their effects, the etiology of drug addiction. The course pays special attention to the issues of the drug scene, drug policy development and criminal sanctions, or drug crime. Students will be able to identify the internal and external causes of addiction, summarize the manifestations of different types of addiction, indicate and propose specific forms of addiction prevention. They will deepen their knowledge and competences in working with people with addiction, they will learn to apply preventive practices through examples and concrete activities in school practice.
Students and learners will develop communication skills using professional terminology in the field of substance and non-substance addictions. They will improve their skills in working with professional literature and producing professional texts. Students will be able to apply knowledge creatively to problem-based assignments.
Compulsory reading:
LECHTA, V. (eds.), (2016). Inkluzivní pedagogika. Praha: Portál, 600 s. ISBN 978-80-262-1123-5.
VAŠEK, Š. (2013). Základy špeciálnej pedagogiky. Bratislava: SAPIENTIA. 213 s. ISBN 978-80-89229-21-5. http://www.specialnazs.sk/files/Stefan_Vasek_-_Zaklady_specialnej_pedagogiky.pdf
VLADOVÁ, K., a LECHTA, V., a kol., (2017). Aplikácia vzdelávacích programov pre žiakov so zdravotným znevýhodnením a všeobecným intelektovým nadaním. Bratislava: ŠPÚ, 201 s. ISBN 978-80-8118-196-2. https://www.statpedu.sk/files/sk/deti-ziaci-so-svvp/deti-ziaci-so-zdravotnym-znevyhodnenim-vseobecnym-intelektovym-nadanim/intelektove-nadanie.pdf
Vzdelávacie programy pre žiakov so zdravotným znevýhodnením a všeobecným intelektovým nadaním: Štátny pedagogický ústav
Zákon č. 245/2008 o výchove a vzdelávaní školský zákon a prislúchajúce vyhlášky
Recommended literature
BOOTH, T., AINSCOW, M., (2019). Index inklúzie: príručka na rozvoj škôl s dôrazom na inkluzívne hodnoty. Nadácia pre deti Slovenska, 224 s. ISBN 978-80-89403-19-6. https://www.ktochyba.sk/webroot/video/index-inkluzie.pdf
HARČARÍKOVA, T. (eds.),2020. Integrované/inkluzívne vzdelávanie žiakov so špeciálnymi výchovno-vzdelávacími potrebami (zborník vedeckých príspevkov), Bratislava: IRIS, 187 s. ISBN 978-80-8200-058-3.
FISCHER, S., ŠKODA, J. (2008). Speciální pedagogika. Praha: Triton, 206 s. ISBN 978-80-7387-014-0.
Katalogy podpůrných opatření pro žáky s potřebou podpory ve vzdělávání z důvodu zdravotního nebo sociálního znevýhodnění. Olomouc: Univerzita Palackého v Olomouci, 2015.
RENOTIÉROVÁ, M. a kol. (2006). Speciální pedagogika. Olomouc: UP, 313 s. ISBN 80-244-0873-2.
SLOWÍK, J. (2007). Speciální pedagogika. Praha: Portál, 160 s. ISBN 97-880-2471733-3.
ŠUHAJOVÁ, I. (2014). Termín špeciálne výchovno-vzdelávacie potreby versus dodatočné podporné opatrenia. In Efeta-otvor sa, 24(2), 2014.
TARCSIOVÁ, D.- JURÁNEKOVÁ, Z.- TOMÁŠKOVÁ, M. (2021). Príručka o vzdelávaní žiaka s poruchou sluchu v bežnej škole. Bratislava: IRIS, 114 s. ISBN 978-80-8200-100-9.
VALENTA, M. at al. (2014). Přehled speciální pedagogiky. Praha: Portál, 224 s. ISBN 97-880-2620602-6.
ZEMANČÍKOVÁ, V. (2015). Rómske deti a ich vzdelanostný pokrok. In: Slovenská encyklopédia edukológie. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2015.
ZEMANČÍKOVÁ, V. (2014). Problémové správanie žiakov a úloha sociálneho pedagóga v reflexii učiteľov. In: Sociální pedagogika: časopis pro vědu a praxi. 2(1), 2014.
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment, 100% of the interim assessment. Interim assessment includes: the student will prepare a seminar paper (maximum possible number of points - 40). The seminar paper is a condition for the award of the overall grade. The student completes an intermediate written examination of knowledge (maximum possible points - 60). For successful completion of the course, it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points (min. 60 out of 100 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - passing the course still requires a significant amount of effort and work on the part of the student).
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to work through assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, and completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
General foundations and terminological definition of special education.
Definition of basic terms in special education.
Trends in education, current opportunities and legislative conditions in education of individuals with SEND (with a focus on inclusive education).
Specifics of education and support measures for children and pupils with SEN according to individual categories:
pupils with intellectual disabilities and cognitive impairment; pupils with autism spectrum disorder; pupils with physical disabilities, illnesses and disabilities; pupils with impaired communication skills; pupils with specific learning disabilities; pupils with behavioural disorders; pupils from socially disadvantaged backgrounds; gifted and exceptionally gifted pupils.
Educational programmes and individual educational programme for pupils with SEN.
The position of a pupil with SEN in a class group of intact classmates.
Cooperation of the teacher with other pedagogical and professional staff of the school and the school counselling centre in the care of SEN pupils (inclusive team).
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the course Pedagogy of Individuals with Special Educational Needs is to make available basic information about the specifics of educating individuals with special educational needs and to prepare the student for pedagogical work in the context of the diversity of the educated population. The student will be able to define the term special educational needs, categorize individuals with special educational needs (SEN) in relation to the current system of special education and in accordance with current legislation. Becomes familiar with basic terminology in special education. Is able to characterize the educational opportunities for individuals with SEN. Can explain the implications of a disability/impairment/threat and/or other SEN in the educational process. Knows and understands the specifics of educating individuals with SEND. Can name and justify selected support measures in the education of children and pupils with SEND. Explain the importance of the teacher's cooperation with other educational and professional staff of the school and the school counselling centre in the care of pupils with SEN included in mainstream education. Know the educational programmes for pupils with SEND and understand the Individual Education Programme document. The student is prepared to address the risks associated with the inclusion of a pupil with SEND in a classroom of able-bodied classmates.
Transferable competences developed during the students' work in the seminars: critical thinking skills, contextual reasoning, communication skills.
Compulsory reading:
LECHTA, V. (eds.), (2016). Inkluzivní pedagogika. Praha: Portál, 600 s. ISBN 978-80-262-1123-5.
VAŠEK, Š. (2013). Základy špeciálnej pedagogiky. Bratislava: SAPIENTIA. 213 s. ISBN 978-80-89229-21-5. http://www.specialnazs.sk/files/Stefan_Vasek_-_Zaklady_specialnej_pedagogiky.pdf
VLADOVÁ, K., a LECHTA, V., a kol., (2017). Aplikácia vzdelávacích programov pre žiakov so zdravotným znevýhodnením a všeobecným intelektovým nadaním. Bratislava: ŠPÚ, 201 s. ISBN 978-80-8118-196-2. https://www.statpedu.sk/files/sk/deti-ziaci-so-svvp/deti-ziaci-so-zdravotnym-znevyhodnenim-vseobecnym-intelektovym-nadanim/intelektove-nadanie.pdf
Vzdelávacie programy pre žiakov so zdravotným znevýhodnením a všeobecným intelektovým nadaním: Štátny pedagogický ústav
Zákon č. 245/2008 o výchove a vzdelávaní školský zákon a prislúchajúce vyhlášky
Recommended literature
BOOTH, T., AINSCOW, M., (2019). Index inklúzie: príručka na rozvoj škôl s dôrazom na inkluzívne hodnoty. Nadácia pre deti Slovenska, 224 s. ISBN 978-80-89403-19-6. https://www.ktochyba.sk/webroot/video/index-inkluzie.pdf
HARČARÍKOVA, T. (eds.),2020. Integrované/inkluzívne vzdelávanie žiakov so špeciálnymi výchovno-vzdelávacími potrebami (zborník vedeckých príspevkov), Bratislava: IRIS, 187 s. ISBN 978-80-8200-058-3.
FISCHER, S., ŠKODA, J. (2008). Speciální pedagogika. Praha: Triton, 206 s. ISBN 978-80-7387-014-0.
Katalogy podpůrných opatření pro žáky s potřebou podpory ve vzdělávání z důvodu zdravotního nebo sociálního znevýhodnění. Olomouc: Univerzita Palackého v Olomouci, 2015.
RENOTIÉROVÁ, M. a kol. (2006). Speciální pedagogika. Olomouc: UP, 313 s. ISBN 80-244-0873-2.
SLOWÍK, J. (2007). Speciální pedagogika. Praha: Portál, 160 s. ISBN 97-880-2471733-3.
ŠUHAJOVÁ, I. (2014). Termín špeciálne výchovno-vzdelávacie potreby versus dodatočné podporné opatrenia. In Efeta-otvor sa, 24(2), 2014.
TARCSIOVÁ, D.- JURÁNEKOVÁ, Z.- TOMÁŠKOVÁ, M. (2021). Príručka o vzdelávaní žiaka s poruchou sluchu v bežnej škole. Bratislava: IRIS, 114 s. ISBN 978-80-8200-100-9.
VALENTA, M. at al. (2014). Přehled speciální pedagogiky. Praha: Portál, 224 s. ISBN 97-880-2620602-6.
ZEMANČÍKOVÁ, V. (2015). Rómske deti a ich vzdelanostný pokrok. In: Slovenská encyklopédia edukológie. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 2015.
ZEMANČÍKOVÁ, V. (2014). Problémové správanie žiakov a úloha sociálneho pedagóga v reflexii učiteľov. In: Sociální pedagogika: časopis pro vědu a praxi. 2(1), 2014.
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment, 100% of the interim assessment. Interim assessment includes: the student will prepare a seminar paper (maximum possible number of points - 40). The seminar paper is a condition for the award of the overall grade. The student completes an intermediate written examination of knowledge (maximum possible points - 60). For successful completion of the course, it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points (min. 60 out of 100 points).
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - passing the course still requires a significant amount of effort and work on the part of the student).
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to work through assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, and completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
General foundations and terminological definition of special education.
Definition of basic terms in special education.
Trends in education, current opportunities and legislative conditions in education of individuals with SEND (with a focus on inclusive education).
Specifics of education and support measures for children and pupils with SEN according to individual categories:
pupils with intellectual disabilities and cognitive impairment; pupils with autism spectrum disorder; pupils with physical disabilities, illnesses and disabilities; pupils with impaired communication skills; pupils with specific learning disabilities; pupils with behavioural disorders; pupils from socially disadvantaged backgrounds; gifted and exceptionally gifted pupils.
Educational programmes and individual educational programme for pupils with SEN.
The position of a pupil with SEN in a class group of intact classmates.
Cooperation of the teacher with other pedagogical and professional staff of the school and the school counselling centre in the care of SEN pupils (inclusive team).
100/0
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the course Pedagogy of Individuals with Special Educational Needs is to make available basic information about the specifics of educating individuals with special educational needs and to prepare the student for pedagogical work in the context of the diversity of the educated population. The student will be able to define the term special educational needs, categorize individuals with special educational needs (SEN) in relation to the current system of special education and in accordance with current legislation. Becomes familiar with basic terminology in special education. Is able to characterize the educational opportunities for individuals with SEN. Can explain the implications of a disability/impairment/threat and/or other SEN in the educational process. Knows and understands the specifics of educating individuals with SEND. Can name and justify selected support measures in the education of children and pupils with SEND. Explain the importance of the teacher's cooperation with other educational and professional staff of the school and the school counselling centre in the care of pupils with SEN included in mainstream education. Know the educational programmes for pupils with SEND and understand the Individual Education Programme document. The student is prepared to address the risks associated with the inclusion of a pupil with SEND in a classroom of able-bodied classmates.
Transferable competences developed during the students' work in the seminars: critical thinking skills, contextual reasoning, communication skills.
Recommended reading:
DOBIÁŠ, V. (2017). 5P. Bratislava: Dixit, 302 s., ISBN 978-80-89662-24-1
Krajina záchranárov. Prvá pomoc. Online: www.prvapomoc.sk
ŠANTA, M. a kol. (2006). Prvá pomoc. Martin: Osveta, 179 s., ISBN 80-8063-207-3
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment, 100% of the interim assessment:
(a) a continuous written assessment with a maximum of 80 points aimed at testing knowledge and understanding of general first aid principles as well as basic first aid principles for life-threatening conditions (cessation of breathing, blood circulation), serious injuries (bleeding, burning, scalding, hypothermia, frostbite, bone and joint injuries, injuries to body orifices) and minor injuries
(b) by developing an activity on the chosen first aid topic in the form of a simulation of the health problem mentioned above as well as an active performance of a drill on the basic principles of first aid with a maximum of 20 points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who scores less than 40 points on the written midterm and fails to prepare for the activity. A minimum score of 60% is required to pass the course.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results), excellent performance, the student has excellent knowledge of theoretical knowledge of medical procedures in cases of health threat, can simulate a case of health threat based on the theoretical knowledge and solve the situation when providing first aid in practice
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), excellent performance, the student knows the theoretical knowledge of medical procedures in cases of health threat very well, can simulate a case of health threat only partially on the basis of the theoretical knowledge, but can deal with the situation when providing first aid in practice
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), good performance, although the student has a good knowledge of theoretical knowledge of medical procedures in cases of health hazards, but cannot simulate a case of a health hazard on their basis, but can partially solve the situation when providing first aid in practice
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results), satisfactory performance, the student partially knows the theoretical knowledge of health procedures in cases of health threats, but is unable to simulate a case of a health threat and is only partially able to apply the theory to practice
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet the minimum criteria), satisfactory performance, the student has only minimal knowledge of the theoretical knowledge of health procedures in cases of health threats, is unable to simulate a case of a health threat and is able to apply the theory to practice only partially
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required), insufficient performance, student does not have sufficient knowledge of basic health procedures in health emergencies, nor is he/she able to simulate a health emergency and apply the theory to practice
slovak language
Brief outline of the course:
1. General principles of first aid (the student acquires basic knowledge and knowledge of the general principles of first aid, can recognize basic first aid from rapid medical and technical assistance, can assess the situation without endangering his/her own life, assess the health condition of the affected - the severity and extent, take urgent measures to save life and knows the correct procedure for calling the ambulance service)
2. Positioning and displacement. (the student is familiarized with the basic positions in providing first aid and possible methods of removal, so that the health of the affected person does not further endanger)
3. First aid for life-threatening conditions (respiratory arrest, circulatory arrest) (the student will be able to recognize the signs of respiratory arrest and circulatory arrest and subsequently provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation in both adults and children in the correct way).
4. First aid for serious injuries (bleeding, burns, scalding, hypothermia, frostbite, bone and joint injuries, injuries to body orifices). (the student is able to recognise the risks to health in different degrees of bleeding, burning, scalding, hypothermia, frostbite, bone and joint injuries, injuries to body orifices, to administer appropriate basic first aid in relation to the extent of the injury and consequently to recognise the signs of shock and to provide the correct anti-shock measures)
5. First aid for minor injuries (the student can recognise minor injuries and provide appropriate first aid)
100/0
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the course is to teach students the basics of first aid, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, as well as the management of serious medical conditions. Upon completion of the course, the student will gain theoretical knowledge of medical procedures in cases of health threats to children and adolescents. At the same time, the student will strengthen his/her communication and organizational skills in dealing with serious health emergencies through simulated situations.
Recommended reading:
DOBIÁŠ, V. (2017). 5P. Bratislava: Dixit, 302 s., ISBN 978-80-89662-24-1
Krajina záchranárov. Prvá pomoc. Online: www.prvapomoc.sk
ŠANTA, M. a kol. (2006). Prvá pomoc. Martin: Osveta, 179 s., ISBN 80-8063-207-3
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment, 100% of the interim assessment:
(a) a continuous written assessment with a maximum of 80 points aimed at testing knowledge and understanding of general first aid principles as well as basic first aid principles for life-threatening conditions (cessation of breathing, blood circulation), serious injuries (bleeding, burning, scalding, hypothermia, frostbite, bone and joint injuries, injuries to body orifices) and minor injuries
(b) by developing an activity on the chosen first aid topic in the form of a simulation of the health problem mentioned above as well as an active performance of a drill on the basic principles of first aid with a maximum of 20 points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who scores less than 40 points on the written midterm and fails to prepare for the activity. A minimum score of 60% is required to pass the course.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results), excellent performance, the student has excellent knowledge of theoretical knowledge of medical procedures in cases of health threat, can simulate a case of health threat based on the theoretical knowledge and solve the situation when providing first aid in practice
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), excellent performance, the student knows the theoretical knowledge of medical procedures in cases of health threat very well, can simulate a case of health threat only partially on the basis of the theoretical knowledge, but can deal with the situation when providing first aid in practice
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), good performance, although the student has a good knowledge of theoretical knowledge of medical procedures in cases of health hazards, but cannot simulate a case of a health hazard on their basis, but can partially solve the situation when providing first aid in practice
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results), satisfactory performance, the student partially knows the theoretical knowledge of health procedures in cases of health threats, but is unable to simulate a case of a health threat and is only partially able to apply the theory to practice
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet the minimum criteria), satisfactory performance, the student has only minimal knowledge of the theoretical knowledge of health procedures in cases of health threats, is unable to simulate a case of a health threat and is able to apply the theory to practice only partially
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required), insufficient performance, student does not have sufficient knowledge of basic health procedures in health emergencies, nor is he/she able to simulate a health emergency and apply the theory to practice
slovak language
Brief outline of the course:
1. General principles of first aid (the student acquires basic knowledge and knowledge of the general principles of first aid, can recognize basic first aid from rapid medical and technical assistance, can assess the situation without endangering his/her own life, assess the health condition of the affected - the severity and extent, take urgent measures to save life and knows the correct procedure for calling the ambulance service)
2. Positioning and displacement. (the student is familiarized with the basic positions in providing first aid and possible methods of removal, so that the health of the affected person does not further endanger)
3. First aid for life-threatening conditions (respiratory arrest, circulatory arrest) (the student will be able to recognize the signs of respiratory arrest and circulatory arrest and subsequently provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation in both adults and children in the correct way).
4. First aid for serious injuries (bleeding, burns, scalding, hypothermia, frostbite, bone and joint injuries, injuries to body orifices). (the student is able to recognise the risks to health in different degrees of bleeding, burning, scalding, hypothermia, frostbite, bone and joint injuries, injuries to body orifices, to administer appropriate basic first aid in relation to the extent of the injury and consequently to recognise the signs of shock and to provide the correct anti-shock measures)
5. First aid for minor injuries (the student can recognise minor injuries and provide appropriate first aid)
100/0
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the course is to teach students the basics of first aid, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, as well as the management of serious medical conditions. Upon completion of the course, the student will gain theoretical knowledge of medical procedures in cases of health threats to children and adolescents. At the same time, the student will strengthen his/her communication and organizational skills in dealing with serious health emergencies through simulated situations.
Recommended reading:
CHRENŠČOVÁ, V., ELEK, Š., FUCHSOVÁ, M., MATIS, D., ŽARNOVIČAN, H. (2010). Pracovný zošit o vode pre základné školy - nižšie sekundárne vzdelávanie : Vzdelávací program Modrá škola. Bratislava Mladí vedci Slovenska, 31 s. ISBN 978-80-970496-2-1 http://new.modraskola.sk/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/SV_doplnkoveTexty.pdf
CHRENŠČOVÁ, V., ELEK, Š., ELEK, T., FUCHSOVÁ, M., JASAŇ, I., LIBOVIČ, M., MATIS, D., ŽARNOVIČAN, H. (2010). Doplnkové študijné texty o vode pre základné školy - nižšie sekundárne vzdelávanie: Vzdelávací program Modrá škola. Bratislava: Mladí vedci Slovenska, 64 s. ISBN 978-80-970496-1-4 http://new.modraskola.sk/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/SV_doplnkoveTexty.pdf
BIELIKOVÁ, D., FÜRY, D., FUCHSOVÁ, M. (2011) Environmentálne aktivity využiteľné vo výchovno-vzdelávacom procese na základných školách. In: Envirohorizonty ... od teórie k praxi .... Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 20 s, ISBN 978-80-223-3083-1
MAJZLAN, O. A FEDOR, P. (2012). Základy ekológie a environmentalistiky pre pedagogické smery. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 180 s. ISBN 978-80-223-3175-3
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
The student will be evaluated on an ongoing basis:
a) defending a term paper with the content of current environmental problems on the territory of the Slovak Republic as well as environmental problems that are solved globally with a maximum value of 20 points
b) its elaboration in the form of analysis and critical evaluation of the chosen environmental issue, in the form of creating reflections from each presented environmental topic and application of the chosen topic to the education of pupils with a maximum value of 80 points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who obtains less than 40 points in a seminar paper and fails to defend the paper. To pass the course, a minimum score of 60% is required.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results), excellent performance, the student can work well with professional literature dealing with the issue of current environmental problems not only in the Slovak Republic but also at the global level, can critically evaluate environmental problems in society and create appropriate activating methods for the environmental problem usable in pedagogical practice
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), excellent performance, the student can work with the literature dealing with the issues of current environmental problems not only in the Slovak Republic but also at the global level very well, but critical thinking in the field of environmental science is borderline, but can create appropriate activating methods for the environmental problem usable in pedagogical practice
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), good performance, the student can work well with literature dealing with current environmental problems not only in the Slovak Republic but also at the global level, but critical thinking in the field of environmental science is partially absent, but can create appropriate activating methods for the environmental problem usable in pedagogical practice
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results), satisfactory performance, the student can only partially work with professional literature dealing with current environmental problems not only in the Slovak Republic but also at the global level, critical thinking in the field of environmental science is partially absent and only partially knows how to apply environmental theory in the form of the creation of activating methods in pedagogical practice
E (65-60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria), sufficient performance, the student can work with the literature dealing with current environmental problems not only in the Slovak Republic but also at the global level at a minimum level, critical thinking in the field of environmental science is absent and his ability to apply environmental theory in the form of creating activating methods in pedagogical practice is minimal
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - additional work required), insufficient performance, student is unable to work with literature dealing with current environmental issues not only in the Slovak Republic but also on a global level, nor critically evaluate environmental issues and is unable to apply environmental theory in the form of creating activating methods to pedagogical practice
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
1. Ecology. (the student can distinguish between the concepts of ecology and environmental science, knows the relationships of organisms in the environment and how endogenous and exogenous factors affect the environment)
2. Stability and biodiversity of ecosystems. Protected areas. Regulation of trophic chains. Anthropocentrism, biocentrism and ecocentrism. (the student will learn to perceive the interconnectedness of relationships in nature, the sensitivity of ecosystem stability, how this stability is affected by man himself and ultimately be able to take a stance on the protection of individual ecosystems for the need to maintain balance in nature)
3. Waste management. (the student will get acquainted with the issues of waste management, the creation and regulation of the amount of waste in society, the problem of black dumps but also with the process of recycling as an option for environmental protection)
4. Transport and the greenhouse effect. (the student is able to assess the negative impact of transport use on the environment and is able to adopt the right attitude to dealing with the issue in terms of protecting the environment in which he/she lives)
5. Environmental education in primary schools. Environmental projects of the Slovak Republic. (The student knows how to incorporate environmental education as a cross-cutting theme in the state educational programme, knows how environmental education contributes to the development of the pupil's personality by acquiring the ability to understand, analyse and evaluate the relationships between man and his environment on the basis of knowledge of the laws governing life on Earth, to know and understand the connections between the development of human population and the relationship to the environment in different areas of the world, to understand the connections between local and global problems and their own responsibility in relation to the environment, ultimately the student will also become familiar with the current environmental projects of the Slovak Republic that support this education at primary school and will be able to bring the environmental problems to the student's mental level by appropriate activating methods)
100/0
Learning outcomes and transferable competences:
Upon completion of the course, the student will gain basic information on nature conservation, quality of life assurance and remediation options, which will subsequently enable him/her to solve problems in environmental issues. He will be able to apply all this knowledge to teaching practice; he will strengthen his digital skills in searching for literature on environmental issues on appropriate professional domestic and foreign Internet portals, as well as his communication skills, critical thinking and evaluation of environmental problems in society.
Recommended reading:
CHRENŠČOVÁ, V., ELEK, Š., FUCHSOVÁ, M., MATIS, D., ŽARNOVIČAN, H. (2010). Pracovný zošit o vode pre základné školy - nižšie sekundárne vzdelávanie : Vzdelávací program Modrá škola. Bratislava Mladí vedci Slovenska, 31 s. ISBN 978-80-970496-2-1 http://new.modraskola.sk/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/SV_doplnkoveTexty.pdf
CHRENŠČOVÁ, V., ELEK, Š., ELEK, T., FUCHSOVÁ, M., JASAŇ, I., LIBOVIČ, M., MATIS, D., ŽARNOVIČAN, H. (2010). Doplnkové študijné texty o vode pre základné školy - nižšie sekundárne vzdelávanie: Vzdelávací program Modrá škola. Bratislava: Mladí vedci Slovenska, 64 s. ISBN 978-80-970496-1-4 http://new.modraskola.sk/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/SV_doplnkoveTexty.pdf
BIELIKOVÁ, D., FÜRY, D., FUCHSOVÁ, M. (2011) Environmentálne aktivity využiteľné vo výchovno-vzdelávacom procese na základných školách. In: Envirohorizonty ... od teórie k praxi .... Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 20 s, ISBN 978-80-223-3083-1
MAJZLAN, O. A FEDOR, P. (2012). Základy ekológie a environmentalistiky pre pedagogické smery. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského, 180 s. ISBN 978-80-223-3175-3
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
The student will be evaluated on an ongoing basis:
a) defending a term paper with the content of current environmental problems on the territory of the Slovak Republic as well as environmental problems that are solved globally with a maximum value of 20 points
b) its elaboration in the form of analysis and critical evaluation of the chosen environmental issue, in the form of creating reflections from each presented environmental topic and application of the chosen topic to the education of pupils with a maximum value of 80 points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E. Credit will not be awarded to a student who obtains less than 40 points in a seminar paper and fails to defend the paper. To pass the course, a minimum score of 60% is required.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results), excellent performance, the student can work well with professional literature dealing with the issue of current environmental problems not only in the Slovak Republic but also at the global level, can critically evaluate environmental problems in society and create appropriate activating methods for the environmental problem usable in pedagogical practice
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), excellent performance, the student can work with the literature dealing with the issues of current environmental problems not only in the Slovak Republic but also at the global level very well, but critical thinking in the field of environmental science is borderline, but can create appropriate activating methods for the environmental problem usable in pedagogical practice
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), good performance, the student can work well with literature dealing with current environmental problems not only in the Slovak Republic but also at the global level, but critical thinking in the field of environmental science is partially absent, but can create appropriate activating methods for the environmental problem usable in pedagogical practice
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results), satisfactory performance, the student can only partially work with professional literature dealing with current environmental problems not only in the Slovak Republic but also at the global level, critical thinking in the field of environmental science is partially absent and only partially knows how to apply environmental theory in the form of the creation of activating methods in pedagogical practice
E (65-60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria), sufficient performance, the student can work with the literature dealing with current environmental problems not only in the Slovak Republic but also at the global level at a minimum level, critical thinking in the field of environmental science is absent and his ability to apply environmental theory in the form of creating activating methods in pedagogical practice is minimal
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - additional work required), insufficient performance, student is unable to work with literature dealing with current environmental issues not only in the Slovak Republic but also on a global level, nor critically evaluate environmental issues and is unable to apply environmental theory in the form of creating activating methods to pedagogical practice
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
1. Ecology. (the student can distinguish between the concepts of ecology and environmental science, knows the relationships of organisms in the environment and how endogenous and exogenous factors affect the environment)
2. Stability and biodiversity of ecosystems. Protected areas. Regulation of trophic chains. Anthropocentrism, biocentrism and ecocentrism. (the student will learn to perceive the interconnectedness of relationships in nature, the sensitivity of ecosystem stability, how this stability is affected by man himself and ultimately be able to take a stance on the protection of individual ecosystems for the need to maintain balance in nature)
3. Waste management. (the student will get acquainted with the issues of waste management, the creation and regulation of the amount of waste in society, the problem of black dumps but also with the process of recycling as an option for environmental protection)
4. Transport and the greenhouse effect. (the student is able to assess the negative impact of transport use on the environment and is able to adopt the right attitude to dealing with the issue in terms of protecting the environment in which he/she lives)
5. Environmental education in primary schools. Environmental projects of the Slovak Republic. (The student knows how to incorporate environmental education as a cross-cutting theme in the state educational programme, knows how environmental education contributes to the development of the pupil's personality by acquiring the ability to understand, analyse and evaluate the relationships between man and his environment on the basis of knowledge of the laws governing life on Earth, to know and understand the connections between the development of human population and the relationship to the environment in different areas of the world, to understand the connections between local and global problems and their own responsibility in relation to the environment, ultimately the student will also become familiar with the current environmental projects of the Slovak Republic that support this education at primary school and will be able to bring the environmental problems to the student's mental level by appropriate activating methods)
100/0
Learning outcomes and transferable competences:
Upon completion of the course, the student will gain basic information on nature conservation, quality of life assurance and remediation options, which will subsequently enable him/her to solve problems in environmental issues. He will be able to apply all this knowledge to teaching practice; he will strengthen his digital skills in searching for literature on environmental issues on appropriate professional domestic and foreign Internet portals, as well as his communication skills, critical thinking and evaluation of environmental problems in society.
Recommended reading:
FUCHSOVÁ, M. (2020). Somatický vývin dieťaťa a jeho poruchy s využitím vzdelávacích moderných technológií. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 145 s. ISBN 978-80-223-4812-6 https://www.fedu.uniba.sk/fileadmin/pdf/Sucasti/Katedry/KDPP/Fuchsova_def..pdf
DROBNÝ, I., DROBNÁ, M. (2000). Biológia dieťaťa pre špeciálnych pedagógov II. Bratislava: Pedagogická fakulta UK, 152 s. ISBN 80-223-1962-7
MACHOVÁ, J. Biologie člověka pro učitele. Praha: Karolinum, 2008, 269 s. ISBN 80-7184-867-0
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
The subject is finished:
(a) a continuous written assessment with a maximum score of 80 points aimed at reviewing knowledge and knowledge of the child's developmental characteristics and the factors that affect the child's biological physiological development and which may be the causes of pathological growth and at the same time the consequences of a lower level of the child's ability to cope with the educational process of school education; reviewing the knowledge and use of methods that assess and diagnose physiologically healthy , resp. pathological biological growth and development of the child and, ultimately, on the issue of prevention and protection of the child's health in all its components of the bio-psycho-social nature of the child's development
b) by developing protocols for the assessment and diagnosis of biological development with a maximum score of 20 points as a form of the ability to apply theoretical knowledge about physiologically healthy or pathological biological development of the child to pedagogical practice
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E.
Credit will not be awarded to a student who scores less than 40 points on the written midterm review and fails to complete a protocol for assessing and diagnosing the child's biological development. A minimum score of 60% is required to pass the course.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, proficient - outstanding), excellent performance, the student has an excellent command of the knowledge of physiologically healthy biological development of the child and has an excellent understanding of the environmental factors that cause pathological growth as a result of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling, critically assesses the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the physical and psychological performance of the child, the student can apply the methods of assessment and diagnosis of biological development on practical examples and can apply them in the education and training of children
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), excellent performance, the student has a very good command of the knowledge of the physiologically healthy biological development of the child, knows very well which of the environmental factors are the causes of the development of pathological growth as a result of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling, but critical thinking in the field of evaluation of the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the physical and psychological performance of the child is borderline, but the student can apply the methods of evaluation and diagnosis of biological development on practical examples and can apply them in the education and training of children
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), good performance, although the student has a good command of the knowledge of the physiologically healthy biological development of the child, he/she knows well which environmental factors are the causes of the development of pathological growth as a result of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling, but critical thinking in the area of evaluation of the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the physical and psychological performance of the child is absent, but can partially apply the methods of evaluation and diagnosis of biological development on practical examples and can apply them in the education and training of children
D (72-66%, Satisfactory-Acceptable performance), Satisfactory performance, the student partially knows the knowledge of physiologically healthy biological development of the child and partially knows which environmental factors are the causes of the development of pathological growth as a result of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling, critical thinking in the field of evaluation of the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the child's physical and psychological performance is absent but he/she is able to apply the methods of evaluation and diagnosis of biological development in the form of practical examples and apply them in the education of children only partially
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria), satisfactory performance, the student has only minimal knowledge of the physiologically healthy biological development of the child, and similarly minimal knowledge of the environmental factors that cause pathological growth as a result of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling, critical thinking in the field of evaluation of the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the child's physical and psychological performance is absent, and is able to apply methods of evaluation and diagnosis of biological development in the form of practical examples and apply them in the education and training of children only partially
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required), inadequate performance, student does not sufficiently master the basic knowledge of physiologically healthy biological development of the child, at the same time does not sufficiently know which of the environmental factors are the causes of the emergence of pathological growth as a result of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling, is neither able to critically evaluate the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the child's physical and psychological performance, nor is he or she able to apply methods of assessing and diagnosing biological development in the form of practical examples and apply them in the education and training of children
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
1.Defining ontogeny. Progressive and regressive changes with age. Biological explanation of the concepts of growth and development. The laws of growth and development. Typical and atypical growth and development. (The student can distinguish between physiologically healthy and pathological biological development of a child for the purpose of applying knowledge in the education of children, in the form of effective collaboration with special educators, psychologists, and other practitioners)
2.Factors determining growth and development: genetic, neurohormonal, environmental factors. Genetic factors: heredity, mutations - gene, chromosomal aberrations. Mutagens and teratogens. Mutations. Chromosomal aberrations. (The student knows and understands the endogenous endogenous environmental factors that determine the hereditary predisposition of the child to cope with the demands of the educational process on the psychological and physical load of the organism)
3.Environmental factors. Definition of environment, external, internal environment. Neurohormonal regulation. Importance of neural and hormonal regulation as a mechanism of biological adaptation. Determination of growth and developmental processes by environmental factors. Nutrition. Maternal factors. Climatic and geographical factors. Socio-economic level. Morbidity. (The student knows which of the factors act on the biological development of the child and which may be the consequences of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling)
4.Ontogenetic development. The division of ontogeny: the biological definition of the different periods. Prenatal, perinatal, postnatal periods. Prenatal period -formation and development of the embryo (gestation), importance of the placenta. Environmental risk factors threatening prenatal development. Perinatal period. Childbirth, newborn at risk. Postnatal period- characteristics of the neonatal, infant, toddler, preschool, junior and senior school age periods in terms of somatic changes (growth, motor development) and risks of developmental disruption. Brief overview of anatomy and physiology of organ systems. (the student distinguishes the age-specific characteristics of the individual systems in the different periods of ontogenesis and is able to use and apply these characteristics in the practice of school education)
5.Methods of assessment of physical growth and development, determination of biological maturity. Adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the child's physical and psychological performance - Biological rhythms. Dynamic stereotype. Fatigue and resumption of work activity. (The student can diagnose the level of development of children of preschool and younger school age, critically evaluate the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the physical and psychological performance of the child and on the basis of the diagnosis to design and implement an appropriate intervention)
6.Pathologically altered growth and development. Prevention of disorders of somatic development - primary, secondary, tertiary. (the student knows how to prevent pathologically altered growth and development in its beginnings, and knows the basics of prevention and protection of the child's health in all components of the bio-psycho-social nature of the child's development)
7. Principles of the organisation of teaching in terms of physical and mental hygiene. Hygiene of the school environment and conditions for educational activities of pupils. (the student knows the basic principles of the organisation of teaching and the correct hygiene of the school environment in terms of the physical and mental hygiene of the pupil)
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
Upon completion of the course, students should have knowledge and understanding of the biological laws of growth and development and the factors that determine them. They will acquire knowledge of the bio-psycho-social integration of the human organism. Understand the spatio-temporal sequence and interdependence of changes in the structure and function of the human organism. They will become familiar with critical developmental periods and risk factors interfering with physiological growth and development. They will understand the principles of regulation and adaptation of the organism in the context of environmental influences. At the same time, students will strengthen their mathematical skills and analytical abilities in the development of protocols for the assessment of child biological development. Ultimately, the course will provide students with the ability to evaluate the appropriateness of the demands of the educational process on a child's physical and psychological performance in relation to the child's level of biological maturation
Recommended reading:
FUCHSOVÁ, M. (2020). Somatický vývin dieťaťa a jeho poruchy s využitím vzdelávacích moderných technológií. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 145 s. ISBN 978-80-223-4812-6 https://www.fedu.uniba.sk/fileadmin/pdf/Sucasti/Katedry/KDPP/Fuchsova_def..pdf
DROBNÝ, I., DROBNÁ, M. (2000). Biológia dieťaťa pre špeciálnych pedagógov II. Bratislava: Pedagogická fakulta UK, 152 s. ISBN 80-223-1962-7
MACHOVÁ, J. Biologie člověka pro učitele. Praha: Karolinum, 2008, 269 s. ISBN 80-7184-867-0
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment (100% of the interim assessment).
The subject is finished:
(a) a continuous written assessment with a maximum score of 80 points aimed at reviewing knowledge and knowledge of the child's developmental characteristics and the factors that affect the child's biological physiological development and which may be the causes of pathological growth and at the same time the consequences of a lower level of the child's ability to cope with the educational process of school education; reviewing the knowledge and use of methods that assess and diagnose physiologically healthy , resp. pathological biological growth and development of the child and, ultimately, on the issue of prevention and protection of the child's health in all its components of the bio-psycho-social nature of the child's development
b) by developing protocols for the assessment and diagnosis of biological development with a maximum score of 20 points as a form of the ability to apply theoretical knowledge about physiologically healthy or pathological biological development of the child to pedagogical practice
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade A, a minimum of 81 points for a grade B, a minimum of 73 points for a grade C, a minimum of 66 points for a grade D and a minimum of 60 points for a grade E.
Credit will not be awarded to a student who scores less than 40 points on the written midterm review and fails to complete a protocol for assessing and diagnosing the child's biological development. A minimum score of 60% is required to pass the course.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, proficient - outstanding), excellent performance, the student has an excellent command of the knowledge of physiologically healthy biological development of the child and has an excellent understanding of the environmental factors that cause pathological growth as a result of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling, critically assesses the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the physical and psychological performance of the child, the student can apply the methods of assessment and diagnosis of biological development on practical examples and can apply them in the education and training of children
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), excellent performance, the student has a very good command of the knowledge of the physiologically healthy biological development of the child, knows very well which of the environmental factors are the causes of the development of pathological growth as a result of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling, but critical thinking in the field of evaluation of the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the physical and psychological performance of the child is borderline, but the student can apply the methods of evaluation and diagnosis of biological development on practical examples and can apply them in the education and training of children
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), good performance, although the student has a good command of the knowledge of the physiologically healthy biological development of the child, he/she knows well which environmental factors are the causes of the development of pathological growth as a result of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling, but critical thinking in the area of evaluation of the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the physical and psychological performance of the child is absent, but can partially apply the methods of evaluation and diagnosis of biological development on practical examples and can apply them in the education and training of children
D (72-66%, Satisfactory-Acceptable performance), Satisfactory performance, the student partially knows the knowledge of physiologically healthy biological development of the child and partially knows which environmental factors are the causes of the development of pathological growth as a result of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling, critical thinking in the field of evaluation of the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the child's physical and psychological performance is absent but he/she is able to apply the methods of evaluation and diagnosis of biological development in the form of practical examples and apply them in the education of children only partially
E (65-60%, satisfactory - results meet minimum criteria), satisfactory performance, the student has only minimal knowledge of the physiologically healthy biological development of the child, and similarly minimal knowledge of the environmental factors that cause pathological growth as a result of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling, critical thinking in the field of evaluation of the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the child's physical and psychological performance is absent, and is able to apply methods of evaluation and diagnosis of biological development in the form of practical examples and apply them in the education and training of children only partially
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required), inadequate performance, student does not sufficiently master the basic knowledge of physiologically healthy biological development of the child, at the same time does not sufficiently know which of the environmental factors are the causes of the emergence of pathological growth as a result of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling, is neither able to critically evaluate the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the child's physical and psychological performance, nor is he or she able to apply methods of assessing and diagnosing biological development in the form of practical examples and apply them in the education and training of children
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
1.Defining ontogeny. Progressive and regressive changes with age. Biological explanation of the concepts of growth and development. The laws of growth and development. Typical and atypical growth and development. (The student can distinguish between physiologically healthy and pathological biological development of a child for the purpose of applying knowledge in the education of children, in the form of effective collaboration with special educators, psychologists, and other practitioners)
2.Factors determining growth and development: genetic, neurohormonal, environmental factors. Genetic factors: heredity, mutations - gene, chromosomal aberrations. Mutagens and teratogens. Mutations. Chromosomal aberrations. (The student knows and understands the endogenous endogenous environmental factors that determine the hereditary predisposition of the child to cope with the demands of the educational process on the psychological and physical load of the organism)
3.Environmental factors. Definition of environment, external, internal environment. Neurohormonal regulation. Importance of neural and hormonal regulation as a mechanism of biological adaptation. Determination of growth and developmental processes by environmental factors. Nutrition. Maternal factors. Climatic and geographical factors. Socio-economic level. Morbidity. (The student knows which of the factors act on the biological development of the child and which may be the consequences of the child's lower ability to cope with the educational process of the student's schooling)
4.Ontogenetic development. The division of ontogeny: the biological definition of the different periods. Prenatal, perinatal, postnatal periods. Prenatal period -formation and development of the embryo (gestation), importance of the placenta. Environmental risk factors threatening prenatal development. Perinatal period. Childbirth, newborn at risk. Postnatal period- characteristics of the neonatal, infant, toddler, preschool, junior and senior school age periods in terms of somatic changes (growth, motor development) and risks of developmental disruption. Brief overview of anatomy and physiology of organ systems. (the student distinguishes the age-specific characteristics of the individual systems in the different periods of ontogenesis and is able to use and apply these characteristics in the practice of school education)
5.Methods of assessment of physical growth and development, determination of biological maturity. Adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the child's physical and psychological performance - Biological rhythms. Dynamic stereotype. Fatigue and resumption of work activity. (The student can diagnose the level of development of children of preschool and younger school age, critically evaluate the adequacy of the demands of the educational process on the physical and psychological performance of the child and on the basis of the diagnosis to design and implement an appropriate intervention)
6.Pathologically altered growth and development. Prevention of disorders of somatic development - primary, secondary, tertiary. (the student knows how to prevent pathologically altered growth and development in its beginnings, and knows the basics of prevention and protection of the child's health in all components of the bio-psycho-social nature of the child's development)
7. Principles of the organisation of teaching in terms of physical and mental hygiene. Hygiene of the school environment and conditions for educational activities of pupils. (the student knows the basic principles of the organisation of teaching and the correct hygiene of the school environment in terms of the physical and mental hygiene of the pupil)
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
Upon completion of the course, students should have knowledge and understanding of the biological laws of growth and development and the factors that determine them. They will acquire knowledge of the bio-psycho-social integration of the human organism. Understand the spatio-temporal sequence and interdependence of changes in the structure and function of the human organism. They will become familiar with critical developmental periods and risk factors interfering with physiological growth and development. They will understand the principles of regulation and adaptation of the organism in the context of environmental influences. At the same time, students will strengthen their mathematical skills and analytical abilities in the development of protocols for the assessment of child biological development. Ultimately, the course will provide students with the ability to evaluate the appropriateness of the demands of the educational process on a child's physical and psychological performance in relation to the child's level of biological maturation
Compulsory reading:
ANZENBACHER, A. (2001). Úvod do etiky. Praha: Academia, s. 13 – 17. ISBN 978-80-200-0917-5
GLUCHMAN, V. (2000). Úvod do etiky. Prešov: Univerzum, s. 7 – 103, 122 – 133. ISBN 978- 80-890-1200-0
GLUCHMANOVÁ, M., GLUCHMAN, V. (2008). Učiteľská etika. Prešov: FF PU (ESF), s. 88 – 127, 194 – 215. ISBN 978-80-806-8808-0
Recommended reading:
HUPKOVÁ, M., PETLÁK, E. (2004). Sebareflexia a kompetencie v práci učiteľa. Bratislava:
IRIS, 2004. s. 11 – 26, 81 – 96. ISBN 978-80-89018-77-7
KOSOVÁ B. a kol. (2012). Vysokoškolské vzdelávanie učiteľov. Banská Bystrica: Pedagogická
fakulta UMB v Banskej Bystrici, s. 6 – 21, 52 – 61. ISBN 978-80-557-0353-4
LIESSMANN, K. P. (2012). Teorie nevzdělanosti. Praha: ACADEMIA, s. 37 – 61. ISBN 978-80-200-1677-5
MALANKIEVIČOVÁ, S. (2008). Profesijná etika. Prešov: FF PU (ESF), s. 13 – 35. ISBN 978-80-806-8811-0
REMIŠOVÁ, A. (1997). Podnikateľská etika. Nitra: ENIGMA, s. 12 – 49, 198 – 211.
VAJDA, J. (2004). Úvod do etiky. Nitra: Enigma, s. 13 - 56. ISBN 978-80-8913-212-6
VETEŠKA, J., TURECKIOVÁ, M. (2008). Kompetence ve vzdělávání. Praha: GRADA, s. 13 – 57. ISBN 978-80-247-1770-8
ŽILÍNEK, M. (1997). Étos a utváranie mravnej identity osobnosti. Bratislava: IRIS, s. 12 –
108. ISBN 978-80-88778-60-3
WILLIAMS, B. (2021). Morálka: úvod do etiky. Praha: OYIKOYMENH. ISBN 978-80-7298-569-2
DANIŠKOVÁ, Z. (2013). Môže prístup „new public management“ dopomôcť k etablovaniu etického
kódexu učiteľa? 2013 dostupné na http://www.casopispedagogika.sk/rocnik-4/cislo-2/studia_daniskova.pdf
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
100% of the interim grade, which includes 30% class activity (30 points) and 70% project (70 points).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-94%, excellent - outstanding results), the student reflects correctly and actively both critically and creatively
knowledge, including its meaningful integration into the realities of life and pedagogical practice.
B (93-86%, very good - above average standard), the student reflects critically on knowledge appropriately,
including their meaningful integration into the realities of life and pedagogical practice.
C (85-76%, good - routine reliable work), students performed standardly well during the semester, their theoretical knowledge is at a good level, but they lack the ability to critically apply this knowledge.
D (75-68%, satisfactory - acceptable results), students were less prepared during the semester, they have slight deficiencies in theoretical knowledge. They cannot critically analyze information.
E (67-60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria), the student has limited theoretical knowledge, is unable to critically analyze this knowledge, is only minimally able to apply the knowledge.
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
1. Introduction to the subject: defining the basic concepts: ethics and morality.
Ethics and professional ethics: definition of basic terms: applied ethics - sectoral division of applied ethics. Professional ethics as a part of applied ethics.
2. Professional tact and etiquette as a basis for the formation of the code of ethics of individual professions.
3. The teaching profession and the teacher's code of ethics. Status and role of the teacher. Resolving dilemmas in the teaching profession.
4. Positive climate in the classroom, relationships between school climate factors.
5. Convention on the Rights of the Child.
6. A closer definition of bioethics and its areas of interest on concrete examples, the issue of the code of ethics. Classical ethical theories and alternative methods in solving ethical dilemmas.
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The thematic focus of the course introduces students to applied ethics and its disciplinary divisions, to
defining the basic concepts of ethics, explaining morality as a social regulator, moral norms and the principles of creating ethical codes. It focuses on the professional ethics of the teaching profession (teacher competences, ethical dilemmas in the teaching profession, etc.) and the importance of a code of ethics in this profession. The aim of the course is to highlight the importance of a favourable classroom and school climate and to work with the content of the Convention on the Rights of the Child. Using selected examples from other branches of applied ethics (bioethics, media ethics, etc.) to show the importance of the presence of a code of ethics in the professions, the possibility of using classical ethical concepts and also different alternatives in solving ethical dilemmas.
This knowledge can be used in further studies as well as in real life. The chosen educational methods will contribute to the further development of competences (cognitive area: memory, critical thinking, thinking in context, reasoning; affective area: attitudes and beliefs, values; psychomotor area: digital skills; social area: cooperation, communication).
The course contributes to the gradual development of important professional competences of future teachers by its focus and methods of education.
Compulsory reading:
ANZENBACHER, A. (2001). Úvod do etiky. Praha: Academia, s. 13 – 17. ISBN 978-80-200-0917-5
GLUCHMAN, V. (2000). Úvod do etiky. Prešov: Univerzum, s. 7 – 103, 122 – 133. ISBN 978- 80-890-1200-0
GLUCHMANOVÁ, M., GLUCHMAN, V. (2008). Učiteľská etika. Prešov: FF PU (ESF), s. 88 – 127, 194 – 215. ISBN 978-80-806-8808-0
Recommended reading:
HUPKOVÁ, M., PETLÁK, E. (2004). Sebareflexia a kompetencie v práci učiteľa. Bratislava:
IRIS, 2004. s. 11 – 26, 81 – 96. ISBN 978-80-89018-77-7
KOSOVÁ B. a kol. (2012). Vysokoškolské vzdelávanie učiteľov. Banská Bystrica: Pedagogická
fakulta UMB v Banskej Bystrici, s. 6 – 21, 52 – 61. ISBN 978-80-557-0353-4
LIESSMANN, K. P. (2012). Teorie nevzdělanosti. Praha: ACADEMIA, s. 37 – 61. ISBN 978-80-200-1677-5
MALANKIEVIČOVÁ, S. (2008). Profesijná etika. Prešov: FF PU (ESF), s. 13 – 35. ISBN 978-80-806-8811-0
REMIŠOVÁ, A. (1997). Podnikateľská etika. Nitra: ENIGMA, s. 12 – 49, 198 – 211.
VAJDA, J. (2004). Úvod do etiky. Nitra: Enigma, s. 13 - 56. ISBN 978-80-8913-212-6
VETEŠKA, J., TURECKIOVÁ, M. (2008). Kompetence ve vzdělávání. Praha: GRADA, s. 13 – 57. ISBN 978-80-247-1770-8
ŽILÍNEK, M. (1997). Étos a utváranie mravnej identity osobnosti. Bratislava: IRIS, s. 12 –
108. ISBN 978-80-88778-60-3
WILLIAMS, B. (2021). Morálka: úvod do etiky. Praha: OYIKOYMENH. ISBN 978-80-7298-569-2
DANIŠKOVÁ, Z. (2013). Môže prístup „new public management“ dopomôcť k etablovaniu etického
kódexu učiteľa? 2013 dostupné na http://www.casopispedagogika.sk/rocnik-4/cislo-2/studia_daniskova.pdf
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
100% of the interim grade, which includes 30% class activity (30 points) and 70% project (70 points).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-94%, excellent - outstanding results), the student reflects correctly and actively both critically and creatively
knowledge, including its meaningful integration into the realities of life and pedagogical practice.
B (93-86%, very good - above average standard), the student reflects critically on knowledge appropriately,
including their meaningful integration into the realities of life and pedagogical practice.
C (85-76%, good - routine reliable work), students performed standardly well during the semester, their theoretical knowledge is at a good level, but they lack the ability to critically apply this knowledge.
D (75-68%, satisfactory - acceptable results), students were less prepared during the semester, they have slight deficiencies in theoretical knowledge. They cannot critically analyze information.
E (67-60%, sufficient - the results meet the minimum criteria), the student has limited theoretical knowledge, is unable to critically analyze this knowledge, is only minimally able to apply the knowledge.
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
1. Introduction to the subject: defining the basic concepts: ethics and morality.
Ethics and professional ethics: definition of basic terms: applied ethics - sectoral division of applied ethics. Professional ethics as a part of applied ethics.
2. Professional tact and etiquette as a basis for the formation of the code of ethics of individual professions.
3. The teaching profession and the teacher's code of ethics. Status and role of the teacher. Resolving dilemmas in the teaching profession.
4. Positive climate in the classroom, relationships between school climate factors.
5. Convention on the Rights of the Child.
6. A closer definition of bioethics and its areas of interest on concrete examples, the issue of the code of ethics. Classical ethical theories and alternative methods in solving ethical dilemmas.
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The thematic focus of the course introduces students to applied ethics and its disciplinary divisions, to
defining the basic concepts of ethics, explaining morality as a social regulator, moral norms and the principles of creating ethical codes. It focuses on the professional ethics of the teaching profession (teacher competences, ethical dilemmas in the teaching profession, etc.) and the importance of a code of ethics in this profession. The aim of the course is to highlight the importance of a favourable classroom and school climate and to work with the content of the Convention on the Rights of the Child. Using selected examples from other branches of applied ethics (bioethics, media ethics, etc.) to show the importance of the presence of a code of ethics in the professions, the possibility of using classical ethical concepts and also different alternatives in solving ethical dilemmas.
This knowledge can be used in further studies as well as in real life. The chosen educational methods will contribute to the further development of competences (cognitive area: memory, critical thinking, thinking in context, reasoning; affective area: attitudes and beliefs, values; psychomotor area: digital skills; social area: cooperation, communication).
The course contributes to the gradual development of important professional competences of future teachers by its focus and methods of education.
Recommended reading:
Compulsory reading:
MISTRÍK, E. a kol. (2008). Multikultúrna výchova v škole. Bratislava : Nadácia otvorenej spoločnosti. ISBN 978-80-969271-4-2
MISTRÍK, E. a kol. 2006: Multi-kulti-na školách. Metodická príručka pre multikultúrnu výchovu. Bratislava: Nadácia Milana Šimečku. ISBN 80-89008-21-6
Recommended reading:
KASÍKOVÁ, H. a kol. (2003). Interkulturní výchova a vzdělávání: efektivní metody a formy. Praha : FF UK. (bez ISBN)
KOMINAREC, I. – KOMINARECOVÁ, E. (2009). Multikulturalita a komunikácia. Prešov : PO. ISBN 978-80-555-0061-4
MISTRÍK, E. (2008). Multikultúrna výchova. In: Školské vzdelávacie programy. Praktický manuál pre zostavenie vlastného školského vzdelávacieho programu. 3. E1. Bratislava : RAABE. ISBN 978-80-89182-27-5
PRŮCHA. J. (2006). Multikulturní výchova. Praha : Triton. ISBN 80-7254-866-2
VANČÍKOVÁ, K. (2013). Multikultúrna výchova, jej miesto v súčasnej škole. Banská Bystrica: PdF UMB. ISBN 978-80-557-0512-5
Prerequisite subjects:
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
Weighting of interim and final assessment: 100/0, the course ends with an assessment.
Students will develop two interim activities/projects as part of the interim coursework assessed at 40% and 40%. Activity and preparation in seminars is assessed (20%). A total of 100% of the interim assessment.
Students will choose one of the activities, work it systematically and develop it into a comprehensive lesson preparation according to this structure:
a. Objectives of the activity (what skills and abilities it develops - students will choose an appropriate topic according to their apprenticeship, where they will be able to apply the activity as a cross-cutting theme).
b. Target group of the activity (for which pupils it could be used).
c. Time and space (how long it would take, any special space requirements).
d. Activity flow (a brief scenario of how the student would carry it out).
e. Evaluation of the activity (different ways of assessing pupils, self-assessment, etc.).
f. Theoretical perspective on the activity (interpretation of the activity based on at least three key words from multicultural education theory).
g. Literature used.
The evaluation will assess the fulfilment of the principles of multicultural education, the suitability of the activity for teaching within the cross-cutting theme of multicultural education, the systematic nature of the preparation and the interconnectedness of its components. Negative evaluations are given to projects that could reinforce stereotypes and prejudices among pupils or in which students present stereotypical views of other cultures.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results), students will produce an original project that is thought through as a coherent whole to develop intercultural understanding, all criteria are met at an excellent level.
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), students creatively develop a project that will assist in developing intercultural understanding, Criteria are met at a very good level.
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), students will produce a project that does not undermine the principles of multicultural education, Criteria are met at a good level.
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results), students will develop a project that is not internally intertwined but does not violate the principles of multicultural education, the criteria are met satisfactorily.
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria), students will develop a project that marginally undermines the principles of multicultural education, Criteria are met sufficiently.
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required), students will develop a project that promotes cultural stereotypes and biases. The project does not meet the minimum criteria.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
The problem facing multicultural education - stereotypes and prejudices in us. Encountering another culture. Culture shock. How we get information about other cultures. How to cope with the arrival of foreigners. What we think about intercultural communication. Migration and values in multicultural education. How to proceed in multicultural education. Assessment in multicultural education.
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
Students understand the principles and practices of multicultural education. They know how to work with stereotypes and prejudices in the classroom. They can plan and design multicultural education and integrate it as a cross-curricular topic in the classroom. They develop intercultural understanding. They master the main didactical procedures for the implementation of multicultural education as a cross-cutting theme.
Learning objectives:
To provide students with the basic information needed to understand the principles of multicultural education as a cross-cutting theme in the national curriculum. To teach students how to work with the issue of stereotypes and prejudices, to teach them how to plan and design multicultural education in schools as a cross-cutting theme. To familiarize students with the basic didactic practices in the implementation of multicultural education in education.
Recommended reading:
Compulsory reading:
MISTRÍK, E. a kol. (2008). Multikultúrna výchova v škole. Bratislava : Nadácia otvorenej spoločnosti. ISBN 978-80-969271-4-2
MISTRÍK, E. a kol. 2006: Multi-kulti-na školách. Metodická príručka pre multikultúrnu výchovu. Bratislava: Nadácia Milana Šimečku. ISBN 80-89008-21-6
Recommended reading:
KASÍKOVÁ, H. a kol. (2003). Interkulturní výchova a vzdělávání: efektivní metody a formy. Praha : FF UK. (bez ISBN)
KOMINAREC, I. – KOMINARECOVÁ, E. (2009). Multikulturalita a komunikácia. Prešov : PO. ISBN 978-80-555-0061-4
MISTRÍK, E. (2008). Multikultúrna výchova. In: Školské vzdelávacie programy. Praktický manuál pre zostavenie vlastného školského vzdelávacieho programu. 3. E1. Bratislava : RAABE. ISBN 978-80-89182-27-5
PRŮCHA. J. (2006). Multikulturní výchova. Praha : Triton. ISBN 80-7254-866-2
VANČÍKOVÁ, K. (2013). Multikultúrna výchova, jej miesto v súčasnej škole. Banská Bystrica: PdF UMB. ISBN 978-80-557-0512-5
Prerequisite subjects:
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
Weighting of interim and final assessment: 100/0, the course ends with an assessment.
Students will develop two interim activities/projects as part of the interim coursework assessed at 40% and 40%. Activity and preparation in seminars is assessed (20%). A total of 100% of the interim assessment.
Students will choose one of the activities, work it systematically and develop it into a comprehensive lesson preparation according to this structure:
a. Objectives of the activity (what skills and abilities it develops - students will choose an appropriate topic according to their apprenticeship, where they will be able to apply the activity as a cross-cutting theme).
b. Target group of the activity (for which pupils it could be used).
c. Time and space (how long it would take, any special space requirements).
d. Activity flow (a brief scenario of how the student would carry it out).
e. Evaluation of the activity (different ways of assessing pupils, self-assessment, etc.).
f. Theoretical perspective on the activity (interpretation of the activity based on at least three key words from multicultural education theory).
g. Literature used.
The evaluation will assess the fulfilment of the principles of multicultural education, the suitability of the activity for teaching within the cross-cutting theme of multicultural education, the systematic nature of the preparation and the interconnectedness of its components. Negative evaluations are given to projects that could reinforce stereotypes and prejudices among pupils or in which students present stereotypical views of other cultures.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results), students will produce an original project that is thought through as a coherent whole to develop intercultural understanding, all criteria are met at an excellent level.
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), students creatively develop a project that will assist in developing intercultural understanding, Criteria are met at a very good level.
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), students will produce a project that does not undermine the principles of multicultural education, Criteria are met at a good level.
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results), students will develop a project that is not internally intertwined but does not violate the principles of multicultural education, the criteria are met satisfactorily.
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria), students will develop a project that marginally undermines the principles of multicultural education, Criteria are met sufficiently.
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required), students will develop a project that promotes cultural stereotypes and biases. The project does not meet the minimum criteria.
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
The problem facing multicultural education - stereotypes and prejudices in us. Encountering another culture. Culture shock. How we get information about other cultures. How to cope with the arrival of foreigners. What we think about intercultural communication. Migration and values in multicultural education. How to proceed in multicultural education. Assessment in multicultural education.
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
Students understand the principles and practices of multicultural education. They know how to work with stereotypes and prejudices in the classroom. They can plan and design multicultural education and integrate it as a cross-curricular topic in the classroom. They develop intercultural understanding. They master the main didactical procedures for the implementation of multicultural education as a cross-cutting theme.
Learning objectives:
To provide students with the basic information needed to understand the principles of multicultural education as a cross-cutting theme in the national curriculum. To teach students how to work with the issue of stereotypes and prejudices, to teach them how to plan and design multicultural education in schools as a cross-cutting theme. To familiarize students with the basic didactic practices in the implementation of multicultural education in education.
Compulsory reading:
ALLHOFF, D.-W. (2008). Rétorika a komunikace. Praha: Grada publishing, 200 s.. ISBN 978-80-247-2283-2
KLAPETEK, M. (2008). Komunikace, argumentace, rétorika. Praha: Grada publishing, 256 s. ISBN 978-80247-2652-6
Recommended reading:
JASLOVSKÁ B., PISOŇOVÁ, M. (2019). Humanisticky orientovaná komunikácia a jej vplyv na produktivitu žiakov v edukačnom procese. Hradec Králové: Magnanimitas akademické sdružení, 45-56s. ISBN 978-80-87952-29-0
JASLOVSKÁ, B. (2019). Nástroj na sebahodnotenie žiakov v rámci Encounterovej skupiny a učiteľ ako facilitátor procesu hodnotenia. Bratislava : Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 37-45s. ISBN 978-80-223-4847-8
KURUC, M. (2018). Rozvoj sebaregulácie a motivácie ako faktor úspechu slovenských žiakov v kontexte teórie sebaurčenia. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 143-160s. ISBN 978-80-223-4661-0
ŠUŤÁKOVÁ, V., FERENCOVÁ, J., ZAHATŇANSKÁ, M. (2017). Sociálna a didaktická komunikácia. Prešov: Wolters Kluwer. 208s. ISBN 978-80-81685-48-4
Prerequisites: B-VUZde005 / Communication in education
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course: the course is completed with an evaluation, 100% of the continuous evaluation.
Assessment: consists of 2 intermediate assessments (60+40, total 100 points).
Interim assessment 1: consists of the development of a semester cooperative work and its oral presentation or practical application in class. This is a prepared micro-team output: the creation of a student conference.
Semester work: consists of a creative assignment for 60p (30+30). It includes the preparation of a group simulation of a student conference (30b) together with a professional paper on a selected topic (30b) for approximately 45 minutes.
Intermediate assessment 2: consists of the creation of documents for the student conference (40b): poster, invitation, programme, etc. in an electronic environment (web development).
Prerequisites:
The rating shall be awarded on a scale of
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop continuous assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
smaller groups, up to a maximum of 25 students, are required for the course for effective classroom interaction
Brief outline of the course:
The aim of the course is the practical application of knowledge about effective communication through practicing rhetorical outcomes and teamwork, i.e. through cooperative methods and interactive activities. Using various activating methods and problem-based tasks, students will actively participate in the learning process and create their own course content, in which they will use their own potential and develop the intra and interpersonal aspects of their own personality. An important part of this is a semester-long group project through which students will learn how to organize major events, while developing proper communication and rhetorical skills.
Topics:
Rhetoric - types of speech, practicing presentation skills through micro performances. Content/form/communication skills (verbal and non-verbal) of oral presentation and analysis of speakers. Presentation - structure and organization of speech/speech/lecture. Evaluating information and finding relevant sources. Simulating a debate. Organisation of time and group cooperation. Visualisation and generating interest in the listener. Argumentation - types of arguments and logical fallacies. Manipulation and manipulation techniques, assertiveness. Types of conversation, discussion - how to conduct a conversation, structuring a conversation. Division of discussion methods. Feedback - self-evaluation and self-reflection. Creating a website and e-portfolio with student outputs. Implementation of student conference - simulation/workshop.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
By completing the Rhetoric and Communication course, the student should:
- be able to select information, identify relevant sources on the selected topic,
- be able to justify the choice of specialist sources for the semester thesis,
- understand the importance of selection and analysis of information and information sources,
- be able to work in a team, organise activities to accomplish sub-tasks,
- be able to present intermediate tasks to the group,
- be able to justify and discuss in a group various social topics related to education and training,
- acquire presentation and communication skills and be able to apply them through creative activities in the classroom,
- Know methods for Developing of critical thinking and good reasoning,
- should be able to identify manipulative behaviour.
Transferable competences: the student strengthens soft skills such as communication skills, analytical thinking in evaluating information and working with text, critical thinking and thinking in context in the development of arguments and their application in discussion, interpersonal skills within the group - activation and taking initiative and responsibility, also creative work with e-portfolio (ability to create an interesting website) through creative tasks in the course.
Compulsory reading:
ALLHOFF, D.-W. (2008). Rétorika a komunikace. Praha: Grada publishing, 200 s.. ISBN 978-80-247-2283-2
KLAPETEK, M. (2008). Komunikace, argumentace, rétorika. Praha: Grada publishing, 256 s. ISBN 978-80247-2652-6
Recommended reading:
JASLOVSKÁ B., PISOŇOVÁ, M. (2019). Humanisticky orientovaná komunikácia a jej vplyv na produktivitu žiakov v edukačnom procese. Hradec Králové: Magnanimitas akademické sdružení, 45-56s. ISBN 978-80-87952-29-0
JASLOVSKÁ, B. (2019). Nástroj na sebahodnotenie žiakov v rámci Encounterovej skupiny a učiteľ ako facilitátor procesu hodnotenia. Bratislava : Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 37-45s. ISBN 978-80-223-4847-8
KURUC, M. (2018). Rozvoj sebaregulácie a motivácie ako faktor úspechu slovenských žiakov v kontexte teórie sebaurčenia. Bratislava: Univerzita Komenského v Bratislave, 143-160s. ISBN 978-80-223-4661-0
ŠUŤÁKOVÁ, V., FERENCOVÁ, J., ZAHATŇANSKÁ, M. (2017). Sociálna a didaktická komunikácia. Prešov: Wolters Kluwer. 208s. ISBN 978-80-81685-48-4
Prerequisites: B-VUZde005 / Communication in education
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course: the course is completed with an evaluation, 100% of the continuous evaluation.
Assessment: consists of 2 intermediate assessments (60+40, total 100 points).
Interim assessment 1: consists of the development of a semester cooperative work and its oral presentation or practical application in class. This is a prepared micro-team output: the creation of a student conference.
Semester work: consists of a creative assignment for 60p (30+30). It includes the preparation of a group simulation of a student conference (30b) together with a professional paper on a selected topic (30b) for approximately 45 minutes.
Intermediate assessment 2: consists of the creation of documents for the student conference (40b): poster, invitation, programme, etc. in an electronic environment (web development).
Prerequisites:
The rating shall be awarded on a scale of
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop continuous assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
smaller groups, up to a maximum of 25 students, are required for the course for effective classroom interaction
Brief outline of the course:
The aim of the course is the practical application of knowledge about effective communication through practicing rhetorical outcomes and teamwork, i.e. through cooperative methods and interactive activities. Using various activating methods and problem-based tasks, students will actively participate in the learning process and create their own course content, in which they will use their own potential and develop the intra and interpersonal aspects of their own personality. An important part of this is a semester-long group project through which students will learn how to organize major events, while developing proper communication and rhetorical skills.
Topics:
Rhetoric - types of speech, practicing presentation skills through micro performances. Content/form/communication skills (verbal and non-verbal) of oral presentation and analysis of speakers. Presentation - structure and organization of speech/speech/lecture. Evaluating information and finding relevant sources. Simulating a debate. Organisation of time and group cooperation. Visualisation and generating interest in the listener. Argumentation - types of arguments and logical fallacies. Manipulation and manipulation techniques, assertiveness. Types of conversation, discussion - how to conduct a conversation, structuring a conversation. Division of discussion methods. Feedback - self-evaluation and self-reflection. Creating a website and e-portfolio with student outputs. Implementation of student conference - simulation/workshop.
Learning objectives and outcomes:
By completing the Rhetoric and Communication course, the student should:
- be able to select information, identify relevant sources on the selected topic,
- be able to justify the choice of specialist sources for the semester thesis,
- understand the importance of selection and analysis of information and information sources,
- be able to work in a team, organise activities to accomplish sub-tasks,
- be able to present intermediate tasks to the group,
- be able to justify and discuss in a group various social topics related to education and training,
- acquire presentation and communication skills and be able to apply them through creative activities in the classroom,
- Know methods for Developing of critical thinking and good reasoning,
- should be able to identify manipulative behaviour.
Transferable competences: the student strengthens soft skills such as communication skills, analytical thinking in evaluating information and working with text, critical thinking and thinking in context in the development of arguments and their application in discussion, interpersonal skills within the group - activation and taking initiative and responsibility, also creative work with e-portfolio (ability to create an interesting website) through creative tasks in the course.
Recommended reading:
Compulsory reading:
KOSTURKOVÁ, M., FERENCOVÁ, J. (2019). Stratégie rozvoja kritického myslenia. Bratislava: Wolters Kluwer. ISBN 978-80-571-0049-2
TUREK, I. (2003). Kritické myslenie. Bratislava: Metodicko-pedagogické centrum.
Recommended reading:
ČAPEK, R. (2015). Moderní didaktika: lexikon výukových a hodnotících metod. Praha: Grada. ISBN 978-80-2473-450-7
KOZÁROVÁ, N., GUNIŠOVÁ, D. (2020). Stratégie rozvoja kritického myslenia vo vyučovaní pedagogiky. Nitra: UKF v Nitre. ISBN (online) 978-80-558-1520-6
MARKOŠ, J. (2019). Sila rozumu v bláznivej dobe: manuál kritického myslenia. Bratislava: N Press. ISBN 978-80-9992-501-5
Prerequisite subjects:
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed with an assessment, weighted interim/final assessment 100/0.
100% of the continuous assessment includes: approximately 5 assignments (50%) will be given during the semester, 2 midterm tests during the semester (for a total of 30%), and active participation in seminars, engaging in discussions (20%). Students will use the e-learning environment moodle for their studies.
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results), the student actively participated in seminar discussions, completed the midterm tests at an excellent level, and completed the midterm assignments excellently.
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), ), the student actively participated in seminar discussions, completed midterm tests and assignments at a very good level
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), the student was less actively involved in seminar discussions, he/she completed the midterm tests and assignments at a good level with slight shortcomings
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results), the student did not actively participate in seminar discussions, he/she completed midterm tests and assignments at a satisfactory level
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet the minimum criteria), the student did not actively participate in discussions in seminars, midterm tests and midterm assignments were done at the minimum level
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
Principles of critical thinking, critical arguing, critical debating, critical writing, organizing knowledge. Basic characteristics of hoaxes. Identifying relevant facts and ideas. Methods of Development critical thinking in pupils, universal scenarios of educational activities, preparation of methodological materials. Evaluation of critical thinking.
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
Students are familiar with the principles of critical thinking, they can prepare their own activities on the basis of universal scenarios on the subject aimed at the Development critical thinking. They can assess students' critical thinking, recognize hoaxes and identify relevant facts and ideas. They can apply a variety of methods to develop pupils' critical thinking.
Educational Objectives:
The aim of the seminar is for students to acquire knowledge and skills that will enable them to prepare methodological materials aimed at developing students' critical thinking skills. To familiarize students with universal scenarios of educational activities and the possibilities of assessing critical thinking in education.
Recommended reading:
Compulsory reading:
KOSTURKOVÁ, M., FERENCOVÁ, J. (2019). Stratégie rozvoja kritického myslenia. Bratislava: Wolters Kluwer. ISBN 978-80-571-0049-2
TUREK, I. (2003). Kritické myslenie. Bratislava: Metodicko-pedagogické centrum.
Recommended reading:
ČAPEK, R. (2015). Moderní didaktika: lexikon výukových a hodnotících metod. Praha: Grada. ISBN 978-80-2473-450-7
KOZÁROVÁ, N., GUNIŠOVÁ, D. (2020). Stratégie rozvoja kritického myslenia vo vyučovaní pedagogiky. Nitra: UKF v Nitre. ISBN (online) 978-80-558-1520-6
MARKOŠ, J. (2019). Sila rozumu v bláznivej dobe: manuál kritického myslenia. Bratislava: N Press. ISBN 978-80-9992-501-5
Prerequisite subjects:
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed with an assessment, weighted interim/final assessment 100/0.
100% of the continuous assessment includes: approximately 5 assignments (50%) will be given during the semester, 2 midterm tests during the semester (for a total of 30%), and active participation in seminars, engaging in discussions (20%). Students will use the e-learning environment moodle for their studies.
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - outstanding results), the student actively participated in seminar discussions, completed the midterm tests at an excellent level, and completed the midterm assignments excellently.
B (90-81%, very good - above average standard), ), the student actively participated in seminar discussions, completed midterm tests and assignments at a very good level
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work), the student was less actively involved in seminar discussions, he/she completed the midterm tests and assignments at a good level with slight shortcomings
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results), the student did not actively participate in seminar discussions, he/she completed midterm tests and assignments at a satisfactory level
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet the minimum criteria), the student did not actively participate in discussions in seminars, midterm tests and midterm assignments were done at the minimum level
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required)
slovak and czech
Brief outline of the course:
Principles of critical thinking, critical arguing, critical debating, critical writing, organizing knowledge. Basic characteristics of hoaxes. Identifying relevant facts and ideas. Methods of Development critical thinking in pupils, universal scenarios of educational activities, preparation of methodological materials. Evaluation of critical thinking.
Learning outcomes:
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
Students are familiar with the principles of critical thinking, they can prepare their own activities on the basis of universal scenarios on the subject aimed at the Development critical thinking. They can assess students' critical thinking, recognize hoaxes and identify relevant facts and ideas. They can apply a variety of methods to develop pupils' critical thinking.
Educational Objectives:
The aim of the seminar is for students to acquire knowledge and skills that will enable them to prepare methodological materials aimed at developing students' critical thinking skills. To familiarize students with universal scenarios of educational activities and the possibilities of assessing critical thinking in education.
Compulsory reading:
PISOŇOVÁ, M. a kol. 2014. Školský manažment pre študijné odbory učiteľstva a prípravu
vedúcich pedagogických zamestnancov. Bratislava : Univerzita Komenského, 2014. 227 s. ISBN 978-80-223-3621-5
https://www.fedu.uniba.sk/uploads/media/Skolsky_manazment.pdf
Pisoňová, M. a kol. 2017. Školský manažment terminologický a výkladový slovník. Bratislava : Wolters Kluwer, 2017, 1. vyd., 167 s., ISBN 978-80-8168-660-3
https://moodle.uniba.sk/mod/quiz/view.php?id=57866
Učebný zdroj: ŠKOLSKÝ MANAŽMENT (moodle):
https://moodle.uniba.sk/course/view.php?id=162
Constitution of the Slovak Republic.
Current legislative norms related to the establishment and activities of primary schools, secondary schools in the Slovak Republic.
Zákon č. 245/2008 Z. z. o výchove a vzdelávaní (školský zákon) a o zmene a doplnení niektorých zákonov.
Zákon č. 596/2003 Z. z. o štátnej správe v školstve a školskej samospráve a o zmene a doplnení niektorých zákonov.
Zákon č. 138/2019 Z. z. o pedagogických zamestnancoch a odborných zamestnancoch a o zmene a doplnení niektorých zákonov.
Zákon č. 597/2003 Z. z. o financovaní základných škôl, stredných škôl a školských zariadení.
Vyhláška Ministerstva školstva, vedy, výskumu a športu Slovenskej republiky č. 1/2020 Z. z. o kvalifikačných predpokladoch pedagogických zamestnancov a odborných zamestnancov.
Vyhláška Ministerstva školstva, vedy, výskumu a športu Slovenskej republiky č. 361/2019 Z. z. o vzdelávaní v profesijnom rozvoji.
100% of continuous assessment
Assessment: consists of an interim and a final assessment (30+40, 70 points in total).
Interim assessment: consists of a 30-item knowledge test to be given in week 6 of the interim course. A written examination/test, consisting of theoretical preparation for the teaching of the individual topics of the teaching units, which will be carried out by the 6th week of continuous teaching and the study of the literature.
The final assessment consists of: the semester project and its oral presentation.
The semester project consists of: the creation of a project according to a set structure for 40b. It includes idea/problem creation, project planning, project implementation, evaluation and self-reflection of the project = its oral presentation by students (creators of the semester project) in the 11th week of continuous teaching.
Prerequisites:
The rating shall be awarded on a scale of
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
A minimum of 64 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 57 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 51 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 46 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 42 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to produce continuous assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
students of the Teacher Education (combined) programme do not enrol in the course
Basic terminology, options for studying school management, sources of study. Schools and concepts of management. Specifics of school management. The system of school management in the Slovak Republic and the system of internal school management in the context of managerial functions. Legal regulations governing the activities of primary and secondary schools (laws, decrees, working regulations, pedagogical-organisational guidelines). Personality of the head of teaching staff - legal and personality requirements. School image, school culture. School climate.
100/0
- to know the content of school management as a scientific discipline: the essence of school management in the Slovak Republic at all levels of school management with an emphasis on internal school management and in the context of managerial functions
- be familiar with the basic legal documents and be able to correctly interpret the meanings given in these legal documents that regulate the activities of primary and secondary schools, with an emphasis on the needs of the work of the teaching staff,
- be able to apply the acquired knowledge and knowledge from other disciplines in the focus area: school image, culture and climate, in the area of cooperation with the school management and legal representatives of children/pupils in solving standard, specific and problematic tasks and situations and in the framework of school development,
- be able to creatively use the acquired knowledge and competences in the study of other pedagogical disciplines and in their future school practice.
Transferable competences: the student strengthens soft skills such as communication skills, organizational skills, interpersonal skills within a group - group activation, taking initiative and responsibility, creativity and imagination, critical thinking, analytical skills, problem-solving skills, and others through the creation of a semester project in the course.
Compulsory reading:
PISOŇOVÁ, M. a kol. 2014. Školský manažment pre študijné odbory učiteľstva a prípravu
vedúcich pedagogických zamestnancov. Bratislava : Univerzita Komenského, 2014. 227 s. ISBN 978-80-223-3621-5
https://www.fedu.uniba.sk/uploads/media/Skolsky_manazment.pdf
Pisoňová, M. a kol. 2017. Školský manažment terminologický a výkladový slovník. Bratislava : Wolters Kluwer, 2017, 1. vyd., 167 s., ISBN 978-80-8168-660-3
https://moodle.uniba.sk/mod/quiz/view.php?id=57866
Učebný zdroj: ŠKOLSKÝ MANAŽMENT (moodle):
https://moodle.uniba.sk/course/view.php?id=162
Constitution of the Slovak Republic.
Current legislative norms related to the establishment and activities of primary schools, secondary schools in the Slovak Republic.
Zákon č. 245/2008 Z. z. o výchove a vzdelávaní (školský zákon) a o zmene a doplnení niektorých zákonov.
Zákon č. 596/2003 Z. z. o štátnej správe v školstve a školskej samospráve a o zmene a doplnení niektorých zákonov.
Zákon č. 138/2019 Z. z. o pedagogických zamestnancoch a odborných zamestnancoch a o zmene a doplnení niektorých zákonov.
Zákon č. 597/2003 Z. z. o financovaní základných škôl, stredných škôl a školských zariadení.
Vyhláška Ministerstva školstva, vedy, výskumu a športu Slovenskej republiky č. 1/2020 Z. z. o kvalifikačných predpokladoch pedagogických zamestnancov a odborných zamestnancov.
Vyhláška Ministerstva školstva, vedy, výskumu a športu Slovenskej republiky č. 361/2019 Z. z. o vzdelávaní v profesijnom rozvoji.
100% of continuous assessment
Assessment: consists of an interim and a final assessment (30+40, 70 points in total).
Interim assessment: consists of a 30-item knowledge test to be given in week 6 of the interim course. A written examination/test, consisting of theoretical preparation for the teaching of the individual topics of the teaching units, which will be carried out by the 6th week of continuous teaching and the study of the literature.
The final assessment consists of: the semester project and its oral presentation.
The semester project consists of: the creation of a project according to a set structure for 40b. It includes idea/problem creation, project planning, project implementation, evaluation and self-reflection of the project = its oral presentation by students (creators of the semester project) in the 11th week of continuous teaching.
Prerequisites:
The rating shall be awarded on a scale of
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - extra work required).
For successful completion of the course it is necessary to obtain at least 60% of the points.
A minimum of 64 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 57 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 51 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 46 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the assigned template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 42 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to produce continuous assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal professional knowledge, basic/minimal orientation to the subject matter, basic communication skills, completion of assigned tasks.
slovak and czech
students of the Teacher Education (combined) programme do not enrol in the course
Basic terminology, options for studying school management, sources of study. Schools and concepts of management. Specifics of school management. The system of school management in the Slovak Republic and the system of internal school management in the context of managerial functions. Legal regulations governing the activities of primary and secondary schools (laws, decrees, working regulations, pedagogical-organisational guidelines). Personality of the head of teaching staff - legal and personality requirements. School image, school culture. School climate.
100/0
- to know the content of school management as a scientific discipline: the essence of school management in the Slovak Republic at all levels of school management with an emphasis on internal school management and in the context of managerial functions
- be familiar with the basic legal documents and be able to correctly interpret the meanings given in these legal documents that regulate the activities of primary and secondary schools, with an emphasis on the needs of the work of the teaching staff,
- be able to apply the acquired knowledge and knowledge from other disciplines in the focus area: school image, culture and climate, in the area of cooperation with the school management and legal representatives of children/pupils in solving standard, specific and problematic tasks and situations and in the framework of school development,
- be able to creatively use the acquired knowledge and competences in the study of other pedagogical disciplines and in their future school practice.
Transferable competences: the student strengthens soft skills such as communication skills, organizational skills, interpersonal skills within a group - group activation, taking initiative and responsibility, creativity and imagination, critical thinking, analytical skills, problem-solving skills, and others through the creation of a semester project in the course.
Compulsory reading:
HORVÁTHOVÁ, K. (2002). Aktuálne otázky výchovného poradenstva v školskej praxi. Bratislava: MPC Tomášikova, 57 s. ISBN 80-88796-25-3.
KNOTOVÁ, D. a kol. (2014). Školní poradenství. Praha: Grada. 258 s. ISBN 978-80-247-4502-2
Recommended reading:
DERKOVÁ, J. (2018). Rodina ako výchovné prostredie. Bratislava: IRIS. 144 s. ISBN 978-80-8200-034-7
FERKOVÁ, Š. (2015), Skúsenosti s využitím influenčného programu zameraného na elimináciu rizikového správania žiakov v škole. In Prevencia. roč. 13., č. 4. s. 37 – 34.
KYRIACOU, CH. (2003). Řešení výchovných problémů ve škole. Praha: Portál, 151 s. ISBN 80-7178-945-3.
ZEMANČÍKOVÁ, V. (2014). Problémové správanie žiakov a úloha sociálneho pedagóga v reflexii učiteľov. In: Sociální pedagogika: časopis pro vědu a praxi. 2(1), 22-36. ISSN 1805-8825.
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment, 100% of the interim assessment. Students are required to complete a midterm paper for 40 points and a midterm test for 60 points, for a total of 100 points. The condition for successful completion of the course is obtaining at least 60% of the maximum possible grade for the course. The grade is awarded on a scale:
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - passing the course still requires a significant amount of effort and work on the part of the student).
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using a given template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to work through assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal
slovak and czech
students of the Teacher Education (combined) programme do not enrol in the course
1. School guidance system.
2.Framework for the work of the educational advisor, professional and personal qualifications of the educational advisor, education of the educational advisor.
3. The class teacher and his/her role in counselling pupils and legal representatives in education and training.
4. Methods of work in educational counselling.
5. Strategies to prevent problem behaviour of pupils.
6. Addressing the educational difficulties of pupils.
7. Methods and possibilities of intervention of problem behaviour of pupils.
8. Career counselling.
9. Educational counselling in the field of care for gifted pupils.
10. Cooperation of the school with other institutions, family. Social and legal protection of children and youth.
100/0
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the course Educational Counselling is to provide students with an initial framework of knowledge in the field of the educational counselling system. Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to navigate the school counseling system. They understand the place and role of the guidance counselor in the guidance system and master the prerequisites for the position of guidance counselor. Know the differences in the responsibilities of the class teacher, guidance counsellor or school counsellor in providing guidance on educational issues. They know the methods of educational counselling. They know strategies for the prevention of problem behaviour and understand their importance. They are able to apply the acquired knowledge in solving specific problem situations in educational practice. They are oriented in school career guidance. They are able to describe and interpret the importance of school cooperation with educational guidance and prevention institutions, social and legal protection bodies and others.
Transferable competences: by analysing, solving and discussing seminar assignments, students will be able to communicate their conclusions, think critically and think in context.
Compulsory reading:
HORVÁTHOVÁ, K. (2002). Aktuálne otázky výchovného poradenstva v školskej praxi. Bratislava: MPC Tomášikova, 57 s. ISBN 80-88796-25-3.
KNOTOVÁ, D. a kol. (2014). Školní poradenství. Praha: Grada. 258 s. ISBN 978-80-247-4502-2
Recommended reading:
DERKOVÁ, J. (2018). Rodina ako výchovné prostredie. Bratislava: IRIS. 144 s. ISBN 978-80-8200-034-7
FERKOVÁ, Š. (2015), Skúsenosti s využitím influenčného programu zameraného na elimináciu rizikového správania žiakov v škole. In Prevencia. roč. 13., č. 4. s. 37 – 34.
KYRIACOU, CH. (2003). Řešení výchovných problémů ve škole. Praha: Portál, 151 s. ISBN 80-7178-945-3.
ZEMANČÍKOVÁ, V. (2014). Problémové správanie žiakov a úloha sociálneho pedagóga v reflexii učiteľov. In: Sociální pedagogika: časopis pro vědu a praxi. 2(1), 22-36. ISSN 1805-8825.
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The course is completed by assessment, 100% of the interim assessment. Students are required to complete a midterm paper for 40 points and a midterm test for 60 points, for a total of 100 points. The condition for successful completion of the course is obtaining at least 60% of the maximum possible grade for the course. The grade is awarded on a scale:
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A (100-91%, excellent - excellent results with only minimal errors),
B (90-81%, very good - above average results with minor errors),
C (80-73%, good - normal reliable work, average results),
D (72-66%, satisfactory - acceptable results, but significant errors occur),
E (65-60%, sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx (59-0%, insufficient - passing the course still requires a significant amount of effort and work on the part of the student).
A minimum of 91 points is required for a final grade of A. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative and original approach in the development of intermediate assignments, excellent professional knowledge and its application in problem solving, excellent orientation in the subject matter, excellent communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, exceptional activity in the classroom during the semester.
A score of at least 81 points is required for a final grade of B. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: a creative approach in developing ongoing assignments using a model, above average expertise and application of that expertise in problem solving using tutorials, above average orientation to the problem, above average communication skills, responsibility and timely completion of assignments, above average activity in class during the semester.
A minimum of 73 points is required for a final grade of C. For this grade, the student should demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using the given template, good professional knowledge and its application in solving problem problems in a group or with the help of the instructor, good orientation in the subject matter, good communication skills, completion of the assigned tasks, average activity in class during the semester when prompted by the instructor.
A minimum of 66 points is required for a final grade of D. For this grade, the student is expected to demonstrate: the ability to develop intermediate assignments using a given template and with the assistance of the instructor, average proficiency and application in problem solving in a group setting or with the assistance of the instructor, average orientation to the subject matter, average communication skills, completion of assignments, and basic activity in the classroom during the semester in collaboration with the instructor or other students.
A score of at least 60 points is required for a final grade of E. For this assessment, the student should demonstrate: the ability to work through assignments and with the help of the instructor, basic/minimal
slovak and czech
students of the Teacher Education (combined) programme do not enrol in the course
1. School guidance system.
2.Framework for the work of the educational advisor, professional and personal qualifications of the educational advisor, education of the educational advisor.
3. The class teacher and his/her role in counselling pupils and legal representatives in education and training.
4. Methods of work in educational counselling.
5. Strategies to prevent problem behaviour of pupils.
6. Addressing the educational difficulties of pupils.
7. Methods and possibilities of intervention of problem behaviour of pupils.
8. Career counselling.
9. Educational counselling in the field of care for gifted pupils.
10. Cooperation of the school with other institutions, family. Social and legal protection of children and youth.
100/0
Learning objectives and outcomes and transferable competences:
The aim of the course Educational Counselling is to provide students with an initial framework of knowledge in the field of the educational counselling system. Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to navigate the school counseling system. They understand the place and role of the guidance counselor in the guidance system and master the prerequisites for the position of guidance counselor. Know the differences in the responsibilities of the class teacher, guidance counsellor or school counsellor in providing guidance on educational issues. They know the methods of educational counselling. They know strategies for the prevention of problem behaviour and understand their importance. They are able to apply the acquired knowledge in solving specific problem situations in educational practice. They are oriented in school career guidance. They are able to describe and interpret the importance of school cooperation with educational guidance and prevention institutions, social and legal protection bodies and others.
Transferable competences: by analysing, solving and discussing seminar assignments, students will be able to communicate their conclusions, think critically and think in context.
Organizational Form:
2 seminar hours per week, totaling 22 hours per semester, delivered in a blended format (primarily in-person).
Student Workload:
11 sessions x 2 hours of direct instruction (total: 22 hours), 22 hours of continuous preparation for classes, 8 hours of preparation for the final performance, Total: 52 hours of student work
Teaching Methods:
A combination of monological methods (instruction) and practical methods.
Required Literature:
Sheet music/choral pieces as determined by the conductor.
Recommended Literature:
FUCHS, J. Sólový zpěv a jeho vztah ke zpěvu sborovému.
KANIŠÁKOVÁ, T. Zborový spev ako formujúci prostriedok vo výchove. In: Acta paedgogicae. Prešov: PdF PU, 2002. ISBN 80-8068-076-0.
Proceedings from international symposia CANTUS CHORALIS.
Recordings of choral compositions from various stylistic periods and different choral ensembles.
Participation in the course requires the successful completion of an entrance exam, which assesses the student’s intonation and rhythmic abilities. This assessment is conducted by the choir conductor. The evaluation criteria are based on continuous and final practical collective/individual performance.
The evaluation of the continuous practical performance includes fulfilling partial tasks within specific voice groups and participation in internal, public, or other concert performances. The final practical performance consists of a collective presentation of selected repertoire studied during the course.
Grading Scale:
• A (100–91%, excellent – outstanding results)
• B (90–81%, very good – above-average standard)
• C (80–73%, good – consistent, reliable work)
• D (72–66%, satisfactory – acceptable results)
• E (65–60%, sufficient – meets minimum criteria)
• FX (59–0%, insufficient – requires additional work)
The course focuses on exploring choral works from various stylistic periods, gaining practical experience in their interpretation, and applying these methods in practice.
The aim of the course is to develop and enhance collective vocal expression within the framework of a choir ensemble. The student acquires the principles of choral singing technique and harmonic-rhythmic awareness. They develop skills in teamwork and communication. Additionally, the student gains stage experience and represents the university at domestic and international events.
Organizational Form:
2 seminar hours per week, totaling 22 hours per semester, delivered in a blended format (primarily in-person).
Student Workload:
11 sessions x 2 hours of direct instruction (total: 22 hours), 22 hours of continuous preparation for classes, 8 hours of preparation for the final performance, Total: 52 hours of student work
Teaching Methods:
A combination of monological methods (instruction) and practical methods.
Required Literature:
Sheet music/choral pieces as determined by the conductor.
Recommended Literature:
FUCHS, J. Sólový zpěv a jeho vztah ke zpěvu sborovému.
KANIŠÁKOVÁ, T. Zborový spev ako formujúci prostriedok vo výchove. In: Acta paedgogicae. Prešov: PdF PU, 2002. ISBN 80-8068-076-0.
Proceedings from international symposia CANTUS CHORALIS.
Recordings of choral compositions from various stylistic periods and different choral ensembles.
Participation in the course requires the successful completion of an entrance exam, which assesses the student’s intonation and rhythmic abilities. This assessment is conducted by the choir conductor. The evaluation criteria are based on continuous and final practical collective/individual performance.
The evaluation of the continuous practical performance includes fulfilling partial tasks within specific voice groups and participation in internal, public, or other concert performances. The final practical performance consists of a collective presentation of selected repertoire studied during the course.
Grading Scale:
• A (100–91%, excellent – outstanding results)
• B (90–81%, very good – above-average standard)
• C (80–73%, good – consistent, reliable work)
• D (72–66%, satisfactory – acceptable results)
• E (65–60%, sufficient – meets minimum criteria)
• FX (59–0%, insufficient – requires additional work)
The course focuses on exploring choral works from various stylistic periods, gaining practical experience in their interpretation, and applying these methods in practice.
The aim of the course is to develop and enhance collective vocal expression within the framework of a choir ensemble. The student acquires the principles of choral singing technique and harmonic-rhythmic awareness. They develop skills in teamwork and communication. Additionally, the student gains stage experience and represents the university at domestic and international events.
Organizational Form:
2 seminar hours per week, totaling 22 hours per semester, delivered in a blended format (primarily in-person).
Student Workload:
11 sessions x 2 hours of direct instruction (total: 22 hours), 22 hours of continuous preparation for classes, 8 hours of preparation for the final performance, Total: 52 hours of student work
Teaching Methods:
A combination of monological methods (instruction) and practical methods.
Required Literature:
Sheet music as determined by the conductor.
Recommended Literature:
FUCHS, J. Sólový zpěv a jeho vztah ke zpěvu sborovému.
KANIŠÁKOVÁ, T. Zborový spev ako formujúci prostriedok vo výchove. In: Acta paedgogicae. Prešov: PdF PU, 2002. ISBN 80-8068-076-0.
Proceedings from international symposia CANTUS CHORALIS.
Recordings of choral compositions from various stylistic periods and different choral ensembles.
Course Completion Requirements:
The evaluation criteria are based on the continuous and final practical collective performance. The assessment of the continuous practical performance includes completing partial tasks within the individual voice groups and participating in any internal, public, or other concert performances. The final practical performance consists of a collective presentation of the selected repertoire studied.
Grading Scale:
• A (100–91%, excellent – outstanding results)
• B (90–81%, very good – above-average standard)
• C (80–73%, good – consistent, reliable work)
• D (72–66%, satisfactory – acceptable results)
• E (65–60%, sufficient – meets minimum criteria)
• FX (59–0%, insufficient – requires additional work)
The course focuses on exploring choral works from various stylistic periods, gaining practical experience in their interpretation, and applying these methods in practice.
The student develops a sense of cultivated singing, with appropriate expression and performance.
The student enhances their musicality and applies acquired knowledge in vocal activities while working with musical material in choral ensembles.
The student gains an understanding of concert dramaturgy.
Organizational Form:
2 seminar hours per week, totaling 22 hours per semester, delivered in a blended format (primarily in-person).
Student Workload:
11 sessions x 2 hours of direct instruction (total: 22 hours), 22 hours of continuous preparation for classes, 8 hours of preparation for the final performance, Total: 52 hours of student work
Teaching Methods:
A combination of monological methods (instruction) and practical methods.
Required Literature:
Sheet music as determined by the conductor.
Recommended Literature:
FUCHS, J. Sólový zpěv a jeho vztah ke zpěvu sborovému.
KANIŠÁKOVÁ, T. Zborový spev ako formujúci prostriedok vo výchove. In: Acta paedgogicae. Prešov: PdF PU, 2002. ISBN 80-8068-076-0.
Proceedings from international symposia CANTUS CHORALIS.
Recordings of choral compositions from various stylistic periods and different choral ensembles.
Course Completion Requirements:
The evaluation criteria are based on the continuous and final practical collective performance. The assessment of the continuous practical performance includes completing partial tasks within the individual voice groups and participating in any internal, public, or other concert performances. The final practical performance consists of a collective presentation of the selected repertoire studied.
Grading Scale:
• A (100–91%, excellent – outstanding results)
• B (90–81%, very good – above-average standard)
• C (80–73%, good – consistent, reliable work)
• D (72–66%, satisfactory – acceptable results)
• E (65–60%, sufficient – meets minimum criteria)
• FX (59–0%, insufficient – requires additional work)
The course focuses on exploring choral works from various stylistic periods, gaining practical experience in their interpretation, and applying these methods in practice.
The student develops a sense of cultivated singing, with appropriate expression and performance.
The student enhances their musicality and applies acquired knowledge in vocal activities while working with musical material in choral ensembles.
The student gains an understanding of concert dramaturgy.
Recommended reading:
according to the focus of the bachelor thesis topic
Prerequisite subjects: none
Prerequisites for successful completion of the course:
The state examination of the defence of the thesis, its conditions and procedural aspects are regulated by the Internal Regulation No.1/2020 Study Regulations of the Faculty of Arts of Charles University, as well as by the Internal Regulation No. 5/2021 Study Regulations of the Charles University.
A student may take the state examination a) after obtaining at least such number of credits that after obtaining credits for successful completion of the last state examination he/she achieves the necessary number of credits for proper completion of studies and b) after successful completion of compulsory courses, compulsory elective courses and elective courses in the composition determined by the study programme except for the state examination and c) no disciplinary proceedings are conducted against him/her.
In the bachelor's degree, the student receives 12 credits for the successful defence of the bachelor's thesis (credits included in the UZ study plan).
According to the VP 23/2021 Internal Quality Assurance System for Higher Education of the Charles University in Bratislava, the student is evaluated in particular:
- Demonstration of the student's ability to collect and interpret relevant data (facts), usually within the field of study in which the student has completed the programme of study, with the possibility of interdisciplinary overlap into other fields if necessary;
- Demonstrate the ability to make informed decisions that also take into account social, scientific and ethical considerations;
- Ability to communicate information, concepts, problems and solutions to both professional and lay audiences.
- the ability to think and work creatively in the field of study in which they have completed their degree programme.
- knowledge and understanding of the problem/issue addressed.
- Applying their skills in collecting, interpreting and processing basic literature, which may include its application in practice, or solving a sub-task related to the student's future field of study/assignment.
The rating is awarded on a scale:
A 100 - 91% (excellent - outstanding results),
B 90 - 81% (very good - above average standard),
C 80 - 73% (good - normal reliable operation),
D 72 - 66% (satisfactory - acceptable results),
E 65 - 60% (sufficient - results meet minimum criteria),
Fx 59% or less (insufficient).
A student is evaluated with the FX grade if he/she has fulfilled the requirements for the grade only at a level not exceeding 60% of the total highest possible level of fulfilment of the requirements for the completion of the subject of the state examination - the defence of the bachelor thesis. In the same way, a student shall be assessed with an FX grade if he/she has submitted a thesis in violation of paragraph 7 of Article 56 of the UK Internal Regulation 23/2021 or has submitted a thesis that does not substantially meet the requirements under paragraph 1(d), paragraph 2(d) or paragraph 3(d) of Article 56 of the UK Internal Regulation 23/2021 Internal Quality Assurance System for Higher Education at the University of Bratislava.
The details and specifications of the requirements of the final theses for the individual teacher study programmes in combination (approbation) will be specified in the respective Study Programme Descriptions.
Slovak language, in the case of language approbations also the language of the respective subject approbation
Examination committee approved by the Scientific Council of PdF UK. State examination: the defence of the bachelor thesis is carried out only from one approbation. Credits are counted towards "UZ".
Brief outline of the course:
1. Contribution of the thesis to the field of study. The evaluation of the bachelor thesis assesses whether the student has adequately demonstrated the ability to work creatively in the field of study in which he/she has completed the study programme, reflects the degree of demonstration of knowledge and knowledge of the issue, assesses the skills applied in collecting, interpreting and processing the basic literature, or the extent to which the student has mastered the application of theoretical assumptions in practice or how he/she is able to solve a subtask that is related to the focus of the student's bachelor thesis;
2. Originality of the thesis (the thesis must not be plagiarized, must not infringe the copyrights of other authors), the documentation for the defence of the thesis as a subject of the state examination includes originality protocols: from the Central Register and Theses, the results of which are commented on by the supervisor and the opponent in their opinions;
3. Correctness and correctness of citation of used information sources, research results of other authors and author teams, correctness of description of methods and working procedures of other authors or author teams;
4. Compliance of the structure of the thesis with the prescribed structure defined by the Internal Regulation No. 2/2018 Directive of the Rector of Charles University in Bratislava;
5. Respecting the recommended scope of the final thesis (the recommended scope of a bachelor's thesis is usually 30 - 40 standard pages - 54 000 to 72 000 characters including spaces), the adequacy of the scope of the thesis is assessed by the supervisor of the thesis;
6. Linguistic and stylistic level of the work and formal editing;
7. The manner and form of defending the thesis and the student's ability to respond adequately to the comments and questions in the supervisor's and opponent's evaluations.
8. In the study programme focused on the teaching of art-educational subjects, the presentation of artistic outputs and performances may be part of the final thesis and its defence.
Learning outcomes:
The learning outcome is in accordance with the Long-Term Plan of the Charles University/PdF, the mission and strategic goals of the Charles University/PdF, in accordance with the description of the field of study, in accordance with the NKR/SKR/DD, in accordance with the profile of the graduate, in accordance with the learning objectives and learning outcomes in the individual subjects of the study programme curriculum, and other relevant documents.
The student is able to demonstrate his/her ability to work creatively in the field of study in which he/she has completed the study programme when conceiving his/her bachelor thesis. The student is able to demonstrate adequate knowledge of the subject matter and to apply his/her skills in collecting, interpreting and processing the basic literature, or its application in practice, or is able to solve a sub-task related to the focus of the student's bachelor's thesis.